Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/922/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Our audiobook library with over 500,000+ titles includes categories like Psychology, Ancient Civilizations, and Arts & Entertainment. You'll have the opportunity to receive 3 free audiobooks to explore new knowledge. Audiobooks can be listened to on multiple devices such as iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access wisdom anytime, anywhere. Let's open the world of sound and knowledge together! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/922/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:31:14 GMT Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:31:14 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/922/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/922/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/922/ thebookvoice.com no Kris Lakin bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/922/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Our audiobook library with over 500,000+ titles includes categories like Psychology, Ancient Civilizations, and Arts & Entertainment. You'll have the opportunity to receive 3 free audiobooks to explore new knowledge. Audiobooks can be listened to on multiple devices such as iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access wisdom anytime, anywhere. Let's open the world of sound and knowledge together! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345673 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Sickness and in Health: Love, Disability, and a Quest to Understand the Perils and Pleasures of Interabled Romance Author: Ben Mattlin Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A frank, humorous exploration of interabled dating, love, and marriage Ben Mattlin’s wife, ML, recalls falling in love with his confidence and sheer determination. On one of their earliest dates, he persuaded her to ride on his lap in his wheelchair on their way home from an Elvis Costello concert. Thirty years later, they still travel like this from time to time, undaunted by the curious stares following them down the street. But In Sickness and in Health is more than an “inspiring” story of how a man born with spinal muscular atrophy—a congenital and incurable neuromuscular condition—survived childhood, graduated from Harvard, married an able-bodied woman, built a family with two daughters and a cat and a turtle, established a successful career in journalism, and lived happily ever after. As Mattlin considers the many times his relationship has been met with surprise or speculation by outsiders—those who consider his wife a “saint” or him just plain “lucky” for finding love—he issues a challenge to readers: why should the idea of an “interabled” couple be regarded as either tragic or noble? Through conversations with more than a dozen other couples of varying abilities, ethnic backgrounds, and orientations, Mattlin sets out to understand whether these pairings are as unusual as onlookers seem to think. Reflecting on his own experience he wonders: How do people balance the stresses of personal-care help with the thrill of romance? Is it possible that the very things that appear to be insurmountable obstacles to a successful relationship—the financial burdens, the physical differences, the added element of an especially uncertain future—could be the building blocks of an enviable level of intimacy and communication that other couples could only dream of? We meet Shane Burcaw, a twenty-three-year-old writer, who offers a glimpse of his first forays into dating with a disability. There’s Rachelle Friedman, the “paralyzed bride,” as the media refers to her, and her husband, discussing the joys and challenges of a new marriage and a growing family. And Christina Crosby and her partner, Janet Jakobsen, reflect on how Crosby’s disabling accident called for them to renegotiate their roles and expectations in their long-term relationship. What emerges is a candid glimpse into the challenges and joys of interabled love—from the first blush of sexual awakening to commitment and marriage and through to widowhood. Ben Mattlin Tue, 30 Jan 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345673 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Sickness and in Health: Love, Disability, and a Quest to Understand the Perils and Pleasures of Interabled Romance Author: Ben Mattlin Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A frank, humorous exploration of interabled dating, love, and marriage Ben Mattlin’s wife, ML, recalls falling in love with his confidence and sheer determination. On one of their earliest dates, he persuaded her to ride on his lap in his wheelchair on their way home from an Elvis Costello concert. Thirty years later, they still travel like this from time to time, undaunted by the curious stares following them down the street. But In Sickness and in Health is more than an “inspiring” story of how a man born with spinal muscular atrophy—a congenital and incurable neuromuscular condition—survived childhood, graduated from Harvard, married an able-bodied woman, built a family with two daughters and a cat and a turtle, established a successful career in journalism, and lived happily ever after. As Mattlin considers the many times his relationship has been met with surprise or speculation by outsiders—those who consider his wife a “saint” or him just plain “lucky” for finding love—he issues a challenge to readers: why should the idea of an “interabled” couple be regarded as either tragic or noble? Through conversations with more than a dozen other couples of varying abilities, ethnic backgrounds, and orientations, Mattlin sets out to understand whether these pairings are as unusual as onlookers seem to think. Reflecting on his own experience he wonders: How do people balance the stresses of personal-care help with the thrill of romance? Is it possible that the very things that appear to be insurmountable obstacles to a successful relationship—the financial burdens, the physical differences, the added element of an especially uncertain future—could be the building blocks of an enviable level of intimacy and communication that other couples could only dream of? We meet Shane Burcaw, a twenty-three-year-old writer, who offers a glimpse of his first forays into dating with a disability. There’s Rachelle Friedman, the “paralyzed bride,” as the media refers to her, and her husband, discussing the joys and challenges of a new marriage and a growing family. And Christina Crosby and her partner, Janet Jakobsen, reflect on how Crosby’s disabling accident called for them to renegotiate their roles and expectations in their long-term relationship. What emerges is a candid glimpse into the challenges and joys of interabled love—from the first blush of sexual awakening to commitment and marriage and through to widowhood. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Sickness and in Health: Love, Disability, and a Quest to Understand the Perils and Pleasures of Interabled Romance Author: Ben Mattlin Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A frank, humorous exploration of interabled dating, love, and marriage Ben Mattlin’s wife, ML, recalls falling in love with his confidence and sheer determination. On one of their earliest dates, he persuaded her to ride on his lap in his wheelchair on their way home from an Elvis Costello concert. Thirty years later, they still travel like this from time to time, undaunted by the curious stares following them down the street. But In Sickness and in Health is more than an “inspiring” story of how a man born with spinal muscular atrophy—a congenital and incurable neuromuscular condition—survived childhood, graduated from Harvard, married an able-bodied woman, built a family with two daughters and a cat and a turtle, established a successful career in journalism, and lived happily ever after. As Mattlin considers the many times his relationship has been met with surprise or speculation by outsiders—those who consider his wife a “saint” or him just plain “lucky” for finding love—he issues a challenge to readers: why should the idea of an “interabled” couple be regarded as either tragic or noble? Through conversations with more than a dozen other couples of varying abilities, ethnic backgrounds, and orientations, Mattlin sets out to understand whether these pairings are as unusual as onlookers seem to think. Reflecting on his own experience he wonders: How do people balance the stresses of personal-care help with the thrill of romance? Is it possible that the very things that appear to be insurmountable obstacles to a successful relationship—the financial burdens, the physical differences, the added element of an especially uncertain future—could be the building blocks of an enviable level of intimacy and communication that other couples could only dream of? We meet Shane Burcaw, a twenty-three-year-old writer, who offers a glimpse of his first forays into dating with a disability. There’s Rachelle Friedman, the “paralyzed bride,” as the media refers to her, and her husband, discussing the joys and challenges of a new marriage and a growing family. And Christina Crosby and her partner, Janet Jakobsen, reflect on how Crosby’s disabling accident called for them to renegotiate their roles and expectations in their long-term relationship. What emerges is a candid glimpse into the challenges and joys of interabled love—from the first blush of sexual awakening to commitment and marriage and through to widowhood. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345671 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Interfaith Leadership: A Primer Author: Eboo Patel Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A guide for students, groups, and organizations seeking to foster interfaith dialogue and promote understanding across religious lines In this book, renowned interfaith leader Eboo Patel offers a clear, detailed, and practical guide to interfaith leadership, illustrated with compelling examples. Patel explains what interfaith leadership is and explores the core competencies and skills of interfaith leadership, before turning to the issues interfaith leaders face and how they can prepare to solve them. Interfaith leaders seek points of connection and commonality—in their neighborhoods, schools, college campuses, companies, organizations, hospitals, and other spaces where people of different faiths interact with one another. While it can be challenging to navigate the differences and disagreements that can arise from these interactions, skilled interfaith leaders are vital if we are to have a strong, religiously diverse democracy. This primer presents readers with the philosophical underpinnings of interfaith theory and outlines the skills necessary to practice interfaith leadership today. Eboo Patel Tue, 28 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345671 thebookvoice.com 6:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Interfaith Leadership: A Primer Author: Eboo Patel Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A guide for students, groups, and organizations seeking to foster interfaith dialogue and promote understanding across religious lines In this book, renowned interfaith leader Eboo Patel offers a clear, detailed, and practical guide to interfaith leadership, illustrated with compelling examples. Patel explains what interfaith leadership is and explores the core competencies and skills of interfaith leadership, before turning to the issues interfaith leaders face and how they can prepare to solve them. Interfaith leaders seek points of connection and commonality—in their neighborhoods, schools, college campuses, companies, organizations, hospitals, and other spaces where people of different faiths interact with one another. While it can be challenging to navigate the differences and disagreements that can arise from these interactions, skilled interfaith leaders are vital if we are to have a strong, religiously diverse democracy. This primer presents readers with the philosophical underpinnings of interfaith theory and outlines the skills necessary to practice interfaith leadership today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Interfaith Leadership: A Primer Author: Eboo Patel Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A guide for students, groups, and organizations seeking to foster interfaith dialogue and promote understanding across religious lines In this book, renowned interfaith leader Eboo Patel offers a clear, detailed, and practical guide to interfaith leadership, illustrated with compelling examples. Patel explains what interfaith leadership is and explores the core competencies and skills of interfaith leadership, before turning to the issues interfaith leaders face and how they can prepare to solve them. Interfaith leaders seek points of connection and commonality—in their neighborhoods, schools, college campuses, companies, organizations, hospitals, and other spaces where people of different faiths interact with one another. While it can be challenging to navigate the differences and disagreements that can arise from these interactions, skilled interfaith leaders are vital if we are to have a strong, religiously diverse democracy. This primer presents readers with the philosophical underpinnings of interfaith theory and outlines the skills necessary to practice interfaith leadership today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345669 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When One Religion Isn't Enough: The Lives of Spiritually Fluid People Author: Duane R. Bidwell Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An exploration into the lives of people who embrace two or more religious traditions, and what this growing community tells us about change in our society Named a best book of 2018 by Library Journal In the United States, we often assume religious and spiritual identity are pure, static, and singular. But some people regularly cross religious boundaries. These “spiritually fluid” people celebrate complex religious bonds, and in the process they blur social categories, evoke prejudice, and complicate religious communities. Their presence sparks questions: How and why do people become spiritually fluid? Are they just confused or unable to commit? How do we make sense of them? When One Religion Isn’t Enough explores the lives of spiritually fluid people, revealing that while some chose multiple religious belonging, many more inherit it. For many North Americans, the complicated legacies of colonialism are part of their family story, and they may consider themselves both Christian and Hindu, or Buddhist, or Yoruban, or one of the many other religions native to colonized lands. For some Asian Americans, singular religious identity may seem an alien concept, as many East Asian nations freely mix Buddhist, Confucian, Taoist, and other traditions. Some African American Christians are consciously seeking to reconnect with ancestral spiritualities. And still other people are born into religiously mixed families. Jewish-Christian intermarriage led the way in the US, but religious diversity here is only increasing: almost four in ten Americans (39 percent) who have married since 2010 have a spouse who is in a different religious group. Through in-depth conversations with spiritually fluid people, renowned scholar Duane Bidwell explores how people come to claim and be claimed by multiple religious traditions, how spiritually fluid people engage radically opposed truth claims, and what this growing population tells us about change within our communities. Duane R. Bidwell Tue, 13 Nov 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345669 thebookvoice.com 5:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When One Religion Isn't Enough: The Lives of Spiritually Fluid People Author: Duane R. Bidwell Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An exploration into the lives of people who embrace two or more religious traditions, and what this growing community tells us about change in our society Named a best book of 2018 by Library Journal In the United States, we often assume religious and spiritual identity are pure, static, and singular. But some people regularly cross religious boundaries. These “spiritually fluid” people celebrate complex religious bonds, and in the process they blur social categories, evoke prejudice, and complicate religious communities. Their presence sparks questions: How and why do people become spiritually fluid? Are they just confused or unable to commit? How do we make sense of them? When One Religion Isn’t Enough explores the lives of spiritually fluid people, revealing that while some chose multiple religious belonging, many more inherit it. For many North Americans, the complicated legacies of colonialism are part of their family story, and they may consider themselves both Christian and Hindu, or Buddhist, or Yoruban, or one of the many other religions native to colonized lands. For some Asian Americans, singular religious identity may seem an alien concept, as many East Asian nations freely mix Buddhist, Confucian, Taoist, and other traditions. Some African American Christians are consciously seeking to reconnect with ancestral spiritualities. And still other people are born into religiously mixed families. Jewish-Christian intermarriage led the way in the US, but religious diversity here is only increasing: almost four in ten Americans (39 percent) who have married since 2010 have a spouse who is in a different religious group. Through in-depth conversations with spiritually fluid people, renowned scholar Duane Bidwell explores how people come to claim and be claimed by multiple religious traditions, how spiritually fluid people engage radically opposed truth claims, and what this growing population tells us about change within our communities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When One Religion Isn't Enough: The Lives of Spiritually Fluid People Author: Duane R. Bidwell Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An exploration into the lives of people who embrace two or more religious traditions, and what this growing community tells us about change in our society Named a best book of 2018 by Library Journal In the United States, we often assume religious and spiritual identity are pure, static, and singular. But some people regularly cross religious boundaries. These “spiritually fluid” people celebrate complex religious bonds, and in the process they blur social categories, evoke prejudice, and complicate religious communities. Their presence sparks questions: How and why do people become spiritually fluid? Are they just confused or unable to commit? How do we make sense of them? When One Religion Isn’t Enough explores the lives of spiritually fluid people, revealing that while some chose multiple religious belonging, many more inherit it. For many North Americans, the complicated legacies of colonialism are part of their family story, and they may consider themselves both Christian and Hindu, or Buddhist, or Yoruban, or one of the many other religions native to colonized lands. For some Asian Americans, singular religious identity may seem an alien concept, as many East Asian nations freely mix Buddhist, Confucian, Taoist, and other traditions. Some African American Christians are consciously seeking to reconnect with ancestral spiritualities. And still other people are born into religiously mixed families. Jewish-Christian intermarriage led the way in the US, but religious diversity here is only increasing: almost four in ten Americans (39 percent) who have married since 2010 have a spouse who is in a different religious group. Through in-depth conversations with spiritually fluid people, renowned scholar Duane Bidwell explores how people come to claim and be claimed by multiple religious traditions, how spiritually fluid people engage radically opposed truth claims, and what this growing population tells us about change within our communities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345599 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Label Me: An Incredible Conversation for Divided Times Author: Irshad Manji Narrator: Fatima Boorman, Irshad Manji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Charming and disarming, a story like this heals the divides that threaten to destroy America. Don’t Label Me speaks for all of us who are more than the boxes that others put us into.” — Marianne Williamson, New York Times bestselling author. A unique conversation about diversity, bigotry, and our common humanity, by the New York Timesbestselling author, Oprah “Chutzpah” award-winner, and founder of the Moral Courage Project. In these United States, discord has hit emergency levels. Civility isn't the reason to repair our caustic chasms. Diversity is. Don't Label Me shows that America's founding genius is diversity of thought. Which is why social justice activists won't win by labeling those who disagree with them. At a time when minorities are fast becoming the majority, a truly new America requires a new way to tribe out. Enter Irshad Manji and her dog, Lily. Raised to believe that dogs are evil, Manji overcame her fear of the 'other' to adopt Lily. She got more than she bargained for. Defying her labels as an old, blind dog, Lily engages Manji in a taboo-busting conversation about identity, power, and politics. They're feisty. They're funny. And in working through their challenges to one another, they reveal how to open the hearts of opponents for the sake of enduring progress. Readers who crave concrete tips will be delighted. Studded with insights from epigenetics and epistemology, layered with the lessons of Bruce Lee, Ben Franklin, and Audre Lorde, punctuated with stories about Manji's own experiences as a refugee from Africa, a Muslim immigrant to the U.S., and a professor of moral courage, Don't Label Me makes diversity great again. Irshad Manji Tue, 26 Feb 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345599 thebookvoice.com 10:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Label Me: An Incredible Conversation for Divided Times Author: Irshad Manji Narrator: Fatima Boorman, Irshad Manji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Charming and disarming, a story like this heals the divides that threaten to destroy America. Don’t Label Me speaks for all of us who are more than the boxes that others put us into.” — Marianne Williamson, New York Times bestselling author. A unique conversation about diversity, bigotry, and our common humanity, by the New York Timesbestselling author, Oprah “Chutzpah” award-winner, and founder of the Moral Courage Project. In these United States, discord has hit emergency levels. Civility isn't the reason to repair our caustic chasms. Diversity is. Don't Label Me shows that America's founding genius is diversity of thought. Which is why social justice activists won't win by labeling those who disagree with them. At a time when minorities are fast becoming the majority, a truly new America requires a new way to tribe out. Enter Irshad Manji and her dog, Lily. Raised to believe that dogs are evil, Manji overcame her fear of the 'other' to adopt Lily. She got more than she bargained for. Defying her labels as an old, blind dog, Lily engages Manji in a taboo-busting conversation about identity, power, and politics. They're feisty. They're funny. And in working through their challenges to one another, they reveal how to open the hearts of opponents for the sake of enduring progress. Readers who crave concrete tips will be delighted. Studded with insights from epigenetics and epistemology, layered with the lessons of Bruce Lee, Ben Franklin, and Audre Lorde, punctuated with stories about Manji's own experiences as a refugee from Africa, a Muslim immigrant to the U.S., and a professor of moral courage, Don't Label Me makes diversity great again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Label Me: An Incredible Conversation for Divided Times Author: Irshad Manji Narrator: Fatima Boorman, Irshad Manji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Charming and disarming, a story like this heals the divides that threaten to destroy America. Don’t Label Me speaks for all of us who are more than the boxes that others put us into.” — Marianne Williamson, New York Times bestselling author. A unique conversation about diversity, bigotry, and our common humanity, by the New York Timesbestselling author, Oprah “Chutzpah” award-winner, and founder of the Moral Courage Project. In these United States, discord has hit emergency levels. Civility isn't the reason to repair our caustic chasms. Diversity is. Don't Label Me shows that America's founding genius is diversity of thought. Which is why social justice activists won't win by labeling those who disagree with them. At a time when minorities are fast becoming the majority, a truly new America requires a new way to tribe out. Enter Irshad Manji and her dog, Lily. Raised to believe that dogs are evil, Manji overcame her fear of the 'other' to adopt Lily. She got more than she bargained for. Defying her labels as an old, blind dog, Lily engages Manji in a taboo-busting conversation about identity, power, and politics. They're feisty. They're funny. And in working through their challenges to one another, they reveal how to open the hearts of opponents for the sake of enduring progress. Readers who crave concrete tips will be delighted. Studded with insights from epigenetics and epistemology, layered with the lessons of Bruce Lee, Ben Franklin, and Audre Lorde, punctuated with stories about Manji's own experiences as a refugee from Africa, a Muslim immigrant to the U.S., and a professor of moral courage, Don't Label Me makes diversity great again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345577 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Animals: Parenthood in the Age of Fear Author: Kim Brooks Narrator: Kim Brooks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Kim Brooks's moving narration is the perfect vehicle for the drama surrounding her arrest for a momentary lapse in judgement...Brooks's lyrical writing and largely dispassionate narration will draw parents into this larger dynamic and restore their freedom to do what they believe is best as parents.' — AudioFile Magazine This program includes a bonus interview with the author. One morning, Kim Brooks made a split-second decision to leave her four-year old son in the car while she ran into a store. What happened would consume the next several years of her life and spur her to investigate the broader role America’s culture of fear plays in parenthood. In Small Animals, Brooks asks, Of all the emotions inherent in parenting, is there any more universal or profound than fear? Why have our notions of what it means to be a good parent changed so radically? In what ways do these changes impact the lives of parents, children, and the structure of society at large? And what, in the end, does the rise of fearful parenting tell us about ourselves? Fueled by urgency and the emotional intensity of Brooks’s own story, Small Animals is a riveting examination of the ways our culture of competitive, anxious, and judgmental parenting has profoundly altered the experiences of parents and children. In her signature style—by turns funny, penetrating, and always illuminating—which has dazzled millions of fans and been called 'striking' by New York Times Book Review and 'beautiful' by the National Book Critics Circle, Brooks offers a provocative, compelling portrait of parenthood in America and calls us to examine what we most value in our relationships with our children and one another. Praise for Small Animals: 'Small Animals interrogates how we weigh risk as parents, how we judge one another's parenting and what the costs might be — not just to parents, but to children, too —of a culture of constant surveillance.' — New York Times Book Review 'Part memoir, part history, part documentary, part impassioned manifesto...it might be the most important book about being a parent that you will ever read.' —Emily Rapp Black, New York Times bestselling author of The Still Point of the Turning World Kim Brooks Tue, 21 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345577 thebookvoice.com 8:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Animals: Parenthood in the Age of Fear Author: Kim Brooks Narrator: Kim Brooks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Kim Brooks's moving narration is the perfect vehicle for the drama surrounding her arrest for a momentary lapse in judgement...Brooks's lyrical writing and largely dispassionate narration will draw parents into this larger dynamic and restore their freedom to do what they believe is best as parents.' — AudioFile Magazine This program includes a bonus interview with the author. One morning, Kim Brooks made a split-second decision to leave her four-year old son in the car while she ran into a store. What happened would consume the next several years of her life and spur her to investigate the broader role America’s culture of fear plays in parenthood. In Small Animals, Brooks asks, Of all the emotions inherent in parenting, is there any more universal or profound than fear? Why have our notions of what it means to be a good parent changed so radically? In what ways do these changes impact the lives of parents, children, and the structure of society at large? And what, in the end, does the rise of fearful parenting tell us about ourselves? Fueled by urgency and the emotional intensity of Brooks’s own story, Small Animals is a riveting examination of the ways our culture of competitive, anxious, and judgmental parenting has profoundly altered the experiences of parents and children. In her signature style—by turns funny, penetrating, and always illuminating—which has dazzled millions of fans and been called 'striking' by New York Times Book Review and 'beautiful' by the National Book Critics Circle, Brooks offers a provocative, compelling portrait of parenthood in America and calls us to examine what we most value in our relationships with our children and one another. Praise for Small Animals: 'Small Animals interrogates how we weigh risk as parents, how we judge one another's parenting and what the costs might be — not just to parents, but to children, too —of a culture of constant surveillance.' — New York Times Book Review 'Part memoir, part history, part documentary, part impassioned manifesto...it might be the most important book about being a parent that you will ever read.' —Emily Rapp Black, New York Times bestselling author of The Still Point of the Turning World Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Animals: Parenthood in the Age of Fear Author: Kim Brooks Narrator: Kim Brooks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Kim Brooks's moving narration is the perfect vehicle for the drama surrounding her arrest for a momentary lapse in judgement...Brooks's lyrical writing and largely dispassionate narration will draw parents into this larger dynamic and restore their freedom to do what they believe is best as parents.' — AudioFile Magazine This program includes a bonus interview with the author. One morning, Kim Brooks made a split-second decision to leave her four-year old son in the car while she ran into a store. What happened would consume the next several years of her life and spur her to investigate the broader role America’s culture of fear plays in parenthood. In Small Animals, Brooks asks, Of all the emotions inherent in parenting, is there any more universal or profound than fear? Why have our notions of what it means to be a good parent changed so radically? In what ways do these changes impact the lives of parents, children, and the structure of society at large? And what, in the end, does the rise of fearful parenting tell us about ourselves? Fueled by urgency and the emotional intensity of Brooks’s own story, Small Animals is a riveting examination of the ways our culture of competitive, anxious, and judgmental parenting has profoundly altered the experiences of parents and children. In her signature style—by turns funny, penetrating, and always illuminating—which has dazzled millions of fans and been called 'striking' by New York Times Book Review and 'beautiful' by the National Book Critics Circle, Brooks offers a provocative, compelling portrait of parenthood in America and calls us to examine what we most value in our relationships with our children and one another. Praise for Small Animals: 'Small Animals interrogates how we weigh risk as parents, how we judge one another's parenting and what the costs might be — not just to parents, but to children, too —of a culture of constant surveillance.' — New York Times Book Review 'Part memoir, part history, part documentary, part impassioned manifesto...it might be the most important book about being a parent that you will ever read.' —Emily Rapp Black, New York Times bestselling author of The Still Point of the Turning World https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345574 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Amateur: A True Story About What Makes a Man Author: Thomas Page Mcbee Narrator: Thomas Page Mcbee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Shortlisted for the Baillie Gifford Prize for Nonfiction *Shortlisted for the Lambda Literary Award *Shortlisted for the Wellcome Book Prize One of The Times UK’s Best Memoirs of 2018, BuzzFeed’s Best Nonfiction of 2018, Autostraddle’s Best LGBT Books of 2018, and 52 Insight’s Favorite Nonfiction Books of 2018 A “no-holds-barred examination of masculinity” (BuzzFeed) and violence from award-winning author Thomas Page McBee. In this “refreshing and radical” (The Guardian) narrative, Thomas McBee, a trans man, sets out to uncover what makes a man—and what being a “good” man even means—through his experience training for and fighting in a charity boxing match at Madison Square Garden. A self-described “amateur” at masculinity, McBee embarks on a wide-ranging exploration of gender in society, examining sexism, toxic masculinity, and privilege. As he questions the limitations of gender roles and the roots of masculine aggression, he finds intimacy, hope, and even love in the experience of boxing and in his role as a man in the world. Despite personal history and cultural expectations, “Amateur is a reminder that the individual can still come forward and fight” (The A.V. Club). “Sharp and precise, open and honest,” (Women’s Review of Books), McBee’s writing asks questions “relevant to all people, trans or not” (New York Newsday). Through interviews with experts in neuroscience, sociology, and critical race theory, he constructs a deft and thoughtful examination of the role of men in contemporary society. Amateur is a graceful and uncompromising look at gender by a fearless, fiercely honest writer. Thomas Page Mcbee Tue, 14 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345574 thebookvoice.com 3:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Amateur: A True Story About What Makes a Man Author: Thomas Page Mcbee Narrator: Thomas Page Mcbee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Shortlisted for the Baillie Gifford Prize for Nonfiction *Shortlisted for the Lambda Literary Award *Shortlisted for the Wellcome Book Prize One of The Times UK’s Best Memoirs of 2018, BuzzFeed’s Best Nonfiction of 2018, Autostraddle’s Best LGBT Books of 2018, and 52 Insight’s Favorite Nonfiction Books of 2018 A “no-holds-barred examination of masculinity” (BuzzFeed) and violence from award-winning author Thomas Page McBee. In this “refreshing and radical” (The Guardian) narrative, Thomas McBee, a trans man, sets out to uncover what makes a man—and what being a “good” man even means—through his experience training for and fighting in a charity boxing match at Madison Square Garden. A self-described “amateur” at masculinity, McBee embarks on a wide-ranging exploration of gender in society, examining sexism, toxic masculinity, and privilege. As he questions the limitations of gender roles and the roots of masculine aggression, he finds intimacy, hope, and even love in the experience of boxing and in his role as a man in the world. Despite personal history and cultural expectations, “Amateur is a reminder that the individual can still come forward and fight” (The A.V. Club). “Sharp and precise, open and honest,” (Women’s Review of Books), McBee’s writing asks questions “relevant to all people, trans or not” (New York Newsday). Through interviews with experts in neuroscience, sociology, and critical race theory, he constructs a deft and thoughtful examination of the role of men in contemporary society. Amateur is a graceful and uncompromising look at gender by a fearless, fiercely honest writer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Amateur: A True Story About What Makes a Man Author: Thomas Page Mcbee Narrator: Thomas Page Mcbee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Shortlisted for the Baillie Gifford Prize for Nonfiction *Shortlisted for the Lambda Literary Award *Shortlisted for the Wellcome Book Prize One of The Times UK’s Best Memoirs of 2018, BuzzFeed’s Best Nonfiction of 2018, Autostraddle’s Best LGBT Books of 2018, and 52 Insight’s Favorite Nonfiction Books of 2018 A “no-holds-barred examination of masculinity” (BuzzFeed) and violence from award-winning author Thomas Page McBee. In this “refreshing and radical” (The Guardian) narrative, Thomas McBee, a trans man, sets out to uncover what makes a man—and what being a “good” man even means—through his experience training for and fighting in a charity boxing match at Madison Square Garden. A self-described “amateur” at masculinity, McBee embarks on a wide-ranging exploration of gender in society, examining sexism, toxic masculinity, and privilege. As he questions the limitations of gender roles and the roots of masculine aggression, he finds intimacy, hope, and even love in the experience of boxing and in his role as a man in the world. Despite personal history and cultural expectations, “Amateur is a reminder that the individual can still come forward and fight” (The A.V. Club). “Sharp and precise, open and honest,” (Women’s Review of Books), McBee’s writing asks questions “relevant to all people, trans or not” (New York Newsday). Through interviews with experts in neuroscience, sociology, and critical race theory, he constructs a deft and thoughtful examination of the role of men in contemporary society. Amateur is a graceful and uncompromising look at gender by a fearless, fiercely honest writer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345557 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can We All Be Feminists?: New Writing from Brit Bennett, Nicole Dennis-Benn, and 15 Others on Intersectionality, Identity, and the Way Forward for Feminism Author: June Eric-Udorie Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'As timely as it is well-written, this clear-eyed collection is just what I need right now.'  —Jacqueline Woodson, author of Brown Girl Dreaming 'The intersectional feminist anthology we all need to read' (Bustle), edited by a feminist activist and writer who 'calls to mind a young Audre Lorde' (Kirkus) Why do some women struggle to identify as feminists, despite their commitment to gender equality? How do other aspects of our identities – such as race, religion, sexuality, gender identity, and more – impact how we relate to feminism? Why is intersectionality so important? In challenging, incisive, and fearless essays – all of which appear here for the first time – seventeen writers from diverse backgrounds wrestle with these questions, and more. A groundbreaking book that elevates underrepresented voices, Can We All Be Feminists? offers the tools and perspective we need to create a 21st century feminism that is truly for all. Including essays by: Soofiya Andry, Gabrielle Bellot, Caitlin Cruz, Nicole Dennis-Benn, Brit Bennett, Evette Dionne, Aisha Gani, Afua Hirsch, Juliet Jacques, Wei Ming Kam, Mariya Karimjee, Eishar Kaur, Emer O’Toole, Frances Ryan, Zoé Samudzi, Charlotte Shane, and Selina Thompson Audiobook Table of Contents: Introduction, Acknowledgments, About the Contributors, and Suggestions for Further Reading by June Eric-Udorie, read by the author 'No Wave Feminism' by Charlotte Shane, read by the author 'Unapologetic' by Nicole Dennis- Benn, read by the author 'Fat Demands' by Selina Thompson, read by the author 'Borderlands' by Gabrielle Bellot, read by the author 'Intersectionality and the Black Lives Matter Movement' by Evette Dionne, read by the author 'No Disabled Access' by Frances Ryan, read by the author 'A Hundred Small Rebellions' by Eishar Kaur, read by the author 'Ends, Means, and Subterfuge in Feminist Activism' by Emer O’Toole, read by the author 'Afro-Diasporic Feminism and a Freedom in Fluidity' by Zoé Samudzi, read by the author 'Representation as a Feminist Act' by Aisha Gani, read by the author 'In Search of Gender Troublemakers' by Juliet Jacques, read by Hannah Curis 'Body and Blood' by Brit Bennett, read by Adenrele Ojo 'Loving Two Things at Once: On Bisexuality, Feminism, and Catholicism' by Caitlin Cruz, read by the author 'Imperial Feminism' by Afua Hirsch, read by the author 'The Machinery of Disbelief' by Wei Ming Kam, read by the author 'Brown on the Outside' by Mariya Karimjee, read by the author 'Deviant Bodies' by Soofiya Andry, read by the author June Eric-Udorie Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345557 thebookvoice.com 9:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can We All Be Feminists?: New Writing from Brit Bennett, Nicole Dennis-Benn, and 15 Others on Intersectionality, Identity, and the Way Forward for Feminism Author: June Eric-Udorie Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'As timely as it is well-written, this clear-eyed collection is just what I need right now.'  —Jacqueline Woodson, author of Brown Girl Dreaming 'The intersectional feminist anthology we all need to read' (Bustle), edited by a feminist activist and writer who 'calls to mind a young Audre Lorde' (Kirkus) Why do some women struggle to identify as feminists, despite their commitment to gender equality? How do other aspects of our identities – such as race, religion, sexuality, gender identity, and more – impact how we relate to feminism? Why is intersectionality so important? In challenging, incisive, and fearless essays – all of which appear here for the first time – seventeen writers from diverse backgrounds wrestle with these questions, and more. A groundbreaking book that elevates underrepresented voices, Can We All Be Feminists? offers the tools and perspective we need to create a 21st century feminism that is truly for all. Including essays by: Soofiya Andry, Gabrielle Bellot, Caitlin Cruz, Nicole Dennis-Benn, Brit Bennett, Evette Dionne, Aisha Gani, Afua Hirsch, Juliet Jacques, Wei Ming Kam, Mariya Karimjee, Eishar Kaur, Emer O’Toole, Frances Ryan, Zoé Samudzi, Charlotte Shane, and Selina Thompson Audiobook Table of Contents: Introduction, Acknowledgments, About the Contributors, and Suggestions for Further Reading by June Eric-Udorie, read by the author 'No Wave Feminism' by Charlotte Shane, read by the author 'Unapologetic' by Nicole Dennis- Benn, read by the author 'Fat Demands' by Selina Thompson, read by the author 'Borderlands' by Gabrielle Bellot, read by the author 'Intersectionality and the Black Lives Matter Movement' by Evette Dionne, read by the author 'No Disabled Access' by Frances Ryan, read by the author 'A Hundred Small Rebellions' by Eishar Kaur, read by the author 'Ends, Means, and Subterfuge in Feminist Activism' by Emer O’Toole, read by the author 'Afro-Diasporic Feminism and a Freedom in Fluidity' by Zoé Samudzi, read by the author 'Representation as a Feminist Act' by Aisha Gani, read by the author 'In Search of Gender Troublemakers' by Juliet Jacques, read by Hannah Curis 'Body and Blood' by Brit Bennett, read by Adenrele Ojo 'Loving Two Things at Once: On Bisexuality, Feminism, and Catholicism' by Caitlin Cruz, read by the author 'Imperial Feminism' by Afua Hirsch, read by the author 'The Machinery of Disbelief' by Wei Ming Kam, read by the author 'Brown on the Outside' by Mariya Karimjee, read by the author 'Deviant Bodies' by Soofiya Andry, read by the author Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can We All Be Feminists?: New Writing from Brit Bennett, Nicole Dennis-Benn, and 15 Others on Intersectionality, Identity, and the Way Forward for Feminism Author: June Eric-Udorie Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'As timely as it is well-written, this clear-eyed collection is just what I need right now.'  —Jacqueline Woodson, author of Brown Girl Dreaming 'The intersectional feminist anthology we all need to read' (Bustle), edited by a feminist activist and writer who 'calls to mind a young Audre Lorde' (Kirkus) Why do some women struggle to identify as feminists, despite their commitment to gender equality? How do other aspects of our identities – such as race, religion, sexuality, gender identity, and more – impact how we relate to feminism? Why is intersectionality so important? In challenging, incisive, and fearless essays – all of which appear here for the first time – seventeen writers from diverse backgrounds wrestle with these questions, and more. A groundbreaking book that elevates underrepresented voices, Can We All Be Feminists? offers the tools and perspective we need to create a 21st century feminism that is truly for all. Including essays by: Soofiya Andry, Gabrielle Bellot, Caitlin Cruz, Nicole Dennis-Benn, Brit Bennett, Evette Dionne, Aisha Gani, Afua Hirsch, Juliet Jacques, Wei Ming Kam, Mariya Karimjee, Eishar Kaur, Emer O’Toole, Frances Ryan, Zoé Samudzi, Charlotte Shane, and Selina Thompson Audiobook Table of Contents: Introduction, Acknowledgments, About the Contributors, and Suggestions for Further Reading by June Eric-Udorie, read by the author 'No Wave Feminism' by Charlotte Shane, read by the author 'Unapologetic' by Nicole Dennis- Benn, read by the author 'Fat Demands' by Selina Thompson, read by the author 'Borderlands' by Gabrielle Bellot, read by the author 'Intersectionality and the Black Lives Matter Movement' by Evette Dionne, read by the author 'No Disabled Access' by Frances Ryan, read by the author 'A Hundred Small Rebellions' by Eishar Kaur, read by the author 'Ends, Means, and Subterfuge in Feminist Activism' by Emer O’Toole, read by the author 'Afro-Diasporic Feminism and a Freedom in Fluidity' by Zoé Samudzi, read by the author 'Representation as a Feminist Act' by Aisha Gani, read by the author 'In Search of Gender Troublemakers' by Juliet Jacques, read by Hannah Curis 'Body and Blood' by Brit Bennett, read by Adenrele Ojo 'Loving Two Things at Once: On Bisexuality, Feminism, and Catholicism' by Caitlin Cruz, read by the author 'Imperial Feminism' by Afua Hirsch, read by the author 'The Machinery of Disbelief' by Wei Ming Kam, read by the author 'Brown on the Outside' by Mariya Karimjee, read by the author 'Deviant Bodies' by Soofiya Andry, read by the author https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345484 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magic Is Dead: My Journey into the World's Most Secretive Society of Magicians Author: Ian Frisch Narrator: Charlie Thurston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the vein of Neil Strauss’ The Game and Joshua Foer’s Moonwalking with Einstein comes the fascinating story of one man’s colorful, mysterious, and personal journey into the world of magic, and his unlikely invitation into an underground secret society of revolutionary magicians from around the world. Magic Is Dead is Ian Frisch’s head-first dive into a hidden world full of extraordinary characters and highly guarded secrets. It is a story of imagination, deception, and art that spotlights today’s most brilliant young magicians—a mysterious club known as the52, who are revolutionizing an ancient artform under the mantra Magic Is Dead. Ian brings us with him as he not only gets to know this fascinating world, but also becomes an integral part of it. We meet the52’s founding members—Laura London, Daniel Madison, and Chris Ramsay—and explore their personal demons, professional aspirations, and what drew them to their craft. We join them at private gatherings of the most extraordinary magicians working today, follow them to magic conventions in Las Vegas and England, and discover some of the best tricks of the trade. We also encounter David Blaine; hang out with Penn Jillette; meet Dynamo, the U.K.’s most famous magician; and go behind the scenes of a Netflix magic show. Magic Is Dead is also a chronicle of magic’s rich history and how it has changed in the internet age, as the young guns embrace social media and move away from the old-school take on the craft. As he tells the story of the52, and his role as its most unlikely member, Ian reveals his own connection with trickery and deceit and how he first learned the elements that make magic work from his poker-playing mother. He recalls their adventures in card rooms and casinos after his father’s sudden death, and shares a touching moment that he had, as a working journalist, with his childhood idol Shaquille O’Neal. “Magic—the romanticism of the inexplicable, the awe and admiration of the unexpected—is an underlying force in how we view the world and its myriad possibilities,” Ian writes. As his journey continues, Ian not only becomes a performer and creator of magic—even fooling the late Anthony Bourdain during a chance encounter—he also cements a new brotherhood, and begins to understand his relationship with his father, fifteen years after his death. Written with psychological acuity and a keen eye for detail, Magic Is Dead is an engrossing tale full of wonder and surprise. Ian Frisch Tue, 26 Feb 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345484 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magic Is Dead: My Journey into the World's Most Secretive Society of Magicians Author: Ian Frisch Narrator: Charlie Thurston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the vein of Neil Strauss’ The Game and Joshua Foer’s Moonwalking with Einstein comes the fascinating story of one man’s colorful, mysterious, and personal journey into the world of magic, and his unlikely invitation into an underground secret society of revolutionary magicians from around the world. Magic Is Dead is Ian Frisch’s head-first dive into a hidden world full of extraordinary characters and highly guarded secrets. It is a story of imagination, deception, and art that spotlights today’s most brilliant young magicians—a mysterious club known as the52, who are revolutionizing an ancient artform under the mantra Magic Is Dead. Ian brings us with him as he not only gets to know this fascinating world, but also becomes an integral part of it. We meet the52’s founding members—Laura London, Daniel Madison, and Chris Ramsay—and explore their personal demons, professional aspirations, and what drew them to their craft. We join them at private gatherings of the most extraordinary magicians working today, follow them to magic conventions in Las Vegas and England, and discover some of the best tricks of the trade. We also encounter David Blaine; hang out with Penn Jillette; meet Dynamo, the U.K.’s most famous magician; and go behind the scenes of a Netflix magic show. Magic Is Dead is also a chronicle of magic’s rich history and how it has changed in the internet age, as the young guns embrace social media and move away from the old-school take on the craft. As he tells the story of the52, and his role as its most unlikely member, Ian reveals his own connection with trickery and deceit and how he first learned the elements that make magic work from his poker-playing mother. He recalls their adventures in card rooms and casinos after his father’s sudden death, and shares a touching moment that he had, as a working journalist, with his childhood idol Shaquille O’Neal. “Magic—the romanticism of the inexplicable, the awe and admiration of the unexpected—is an underlying force in how we view the world and its myriad possibilities,” Ian writes. As his journey continues, Ian not only becomes a performer and creator of magic—even fooling the late Anthony Bourdain during a chance encounter—he also cements a new brotherhood, and begins to understand his relationship with his father, fifteen years after his death. Written with psychological acuity and a keen eye for detail, Magic Is Dead is an engrossing tale full of wonder and surprise. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magic Is Dead: My Journey into the World's Most Secretive Society of Magicians Author: Ian Frisch Narrator: Charlie Thurston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the vein of Neil Strauss’ The Game and Joshua Foer’s Moonwalking with Einstein comes the fascinating story of one man’s colorful, mysterious, and personal journey into the world of magic, and his unlikely invitation into an underground secret society of revolutionary magicians from around the world. Magic Is Dead is Ian Frisch’s head-first dive into a hidden world full of extraordinary characters and highly guarded secrets. It is a story of imagination, deception, and art that spotlights today’s most brilliant young magicians—a mysterious club known as the52, who are revolutionizing an ancient artform under the mantra Magic Is Dead. Ian brings us with him as he not only gets to know this fascinating world, but also becomes an integral part of it. We meet the52’s founding members—Laura London, Daniel Madison, and Chris Ramsay—and explore their personal demons, professional aspirations, and what drew them to their craft. We join them at private gatherings of the most extraordinary magicians working today, follow them to magic conventions in Las Vegas and England, and discover some of the best tricks of the trade. We also encounter David Blaine; hang out with Penn Jillette; meet Dynamo, the U.K.’s most famous magician; and go behind the scenes of a Netflix magic show. Magic Is Dead is also a chronicle of magic’s rich history and how it has changed in the internet age, as the young guns embrace social media and move away from the old-school take on the craft. As he tells the story of the52, and his role as its most unlikely member, Ian reveals his own connection with trickery and deceit and how he first learned the elements that make magic work from his poker-playing mother. He recalls their adventures in card rooms and casinos after his father’s sudden death, and shares a touching moment that he had, as a working journalist, with his childhood idol Shaquille O’Neal. “Magic—the romanticism of the inexplicable, the awe and admiration of the unexpected—is an underlying force in how we view the world and its myriad possibilities,” Ian writes. As his journey continues, Ian not only becomes a performer and creator of magic—even fooling the late Anthony Bourdain during a chance encounter—he also cements a new brotherhood, and begins to understand his relationship with his father, fifteen years after his death. Written with psychological acuity and a keen eye for detail, Magic Is Dead is an engrossing tale full of wonder and surprise. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345468 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alienated America: Why Some Places Thrive While Others Collapse Author: Timothy P. Carney Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Respected conservative journalist and commentator Timothy P. Carney continues the conversation begun with Hillbilly Elegy and the classic Bowling Alone in this hard-hitting analysis that identifies the true factor behind the decline of the American dream: it is not purely the result of economics as the left claims, but the collapse of the institutions that made us successful, including marriage, church, and civic life. During the 2016 presidential campaign, Donald J. Trump proclaimed, “the American dream is dead,” and this message resonated across the country. Why do so many people believe that the American dream is no longer within reach? Growing inequality, stubborn pockets of immobility, rising rates of deadly addiction, the increasing and troubling fact that where you start determines where you end up, heightening political strife—these are the disturbing realities threatening ordinary American lives today. The standard accounts pointed to economic problems among the working class, but the root was a cultural collapse: While the educated and wealthy elites still enjoy strong communities, most blue-collar Americans lack strong communities and institutions that bind them to their neighbors. And outside of the elites, the central American institution has been religion. That is, it’s not the factory closings that have torn us apart; it’s the church closings. The dissolution of our most cherished institutions—nuclear families, places of worship, civic organizations—has not only divided us, but eroded our sense of worth, belief in opportunity, and connection to one another. In Alienated America, Carney visits all corners of America, from the dim country bars of Southwestern Pennsylvania., to the bustling Mormon wards of Salt Lake City, and explains the most important data and research to demonstrate how the social connection is the great divide in America. He shows that Trump’s surprising victory was the most visible symptom of this deep-seated problem. In addition to his detailed exploration of how a range of societal changes have, in tandem, damaged us, Carney provides a framework that will lead us back out of a lonely, modern wilderness. Timothy P. Carney Tue, 19 Feb 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345468 thebookvoice.com 10:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alienated America: Why Some Places Thrive While Others Collapse Author: Timothy P. Carney Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Respected conservative journalist and commentator Timothy P. Carney continues the conversation begun with Hillbilly Elegy and the classic Bowling Alone in this hard-hitting analysis that identifies the true factor behind the decline of the American dream: it is not purely the result of economics as the left claims, but the collapse of the institutions that made us successful, including marriage, church, and civic life. During the 2016 presidential campaign, Donald J. Trump proclaimed, “the American dream is dead,” and this message resonated across the country. Why do so many people believe that the American dream is no longer within reach? Growing inequality, stubborn pockets of immobility, rising rates of deadly addiction, the increasing and troubling fact that where you start determines where you end up, heightening political strife—these are the disturbing realities threatening ordinary American lives today. The standard accounts pointed to economic problems among the working class, but the root was a cultural collapse: While the educated and wealthy elites still enjoy strong communities, most blue-collar Americans lack strong communities and institutions that bind them to their neighbors. And outside of the elites, the central American institution has been religion. That is, it’s not the factory closings that have torn us apart; it’s the church closings. The dissolution of our most cherished institutions—nuclear families, places of worship, civic organizations—has not only divided us, but eroded our sense of worth, belief in opportunity, and connection to one another. In Alienated America, Carney visits all corners of America, from the dim country bars of Southwestern Pennsylvania., to the bustling Mormon wards of Salt Lake City, and explains the most important data and research to demonstrate how the social connection is the great divide in America. He shows that Trump’s surprising victory was the most visible symptom of this deep-seated problem. In addition to his detailed exploration of how a range of societal changes have, in tandem, damaged us, Carney provides a framework that will lead us back out of a lonely, modern wilderness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alienated America: Why Some Places Thrive While Others Collapse Author: Timothy P. Carney Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Respected conservative journalist and commentator Timothy P. Carney continues the conversation begun with Hillbilly Elegy and the classic Bowling Alone in this hard-hitting analysis that identifies the true factor behind the decline of the American dream: it is not purely the result of economics as the left claims, but the collapse of the institutions that made us successful, including marriage, church, and civic life. During the 2016 presidential campaign, Donald J. Trump proclaimed, “the American dream is dead,” and this message resonated across the country. Why do so many people believe that the American dream is no longer within reach? Growing inequality, stubborn pockets of immobility, rising rates of deadly addiction, the increasing and troubling fact that where you start determines where you end up, heightening political strife—these are the disturbing realities threatening ordinary American lives today. The standard accounts pointed to economic problems among the working class, but the root was a cultural collapse: While the educated and wealthy elites still enjoy strong communities, most blue-collar Americans lack strong communities and institutions that bind them to their neighbors. And outside of the elites, the central American institution has been religion. That is, it’s not the factory closings that have torn us apart; it’s the church closings. The dissolution of our most cherished institutions—nuclear families, places of worship, civic organizations—has not only divided us, but eroded our sense of worth, belief in opportunity, and connection to one another. In Alienated America, Carney visits all corners of America, from the dim country bars of Southwestern Pennsylvania., to the bustling Mormon wards of Salt Lake City, and explains the most important data and research to demonstrate how the social connection is the great divide in America. He shows that Trump’s surprising victory was the most visible symptom of this deep-seated problem. In addition to his detailed exploration of how a range of societal changes have, in tandem, damaged us, Carney provides a framework that will lead us back out of a lonely, modern wilderness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345384 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 13 Things Mentally Strong Women Don't Do: Own Your Power, Channel Your Confidence, and Find Your Authentic Voice For a Life of Meaning and Joy Author: Amy Morin Narrator: Amy Morin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: International bestselling author and leading global expert on mental strength Amy Morin turns her focus to feminism, explaining what it means—and what it takes—to be a mentally strong woman in the age of the #MeToo and #TimesUp movements. The emergence of the #MeToo and #TimesUp movements have awakened society and encouraged women to find their voice and claim their power. But to do this, women must learn to improve their own mental strength. Contending with a host of difficult issues—from sexual assault on college campuses, to equal pay and pay gaps, to mastering different negotiation styles—demands psychological toughness. In this crucial book, prominent psychotherapist and licensed clinical social worker Amy Morin gives women the techniques to build mental muscle—and just as important, she teaches them what not to do. What does it mean to be a mentally strong woman? Delving into critical issues like sexism, social media, social comparison, and social pressure, Amy addresses this question and offers thoughtful, intelligent advice, practical tips, and specific strategies and combines them with personal experiences, stories from former patients, and both well-known and untold examples from women from across industries and pop culture. Throughout, she explores the areas women—and society at large—must focus on to become (and remain) mentally strong. Amy reveals that healthy, mentally tough women don’t insist on perfection; they don’t compare themselves to other people; they don’t see vulnerability as a weakness; they don’t let self-doubt stop them from reaching their goals. Wise, grounded, and essential, 13 Things Mentally Strong Women Don’t Do can help every woman flourish—and ultimately improve our society as well. Amy Morin Mon, 31 Dec 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345384 thebookvoice.com 10:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 13 Things Mentally Strong Women Don't Do: Own Your Power, Channel Your Confidence, and Find Your Authentic Voice For a Life of Meaning and Joy Author: Amy Morin Narrator: Amy Morin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: International bestselling author and leading global expert on mental strength Amy Morin turns her focus to feminism, explaining what it means—and what it takes—to be a mentally strong woman in the age of the #MeToo and #TimesUp movements. The emergence of the #MeToo and #TimesUp movements have awakened society and encouraged women to find their voice and claim their power. But to do this, women must learn to improve their own mental strength. Contending with a host of difficult issues—from sexual assault on college campuses, to equal pay and pay gaps, to mastering different negotiation styles—demands psychological toughness. In this crucial book, prominent psychotherapist and licensed clinical social worker Amy Morin gives women the techniques to build mental muscle—and just as important, she teaches them what not to do. What does it mean to be a mentally strong woman? Delving into critical issues like sexism, social media, social comparison, and social pressure, Amy addresses this question and offers thoughtful, intelligent advice, practical tips, and specific strategies and combines them with personal experiences, stories from former patients, and both well-known and untold examples from women from across industries and pop culture. Throughout, she explores the areas women—and society at large—must focus on to become (and remain) mentally strong. Amy reveals that healthy, mentally tough women don’t insist on perfection; they don’t compare themselves to other people; they don’t see vulnerability as a weakness; they don’t let self-doubt stop them from reaching their goals. Wise, grounded, and essential, 13 Things Mentally Strong Women Don’t Do can help every woman flourish—and ultimately improve our society as well. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 13 Things Mentally Strong Women Don't Do: Own Your Power, Channel Your Confidence, and Find Your Authentic Voice For a Life of Meaning and Joy Author: Amy Morin Narrator: Amy Morin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: International bestselling author and leading global expert on mental strength Amy Morin turns her focus to feminism, explaining what it means—and what it takes—to be a mentally strong woman in the age of the #MeToo and #TimesUp movements. The emergence of the #MeToo and #TimesUp movements have awakened society and encouraged women to find their voice and claim their power. But to do this, women must learn to improve their own mental strength. Contending with a host of difficult issues—from sexual assault on college campuses, to equal pay and pay gaps, to mastering different negotiation styles—demands psychological toughness. In this crucial book, prominent psychotherapist and licensed clinical social worker Amy Morin gives women the techniques to build mental muscle—and just as important, she teaches them what not to do. What does it mean to be a mentally strong woman? Delving into critical issues like sexism, social media, social comparison, and social pressure, Amy addresses this question and offers thoughtful, intelligent advice, practical tips, and specific strategies and combines them with personal experiences, stories from former patients, and both well-known and untold examples from women from across industries and pop culture. Throughout, she explores the areas women—and society at large—must focus on to become (and remain) mentally strong. Amy reveals that healthy, mentally tough women don’t insist on perfection; they don’t compare themselves to other people; they don’t see vulnerability as a weakness; they don’t let self-doubt stop them from reaching their goals. Wise, grounded, and essential, 13 Things Mentally Strong Women Don’t Do can help every woman flourish—and ultimately improve our society as well. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345359 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fed Up: Emotional Labor, Women, and the Way Forward Author: Gemma Hartley Narrator: Therese Plummer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A rousing call to arms, packed with surprising insights, that explores how carrying ''the mental load''—the thankless day-to-day anticipating of needs and solving of problems large and small—is adversely affecting women’s lives and feeding gender inequality, and shows the way forward for better balancing our lives. Launching a heated national conversation with her viral article ''Women Aren’t Nags; We’re Just Fed Up''—viewed over two billion times—journalist Gemma Hartley gave voice to the frustration and anger of countless women putting in the hidden, underappreciated, and absolutely draining mental work that consists of keeping everyone in their lives comfortable and happy. Bringing long overdue awareness to the daunting reality of emotional labor in our lives, Hartley defines the largely invisible but demanding, time-consuming, and exhausting ''worry work'' that falls disproportionately and unfairly on all women—no matter their economic class or level of education. Synthesizing a wide variety of sources—history, sociology, economics, psychology, philosophy, and anthropology—Hartley makes the invisible visible, unveiling the surprising shapes emotional labor takes at work, at home, in relationships, and in parenting. With on-the-ground reporting, identifiable personal stories and interviews from around the world, this feminist manifesto will empower women to transform their inner dialogue and give all women the emotional fortitude and courage to ask for what we most want—without shame, without guilt, and without the emotional baggage. Beyond naming the problem, Fed Up offers practical advice and solutions for teaching both men and women how to wield emotional labor to live more full and satisfying lives. Hartley helps us to see emotional labor not as a problem to be overcome, but as a genderless virtue we can all learn to channel in our quest to make a better, more egalitarian world for ourselves and most importantly, our children. Insightful, surprising, deeply relatable, and filled with all too familiar moments, this provocative, intelligent, and empathetic guide is essential reading for every woman who has had enough with feeling fed up. Gemma Hartley Tue, 13 Nov 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345359 thebookvoice.com 8:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fed Up: Emotional Labor, Women, and the Way Forward Author: Gemma Hartley Narrator: Therese Plummer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A rousing call to arms, packed with surprising insights, that explores how carrying ''the mental load''—the thankless day-to-day anticipating of needs and solving of problems large and small—is adversely affecting women’s lives and feeding gender inequality, and shows the way forward for better balancing our lives. Launching a heated national conversation with her viral article ''Women Aren’t Nags; We’re Just Fed Up''—viewed over two billion times—journalist Gemma Hartley gave voice to the frustration and anger of countless women putting in the hidden, underappreciated, and absolutely draining mental work that consists of keeping everyone in their lives comfortable and happy. Bringing long overdue awareness to the daunting reality of emotional labor in our lives, Hartley defines the largely invisible but demanding, time-consuming, and exhausting ''worry work'' that falls disproportionately and unfairly on all women—no matter their economic class or level of education. Synthesizing a wide variety of sources—history, sociology, economics, psychology, philosophy, and anthropology—Hartley makes the invisible visible, unveiling the surprising shapes emotional labor takes at work, at home, in relationships, and in parenting. With on-the-ground reporting, identifiable personal stories and interviews from around the world, this feminist manifesto will empower women to transform their inner dialogue and give all women the emotional fortitude and courage to ask for what we most want—without shame, without guilt, and without the emotional baggage. Beyond naming the problem, Fed Up offers practical advice and solutions for teaching both men and women how to wield emotional labor to live more full and satisfying lives. Hartley helps us to see emotional labor not as a problem to be overcome, but as a genderless virtue we can all learn to channel in our quest to make a better, more egalitarian world for ourselves and most importantly, our children. Insightful, surprising, deeply relatable, and filled with all too familiar moments, this provocative, intelligent, and empathetic guide is essential reading for every woman who has had enough with feeling fed up. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fed Up: Emotional Labor, Women, and the Way Forward Author: Gemma Hartley Narrator: Therese Plummer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A rousing call to arms, packed with surprising insights, that explores how carrying ''the mental load''—the thankless day-to-day anticipating of needs and solving of problems large and small—is adversely affecting women’s lives and feeding gender inequality, and shows the way forward for better balancing our lives. Launching a heated national conversation with her viral article ''Women Aren’t Nags; We’re Just Fed Up''—viewed over two billion times—journalist Gemma Hartley gave voice to the frustration and anger of countless women putting in the hidden, underappreciated, and absolutely draining mental work that consists of keeping everyone in their lives comfortable and happy. Bringing long overdue awareness to the daunting reality of emotional labor in our lives, Hartley defines the largely invisible but demanding, time-consuming, and exhausting ''worry work'' that falls disproportionately and unfairly on all women—no matter their economic class or level of education. Synthesizing a wide variety of sources—history, sociology, economics, psychology, philosophy, and anthropology—Hartley makes the invisible visible, unveiling the surprising shapes emotional labor takes at work, at home, in relationships, and in parenting. With on-the-ground reporting, identifiable personal stories and interviews from around the world, this feminist manifesto will empower women to transform their inner dialogue and give all women the emotional fortitude and courage to ask for what we most want—without shame, without guilt, and without the emotional baggage. Beyond naming the problem, Fed Up offers practical advice and solutions for teaching both men and women how to wield emotional labor to live more full and satisfying lives. Hartley helps us to see emotional labor not as a problem to be overcome, but as a genderless virtue we can all learn to channel in our quest to make a better, more egalitarian world for ourselves and most importantly, our children. Insightful, surprising, deeply relatable, and filled with all too familiar moments, this provocative, intelligent, and empathetic guide is essential reading for every woman who has had enough with feeling fed up. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345354 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Leap: The New Evolutionary Science of Who We Are, Where We Come From, and What Makes Us Happy Author: William Von Hippel Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the compelling popular science tradition of Sapiens and Guns, Germs, and Steel, a groundbreaking and eye-opening exploration that applies evolutionary science to provide a new perspective on human psychology, revealing how major challenges from our past have shaped some of the most fundamental aspects of our being. The most fundamental aspects of our lives—from leadership and innovation to aggression and happiness—were permanently altered by the ''social leap'' our ancestors made from the rainforest to the savannah. Their struggle to survive on the open grasslands required a shift from individualism to a new form of collectivism, which forever altered the way our mind works. It changed the way we fight and our proclivity to make peace, it changed the way we lead and the way we follow, it made us innovative but not inventive, it created a new kind of social intelligence, and it led to new sources of life satisfaction. In The Social Leap, William von Hippel lays out this revolutionary hypothesis, tracing human development through three critical evolutionary inflection points to explain how events in our distant past shape our lives today. From the mundane, such as why we exaggerate, to the surprising, such as why we believe our own lies and why fame and fortune are as likely to bring misery as happiness, the implications are far reaching and extraordinary. Blending anthropology, biology, history, and psychology with evolutionary science, The Social Leap is a fresh and provocative look at our species that provides new clues about who we are, what makes us happy, and how to use this knowledge to improve our lives. William Von Hippel Tue, 13 Nov 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345354 thebookvoice.com 8:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Leap: The New Evolutionary Science of Who We Are, Where We Come From, and What Makes Us Happy Author: William Von Hippel Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the compelling popular science tradition of Sapiens and Guns, Germs, and Steel, a groundbreaking and eye-opening exploration that applies evolutionary science to provide a new perspective on human psychology, revealing how major challenges from our past have shaped some of the most fundamental aspects of our being. The most fundamental aspects of our lives—from leadership and innovation to aggression and happiness—were permanently altered by the ''social leap'' our ancestors made from the rainforest to the savannah. Their struggle to survive on the open grasslands required a shift from individualism to a new form of collectivism, which forever altered the way our mind works. It changed the way we fight and our proclivity to make peace, it changed the way we lead and the way we follow, it made us innovative but not inventive, it created a new kind of social intelligence, and it led to new sources of life satisfaction. In The Social Leap, William von Hippel lays out this revolutionary hypothesis, tracing human development through three critical evolutionary inflection points to explain how events in our distant past shape our lives today. From the mundane, such as why we exaggerate, to the surprising, such as why we believe our own lies and why fame and fortune are as likely to bring misery as happiness, the implications are far reaching and extraordinary. Blending anthropology, biology, history, and psychology with evolutionary science, The Social Leap is a fresh and provocative look at our species that provides new clues about who we are, what makes us happy, and how to use this knowledge to improve our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Leap: The New Evolutionary Science of Who We Are, Where We Come From, and What Makes Us Happy Author: William Von Hippel Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the compelling popular science tradition of Sapiens and Guns, Germs, and Steel, a groundbreaking and eye-opening exploration that applies evolutionary science to provide a new perspective on human psychology, revealing how major challenges from our past have shaped some of the most fundamental aspects of our being. The most fundamental aspects of our lives—from leadership and innovation to aggression and happiness—were permanently altered by the ''social leap'' our ancestors made from the rainforest to the savannah. Their struggle to survive on the open grasslands required a shift from individualism to a new form of collectivism, which forever altered the way our mind works. It changed the way we fight and our proclivity to make peace, it changed the way we lead and the way we follow, it made us innovative but not inventive, it created a new kind of social intelligence, and it led to new sources of life satisfaction. In The Social Leap, William von Hippel lays out this revolutionary hypothesis, tracing human development through three critical evolutionary inflection points to explain how events in our distant past shape our lives today. From the mundane, such as why we exaggerate, to the surprising, such as why we believe our own lies and why fame and fortune are as likely to bring misery as happiness, the implications are far reaching and extraordinary. Blending anthropology, biology, history, and psychology with evolutionary science, The Social Leap is a fresh and provocative look at our species that provides new clues about who we are, what makes us happy, and how to use this knowledge to improve our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345314 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Astounding: John W. Campbell, Isaac Asimov, Robert A. Heinlen, L. Ron Hubbard, and the Golden Age of Science Fiction Author: Alec Nevala-Lee Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An Economist Best Book of the Year A Milwaukee Journal Sentinel Best Book of 2018 ''Enthralling…A clarion call to enlarge American literary history.” — Washington Post “Engrossing, well-researched… This sure-footed history addresses important issues, such as the lack of racial diversity and gender parity for much of the genre’s history.” — Wall Street Journal “A gift to science fiction fans everywhere.” — Sylvia Nasar, New York Times bestselling author of A Beautiful Mind Astounding is the landmark account of the extraordinary partnership between four controversial writers—John W. Campbell, Isaac Asimov, Robert A. Heinlein, and L. Ron Hubbard—who set off a revolution in science fiction and forever changed our world.  This remarkable cultural narrative centers on the figure of John W. Campbell, Jr., whom Asimov called “the most powerful force in science fiction ever.” Campbell, who has never been the subject of a biography until now, was both a visionary author—he wrote the story that was later filmed as The Thing—and the editor of the groundbreaking magazine best known as Astounding Science Fiction, in which he discovered countless legendary writers and published classic works ranging from the I, Robot series to Dune. Over a period of more than thirty years, from the rise of the pulps to the debut of Star Trek, he dominated the genre, and his three closest collaborators reached unimaginable heights. Asimov became the most prolific author in American history; Heinlein emerged as the leading science fiction writer of his generation with the novels Starship Troopers and Stranger in a Strange Land; and Hubbard achieved lasting fame—and infamy—as the founder of the Church of Scientology.  Drawing on unexplored archives, thousands of unpublished letters, and dozens of interviews, Alec Nevala-Lee offers a riveting portrait of this circle of authors, their work, and their tumultuous private lives. With unprecedented scope, drama, and detail, Astounding describes how fan culture was born in the depths of the Great Depression; follows these four friends and rivals through World War II and the dawn of the atomic era; and honors such exceptional women as Doña Campbell and Leslyn Heinlein, whose pivotal roles in the history of the genre have gone largely unacknowledged. For the first time, it reveals the startling extent of Campbell’s influence on the ideas that evolved into Scientology, which prompted Asimov to observe: “I knew Campbell and I knew Hubbard, and no movement can have two Messiahs.” It looks unsparingly at the tragic final act that estranged the others from Campbell, bringing the golden age of science fiction to a close, and it illuminates how their complicated legacy continues to shape the imaginations of millions and our vision of the future itself. Alec Nevala-Lee Tue, 23 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345314 thebookvoice.com 13:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Astounding: John W. Campbell, Isaac Asimov, Robert A. Heinlen, L. Ron Hubbard, and the Golden Age of Science Fiction Author: Alec Nevala-Lee Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An Economist Best Book of the Year A Milwaukee Journal Sentinel Best Book of 2018 ''Enthralling…A clarion call to enlarge American literary history.” — Washington Post “Engrossing, well-researched… This sure-footed history addresses important issues, such as the lack of racial diversity and gender parity for much of the genre’s history.” — Wall Street Journal “A gift to science fiction fans everywhere.” — Sylvia Nasar, New York Times bestselling author of A Beautiful Mind Astounding is the landmark account of the extraordinary partnership between four controversial writers—John W. Campbell, Isaac Asimov, Robert A. Heinlein, and L. Ron Hubbard—who set off a revolution in science fiction and forever changed our world.  This remarkable cultural narrative centers on the figure of John W. Campbell, Jr., whom Asimov called “the most powerful force in science fiction ever.” Campbell, who has never been the subject of a biography until now, was both a visionary author—he wrote the story that was later filmed as The Thing—and the editor of the groundbreaking magazine best known as Astounding Science Fiction, in which he discovered countless legendary writers and published classic works ranging from the I, Robot series to Dune. Over a period of more than thirty years, from the rise of the pulps to the debut of Star Trek, he dominated the genre, and his three closest collaborators reached unimaginable heights. Asimov became the most prolific author in American history; Heinlein emerged as the leading science fiction writer of his generation with the novels Starship Troopers and Stranger in a Strange Land; and Hubbard achieved lasting fame—and infamy—as the founder of the Church of Scientology.  Drawing on unexplored archives, thousands of unpublished letters, and dozens of interviews, Alec Nevala-Lee offers a riveting portrait of this circle of authors, their work, and their tumultuous private lives. With unprecedented scope, drama, and detail, Astounding describes how fan culture was born in the depths of the Great Depression; follows these four friends and rivals through World War II and the dawn of the atomic era; and honors such exceptional women as Doña Campbell and Leslyn Heinlein, whose pivotal roles in the history of the genre have gone largely unacknowledged. For the first time, it reveals the startling extent of Campbell’s influence on the ideas that evolved into Scientology, which prompted Asimov to observe: “I knew Campbell and I knew Hubbard, and no movement can have two Messiahs.” It looks unsparingly at the tragic final act that estranged the others from Campbell, bringing the golden age of science fiction to a close, and it illuminates how their complicated legacy continues to shape the imaginations of millions and our vision of the future itself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Astounding: John W. Campbell, Isaac Asimov, Robert A. Heinlen, L. Ron Hubbard, and the Golden Age of Science Fiction Author: Alec Nevala-Lee Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An Economist Best Book of the Year A Milwaukee Journal Sentinel Best Book of 2018 ''Enthralling…A clarion call to enlarge American literary history.” — Washington Post “Engrossing, well-researched… This sure-footed history addresses important issues, such as the lack of racial diversity and gender parity for much of the genre’s history.” — Wall Street Journal “A gift to science fiction fans everywhere.” — Sylvia Nasar, New York Times bestselling author of A Beautiful Mind Astounding is the landmark account of the extraordinary partnership between four controversial writers—John W. Campbell, Isaac Asimov, Robert A. Heinlein, and L. Ron Hubbard—who set off a revolution in science fiction and forever changed our world.  This remarkable cultural narrative centers on the figure of John W. Campbell, Jr., whom Asimov called “the most powerful force in science fiction ever.” Campbell, who has never been the subject of a biography until now, was both a visionary author—he wrote the story that was later filmed as The Thing—and the editor of the groundbreaking magazine best known as Astounding Science Fiction, in which he discovered countless legendary writers and published classic works ranging from the I, Robot series to Dune. Over a period of more than thirty years, from the rise of the pulps to the debut of Star Trek, he dominated the genre, and his three closest collaborators reached unimaginable heights. Asimov became the most prolific author in American history; Heinlein emerged as the leading science fiction writer of his generation with the novels Starship Troopers and Stranger in a Strange Land; and Hubbard achieved lasting fame—and infamy—as the founder of the Church of Scientology.  Drawing on unexplored archives, thousands of unpublished letters, and dozens of interviews, Alec Nevala-Lee offers a riveting portrait of this circle of authors, their work, and their tumultuous private lives. With unprecedented scope, drama, and detail, Astounding describes how fan culture was born in the depths of the Great Depression; follows these four friends and rivals through World War II and the dawn of the atomic era; and honors such exceptional women as Doña Campbell and Leslyn Heinlein, whose pivotal roles in the history of the genre have gone largely unacknowledged. For the first time, it reveals the startling extent of Campbell’s influence on the ideas that evolved into Scientology, which prompted Asimov to observe: “I knew Campbell and I knew Hubbard, and no movement can have two Messiahs.” It looks unsparingly at the tragic final act that estranged the others from Campbell, bringing the golden age of science fiction to a close, and it illuminates how their complicated legacy continues to shape the imaginations of millions and our vision of the future itself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345274 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Never Called It Rape - Updated Edition: The Ms. Report on Recognizing, Fighting, and Surviving Date and Acquaintance Rape Author: Robin Warshaw Narrator: Wheatley Tanner Letters Llc, Gloria Steinem, Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Featuring a new preface by feminist icon Gloria Steinem, and a new foreword by Salamishah Tillet, PhD, Rutgers University Professor of African American Studies and Creative Writing “Essential. . . . It is nonpolemical, lucid, and speaks eloquently not only to the victims of acquaintance rape but to all those caught in its net.”— Philadelphia Inquirer With the advent of the #MeToo and Time’s Up movements, and almost daily new reports about rape, both on and off campuses, Robin Warshaw’s I Never Called It Rape is even more relevant today than when it was first published in 1988. The sad truth is that statistics on date rape have not changed in more than thirty years. That our culture enables rape is not just shown by the numbers: the outbreak of complaints against alleged rapists from Bill Cosby and Harvey Weinstein to Matt Lauer and President Donald Trump has further amplified this horrifying reality. With more than 80,000 copies sold to date, I Never Called It Rape serves as a guide to understanding rape as a cultural phenomenon—providing women and men with strategies to address our rape endemic. It gives survivors the context and resources to help them heal from their experiences, and pulls the wool from all our eyes regarding the pervasiveness of rape and sexual assault in our society. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Robin Warshaw Tue, 26 Feb 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345274 thebookvoice.com 9:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Never Called It Rape - Updated Edition: The Ms. Report on Recognizing, Fighting, and Surviving Date and Acquaintance Rape Author: Robin Warshaw Narrator: Wheatley Tanner Letters Llc, Gloria Steinem, Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Featuring a new preface by feminist icon Gloria Steinem, and a new foreword by Salamishah Tillet, PhD, Rutgers University Professor of African American Studies and Creative Writing “Essential. . . . It is nonpolemical, lucid, and speaks eloquently not only to the victims of acquaintance rape but to all those caught in its net.”— Philadelphia Inquirer With the advent of the #MeToo and Time’s Up movements, and almost daily new reports about rape, both on and off campuses, Robin Warshaw’s I Never Called It Rape is even more relevant today than when it was first published in 1988. The sad truth is that statistics on date rape have not changed in more than thirty years. That our culture enables rape is not just shown by the numbers: the outbreak of complaints against alleged rapists from Bill Cosby and Harvey Weinstein to Matt Lauer and President Donald Trump has further amplified this horrifying reality. With more than 80,000 copies sold to date, I Never Called It Rape serves as a guide to understanding rape as a cultural phenomenon—providing women and men with strategies to address our rape endemic. It gives survivors the context and resources to help them heal from their experiences, and pulls the wool from all our eyes regarding the pervasiveness of rape and sexual assault in our society. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Never Called It Rape - Updated Edition: The Ms. Report on Recognizing, Fighting, and Surviving Date and Acquaintance Rape Author: Robin Warshaw Narrator: Wheatley Tanner Letters Llc, Gloria Steinem, Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Featuring a new preface by feminist icon Gloria Steinem, and a new foreword by Salamishah Tillet, PhD, Rutgers University Professor of African American Studies and Creative Writing “Essential. . . . It is nonpolemical, lucid, and speaks eloquently not only to the victims of acquaintance rape but to all those caught in its net.”— Philadelphia Inquirer With the advent of the #MeToo and Time’s Up movements, and almost daily new reports about rape, both on and off campuses, Robin Warshaw’s I Never Called It Rape is even more relevant today than when it was first published in 1988. The sad truth is that statistics on date rape have not changed in more than thirty years. That our culture enables rape is not just shown by the numbers: the outbreak of complaints against alleged rapists from Bill Cosby and Harvey Weinstein to Matt Lauer and President Donald Trump has further amplified this horrifying reality. With more than 80,000 copies sold to date, I Never Called It Rape serves as a guide to understanding rape as a cultural phenomenon—providing women and men with strategies to address our rape endemic. It gives survivors the context and resources to help them heal from their experiences, and pulls the wool from all our eyes regarding the pervasiveness of rape and sexual assault in our society. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345253 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Fed an Island: The True Story of Rebuilding Puerto Rico, One Meal at a Time Author: José Andrés Narrator: José Andrés, Luis A. Miranda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: FOREWORD BY LIN-MANUEL MIRANDA AND LUIS A. MIRANDA, JR. The true story of how José Andrés and World Central Kitchen’s chefs fed hundreds of thousands of hungry Americans after Hurricane Maria and touched the hearts of many more Chef José Andrés arrived in Puerto Rico four days after Hurricane Maria ripped through the island. The economy was destroyed and for most people there was no clean water, no food, no power, no gas, and no way to communicate with the outside world. Andrés addressed the humanitarian crisis the only way he knew how: by feeding people, one hot meal at a time. From serving sancocho with his friend José Enrique at Enrique’s ravaged restaurant in San Juan to eventually cooking 100,000 meals a day at more than a dozen kitchens across the island, Andrés and his team fed hundreds of thousands of people, including with massive paellas made to serve thousands of people alone. At the same time, they also confronted a crisis with deep roots, as well as the broken and wasteful system that helps keep some of the biggest charities and NGOs in business. Based on Andrés’s insider’s take as well as on meetings, messages, and conversations he had while in Puerto Rico, We Fed an Island movingly describes how a network of community kitchens activated real change and tells an extraordinary story of hope in the face of disasters both natural and man-made, offering suggestions for how to address a crisis like this in the future.  Beyond that, a portion of the proceeds from the book will be donated to the Chef Relief Network of World Central Kitchen for efforts in Puerto Rico and beyond. José Andrés Tue, 11 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345253 thebookvoice.com 10:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Fed an Island: The True Story of Rebuilding Puerto Rico, One Meal at a Time Author: José Andrés Narrator: José Andrés, Luis A. Miranda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: FOREWORD BY LIN-MANUEL MIRANDA AND LUIS A. MIRANDA, JR. The true story of how José Andrés and World Central Kitchen’s chefs fed hundreds of thousands of hungry Americans after Hurricane Maria and touched the hearts of many more Chef José Andrés arrived in Puerto Rico four days after Hurricane Maria ripped through the island. The economy was destroyed and for most people there was no clean water, no food, no power, no gas, and no way to communicate with the outside world. Andrés addressed the humanitarian crisis the only way he knew how: by feeding people, one hot meal at a time. From serving sancocho with his friend José Enrique at Enrique’s ravaged restaurant in San Juan to eventually cooking 100,000 meals a day at more than a dozen kitchens across the island, Andrés and his team fed hundreds of thousands of people, including with massive paellas made to serve thousands of people alone. At the same time, they also confronted a crisis with deep roots, as well as the broken and wasteful system that helps keep some of the biggest charities and NGOs in business. Based on Andrés’s insider’s take as well as on meetings, messages, and conversations he had while in Puerto Rico, We Fed an Island movingly describes how a network of community kitchens activated real change and tells an extraordinary story of hope in the face of disasters both natural and man-made, offering suggestions for how to address a crisis like this in the future.  Beyond that, a portion of the proceeds from the book will be donated to the Chef Relief Network of World Central Kitchen for efforts in Puerto Rico and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Fed an Island: The True Story of Rebuilding Puerto Rico, One Meal at a Time Author: José Andrés Narrator: José Andrés, Luis A. Miranda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: FOREWORD BY LIN-MANUEL MIRANDA AND LUIS A. MIRANDA, JR. The true story of how José Andrés and World Central Kitchen’s chefs fed hundreds of thousands of hungry Americans after Hurricane Maria and touched the hearts of many more Chef José Andrés arrived in Puerto Rico four days after Hurricane Maria ripped through the island. The economy was destroyed and for most people there was no clean water, no food, no power, no gas, and no way to communicate with the outside world. Andrés addressed the humanitarian crisis the only way he knew how: by feeding people, one hot meal at a time. From serving sancocho with his friend José Enrique at Enrique’s ravaged restaurant in San Juan to eventually cooking 100,000 meals a day at more than a dozen kitchens across the island, Andrés and his team fed hundreds of thousands of people, including with massive paellas made to serve thousands of people alone. At the same time, they also confronted a crisis with deep roots, as well as the broken and wasteful system that helps keep some of the biggest charities and NGOs in business. Based on Andrés’s insider’s take as well as on meetings, messages, and conversations he had while in Puerto Rico, We Fed an Island movingly describes how a network of community kitchens activated real change and tells an extraordinary story of hope in the face of disasters both natural and man-made, offering suggestions for how to address a crisis like this in the future.  Beyond that, a portion of the proceeds from the book will be donated to the Chef Relief Network of World Central Kitchen for efforts in Puerto Rico and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345223 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Person You Mean to Be: How Good People Fight Bias Author: Dolly Chugh Narrator: Dolly Chugh, Laszlo Bock, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Foreword by Laszlo Bock, the bestselling author of Work Rules! and former Senior Vice President of People Operations at Google. An inspiring guide from Dolly Chugh, an award-winning social psychologist at the New York University Stern School of Business, on how to confront difficult issues including sexism, racism, inequality, and injustice so that you can make the world (and yourself) better. Many of us believe in equality, diversity, and inclusion. But how do we stand up for those values in our turbulent world? The Person You Mean to Be is the smart, ''semi-bold'' person’s guide to fighting for what you believe in. Dolly reveals the surprising causes of inequality, grounded in the ''psychology of good people''. Using her research findings in unconscious bias as well as work across psychology, sociology, economics, political science, and other disciplines, she offers practical tools to respectfully and effectively talk politics with family, to be a better colleague to people who don’t look like you, and to avoid being a well-intentioned barrier to equality. Being the person we mean to be starts with a look at ourselves. She argues that the only way to be on the right side of history is to be a good-ish— rather than good—person. Good-ish people are always growing. Second, she helps you find your ''ordinary privilege''—the part of your everyday identity you take for granted, such as race for a white person, sexual orientation for a straight person, gender for a man, or education for a college graduate. This part of your identity may bring blind spots, but it is your best tool for influencing change. Third, Dolly introduces the psychological reasons that make it hard for us to see the bias in and around us. She leads you from willful ignorance to willful awareness. Finally, she guides you on how, when, and whom, to engage (and not engage) in your workplaces, homes, and communities. Her science-based approach is a method any of us can put to use in all parts of our life. Whether you are a long-time activist or new to the fight, you can start from where you are. Through the compelling stories Dolly shares and the surprising science she reports, Dolly guides each of us closer to being the person we mean to be. Dolly Chugh Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345223 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Person You Mean to Be: How Good People Fight Bias Author: Dolly Chugh Narrator: Dolly Chugh, Laszlo Bock, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Foreword by Laszlo Bock, the bestselling author of Work Rules! and former Senior Vice President of People Operations at Google. An inspiring guide from Dolly Chugh, an award-winning social psychologist at the New York University Stern School of Business, on how to confront difficult issues including sexism, racism, inequality, and injustice so that you can make the world (and yourself) better. Many of us believe in equality, diversity, and inclusion. But how do we stand up for those values in our turbulent world? The Person You Mean to Be is the smart, ''semi-bold'' person’s guide to fighting for what you believe in. Dolly reveals the surprising causes of inequality, grounded in the ''psychology of good people''. Using her research findings in unconscious bias as well as work across psychology, sociology, economics, political science, and other disciplines, she offers practical tools to respectfully and effectively talk politics with family, to be a better colleague to people who don’t look like you, and to avoid being a well-intentioned barrier to equality. Being the person we mean to be starts with a look at ourselves. She argues that the only way to be on the right side of history is to be a good-ish— rather than good—person. Good-ish people are always growing. Second, she helps you find your ''ordinary privilege''—the part of your everyday identity you take for granted, such as race for a white person, sexual orientation for a straight person, gender for a man, or education for a college graduate. This part of your identity may bring blind spots, but it is your best tool for influencing change. Third, Dolly introduces the psychological reasons that make it hard for us to see the bias in and around us. She leads you from willful ignorance to willful awareness. Finally, she guides you on how, when, and whom, to engage (and not engage) in your workplaces, homes, and communities. Her science-based approach is a method any of us can put to use in all parts of our life. Whether you are a long-time activist or new to the fight, you can start from where you are. Through the compelling stories Dolly shares and the surprising science she reports, Dolly guides each of us closer to being the person we mean to be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Person You Mean to Be: How Good People Fight Bias Author: Dolly Chugh Narrator: Dolly Chugh, Laszlo Bock, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Foreword by Laszlo Bock, the bestselling author of Work Rules! and former Senior Vice President of People Operations at Google. An inspiring guide from Dolly Chugh, an award-winning social psychologist at the New York University Stern School of Business, on how to confront difficult issues including sexism, racism, inequality, and injustice so that you can make the world (and yourself) better. Many of us believe in equality, diversity, and inclusion. But how do we stand up for those values in our turbulent world? The Person You Mean to Be is the smart, ''semi-bold'' person’s guide to fighting for what you believe in. Dolly reveals the surprising causes of inequality, grounded in the ''psychology of good people''. Using her research findings in unconscious bias as well as work across psychology, sociology, economics, political science, and other disciplines, she offers practical tools to respectfully and effectively talk politics with family, to be a better colleague to people who don’t look like you, and to avoid being a well-intentioned barrier to equality. Being the person we mean to be starts with a look at ourselves. She argues that the only way to be on the right side of history is to be a good-ish— rather than good—person. Good-ish people are always growing. Second, she helps you find your ''ordinary privilege''—the part of your everyday identity you take for granted, such as race for a white person, sexual orientation for a straight person, gender for a man, or education for a college graduate. This part of your identity may bring blind spots, but it is your best tool for influencing change. Third, Dolly introduces the psychological reasons that make it hard for us to see the bias in and around us. She leads you from willful ignorance to willful awareness. Finally, she guides you on how, when, and whom, to engage (and not engage) in your workplaces, homes, and communities. Her science-based approach is a method any of us can put to use in all parts of our life. Whether you are a long-time activist or new to the fight, you can start from where you are. Through the compelling stories Dolly shares and the surprising science she reports, Dolly guides each of us closer to being the person we mean to be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345130 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345130]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That Good Night: Life and Medicine in the Eleventh Hour Author: Sunita Puri Narrator: Sunita Puri, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A profound exploration of what it means for all of us to live—and to die—with dignity and purpose.” —People   “Visceral and lyrical.” —The Atlantic As the American born daughter of immigrants, Dr. Sunita Puri knew from a young age that the gulf between her parents' experiences and her own was impossible to bridge, save for two elements: medicine and spirituality. Between days spent waiting for her mother, an anesthesiologist, to exit the OR, and evenings spent in conversation with her parents about their faith, Puri witnessed the tension between medicine's impulse to preserve life at all costs and a spiritual embrace of life's temporality. And it was that tension that eventually drew Puri, a passionate but unsatisfied medical student, to palliative medicine--a new specialty attempting to translate the border between medical intervention and quality-of-life care. Interweaving evocative stories of Puri's family and the patients she cares for, That Good Night is a stunning meditation on impermanence and the role of medicine in helping us to live and die well, arming readers with information that will transform how we communicate with our doctors about what matters most to us. Sunita Puri Tue, 05 Mar 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345130 thebookvoice.com 13:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345130]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That Good Night: Life and Medicine in the Eleventh Hour Author: Sunita Puri Narrator: Sunita Puri, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A profound exploration of what it means for all of us to live—and to die—with dignity and purpose.” —People   “Visceral and lyrical.” —The Atlantic As the American born daughter of immigrants, Dr. Sunita Puri knew from a young age that the gulf between her parents' experiences and her own was impossible to bridge, save for two elements: medicine and spirituality. Between days spent waiting for her mother, an anesthesiologist, to exit the OR, and evenings spent in conversation with her parents about their faith, Puri witnessed the tension between medicine's impulse to preserve life at all costs and a spiritual embrace of life's temporality. And it was that tension that eventually drew Puri, a passionate but unsatisfied medical student, to palliative medicine--a new specialty attempting to translate the border between medical intervention and quality-of-life care. Interweaving evocative stories of Puri's family and the patients she cares for, That Good Night is a stunning meditation on impermanence and the role of medicine in helping us to live and die well, arming readers with information that will transform how we communicate with our doctors about what matters most to us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345130]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That Good Night: Life and Medicine in the Eleventh Hour Author: Sunita Puri Narrator: Sunita Puri, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A profound exploration of what it means for all of us to live—and to die—with dignity and purpose.” —People   “Visceral and lyrical.” —The Atlantic As the American born daughter of immigrants, Dr. Sunita Puri knew from a young age that the gulf between her parents' experiences and her own was impossible to bridge, save for two elements: medicine and spirituality. Between days spent waiting for her mother, an anesthesiologist, to exit the OR, and evenings spent in conversation with her parents about their faith, Puri witnessed the tension between medicine's impulse to preserve life at all costs and a spiritual embrace of life's temporality. And it was that tension that eventually drew Puri, a passionate but unsatisfied medical student, to palliative medicine--a new specialty attempting to translate the border between medical intervention and quality-of-life care. Interweaving evocative stories of Puri's family and the patients she cares for, That Good Night is a stunning meditation on impermanence and the role of medicine in helping us to live and die well, arming readers with information that will transform how we communicate with our doctors about what matters most to us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345128 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cities: The First 6,000 Years Author: Monica L. Smith Narrator: Monica L. Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A revelation of the drive and creative flux of the metropolis over time.'--Nature 'This is a must-read book for any city dweller with a voracious appetite for understanding the wonders of cities and why we're so attracted to them.'--Zahi Hawass, author of Hidden Treasures of Ancient Egypt A sweeping history of cities through the millennia--from Mesopotamia to Manhattan--and how they have propelled Homo sapiens to dominance. Six thousand years ago, there were no cities on the planet. Today, more than half of the world's population lives in urban areas, and that number is growing. Weaving together archeology, history, and contemporary observations, Monica Smith explains the rise of the first urban developments and their connection to our own. She takes readers on a journey through the ancient world of Tell Brak in modern-day Syria; Teotihuacan and Tenochtitlan in Mexico; her own digs in India; as well as the more well-known Pompeii, Rome, and Athens. Along the way, she presents the unique properties that made cities singularly responsible for the flowering of humankind: the development of networked infrastructure, the rise of an entrepreneurial middle class, and the culture of consumption that results in everything from take-out food to the tell-tale secrets of trash. Cities is an impassioned and learned account full of fascinating details of daily life in ancient urban centers, using archaeological perspectives to show that the aspects of cities we find most irresistible (and the most annoying) have been with us since the very beginnings of urbanism itself. She also proves the rise of cities was hardly inevitable, yet it was crucial to the eventual global dominance of our species--and that cities are here to stay. Monica L. Smith Tue, 16 Apr 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345128 thebookvoice.com 7:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cities: The First 6,000 Years Author: Monica L. Smith Narrator: Monica L. Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A revelation of the drive and creative flux of the metropolis over time.'--Nature 'This is a must-read book for any city dweller with a voracious appetite for understanding the wonders of cities and why we're so attracted to them.'--Zahi Hawass, author of Hidden Treasures of Ancient Egypt A sweeping history of cities through the millennia--from Mesopotamia to Manhattan--and how they have propelled Homo sapiens to dominance. Six thousand years ago, there were no cities on the planet. Today, more than half of the world's population lives in urban areas, and that number is growing. Weaving together archeology, history, and contemporary observations, Monica Smith explains the rise of the first urban developments and their connection to our own. She takes readers on a journey through the ancient world of Tell Brak in modern-day Syria; Teotihuacan and Tenochtitlan in Mexico; her own digs in India; as well as the more well-known Pompeii, Rome, and Athens. Along the way, she presents the unique properties that made cities singularly responsible for the flowering of humankind: the development of networked infrastructure, the rise of an entrepreneurial middle class, and the culture of consumption that results in everything from take-out food to the tell-tale secrets of trash. Cities is an impassioned and learned account full of fascinating details of daily life in ancient urban centers, using archaeological perspectives to show that the aspects of cities we find most irresistible (and the most annoying) have been with us since the very beginnings of urbanism itself. She also proves the rise of cities was hardly inevitable, yet it was crucial to the eventual global dominance of our species--and that cities are here to stay. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cities: The First 6,000 Years Author: Monica L. Smith Narrator: Monica L. Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A revelation of the drive and creative flux of the metropolis over time.'--Nature 'This is a must-read book for any city dweller with a voracious appetite for understanding the wonders of cities and why we're so attracted to them.'--Zahi Hawass, author of Hidden Treasures of Ancient Egypt A sweeping history of cities through the millennia--from Mesopotamia to Manhattan--and how they have propelled Homo sapiens to dominance. Six thousand years ago, there were no cities on the planet. Today, more than half of the world's population lives in urban areas, and that number is growing. Weaving together archeology, history, and contemporary observations, Monica Smith explains the rise of the first urban developments and their connection to our own. She takes readers on a journey through the ancient world of Tell Brak in modern-day Syria; Teotihuacan and Tenochtitlan in Mexico; her own digs in India; as well as the more well-known Pompeii, Rome, and Athens. Along the way, she presents the unique properties that made cities singularly responsible for the flowering of humankind: the development of networked infrastructure, the rise of an entrepreneurial middle class, and the culture of consumption that results in everything from take-out food to the tell-tale secrets of trash. Cities is an impassioned and learned account full of fascinating details of daily life in ancient urban centers, using archaeological perspectives to show that the aspects of cities we find most irresistible (and the most annoying) have been with us since the very beginnings of urbanism itself. She also proves the rise of cities was hardly inevitable, yet it was crucial to the eventual global dominance of our species--and that cities are here to stay. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345129 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Master Plan: My Journey From Life in Prison to a Life of Purpose Author: Bret Witter, Chris Wilson Narrator: Chris Wilson, Wes Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The inspiring, instructive, and ultimately triumphant memoir of a man who used hard work and a Master Plan to turn a life sentence into a second chance. Growing up in a tough Washington, D.C., neighborhood, Chris Wilson was so afraid for his life he wouldn't leave the house without a gun. One night, defending himself, he killed a man. At eighteen, he was sentenced to life in prison with no hope of parole. But what should have been the end of his story became the beginning. Deciding to make something of his life, Chris embarked on a journey of self-improvement--reading, working out, learning languages, even starting a business. He wrote his Master Plan: a list of all he expected to accomplish or acquire. He worked his plan every day for years, and in his mid-thirties he did the impossible: he convinced a judge to reduce his sentence and became a free man. Today Chris is a successful social entrepreneur who employs returning citizens; a mentor; and a public speaker. He is the embodiment of second chances, and this is his unforgettable story. Bret Witter, Chris Wilson Tue, 05 Feb 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345129 thebookvoice.com 9:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Master Plan: My Journey From Life in Prison to a Life of Purpose Author: Bret Witter, Chris Wilson Narrator: Chris Wilson, Wes Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The inspiring, instructive, and ultimately triumphant memoir of a man who used hard work and a Master Plan to turn a life sentence into a second chance. Growing up in a tough Washington, D.C., neighborhood, Chris Wilson was so afraid for his life he wouldn't leave the house without a gun. One night, defending himself, he killed a man. At eighteen, he was sentenced to life in prison with no hope of parole. But what should have been the end of his story became the beginning. Deciding to make something of his life, Chris embarked on a journey of self-improvement--reading, working out, learning languages, even starting a business. He wrote his Master Plan: a list of all he expected to accomplish or acquire. He worked his plan every day for years, and in his mid-thirties he did the impossible: he convinced a judge to reduce his sentence and became a free man. Today Chris is a successful social entrepreneur who employs returning citizens; a mentor; and a public speaker. He is the embodiment of second chances, and this is his unforgettable story. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Master Plan: My Journey From Life in Prison to a Life of Purpose Author: Bret Witter, Chris Wilson Narrator: Chris Wilson, Wes Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The inspiring, instructive, and ultimately triumphant memoir of a man who used hard work and a Master Plan to turn a life sentence into a second chance. Growing up in a tough Washington, D.C., neighborhood, Chris Wilson was so afraid for his life he wouldn't leave the house without a gun. One night, defending himself, he killed a man. At eighteen, he was sentenced to life in prison with no hope of parole. But what should have been the end of his story became the beginning. Deciding to make something of his life, Chris embarked on a journey of self-improvement--reading, working out, learning languages, even starting a business. He wrote his Master Plan: a list of all he expected to accomplish or acquire. He worked his plan every day for years, and in his mid-thirties he did the impossible: he convinced a judge to reduce his sentence and became a free man. Today Chris is a successful social entrepreneur who employs returning citizens; a mentor; and a public speaker. He is the embodiment of second chances, and this is his unforgettable story. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345114 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charged: The New Movement to Transform American Prosecution and End Mass Incarceration Author: Emily Bazelon Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A renowned journalist and legal commentator exposes the unchecked power of the prosecutor as a driving force in America’s mass incarceration crisis—and charts a way out. “An important, thoughtful, and thorough examination of criminal justice in America that speaks directly to how we reduce mass incarceration.”—Bryan Stevenson, author of Just Mercy “This harrowing, often enraging book is a hopeful one, as well, profiling innovative new approaches and the frontline advocates who champion them.”—Matthew Desmond, author of Evicted FINALIST FOR THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE • SHORTLISTED FOR THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS BOOK PRIZE • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR • The New York Public Library • Library Journal • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews The American criminal justice system is supposed to be a contest between two equal adversaries, the prosecution and the defense, with judges ensuring a fair fight. That image of the law does not match the reality in the courtroom, however. Much of the time, it is prosecutors more than judges who control the outcome of a case, from choosing the charge to setting bail to determining the plea bargain. They often decide who goes free and who goes to prison, even who lives and who dies. In Charged, Emily Bazelon reveals how this kind of unchecked power is the underreported cause of enormous injustice—and the missing piece in the mass incarceration puzzle. Charged follows the story of two young people caught up in the criminal justice system: Kevin, a twenty-year-old in Brooklyn who picked up his friend’s gun as the cops burst in and was charged with a serious violent felony, and Noura, a teenage girl in Memphis indicted for the murder of her mother. Bazelon tracks both cases—from arrest and charging to trial and sentencing—and, with her trademark blend of deeply reported narrative, legal analysis, and investigative journalism, illustrates just how criminal prosecutions can go wrong and, more important, why they don’t have to. Bazelon also details the second chances they prosecutors can extend, if they choose, to Kevin and Noura and so many others. She follows a wave of reform-minded D.A.s who have been elected in some of our biggest cities, as well as in rural areas in every region of the country, put in office to do nothing less than reinvent how their job is done. If they succeed, they can point the country toward a different and profoundly better future. Emily Bazelon Tue, 09 Apr 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345114 thebookvoice.com 13:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charged: The New Movement to Transform American Prosecution and End Mass Incarceration Author: Emily Bazelon Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A renowned journalist and legal commentator exposes the unchecked power of the prosecutor as a driving force in America’s mass incarceration crisis—and charts a way out. “An important, thoughtful, and thorough examination of criminal justice in America that speaks directly to how we reduce mass incarceration.”—Bryan Stevenson, author of Just Mercy “This harrowing, often enraging book is a hopeful one, as well, profiling innovative new approaches and the frontline advocates who champion them.”—Matthew Desmond, author of Evicted FINALIST FOR THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE • SHORTLISTED FOR THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS BOOK PRIZE • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR • The New York Public Library • Library Journal • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews The American criminal justice system is supposed to be a contest between two equal adversaries, the prosecution and the defense, with judges ensuring a fair fight. That image of the law does not match the reality in the courtroom, however. Much of the time, it is prosecutors more than judges who control the outcome of a case, from choosing the charge to setting bail to determining the plea bargain. They often decide who goes free and who goes to prison, even who lives and who dies. In Charged, Emily Bazelon reveals how this kind of unchecked power is the underreported cause of enormous injustice—and the missing piece in the mass incarceration puzzle. Charged follows the story of two young people caught up in the criminal justice system: Kevin, a twenty-year-old in Brooklyn who picked up his friend’s gun as the cops burst in and was charged with a serious violent felony, and Noura, a teenage girl in Memphis indicted for the murder of her mother. Bazelon tracks both cases—from arrest and charging to trial and sentencing—and, with her trademark blend of deeply reported narrative, legal analysis, and investigative journalism, illustrates just how criminal prosecutions can go wrong and, more important, why they don’t have to. Bazelon also details the second chances they prosecutors can extend, if they choose, to Kevin and Noura and so many others. She follows a wave of reform-minded D.A.s who have been elected in some of our biggest cities, as well as in rural areas in every region of the country, put in office to do nothing less than reinvent how their job is done. If they succeed, they can point the country toward a different and profoundly better future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charged: The New Movement to Transform American Prosecution and End Mass Incarceration Author: Emily Bazelon Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A renowned journalist and legal commentator exposes the unchecked power of the prosecutor as a driving force in America’s mass incarceration crisis—and charts a way out. “An important, thoughtful, and thorough examination of criminal justice in America that speaks directly to how we reduce mass incarceration.”—Bryan Stevenson, author of Just Mercy “This harrowing, often enraging book is a hopeful one, as well, profiling innovative new approaches and the frontline advocates who champion them.”—Matthew Desmond, author of Evicted FINALIST FOR THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE • SHORTLISTED FOR THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS BOOK PRIZE • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR • The New York Public Library • Library Journal • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews The American criminal justice system is supposed to be a contest between two equal adversaries, the prosecution and the defense, with judges ensuring a fair fight. That image of the law does not match the reality in the courtroom, however. Much of the time, it is prosecutors more than judges who control the outcome of a case, from choosing the charge to setting bail to determining the plea bargain. They often decide who goes free and who goes to prison, even who lives and who dies. In Charged, Emily Bazelon reveals how this kind of unchecked power is the underreported cause of enormous injustice—and the missing piece in the mass incarceration puzzle. Charged follows the story of two young people caught up in the criminal justice system: Kevin, a twenty-year-old in Brooklyn who picked up his friend’s gun as the cops burst in and was charged with a serious violent felony, and Noura, a teenage girl in Memphis indicted for the murder of her mother. Bazelon tracks both cases—from arrest and charging to trial and sentencing—and, with her trademark blend of deeply reported narrative, legal analysis, and investigative journalism, illustrates just how criminal prosecutions can go wrong and, more important, why they don’t have to. Bazelon also details the second chances they prosecutors can extend, if they choose, to Kevin and Noura and so many others. She follows a wave of reform-minded D.A.s who have been elected in some of our biggest cities, as well as in rural areas in every region of the country, put in office to do nothing less than reinvent how their job is done. If they succeed, they can point the country toward a different and profoundly better future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345083 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Stop a Warlord: My Story of Justice, Grace, and the Fight for Peace Author: Shannon Sedgwick Davis Narrator: Shannon Sedgwick Davis, Kevin R. Free Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One woman’s inspiring true story of an unlikely alliance to stop the atrocities of a warlord, proving that there is no limit to what we can do, even in the face of unspeakable injustice and impossible odds “This compelling and inspiring book beautifully moves each of us to take action to help the most vulnerable among us.”—Archbishop Emeritus Desmond Tutu  Late one night in the summer of 2010, Shannon Sedgwick Davis, a lawyer, human rights advocate, and Texas mom to two young boys, first met a Ugandan general to discuss an unconventional plan to stop Joseph Kony, a murderous warlord who’d terrorized communities in four countries across Central and East Africa.  For twenty-five years, Kony and his Lord’s Resistance Army had killed over a hundred thousand people, displaced millions, and abducted tens of thousands of children, forcing them to become child soldiers. After Sedgwick Davis met with survivors and community leaders, aid workers and lawmakers, it was clear that the current international systems were failing to protect the most vulnerable. Guided by the strength of her beliefs and convictions, Sedgwick Davis knew she had to help other parents to have the same right she had—to go to sleep each night knowing that their children were safe. But Sedgwick Davis had no roadmap for how to stop a violent armed group. She would soon step far outside the bounds of traditional philanthropy and activism and partner her human rights organization, the Bridgeway Foundation, with a South African private military contractor and a specialized unit within the Ugandan army. The experience would bring her to question everything she had previously believed about her role as a humanitarian, about the meaning of justice, and about the very nature of good and evil. In To Stop a Warlord, Shannon Sedgwick Davis tells the story, for the first time, of the unprecedented collaboration she helped build with the aim of finally ending Joseph Kony’s war—and the unforgettable journey on an unexpected path to peace. A powerful memoir that reads like a thriller, this is a story that asks us just how hard we would fight for what we believe in. 100 percent of the author’s net proceeds from this book will go to organizations seeking justice and protection for civilians in conflict zones. Shannon Sedgwick Davis Tue, 02 Apr 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345083 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Stop a Warlord: My Story of Justice, Grace, and the Fight for Peace Author: Shannon Sedgwick Davis Narrator: Shannon Sedgwick Davis, Kevin R. Free Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One woman’s inspiring true story of an unlikely alliance to stop the atrocities of a warlord, proving that there is no limit to what we can do, even in the face of unspeakable injustice and impossible odds “This compelling and inspiring book beautifully moves each of us to take action to help the most vulnerable among us.”—Archbishop Emeritus Desmond Tutu  Late one night in the summer of 2010, Shannon Sedgwick Davis, a lawyer, human rights advocate, and Texas mom to two young boys, first met a Ugandan general to discuss an unconventional plan to stop Joseph Kony, a murderous warlord who’d terrorized communities in four countries across Central and East Africa.  For twenty-five years, Kony and his Lord’s Resistance Army had killed over a hundred thousand people, displaced millions, and abducted tens of thousands of children, forcing them to become child soldiers. After Sedgwick Davis met with survivors and community leaders, aid workers and lawmakers, it was clear that the current international systems were failing to protect the most vulnerable. Guided by the strength of her beliefs and convictions, Sedgwick Davis knew she had to help other parents to have the same right she had—to go to sleep each night knowing that their children were safe. But Sedgwick Davis had no roadmap for how to stop a violent armed group. She would soon step far outside the bounds of traditional philanthropy and activism and partner her human rights organization, the Bridgeway Foundation, with a South African private military contractor and a specialized unit within the Ugandan army. The experience would bring her to question everything she had previously believed about her role as a humanitarian, about the meaning of justice, and about the very nature of good and evil. In To Stop a Warlord, Shannon Sedgwick Davis tells the story, for the first time, of the unprecedented collaboration she helped build with the aim of finally ending Joseph Kony’s war—and the unforgettable journey on an unexpected path to peace. A powerful memoir that reads like a thriller, this is a story that asks us just how hard we would fight for what we believe in. 100 percent of the author’s net proceeds from this book will go to organizations seeking justice and protection for civilians in conflict zones. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Stop a Warlord: My Story of Justice, Grace, and the Fight for Peace Author: Shannon Sedgwick Davis Narrator: Shannon Sedgwick Davis, Kevin R. Free Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One woman’s inspiring true story of an unlikely alliance to stop the atrocities of a warlord, proving that there is no limit to what we can do, even in the face of unspeakable injustice and impossible odds “This compelling and inspiring book beautifully moves each of us to take action to help the most vulnerable among us.”—Archbishop Emeritus Desmond Tutu  Late one night in the summer of 2010, Shannon Sedgwick Davis, a lawyer, human rights advocate, and Texas mom to two young boys, first met a Ugandan general to discuss an unconventional plan to stop Joseph Kony, a murderous warlord who’d terrorized communities in four countries across Central and East Africa.  For twenty-five years, Kony and his Lord’s Resistance Army had killed over a hundred thousand people, displaced millions, and abducted tens of thousands of children, forcing them to become child soldiers. After Sedgwick Davis met with survivors and community leaders, aid workers and lawmakers, it was clear that the current international systems were failing to protect the most vulnerable. Guided by the strength of her beliefs and convictions, Sedgwick Davis knew she had to help other parents to have the same right she had—to go to sleep each night knowing that their children were safe. But Sedgwick Davis had no roadmap for how to stop a violent armed group. She would soon step far outside the bounds of traditional philanthropy and activism and partner her human rights organization, the Bridgeway Foundation, with a South African private military contractor and a specialized unit within the Ugandan army. The experience would bring her to question everything she had previously believed about her role as a humanitarian, about the meaning of justice, and about the very nature of good and evil. In To Stop a Warlord, Shannon Sedgwick Davis tells the story, for the first time, of the unprecedented collaboration she helped build with the aim of finally ending Joseph Kony’s war—and the unforgettable journey on an unexpected path to peace. A powerful memoir that reads like a thriller, this is a story that asks us just how hard we would fight for what we believe in. 100 percent of the author’s net proceeds from this book will go to organizations seeking justice and protection for civilians in conflict zones. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345048 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burden (Movie Tie-In Edition): A Preacher, a Klansman, and a True Story of Redemption in the Modern South Author: Courtney Hargrave Narrator: Andrew Heckler, Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The true story behind the film starring Academy Award winner Forest Whitaker and Garrett Hedlund; written and directed by Andrew Heckler; produced by Academy Award nominee Robbie Brenner (Dallas Buyers Club) A powerful, timely story about an African American reverend whose faith compelled him to help a KKK member leave a life of hate   “Honest, empowering, incredibly enjoyable, and unforgettable.”—Bret Witter, bestselling co-author of The Monuments Men, Dewey, and Stronger In 1996, the town of Laurens, South Carolina, was thrust into the spotlight when a white supremacist named Michael Burden opened a museum celebrating the Ku Klux Klan in the community’s main square. Journalists and protestors flooded the town, and hate groups rallied to the establishment’s defense, dredging up the long history of racism and injustice.   What came next is the subject of the film Burden, which won the 2018 Sundance Film Festival Audience Award. Shortly after his museum opened, Burden abruptly left the Klan in search of a better life. Broke and homeless, he was taken in by Reverend David Kennedy, an African American leader in the Laurens community, who plunged his church, friends, and family into an inspiring quest to save their former enemy.  In this spellbinding Southern epic, journalist Courtney Hargrave further uncovers the complex events behind the story told in Andrew Heckler’s film. Hargrave explores the choices that led to Kennedy and Burden’s friendship, the social factors that drive young men to join hate groups, and the difference one person can make in confronting America’s oldest sin. Courtney Hargrave Tue, 14 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345048 thebookvoice.com 6:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burden (Movie Tie-In Edition): A Preacher, a Klansman, and a True Story of Redemption in the Modern South Author: Courtney Hargrave Narrator: Andrew Heckler, Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The true story behind the film starring Academy Award winner Forest Whitaker and Garrett Hedlund; written and directed by Andrew Heckler; produced by Academy Award nominee Robbie Brenner (Dallas Buyers Club) A powerful, timely story about an African American reverend whose faith compelled him to help a KKK member leave a life of hate   “Honest, empowering, incredibly enjoyable, and unforgettable.”—Bret Witter, bestselling co-author of The Monuments Men, Dewey, and Stronger In 1996, the town of Laurens, South Carolina, was thrust into the spotlight when a white supremacist named Michael Burden opened a museum celebrating the Ku Klux Klan in the community’s main square. Journalists and protestors flooded the town, and hate groups rallied to the establishment’s defense, dredging up the long history of racism and injustice.   What came next is the subject of the film Burden, which won the 2018 Sundance Film Festival Audience Award. Shortly after his museum opened, Burden abruptly left the Klan in search of a better life. Broke and homeless, he was taken in by Reverend David Kennedy, an African American leader in the Laurens community, who plunged his church, friends, and family into an inspiring quest to save their former enemy.  In this spellbinding Southern epic, journalist Courtney Hargrave further uncovers the complex events behind the story told in Andrew Heckler’s film. Hargrave explores the choices that led to Kennedy and Burden’s friendship, the social factors that drive young men to join hate groups, and the difference one person can make in confronting America’s oldest sin. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burden (Movie Tie-In Edition): A Preacher, a Klansman, and a True Story of Redemption in the Modern South Author: Courtney Hargrave Narrator: Andrew Heckler, Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The true story behind the film starring Academy Award winner Forest Whitaker and Garrett Hedlund; written and directed by Andrew Heckler; produced by Academy Award nominee Robbie Brenner (Dallas Buyers Club) A powerful, timely story about an African American reverend whose faith compelled him to help a KKK member leave a life of hate   “Honest, empowering, incredibly enjoyable, and unforgettable.”—Bret Witter, bestselling co-author of The Monuments Men, Dewey, and Stronger In 1996, the town of Laurens, South Carolina, was thrust into the spotlight when a white supremacist named Michael Burden opened a museum celebrating the Ku Klux Klan in the community’s main square. Journalists and protestors flooded the town, and hate groups rallied to the establishment’s defense, dredging up the long history of racism and injustice.   What came next is the subject of the film Burden, which won the 2018 Sundance Film Festival Audience Award. Shortly after his museum opened, Burden abruptly left the Klan in search of a better life. Broke and homeless, he was taken in by Reverend David Kennedy, an African American leader in the Laurens community, who plunged his church, friends, and family into an inspiring quest to save their former enemy.  In this spellbinding Southern epic, journalist Courtney Hargrave further uncovers the complex events behind the story told in Andrew Heckler’s film. Hargrave explores the choices that led to Kennedy and Burden’s friendship, the social factors that drive young men to join hate groups, and the difference one person can make in confronting America’s oldest sin. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345041 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345041]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Superheroes Author: Robert Weinberg, Lois Gresh Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 5, 2002 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Science of Superheroes takes a lighthearted but clear-headed look at the real science that underlies some of the greatest superhero comic books of all time, including Spider-Man, Batman, Fantastic Four, and many more. Each chapter presents the story of the origin of one or more superheroes and asks intriguing questions that lead to fascinating discussions about the limits of science, the laws of nature, and the future of technology. If gamma rays can’t turn a 128-pound weakling into the Incredible Hulk, what could? Are Spider-Man’s powers really those of a spider? Could a person ever breathe water like a fish? From telepathy to teleportation, from cloning to cosmic rays, this vastly entertaining romp through the nexus of science and fantasy separates the possible from the plausible and the barely plausible from the utterly ridiculous. With an introduction by author Dean Koontz. Robert Weinberg, Lois Gresh Tue, 05 Nov 2002 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345041 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345041]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Superheroes Author: Robert Weinberg, Lois Gresh Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 5, 2002 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Science of Superheroes takes a lighthearted but clear-headed look at the real science that underlies some of the greatest superhero comic books of all time, including Spider-Man, Batman, Fantastic Four, and many more. Each chapter presents the story of the origin of one or more superheroes and asks intriguing questions that lead to fascinating discussions about the limits of science, the laws of nature, and the future of technology. If gamma rays can’t turn a 128-pound weakling into the Incredible Hulk, what could? Are Spider-Man’s powers really those of a spider? Could a person ever breathe water like a fish? From telepathy to teleportation, from cloning to cosmic rays, this vastly entertaining romp through the nexus of science and fantasy separates the possible from the plausible and the barely plausible from the utterly ridiculous. With an introduction by author Dean Koontz. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345041]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Superheroes Author: Robert Weinberg, Lois Gresh Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 5, 2002 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Science of Superheroes takes a lighthearted but clear-headed look at the real science that underlies some of the greatest superhero comic books of all time, including Spider-Man, Batman, Fantastic Four, and many more. Each chapter presents the story of the origin of one or more superheroes and asks intriguing questions that lead to fascinating discussions about the limits of science, the laws of nature, and the future of technology. If gamma rays can’t turn a 128-pound weakling into the Incredible Hulk, what could? Are Spider-Man’s powers really those of a spider? Could a person ever breathe water like a fish? From telepathy to teleportation, from cloning to cosmic rays, this vastly entertaining romp through the nexus of science and fantasy separates the possible from the plausible and the barely plausible from the utterly ridiculous. With an introduction by author Dean Koontz. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brilliant, Brilliant, Brilliant Brilliant Brilliant: Essays Author: Joel Golby Narrator: Joel Golby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *National Bestseller* 'This is a funny and beautiful book. What a little bastard.' --Russell Brand 'Every paragraph is like doing a shot with a friend. A double.' --Caitlin Moran Joel Golby's writing for Vice and The Guardian, with its wry observation and naked self-reflection, has brought him a wide and devoted following. Now, in his first book, he presents a blistering collection of new and newly expanded essays--including the achingly funny viral hit 'Things You Only Know When Both Your Parents Are Dead.' In these pages, he travels to Saudi Arabia, where he acts as a perplexed bystander at a camel pageant; offers a survival guide for the modern dinner party (i.e. how to tactfully escape at the first sign of an adult board game); and gets pitted head-to-head, again and again, with an unpredictable, unpitying subspecies of Londoner: the landlord. Through it all, he shows that no matter how cruel the misfortune, how absurd the circumstance, there's always the soft punch of a lesson tucked within. This is a book for anyone who overshares, overthinks, has ever felt lost or confused--and who wants to have a good laugh about it. Joel Golby Tue, 05 Mar 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345019 thebookvoice.com 7:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brilliant, Brilliant, Brilliant Brilliant Brilliant: Essays Author: Joel Golby Narrator: Joel Golby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *National Bestseller* 'This is a funny and beautiful book. What a little bastard.' --Russell Brand 'Every paragraph is like doing a shot with a friend. A double.' --Caitlin Moran Joel Golby's writing for Vice and The Guardian, with its wry observation and naked self-reflection, has brought him a wide and devoted following. Now, in his first book, he presents a blistering collection of new and newly expanded essays--including the achingly funny viral hit 'Things You Only Know When Both Your Parents Are Dead.' In these pages, he travels to Saudi Arabia, where he acts as a perplexed bystander at a camel pageant; offers a survival guide for the modern dinner party (i.e. how to tactfully escape at the first sign of an adult board game); and gets pitted head-to-head, again and again, with an unpredictable, unpitying subspecies of Londoner: the landlord. Through it all, he shows that no matter how cruel the misfortune, how absurd the circumstance, there's always the soft punch of a lesson tucked within. This is a book for anyone who overshares, overthinks, has ever felt lost or confused--and who wants to have a good laugh about it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brilliant, Brilliant, Brilliant Brilliant Brilliant: Essays Author: Joel Golby Narrator: Joel Golby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *National Bestseller* 'This is a funny and beautiful book. What a little bastard.' --Russell Brand 'Every paragraph is like doing a shot with a friend. A double.' --Caitlin Moran Joel Golby's writing for Vice and The Guardian, with its wry observation and naked self-reflection, has brought him a wide and devoted following. Now, in his first book, he presents a blistering collection of new and newly expanded essays--including the achingly funny viral hit 'Things You Only Know When Both Your Parents Are Dead.' In these pages, he travels to Saudi Arabia, where he acts as a perplexed bystander at a camel pageant; offers a survival guide for the modern dinner party (i.e. how to tactfully escape at the first sign of an adult board game); and gets pitted head-to-head, again and again, with an unpredictable, unpitying subspecies of Londoner: the landlord. Through it all, he shows that no matter how cruel the misfortune, how absurd the circumstance, there's always the soft punch of a lesson tucked within. This is a book for anyone who overshares, overthinks, has ever felt lost or confused--and who wants to have a good laugh about it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345002 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stranger Than Fiction: True Stories Author: Chuck Palahniuk Narrator: Chuck Palahniuk, Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 15, 2004 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Chuck Palahniuk's world has always been, well, different from yours and mine. The pieces that comprise Stranger than Fiction, his first nonfiction collection, prove just how different, in ways both highly entertaining and deeply unsettling. Included are encounters with alternative culture heroes Marilyn Manson and Juliette Lewis; the peculiar wages of fame attendant on the big-budget film production of the movie Fight Club; life as an assembly-line drivetrain installer by day, hospice volunteer driver by night; the really peculiar lives of submariners; the really violent world (and mangled ears) of college wrestlers; the underground world of iron-pumping anabolic-steroid gobblers; the immensely upsetting circumstances of his father's murder and the trial of his killer—each essay or vignette offers a unique facet of existence as lived in and/or observed by one of our most flagrantly daring and original literary talents. Chuck Palahniuk Tue, 15 Jun 2004 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345002 thebookvoice.com 4:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stranger Than Fiction: True Stories Author: Chuck Palahniuk Narrator: Chuck Palahniuk, Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 15, 2004 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Chuck Palahniuk's world has always been, well, different from yours and mine. The pieces that comprise Stranger than Fiction, his first nonfiction collection, prove just how different, in ways both highly entertaining and deeply unsettling. Included are encounters with alternative culture heroes Marilyn Manson and Juliette Lewis; the peculiar wages of fame attendant on the big-budget film production of the movie Fight Club; life as an assembly-line drivetrain installer by day, hospice volunteer driver by night; the really peculiar lives of submariners; the really violent world (and mangled ears) of college wrestlers; the underground world of iron-pumping anabolic-steroid gobblers; the immensely upsetting circumstances of his father's murder and the trial of his killer—each essay or vignette offers a unique facet of existence as lived in and/or observed by one of our most flagrantly daring and original literary talents. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stranger Than Fiction: True Stories Author: Chuck Palahniuk Narrator: Chuck Palahniuk, Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 15, 2004 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Chuck Palahniuk's world has always been, well, different from yours and mine. The pieces that comprise Stranger than Fiction, his first nonfiction collection, prove just how different, in ways both highly entertaining and deeply unsettling. Included are encounters with alternative culture heroes Marilyn Manson and Juliette Lewis; the peculiar wages of fame attendant on the big-budget film production of the movie Fight Club; life as an assembly-line drivetrain installer by day, hospice volunteer driver by night; the really peculiar lives of submariners; the really violent world (and mangled ears) of college wrestlers; the underground world of iron-pumping anabolic-steroid gobblers; the immensely upsetting circumstances of his father's murder and the trial of his killer—each essay or vignette offers a unique facet of existence as lived in and/or observed by one of our most flagrantly daring and original literary talents. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344990 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Old Man and the Gun: And Other Tales of True Crime Author: David Grann Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Killers of the Flower Moon, a mesmerizing collection of true-crime stories that includes 'The Old Man and the Gun'—the inspiration for the movie starring Robert Redford and Sissy Spacek, along with two other riveting tales. 'The Old Man and the Gun' is the incredible story of a bank robber and prison escape artist who modeled himself after figures like Pretty Boy Floyd and who, even in his seventies, refuses to retire. 'True Crime' follows the twisting investigation of a Polish detective who suspects that a novelist planted clues in his fiction to an actual murder. And 'The Chameleon' recounts how a French imposter assumes the identity of a missing boy from Texas and infiltrates the boy's family, only to soon wonder whether he is the one being conned. In this mesmerizing collection, David Grann shows why he has been called a 'worthy heir to Truman Capote' and 'simply the best narrative nonfiction writer working today,' as he takes the reader on a journey through some of the most intriguing and gripping real-life tales from around the world. Look for David Grann’s latest bestselling book, The Wager! David Grann Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344990 thebookvoice.com 3:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Old Man and the Gun: And Other Tales of True Crime Author: David Grann Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Killers of the Flower Moon, a mesmerizing collection of true-crime stories that includes 'The Old Man and the Gun'—the inspiration for the movie starring Robert Redford and Sissy Spacek, along with two other riveting tales. 'The Old Man and the Gun' is the incredible story of a bank robber and prison escape artist who modeled himself after figures like Pretty Boy Floyd and who, even in his seventies, refuses to retire. 'True Crime' follows the twisting investigation of a Polish detective who suspects that a novelist planted clues in his fiction to an actual murder. And 'The Chameleon' recounts how a French imposter assumes the identity of a missing boy from Texas and infiltrates the boy's family, only to soon wonder whether he is the one being conned. In this mesmerizing collection, David Grann shows why he has been called a 'worthy heir to Truman Capote' and 'simply the best narrative nonfiction writer working today,' as he takes the reader on a journey through some of the most intriguing and gripping real-life tales from around the world. Look for David Grann’s latest bestselling book, The Wager! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Old Man and the Gun: And Other Tales of True Crime Author: David Grann Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Killers of the Flower Moon, a mesmerizing collection of true-crime stories that includes 'The Old Man and the Gun'—the inspiration for the movie starring Robert Redford and Sissy Spacek, along with two other riveting tales. 'The Old Man and the Gun' is the incredible story of a bank robber and prison escape artist who modeled himself after figures like Pretty Boy Floyd and who, even in his seventies, refuses to retire. 'True Crime' follows the twisting investigation of a Polish detective who suspects that a novelist planted clues in his fiction to an actual murder. And 'The Chameleon' recounts how a French imposter assumes the identity of a missing boy from Texas and infiltrates the boy's family, only to soon wonder whether he is the one being conned. In this mesmerizing collection, David Grann shows why he has been called a 'worthy heir to Truman Capote' and 'simply the best narrative nonfiction writer working today,' as he takes the reader on a journey through some of the most intriguing and gripping real-life tales from around the world. Look for David Grann’s latest bestselling book, The Wager! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344928 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Story of the British Isles in 100 Places Author: Neil Oliver Narrator: Neil Oliver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Story of the British Isles in 100 Places written and read by Neil Oliver. The British Isles, this archipelago of islands, is to Neil Oliver the best place in the world. From north to south, east to west it cradles astonishing beauty. The human story here is a million years old, and counting. But the tolerant, easygoing peace we enjoy has been hard won. We have made and known the best and worst of times. We have been hero and villain and all else in between, and we have learned some lessons. The Story of the British Isles in 100 Places is Neil’s very personal account of what makes these islands so special, told through the places that have witnessed the unfolding of our history. Beginning with footprints made in the sand by humankind’s earliest ancestors, he takes us via Romans and Vikings, the flowering of religion, through civil war, industrial revolution and two world wars. From windswept headlands to battlefields, ancient trees to magnificent cathedrals, each of his destinations is a place where, somehow, the spirit of the past seems to linger. Beautifully written, his book is majestic, awe-inspiring, a kaleidoscopic history of a place with a story like no other. Neil Oliver Thu, 20 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344928 thebookvoice.com 14:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Story of the British Isles in 100 Places Author: Neil Oliver Narrator: Neil Oliver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Story of the British Isles in 100 Places written and read by Neil Oliver. The British Isles, this archipelago of islands, is to Neil Oliver the best place in the world. From north to south, east to west it cradles astonishing beauty. The human story here is a million years old, and counting. But the tolerant, easygoing peace we enjoy has been hard won. We have made and known the best and worst of times. We have been hero and villain and all else in between, and we have learned some lessons. The Story of the British Isles in 100 Places is Neil’s very personal account of what makes these islands so special, told through the places that have witnessed the unfolding of our history. Beginning with footprints made in the sand by humankind’s earliest ancestors, he takes us via Romans and Vikings, the flowering of religion, through civil war, industrial revolution and two world wars. From windswept headlands to battlefields, ancient trees to magnificent cathedrals, each of his destinations is a place where, somehow, the spirit of the past seems to linger. Beautifully written, his book is majestic, awe-inspiring, a kaleidoscopic history of a place with a story like no other. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Story of the British Isles in 100 Places Author: Neil Oliver Narrator: Neil Oliver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Story of the British Isles in 100 Places written and read by Neil Oliver. The British Isles, this archipelago of islands, is to Neil Oliver the best place in the world. From north to south, east to west it cradles astonishing beauty. The human story here is a million years old, and counting. But the tolerant, easygoing peace we enjoy has been hard won. We have made and known the best and worst of times. We have been hero and villain and all else in between, and we have learned some lessons. The Story of the British Isles in 100 Places is Neil’s very personal account of what makes these islands so special, told through the places that have witnessed the unfolding of our history. Beginning with footprints made in the sand by humankind’s earliest ancestors, he takes us via Romans and Vikings, the flowering of religion, through civil war, industrial revolution and two world wars. From windswept headlands to battlefields, ancient trees to magnificent cathedrals, each of his destinations is a place where, somehow, the spirit of the past seems to linger. Beautifully written, his book is majestic, awe-inspiring, a kaleidoscopic history of a place with a story like no other. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344926 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Like a Woman: A Manifesto For Change Author: Mary Portas Narrator: Mary Portas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Work Like a Woman written and read by Mary Portas. By most people’s standards I would say I’ve had a pretty good career. I’ve reached the top of the ‘ladder’ and been lucky enough to have had a damned good life. But at what cost? At the cost of who I truly was. I played the business game for years, where the rules were set by men for men. I was tough and aggressive. I put in long hours, was competitive and resilient. But I suppressed my natural energy, sensitivity and instinct. I worked like this until I couldn’t any more. And then I changed. My team and I rebuilt my business on the values that matter: collaboration, empathy, instinct and trust. Values not always associated with leadership or winning, but which have made every one of us feel good. Now I want to share what I’ve learned through my own experiences, and am still learning, to change the way you work so that female energy and power will be seen as the most valuable currency in today’s new world of work. It’s time to create an unstoppable force for change. A feminine force. It’s time to #WorkLikeAWoman. Mary Portas Thu, 01 Nov 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344926 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Like a Woman: A Manifesto For Change Author: Mary Portas Narrator: Mary Portas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Work Like a Woman written and read by Mary Portas. By most people’s standards I would say I’ve had a pretty good career. I’ve reached the top of the ‘ladder’ and been lucky enough to have had a damned good life. But at what cost? At the cost of who I truly was. I played the business game for years, where the rules were set by men for men. I was tough and aggressive. I put in long hours, was competitive and resilient. But I suppressed my natural energy, sensitivity and instinct. I worked like this until I couldn’t any more. And then I changed. My team and I rebuilt my business on the values that matter: collaboration, empathy, instinct and trust. Values not always associated with leadership or winning, but which have made every one of us feel good. Now I want to share what I’ve learned through my own experiences, and am still learning, to change the way you work so that female energy and power will be seen as the most valuable currency in today’s new world of work. It’s time to create an unstoppable force for change. A feminine force. It’s time to #WorkLikeAWoman. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Like a Woman: A Manifesto For Change Author: Mary Portas Narrator: Mary Portas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Work Like a Woman written and read by Mary Portas. By most people’s standards I would say I’ve had a pretty good career. I’ve reached the top of the ‘ladder’ and been lucky enough to have had a damned good life. But at what cost? At the cost of who I truly was. I played the business game for years, where the rules were set by men for men. I was tough and aggressive. I put in long hours, was competitive and resilient. But I suppressed my natural energy, sensitivity and instinct. I worked like this until I couldn’t any more. And then I changed. My team and I rebuilt my business on the values that matter: collaboration, empathy, instinct and trust. Values not always associated with leadership or winning, but which have made every one of us feel good. Now I want to share what I’ve learned through my own experiences, and am still learning, to change the way you work so that female energy and power will be seen as the most valuable currency in today’s new world of work. It’s time to create an unstoppable force for change. A feminine force. It’s time to #WorkLikeAWoman. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344738 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freemasonry: A Very Short Introduction Author: Andreas Onnerfors Narrator: Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Freemasonry is one of the oldest and most widespread voluntary organisations in the world. Over the course of three centuries men (and women) have organized themselves socially and voluntarily under its name. With a strong sense of liberation, moral enlightenment, cosmopolitan openness and forward-looking philanthropy, freemasonry has attracted some of the sharpest minds in history and has created a strong platform for nascent civil societies across the globe. With the secrecy of internally communicated knowledge, the clandestine character of organization, and the enactment of rituals and the elaborate use of symbols, freemasonry has also opened up feelings of distrust, as well as allegations of secretiveness and conspiracy. This Very Short Introduction introduces the inner activities of freemasonry, and the rituals, symbols, and practices. Looking at the development of the organizational structure of masonry from the local to the global level, Andreas Önnerfors considers perceptions of freemasonry from the outside world, and navigates through the prevalent fictions and conspiracy theories. He also discusses how freemasonry has from its outset struggled with issues of exclusion based upon gender, race and religion, despite promoting tolerant openness and inclusion. Finally Önnerfors shines a light on the rarely discussed but highly compelling history of female agency in masonic and para-masonic orders. Andreas Onnerfors Tue, 31 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344738 thebookvoice.com 4:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freemasonry: A Very Short Introduction Author: Andreas Onnerfors Narrator: Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Freemasonry is one of the oldest and most widespread voluntary organisations in the world. Over the course of three centuries men (and women) have organized themselves socially and voluntarily under its name. With a strong sense of liberation, moral enlightenment, cosmopolitan openness and forward-looking philanthropy, freemasonry has attracted some of the sharpest minds in history and has created a strong platform for nascent civil societies across the globe. With the secrecy of internally communicated knowledge, the clandestine character of organization, and the enactment of rituals and the elaborate use of symbols, freemasonry has also opened up feelings of distrust, as well as allegations of secretiveness and conspiracy. This Very Short Introduction introduces the inner activities of freemasonry, and the rituals, symbols, and practices. Looking at the development of the organizational structure of masonry from the local to the global level, Andreas Önnerfors considers perceptions of freemasonry from the outside world, and navigates through the prevalent fictions and conspiracy theories. He also discusses how freemasonry has from its outset struggled with issues of exclusion based upon gender, race and religion, despite promoting tolerant openness and inclusion. Finally Önnerfors shines a light on the rarely discussed but highly compelling history of female agency in masonic and para-masonic orders. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freemasonry: A Very Short Introduction Author: Andreas Onnerfors Narrator: Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Freemasonry is one of the oldest and most widespread voluntary organisations in the world. Over the course of three centuries men (and women) have organized themselves socially and voluntarily under its name. With a strong sense of liberation, moral enlightenment, cosmopolitan openness and forward-looking philanthropy, freemasonry has attracted some of the sharpest minds in history and has created a strong platform for nascent civil societies across the globe. With the secrecy of internally communicated knowledge, the clandestine character of organization, and the enactment of rituals and the elaborate use of symbols, freemasonry has also opened up feelings of distrust, as well as allegations of secretiveness and conspiracy. This Very Short Introduction introduces the inner activities of freemasonry, and the rituals, symbols, and practices. Looking at the development of the organizational structure of masonry from the local to the global level, Andreas Önnerfors considers perceptions of freemasonry from the outside world, and navigates through the prevalent fictions and conspiracy theories. He also discusses how freemasonry has from its outset struggled with issues of exclusion based upon gender, race and religion, despite promoting tolerant openness and inclusion. Finally Önnerfors shines a light on the rarely discussed but highly compelling history of female agency in masonic and para-masonic orders. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344730 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scarlett Letters: My Secret Year of Men in an L.A. Dungeon Author: Jenny Nordbak Narrator: Jenny Nordbak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jenny Nordbak takes us to a place that few have seen, but millions have fantasized about, revealing how she transformed herself from a USC grad lacking in confidence into an elite professional dominatrix who finds her own voice, power and compassion for others. On an unorthodox quest to understand her hidden fantasies, Jenny led a double life for two years. By day she was a construction manager, but at night she became Mistress Scarlett. Working at LA’s longest-running dungeon, she catered to the secret fetishes of clients ranging from accountants to movie stars. She simultaneously developed a career in the complex and male-dominated world of healthcare construction, while spending her nights as a sex worker, dominating men. Far from the standard-issue powerful men who pay to be helpless, Mistress Scarlett’s clientele included men whose fantasies revealed more complex needs, from “Tickle Ed” to “Doggie Dan,” from the “Treasure Trolls” to “Ta-Da Ted.” The Scarlett Letters explores the spectacularly diverse array of human sexuality and the fascinating cast of characters that the author encountered along the way. Jenny Nordbak Tue, 23 May 2017 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344730 thebookvoice.com 9:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scarlett Letters: My Secret Year of Men in an L.A. Dungeon Author: Jenny Nordbak Narrator: Jenny Nordbak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jenny Nordbak takes us to a place that few have seen, but millions have fantasized about, revealing how she transformed herself from a USC grad lacking in confidence into an elite professional dominatrix who finds her own voice, power and compassion for others. On an unorthodox quest to understand her hidden fantasies, Jenny led a double life for two years. By day she was a construction manager, but at night she became Mistress Scarlett. Working at LA’s longest-running dungeon, she catered to the secret fetishes of clients ranging from accountants to movie stars. She simultaneously developed a career in the complex and male-dominated world of healthcare construction, while spending her nights as a sex worker, dominating men. Far from the standard-issue powerful men who pay to be helpless, Mistress Scarlett’s clientele included men whose fantasies revealed more complex needs, from “Tickle Ed” to “Doggie Dan,” from the “Treasure Trolls” to “Ta-Da Ted.” The Scarlett Letters explores the spectacularly diverse array of human sexuality and the fascinating cast of characters that the author encountered along the way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scarlett Letters: My Secret Year of Men in an L.A. Dungeon Author: Jenny Nordbak Narrator: Jenny Nordbak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jenny Nordbak takes us to a place that few have seen, but millions have fantasized about, revealing how she transformed herself from a USC grad lacking in confidence into an elite professional dominatrix who finds her own voice, power and compassion for others. On an unorthodox quest to understand her hidden fantasies, Jenny led a double life for two years. By day she was a construction manager, but at night she became Mistress Scarlett. Working at LA’s longest-running dungeon, she catered to the secret fetishes of clients ranging from accountants to movie stars. She simultaneously developed a career in the complex and male-dominated world of healthcare construction, while spending her nights as a sex worker, dominating men. Far from the standard-issue powerful men who pay to be helpless, Mistress Scarlett’s clientele included men whose fantasies revealed more complex needs, from “Tickle Ed” to “Doggie Dan,” from the “Treasure Trolls” to “Ta-Da Ted.” The Scarlett Letters explores the spectacularly diverse array of human sexuality and the fascinating cast of characters that the author encountered along the way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344683 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vibrate Higher: A Rap Story Author: Talib Kweli Narrator: Talib Kweli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. From one of the most lyrically gifted, socially conscious rappers of the past twenty years, Vibrate Higher is a firsthand account of hip-hop as a political force Before Talib Kweli became a world-renowned hip hop artist, he was a Brooklyn kid who liked to cut class, spit rhymes, and wander the streets of Greenwich Village with a motley crew of artists, rappers, and DJs who found hip hop more inspiring than their textbooks (much to the chagrin of the educator parents who had given their son an Afrocentric name in hope of securing for him a more traditional sense of pride and purpose). Kweli’s was the first generation to grow up with hip hop as established culture—a genre of music that has expanded to include its own pantheon of heroes, rich history and politics, and distinct worldview. Eventually, childhood friendships turned into collaborations and Kweli gained notoriety as a rapper in his own right. From collaborating with some of hip hop’s greatest—including Mos Def, Common, Kanye West, Pharrell Williams, and Kendrick Lamar—to selling books out of the oldest African-American bookstore in Brooklyn, and ultimately leaving his record label and taking control of his own recording career, Kweli tells the winding, always compelling story of the people and events that shaped his own life as well as the culture of hip hop which informs American culture at large. Vibrate Higher illuminates Talib Kweli’s upbringing and artistic success, but so too does it give life to hip hop as a political force—one that galvanized the Movement for Black Lives, and serves a continual channel for resistance against the rising tide of white nationalism. A Macmillan Audio production from Farrar, Straus and Giroux Talib Kweli Tue, 16 Feb 2021 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344683 thebookvoice.com 8:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vibrate Higher: A Rap Story Author: Talib Kweli Narrator: Talib Kweli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. From one of the most lyrically gifted, socially conscious rappers of the past twenty years, Vibrate Higher is a firsthand account of hip-hop as a political force Before Talib Kweli became a world-renowned hip hop artist, he was a Brooklyn kid who liked to cut class, spit rhymes, and wander the streets of Greenwich Village with a motley crew of artists, rappers, and DJs who found hip hop more inspiring than their textbooks (much to the chagrin of the educator parents who had given their son an Afrocentric name in hope of securing for him a more traditional sense of pride and purpose). Kweli’s was the first generation to grow up with hip hop as established culture—a genre of music that has expanded to include its own pantheon of heroes, rich history and politics, and distinct worldview. Eventually, childhood friendships turned into collaborations and Kweli gained notoriety as a rapper in his own right. From collaborating with some of hip hop’s greatest—including Mos Def, Common, Kanye West, Pharrell Williams, and Kendrick Lamar—to selling books out of the oldest African-American bookstore in Brooklyn, and ultimately leaving his record label and taking control of his own recording career, Kweli tells the winding, always compelling story of the people and events that shaped his own life as well as the culture of hip hop which informs American culture at large. Vibrate Higher illuminates Talib Kweli’s upbringing and artistic success, but so too does it give life to hip hop as a political force—one that galvanized the Movement for Black Lives, and serves a continual channel for resistance against the rising tide of white nationalism. A Macmillan Audio production from Farrar, Straus and Giroux Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vibrate Higher: A Rap Story Author: Talib Kweli Narrator: Talib Kweli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. From one of the most lyrically gifted, socially conscious rappers of the past twenty years, Vibrate Higher is a firsthand account of hip-hop as a political force Before Talib Kweli became a world-renowned hip hop artist, he was a Brooklyn kid who liked to cut class, spit rhymes, and wander the streets of Greenwich Village with a motley crew of artists, rappers, and DJs who found hip hop more inspiring than their textbooks (much to the chagrin of the educator parents who had given their son an Afrocentric name in hope of securing for him a more traditional sense of pride and purpose). Kweli’s was the first generation to grow up with hip hop as established culture—a genre of music that has expanded to include its own pantheon of heroes, rich history and politics, and distinct worldview. Eventually, childhood friendships turned into collaborations and Kweli gained notoriety as a rapper in his own right. From collaborating with some of hip hop’s greatest—including Mos Def, Common, Kanye West, Pharrell Williams, and Kendrick Lamar—to selling books out of the oldest African-American bookstore in Brooklyn, and ultimately leaving his record label and taking control of his own recording career, Kweli tells the winding, always compelling story of the people and events that shaped his own life as well as the culture of hip hop which informs American culture at large. Vibrate Higher illuminates Talib Kweli’s upbringing and artistic success, but so too does it give life to hip hop as a political force—one that galvanized the Movement for Black Lives, and serves a continual channel for resistance against the rising tide of white nationalism. A Macmillan Audio production from Farrar, Straus and Giroux https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Glorious Defeats: Hacktivist, Narcissist, Anonymous: A Memoir Author: Barrett Brown Narrator: Barrett Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Barrett Brown went to prison for four years for leaking intelligence documents. He was released to Trump’s America. This is his story. After a series of escapades both online and off that brought him in and out of 4chan forums, the halls of power, heroin addiction, and federal prison, Barrett Brown is a free man. He was arrested for his part in an attempt to catalog, interpret, and disseminate top-secret documents exposed in a security lapse by the intelligence contractor Stratfor in 2011. An influential journalist who is also active in the hacktivist collective Anonymous, Brown recounts exploits from a life shaped by an often self-destructive drive to speak truth to power. With inimitable wit and style, palpable anger and conviction, he exposes the incompetence and injustices that plague media and politics, reflects on the successes and failures of the transparency movement, and shows the way forward in harnessing digital communication tools for collective action. But My Glorious Defeats is more than just the tale of the clever and hilarious Brown; it’s also a rigorously researched dissection of our decaying institutions and of human nature itself. As Brown makes clear, institutions are made of people—people with personal ambitions and personal vices—and it is people, just like him, just like us, who hold power. As optimistic as it is heartbreaking, My Glorious Defeats is an entertaining and illuminating manual for insurgency in the information age. A Macmillan Audio production from Farrar, Straus and Giroux. Barrett Brown Tue, 09 Jul 2024 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344672 thebookvoice.com 9:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Glorious Defeats: Hacktivist, Narcissist, Anonymous: A Memoir Author: Barrett Brown Narrator: Barrett Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Barrett Brown went to prison for four years for leaking intelligence documents. He was released to Trump’s America. This is his story. After a series of escapades both online and off that brought him in and out of 4chan forums, the halls of power, heroin addiction, and federal prison, Barrett Brown is a free man. He was arrested for his part in an attempt to catalog, interpret, and disseminate top-secret documents exposed in a security lapse by the intelligence contractor Stratfor in 2011. An influential journalist who is also active in the hacktivist collective Anonymous, Brown recounts exploits from a life shaped by an often self-destructive drive to speak truth to power. With inimitable wit and style, palpable anger and conviction, he exposes the incompetence and injustices that plague media and politics, reflects on the successes and failures of the transparency movement, and shows the way forward in harnessing digital communication tools for collective action. But My Glorious Defeats is more than just the tale of the clever and hilarious Brown; it’s also a rigorously researched dissection of our decaying institutions and of human nature itself. As Brown makes clear, institutions are made of people—people with personal ambitions and personal vices—and it is people, just like him, just like us, who hold power. As optimistic as it is heartbreaking, My Glorious Defeats is an entertaining and illuminating manual for insurgency in the information age. A Macmillan Audio production from Farrar, Straus and Giroux. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Glorious Defeats: Hacktivist, Narcissist, Anonymous: A Memoir Author: Barrett Brown Narrator: Barrett Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Barrett Brown went to prison for four years for leaking intelligence documents. He was released to Trump’s America. This is his story. After a series of escapades both online and off that brought him in and out of 4chan forums, the halls of power, heroin addiction, and federal prison, Barrett Brown is a free man. He was arrested for his part in an attempt to catalog, interpret, and disseminate top-secret documents exposed in a security lapse by the intelligence contractor Stratfor in 2011. An influential journalist who is also active in the hacktivist collective Anonymous, Brown recounts exploits from a life shaped by an often self-destructive drive to speak truth to power. With inimitable wit and style, palpable anger and conviction, he exposes the incompetence and injustices that plague media and politics, reflects on the successes and failures of the transparency movement, and shows the way forward in harnessing digital communication tools for collective action. But My Glorious Defeats is more than just the tale of the clever and hilarious Brown; it’s also a rigorously researched dissection of our decaying institutions and of human nature itself. As Brown makes clear, institutions are made of people—people with personal ambitions and personal vices—and it is people, just like him, just like us, who hold power. As optimistic as it is heartbreaking, My Glorious Defeats is an entertaining and illuminating manual for insurgency in the information age. A Macmillan Audio production from Farrar, Straus and Giroux. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344650 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344650]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Falter: Has the Human Game Begun to Play Itself Out? Author: Bill Mckibben Narrator: Bill Mckibben, Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: '[Oliver Wyman's] skillful, nuanced performance is enough to keep listeners from tossing their earbuds aside in despair...This isn't easy listening, but it's essential for anyone concerned about humanity's future.' — AudioFile Magazine This program includes a foreword read by the author. Thirty years ago Bill McKibben offered one of the earliest warnings about climate change. Now he broadens the warning: the entire human game, he suggests, has begun to play itself out. Bill McKibben’s groundbreaking book The End of Nature -- issued in dozens of languages and long regarded as a classic -- was the first book to alert us to global warming. But the danger is broader than that: even as climate change shrinks the space where our civilization can exist, new technologies like artificial intelligence and robotics threaten to bleach away the variety of human experience. Falter tells the story of these converging trends and of the ideological fervor that keeps us from bringing them under control. And then, drawing on McKibben’s experience in building 350.org, the first truly global citizens movement to combat climate change, it offers some possible ways out of the trap. We’re at a bleak moment in human history -- and we’ll either confront that bleakness or watch the civilization our forebears built slip away. Falter is a powerful and sobering call to arms, to save not only our planet but also our humanity. Bill Mckibben Tue, 16 Apr 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344650 thebookvoice.com 10:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344650]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Falter: Has the Human Game Begun to Play Itself Out? Author: Bill Mckibben Narrator: Bill Mckibben, Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: '[Oliver Wyman's] skillful, nuanced performance is enough to keep listeners from tossing their earbuds aside in despair...This isn't easy listening, but it's essential for anyone concerned about humanity's future.' — AudioFile Magazine This program includes a foreword read by the author. Thirty years ago Bill McKibben offered one of the earliest warnings about climate change. Now he broadens the warning: the entire human game, he suggests, has begun to play itself out. Bill McKibben’s groundbreaking book The End of Nature -- issued in dozens of languages and long regarded as a classic -- was the first book to alert us to global warming. But the danger is broader than that: even as climate change shrinks the space where our civilization can exist, new technologies like artificial intelligence and robotics threaten to bleach away the variety of human experience. Falter tells the story of these converging trends and of the ideological fervor that keeps us from bringing them under control. And then, drawing on McKibben’s experience in building 350.org, the first truly global citizens movement to combat climate change, it offers some possible ways out of the trap. We’re at a bleak moment in human history -- and we’ll either confront that bleakness or watch the civilization our forebears built slip away. Falter is a powerful and sobering call to arms, to save not only our planet but also our humanity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344650]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Falter: Has the Human Game Begun to Play Itself Out? Author: Bill Mckibben Narrator: Bill Mckibben, Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: '[Oliver Wyman's] skillful, nuanced performance is enough to keep listeners from tossing their earbuds aside in despair...This isn't easy listening, but it's essential for anyone concerned about humanity's future.' — AudioFile Magazine This program includes a foreword read by the author. Thirty years ago Bill McKibben offered one of the earliest warnings about climate change. Now he broadens the warning: the entire human game, he suggests, has begun to play itself out. Bill McKibben’s groundbreaking book The End of Nature -- issued in dozens of languages and long regarded as a classic -- was the first book to alert us to global warming. But the danger is broader than that: even as climate change shrinks the space where our civilization can exist, new technologies like artificial intelligence and robotics threaten to bleach away the variety of human experience. Falter tells the story of these converging trends and of the ideological fervor that keeps us from bringing them under control. And then, drawing on McKibben’s experience in building 350.org, the first truly global citizens movement to combat climate change, it offers some possible ways out of the trap. We’re at a bleak moment in human history -- and we’ll either confront that bleakness or watch the civilization our forebears built slip away. Falter is a powerful and sobering call to arms, to save not only our planet but also our humanity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344636 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ruth Bader Ginsburg: A Life Author: Jane Sherron De Hart Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first full life—private, public, legal, philosophical—of the 107th Supreme Court Justice, one of the most profound and profoundly transformative legal minds of our time; a book fifteen years in work, written with the cooperation of Ruth Bader Ginsburg herself and based on many interviews with the justice, her husband, her children, her friends, and her associates. In this large, comprehensive, revelatory biography, Jane De Hart explores the central experiences that crucially shaped Ginsburg’s passion for justice, her advocacy for gender equality, her meticulous jurisprudence: her desire to make We the People more united and our union more perfect. At the heart of her story and abiding beliefs—her Jewish background. Tikkun olam, the Hebrew injunction to “repair the world,” with its profound meaning for a young girl who grew up during the Holocaust and World War II. We see the influence of her mother, Celia Amster Bader, whose intellect inspired her daughter’s feminism, insisting that Ruth become independent, as she witnessed her mother coping with terminal cervical cancer (Celia died the day before Ruth, at seventeen, graduated from high school).      From Ruth’s days as a baton twirler at Brooklyn’s James Madison High School, to Cornell University, Harvard and Columbia Law Schools (first in her class), to being a law professor at Rutgers University (one of the few women in the field and fighting pay discrimination), hiding her second pregnancy so as not to risk losing her job; founding the Women's Rights Law Reporter, writing the brief for the first case that persuaded the Supreme Court to strike down a sex-discriminatory state law, then at Columbia (the law school’s first tenured female professor); becoming the director of the women’s rights project of the ACLU, persuading the Supreme Court in a series of decisions to ban laws that denied women full citizenship status with men.      Her years on the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, deciding cases the way she played golf, as she, left-handed, played with right-handed clubs—aiming left, swinging right, hitting down the middle. Her years on the Supreme Court . . .       A pioneering life and legal career whose profound mark on American jurisprudence, on American society, on our American character and spirit, will reverberate deep into the twenty-first century and beyond. Jane Sherron De Hart Tue, 16 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344636 thebookvoice.com 24:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ruth Bader Ginsburg: A Life Author: Jane Sherron De Hart Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first full life—private, public, legal, philosophical—of the 107th Supreme Court Justice, one of the most profound and profoundly transformative legal minds of our time; a book fifteen years in work, written with the cooperation of Ruth Bader Ginsburg herself and based on many interviews with the justice, her husband, her children, her friends, and her associates. In this large, comprehensive, revelatory biography, Jane De Hart explores the central experiences that crucially shaped Ginsburg’s passion for justice, her advocacy for gender equality, her meticulous jurisprudence: her desire to make We the People more united and our union more perfect. At the heart of her story and abiding beliefs—her Jewish background. Tikkun olam, the Hebrew injunction to “repair the world,” with its profound meaning for a young girl who grew up during the Holocaust and World War II. We see the influence of her mother, Celia Amster Bader, whose intellect inspired her daughter’s feminism, insisting that Ruth become independent, as she witnessed her mother coping with terminal cervical cancer (Celia died the day before Ruth, at seventeen, graduated from high school).      From Ruth’s days as a baton twirler at Brooklyn’s James Madison High School, to Cornell University, Harvard and Columbia Law Schools (first in her class), to being a law professor at Rutgers University (one of the few women in the field and fighting pay discrimination), hiding her second pregnancy so as not to risk losing her job; founding the Women's Rights Law Reporter, writing the brief for the first case that persuaded the Supreme Court to strike down a sex-discriminatory state law, then at Columbia (the law school’s first tenured female professor); becoming the director of the women’s rights project of the ACLU, persuading the Supreme Court in a series of decisions to ban laws that denied women full citizenship status with men.      Her years on the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, deciding cases the way she played golf, as she, left-handed, played with right-handed clubs—aiming left, swinging right, hitting down the middle. Her years on the Supreme Court . . .       A pioneering life and legal career whose profound mark on American jurisprudence, on American society, on our American character and spirit, will reverberate deep into the twenty-first century and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ruth Bader Ginsburg: A Life Author: Jane Sherron De Hart Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first full life—private, public, legal, philosophical—of the 107th Supreme Court Justice, one of the most profound and profoundly transformative legal minds of our time; a book fifteen years in work, written with the cooperation of Ruth Bader Ginsburg herself and based on many interviews with the justice, her husband, her children, her friends, and her associates. In this large, comprehensive, revelatory biography, Jane De Hart explores the central experiences that crucially shaped Ginsburg’s passion for justice, her advocacy for gender equality, her meticulous jurisprudence: her desire to make We the People more united and our union more perfect. At the heart of her story and abiding beliefs—her Jewish background. Tikkun olam, the Hebrew injunction to “repair the world,” with its profound meaning for a young girl who grew up during the Holocaust and World War II. We see the influence of her mother, Celia Amster Bader, whose intellect inspired her daughter’s feminism, insisting that Ruth become independent, as she witnessed her mother coping with terminal cervical cancer (Celia died the day before Ruth, at seventeen, graduated from high school).      From Ruth’s days as a baton twirler at Brooklyn’s James Madison High School, to Cornell University, Harvard and Columbia Law Schools (first in her class), to being a law professor at Rutgers University (one of the few women in the field and fighting pay discrimination), hiding her second pregnancy so as not to risk losing her job; founding the Women's Rights Law Reporter, writing the brief for the first case that persuaded the Supreme Court to strike down a sex-discriminatory state law, then at Columbia (the law school’s first tenured female professor); becoming the director of the women’s rights project of the ACLU, persuading the Supreme Court in a series of decisions to ban laws that denied women full citizenship status with men.      Her years on the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, deciding cases the way she played golf, as she, left-handed, played with right-handed clubs—aiming left, swinging right, hitting down the middle. Her years on the Supreme Court . . .       A pioneering life and legal career whose profound mark on American jurisprudence, on American society, on our American character and spirit, will reverberate deep into the twenty-first century and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344635 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Children Author: David Halberstam Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Children is David Halberstam's brilliant and moving evocation of the early days of the civil rights movement, as seen through the story of the young people--the Children--who met in the 1960s and went on to lead the revolution.  Magisterial in scope, with a strong you-are-there quality, The Children is a story one of America's preeminent journalists has waited years to write, a powerful book about one of the most dramatic movements in American history. They came together as part of Reverend James Lawson's workshops on nonviolence, eight idealistic black students whose families had sacrificed much so that they could go to college.  And they risked it all, and their lives besides, when they joined the growing civil rights movement.  David Halberstam shows how Martin Luther King, Jr. recruited Lawson to come to Nashville to train students in Gandhian techniques of nonviolence.  We see the strength of the families the Children came from, moving portraits of several generations of the black experience in America.  We feel Diane Nash's fear before the first  sit-in to protest segregation of Nashville lunch counters, and then we see how Diane Nash and others--John Lewis, Gloria Johnson, Bernard Lafayette, Marion Barry, Curtis Murphy, James Bevel, Rodney Powell--persevered until they ultimately accomplished that goal.  After the sit-ins, when the Freedom Rides to desegregate interstate buses were in danger of being stopped because of violence, it was these same young people who led the bitter battle into the Deep South.  Halberstam takes us into those buses, lets us witness the violence the students encountered in Montgomery, Birmingham, Selma.  And he shows what has happened to the Children since the 1960s, as they have gone on with their lives. The Children bears the trademark qualities that have made David Halberstam one of the leading nonfiction writers of our era.  The Children is his most personal book since The Best and the Brightest, a magnificent re-creation of a unique period in America, and of the lives of the ordinary people whose courage and vision changed history.two David Halberstam Tue, 06 Nov 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344635 thebookvoice.com 32:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Children Author: David Halberstam Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Children is David Halberstam's brilliant and moving evocation of the early days of the civil rights movement, as seen through the story of the young people--the Children--who met in the 1960s and went on to lead the revolution.  Magisterial in scope, with a strong you-are-there quality, The Children is a story one of America's preeminent journalists has waited years to write, a powerful book about one of the most dramatic movements in American history. They came together as part of Reverend James Lawson's workshops on nonviolence, eight idealistic black students whose families had sacrificed much so that they could go to college.  And they risked it all, and their lives besides, when they joined the growing civil rights movement.  David Halberstam shows how Martin Luther King, Jr. recruited Lawson to come to Nashville to train students in Gandhian techniques of nonviolence.  We see the strength of the families the Children came from, moving portraits of several generations of the black experience in America.  We feel Diane Nash's fear before the first  sit-in to protest segregation of Nashville lunch counters, and then we see how Diane Nash and others--John Lewis, Gloria Johnson, Bernard Lafayette, Marion Barry, Curtis Murphy, James Bevel, Rodney Powell--persevered until they ultimately accomplished that goal.  After the sit-ins, when the Freedom Rides to desegregate interstate buses were in danger of being stopped because of violence, it was these same young people who led the bitter battle into the Deep South.  Halberstam takes us into those buses, lets us witness the violence the students encountered in Montgomery, Birmingham, Selma.  And he shows what has happened to the Children since the 1960s, as they have gone on with their lives. The Children bears the trademark qualities that have made David Halberstam one of the leading nonfiction writers of our era.  The Children is his most personal book since The Best and the Brightest, a magnificent re-creation of a unique period in America, and of the lives of the ordinary people whose courage and vision changed history.two Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Children Author: David Halberstam Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Children is David Halberstam's brilliant and moving evocation of the early days of the civil rights movement, as seen through the story of the young people--the Children--who met in the 1960s and went on to lead the revolution.  Magisterial in scope, with a strong you-are-there quality, The Children is a story one of America's preeminent journalists has waited years to write, a powerful book about one of the most dramatic movements in American history. They came together as part of Reverend James Lawson's workshops on nonviolence, eight idealistic black students whose families had sacrificed much so that they could go to college.  And they risked it all, and their lives besides, when they joined the growing civil rights movement.  David Halberstam shows how Martin Luther King, Jr. recruited Lawson to come to Nashville to train students in Gandhian techniques of nonviolence.  We see the strength of the families the Children came from, moving portraits of several generations of the black experience in America.  We feel Diane Nash's fear before the first  sit-in to protest segregation of Nashville lunch counters, and then we see how Diane Nash and others--John Lewis, Gloria Johnson, Bernard Lafayette, Marion Barry, Curtis Murphy, James Bevel, Rodney Powell--persevered until they ultimately accomplished that goal.  After the sit-ins, when the Freedom Rides to desegregate interstate buses were in danger of being stopped because of violence, it was these same young people who led the bitter battle into the Deep South.  Halberstam takes us into those buses, lets us witness the violence the students encountered in Montgomery, Birmingham, Selma.  And he shows what has happened to the Children since the 1960s, as they have gone on with their lives. The Children bears the trademark qualities that have made David Halberstam one of the leading nonfiction writers of our era.  The Children is his most personal book since The Best and the Brightest, a magnificent re-creation of a unique period in America, and of the lives of the ordinary people whose courage and vision changed history.two https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344617 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming Dr. Q: My Journey from Migrant Farm Worker to Brain Surgeon Author: Alfredo Quinones-Hinojosa, Mim Eichler Rivas Narrator: Henry Levya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Today he is known as Dr. Q, an internationally renowned neurosurgeon and neuroscientist who leads cutting-edge research to cure brain cancer. But not too long ago, he was Freddy, a nineteen-year-old undocumented migrant worker toiling in the tomato fields of central California. In this gripping memoir, Alfredo Quiñones-Hinojosa tells his amazing life story--from his impoverished childhood in the tiny village of Palaco, Mexico, to his harrowing border crossing and his transformation from illegal immigrant to American citizen and gifted student at the University of California at Berkeley and at Harvard Medical School. Packed with adventure and adversity--including a few terrifying brushes with death--Becoming Dr. Q is a testament to persistence, hard work, the power of hope and imagination, and the pursuit of excellence. It's also a story about the importance of family, of mentors, and of giving people a chance. Alfredo Quinones-Hinojosa, Mim Eichler Rivas Tue, 03 May 2022 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344617 thebookvoice.com 13:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming Dr. Q: My Journey from Migrant Farm Worker to Brain Surgeon Author: Alfredo Quinones-Hinojosa, Mim Eichler Rivas Narrator: Henry Levya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Today he is known as Dr. Q, an internationally renowned neurosurgeon and neuroscientist who leads cutting-edge research to cure brain cancer. But not too long ago, he was Freddy, a nineteen-year-old undocumented migrant worker toiling in the tomato fields of central California. In this gripping memoir, Alfredo Quiñones-Hinojosa tells his amazing life story--from his impoverished childhood in the tiny village of Palaco, Mexico, to his harrowing border crossing and his transformation from illegal immigrant to American citizen and gifted student at the University of California at Berkeley and at Harvard Medical School. Packed with adventure and adversity--including a few terrifying brushes with death--Becoming Dr. Q is a testament to persistence, hard work, the power of hope and imagination, and the pursuit of excellence. It's also a story about the importance of family, of mentors, and of giving people a chance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming Dr. Q: My Journey from Migrant Farm Worker to Brain Surgeon Author: Alfredo Quinones-Hinojosa, Mim Eichler Rivas Narrator: Henry Levya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Today he is known as Dr. Q, an internationally renowned neurosurgeon and neuroscientist who leads cutting-edge research to cure brain cancer. But not too long ago, he was Freddy, a nineteen-year-old undocumented migrant worker toiling in the tomato fields of central California. In this gripping memoir, Alfredo Quiñones-Hinojosa tells his amazing life story--from his impoverished childhood in the tiny village of Palaco, Mexico, to his harrowing border crossing and his transformation from illegal immigrant to American citizen and gifted student at the University of California at Berkeley and at Harvard Medical School. Packed with adventure and adversity--including a few terrifying brushes with death--Becoming Dr. Q is a testament to persistence, hard work, the power of hope and imagination, and the pursuit of excellence. It's also a story about the importance of family, of mentors, and of giving people a chance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344577 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What If This Were Enough?: Essays Author: Heather Havrilesky Narrator: Heather Havrilesky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *A Publishers Weekly Best Book of 2018* *A Bustle Best Nonfiction Book of 2018* *One of Chicago Tribune's Favorite Books by Women in 2018* *A Self Best Book of 2018 to Buy for the Bookworm in Your Life* By the acclaimed critic, memoirist, and advice columnist behind the popular 'Ask Polly,' an impassioned collection tackling our obsession with self-improvement and urging readers to embrace the imperfections of the everyday Heather Havrilesky's writing has been called 'whip-smart and profanely funny' (Entertainment Weekly) and 'required reading for all humans' (Celeste Ng). In her work for New York, The Baffler, The New York Times Magazine, and The Atlantic, as well as in 'Ask Polly,' her advice column for The Cut, she dispenses a singular, cutting wisdom--an ability to inspire, provoke, and put a name to our most insidious cultural delusions. What If This Were Enough? is a mantra and a clarion call. In its chapters--many of them original to the book, others expanded from their initial publication--Havrilesky takes on those cultural forces that shape us. We've convinced ourselves, she says, that salvation can be delivered only in the form of new products, new technologies, new lifestyles. From the allure of materialism to our misunderstandings of romance and success, Havrilesky deconstructs some of the most poisonous and misleading messages we ingest today, all the while suggesting new ways to navigate our increasingly bewildering world. Through her incisive and witty inquiries, Havrilesky urges us to reject the pursuit of a shiny, shallow future that will never come. These timely, provocative, and often hilarious essays suggest an embrace of the flawed, a connection with what already is, who we already are, what we already have. She asks us to consider: What if this were enough? Our salvation, Havrilesky says, can be found right here, right now, in this imperfect moment. Heather Havrilesky Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344577 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What If This Were Enough?: Essays Author: Heather Havrilesky Narrator: Heather Havrilesky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *A Publishers Weekly Best Book of 2018* *A Bustle Best Nonfiction Book of 2018* *One of Chicago Tribune's Favorite Books by Women in 2018* *A Self Best Book of 2018 to Buy for the Bookworm in Your Life* By the acclaimed critic, memoirist, and advice columnist behind the popular 'Ask Polly,' an impassioned collection tackling our obsession with self-improvement and urging readers to embrace the imperfections of the everyday Heather Havrilesky's writing has been called 'whip-smart and profanely funny' (Entertainment Weekly) and 'required reading for all humans' (Celeste Ng). In her work for New York, The Baffler, The New York Times Magazine, and The Atlantic, as well as in 'Ask Polly,' her advice column for The Cut, she dispenses a singular, cutting wisdom--an ability to inspire, provoke, and put a name to our most insidious cultural delusions. What If This Were Enough? is a mantra and a clarion call. In its chapters--many of them original to the book, others expanded from their initial publication--Havrilesky takes on those cultural forces that shape us. We've convinced ourselves, she says, that salvation can be delivered only in the form of new products, new technologies, new lifestyles. From the allure of materialism to our misunderstandings of romance and success, Havrilesky deconstructs some of the most poisonous and misleading messages we ingest today, all the while suggesting new ways to navigate our increasingly bewildering world. Through her incisive and witty inquiries, Havrilesky urges us to reject the pursuit of a shiny, shallow future that will never come. These timely, provocative, and often hilarious essays suggest an embrace of the flawed, a connection with what already is, who we already are, what we already have. She asks us to consider: What if this were enough? Our salvation, Havrilesky says, can be found right here, right now, in this imperfect moment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What If This Were Enough?: Essays Author: Heather Havrilesky Narrator: Heather Havrilesky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *A Publishers Weekly Best Book of 2018* *A Bustle Best Nonfiction Book of 2018* *One of Chicago Tribune's Favorite Books by Women in 2018* *A Self Best Book of 2018 to Buy for the Bookworm in Your Life* By the acclaimed critic, memoirist, and advice columnist behind the popular 'Ask Polly,' an impassioned collection tackling our obsession with self-improvement and urging readers to embrace the imperfections of the everyday Heather Havrilesky's writing has been called 'whip-smart and profanely funny' (Entertainment Weekly) and 'required reading for all humans' (Celeste Ng). In her work for New York, The Baffler, The New York Times Magazine, and The Atlantic, as well as in 'Ask Polly,' her advice column for The Cut, she dispenses a singular, cutting wisdom--an ability to inspire, provoke, and put a name to our most insidious cultural delusions. What If This Were Enough? is a mantra and a clarion call. In its chapters--many of them original to the book, others expanded from their initial publication--Havrilesky takes on those cultural forces that shape us. We've convinced ourselves, she says, that salvation can be delivered only in the form of new products, new technologies, new lifestyles. From the allure of materialism to our misunderstandings of romance and success, Havrilesky deconstructs some of the most poisonous and misleading messages we ingest today, all the while suggesting new ways to navigate our increasingly bewildering world. Through her incisive and witty inquiries, Havrilesky urges us to reject the pursuit of a shiny, shallow future that will never come. These timely, provocative, and often hilarious essays suggest an embrace of the flawed, a connection with what already is, who we already are, what we already have. She asks us to consider: What if this were enough? Our salvation, Havrilesky says, can be found right here, right now, in this imperfect moment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344564 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World of Lore: Dreadful Places Series: #3 of The World of Lore Author: Aaron Mahnke Narrator: Aaron Mahnke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Captivating stories of the places where human evil has left a nefarious mark, featuring stories from the podcast Lore—now a streaming television series—including “Echoes,” “Withering Heights,” and “Behind Closed Doors” as well as rare material.   Sometimes you walk into a room, a building, or even a town, and you feel it. Something seems off—an atmosphere that leaves you oddly unsettled, with a sense of lingering darkness. Join Aaron Mahnke, the host of the popular podcast Lore, as he explores some of these dreadful places and the history that haunts them.   Mahnke takes us to Colorado and the palatial Stanley Hotel, where wealthy guests enjoyed views of the Rocky Mountains at the turn of the twentieth century—and where, decades later, a restless author would awaken from a nightmare, inspired to write one of the most revered horror novels of all time. Mahnke also crosses land and sea to visit frightful sites—from New Orleans to Richmond, Virginia, to the brooding, ancient castles of England—each with its own echoes of dark deeds, horrible tragedies, and shocking evil still resounding.   Filled with evocative illustrations, this eerie tour of lurid landmarks and doomed destinations is just the ticket to take armchair travelers with a taste for the macabre to places they never thought they’d visit in their wildest, scariest dreams. The World of Lore series includes: MONSTROUS CREATURES • WICKED MORTALS • DREADFUL PLACES Praise for World of Lore: Dreadful Places “Well-written, rooted in deep historical research, and ridiculously entertaining . . . Each chapter brings a creepy story from folklore to life. . . . Hair-raising stuff.”—SyFy Wire   “Fans of the Lore podcast won’t want to miss this latest volume in the creator’s series, a collection of illustrated versions of both rare and well-known stories about ‘lurid landmarks and doomed destinations.’”—io9   “Dreadful Places is a delight for Lore fans and newbies alike. In the book, [Aaron] Mahnke visits places around the world that are steeped in a supernatural legacy.”—Refinery29 Aaron Mahnke Tue, 09 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344564 thebookvoice.com 10:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World of Lore: Dreadful Places Series: #3 of The World of Lore Author: Aaron Mahnke Narrator: Aaron Mahnke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Captivating stories of the places where human evil has left a nefarious mark, featuring stories from the podcast Lore—now a streaming television series—including “Echoes,” “Withering Heights,” and “Behind Closed Doors” as well as rare material.   Sometimes you walk into a room, a building, or even a town, and you feel it. Something seems off—an atmosphere that leaves you oddly unsettled, with a sense of lingering darkness. Join Aaron Mahnke, the host of the popular podcast Lore, as he explores some of these dreadful places and the history that haunts them.   Mahnke takes us to Colorado and the palatial Stanley Hotel, where wealthy guests enjoyed views of the Rocky Mountains at the turn of the twentieth century—and where, decades later, a restless author would awaken from a nightmare, inspired to write one of the most revered horror novels of all time. Mahnke also crosses land and sea to visit frightful sites—from New Orleans to Richmond, Virginia, to the brooding, ancient castles of England—each with its own echoes of dark deeds, horrible tragedies, and shocking evil still resounding.   Filled with evocative illustrations, this eerie tour of lurid landmarks and doomed destinations is just the ticket to take armchair travelers with a taste for the macabre to places they never thought they’d visit in their wildest, scariest dreams. The World of Lore series includes: MONSTROUS CREATURES • WICKED MORTALS • DREADFUL PLACES Praise for World of Lore: Dreadful Places “Well-written, rooted in deep historical research, and ridiculously entertaining . . . Each chapter brings a creepy story from folklore to life. . . . Hair-raising stuff.”—SyFy Wire   “Fans of the Lore podcast won’t want to miss this latest volume in the creator’s series, a collection of illustrated versions of both rare and well-known stories about ‘lurid landmarks and doomed destinations.’”—io9   “Dreadful Places is a delight for Lore fans and newbies alike. In the book, [Aaron] Mahnke visits places around the world that are steeped in a supernatural legacy.”—Refinery29 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World of Lore: Dreadful Places Series: #3 of The World of Lore Author: Aaron Mahnke Narrator: Aaron Mahnke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Captivating stories of the places where human evil has left a nefarious mark, featuring stories from the podcast Lore—now a streaming television series—including “Echoes,” “Withering Heights,” and “Behind Closed Doors” as well as rare material.   Sometimes you walk into a room, a building, or even a town, and you feel it. Something seems off—an atmosphere that leaves you oddly unsettled, with a sense of lingering darkness. Join Aaron Mahnke, the host of the popular podcast Lore, as he explores some of these dreadful places and the history that haunts them.   Mahnke takes us to Colorado and the palatial Stanley Hotel, where wealthy guests enjoyed views of the Rocky Mountains at the turn of the twentieth century—and where, decades later, a restless author would awaken from a nightmare, inspired to write one of the most revered horror novels of all time. Mahnke also crosses land and sea to visit frightful sites—from New Orleans to Richmond, Virginia, to the brooding, ancient castles of England—each with its own echoes of dark deeds, horrible tragedies, and shocking evil still resounding.   Filled with evocative illustrations, this eerie tour of lurid landmarks and doomed destinations is just the ticket to take armchair travelers with a taste for the macabre to places they never thought they’d visit in their wildest, scariest dreams. The World of Lore series includes: MONSTROUS CREATURES • WICKED MORTALS • DREADFUL PLACES Praise for World of Lore: Dreadful Places “Well-written, rooted in deep historical research, and ridiculously entertaining . . . Each chapter brings a creepy story from folklore to life. . . . Hair-raising stuff.”—SyFy Wire   “Fans of the Lore podcast won’t want to miss this latest volume in the creator’s series, a collection of illustrated versions of both rare and well-known stories about ‘lurid landmarks and doomed destinations.’”—io9   “Dreadful Places is a delight for Lore fans and newbies alike. In the book, [Aaron] Mahnke visits places around the world that are steeped in a supernatural legacy.”—Refinery29 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344562 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344562]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marriageology: The Art and Science of Staying Together Author: Belinda Luscombe Narrator: Belinda Luscombe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A smart and concise guide to staying together that draws on scientific findings, expert advice, and years in the marital trenches to explain why marriage is better for your health, your finances, your kids, and your happiness Like you, probably, Belinda Luscombe would rather have had her eyes put out than read a book about marriage; they all seemed full of advice that was obvious, useless, or bad. Plus they were boring. But after covering the relationship beat for Time magazine for ten years, she realized there was a surprisingly upbeat and little-known story to tell about the benefits of staying together for the long haul. Casting a witty, candid, and probing eye on the latest behavioral science, Luscombe has written a fresh and persuasive report on the state of our unions, how they’ve changed from the marriages of our parents’ era, and what those changes mean for the happiness of this most intimate and important of our relationships. In Marriageology Luscombe examines the six major fault lines that can fracture contemporary marriages, also known as the F-words: familiarity, fighting, finances, family, fooling around, and finding help. She presents facts, debunks myths, and provides a fascinating mix of research, anecdotes, and wisdom from a wide range of approaches—from how properly dividing up chores can result in a better sex life to the benefits of fighting with your spouse (though not in the car) to whether or not to tell your partner that you lost $70,000. (The last one is from firsthand experience.) Marriageology offers simple, actionable, maybe even borderline fun techniques and tips to try, whether the relationship in question is about to conk out or just needs a little grease and an oil change. The best news of all is that sticking together is easier than it looks. Praise for Marriageology “Drawn from what she learned covering the relationship beat for Time, Luscombe’s how-not-to-split-up manual is witty and wise.”—People “People are still getting married, and this book is here to help. . . . A warm and companionable volume . . . [Luscombe has a] wry touch, a gift for scene-setting, and an endearingly even temper.”—The New Yorker “Few things are more important than the quality of our relationships—and especially the one we build with our life partners. Belinda Luscombe has written a smart and funny book to help anyone work toward a stronger and more fulfilling marriage.”—Sheryl Sandberg, COO of Facebook and founder of LeanIn and OptionB Belinda Luscombe Tue, 21 May 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344562 thebookvoice.com 6:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344562]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marriageology: The Art and Science of Staying Together Author: Belinda Luscombe Narrator: Belinda Luscombe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A smart and concise guide to staying together that draws on scientific findings, expert advice, and years in the marital trenches to explain why marriage is better for your health, your finances, your kids, and your happiness Like you, probably, Belinda Luscombe would rather have had her eyes put out than read a book about marriage; they all seemed full of advice that was obvious, useless, or bad. Plus they were boring. But after covering the relationship beat for Time magazine for ten years, she realized there was a surprisingly upbeat and little-known story to tell about the benefits of staying together for the long haul. Casting a witty, candid, and probing eye on the latest behavioral science, Luscombe has written a fresh and persuasive report on the state of our unions, how they’ve changed from the marriages of our parents’ era, and what those changes mean for the happiness of this most intimate and important of our relationships. In Marriageology Luscombe examines the six major fault lines that can fracture contemporary marriages, also known as the F-words: familiarity, fighting, finances, family, fooling around, and finding help. She presents facts, debunks myths, and provides a fascinating mix of research, anecdotes, and wisdom from a wide range of approaches—from how properly dividing up chores can result in a better sex life to the benefits of fighting with your spouse (though not in the car) to whether or not to tell your partner that you lost $70,000. (The last one is from firsthand experience.) Marriageology offers simple, actionable, maybe even borderline fun techniques and tips to try, whether the relationship in question is about to conk out or just needs a little grease and an oil change. The best news of all is that sticking together is easier than it looks. Praise for Marriageology “Drawn from what she learned covering the relationship beat for Time, Luscombe’s how-not-to-split-up manual is witty and wise.”—People “People are still getting married, and this book is here to help. . . . A warm and companionable volume . . . [Luscombe has a] wry touch, a gift for scene-setting, and an endearingly even temper.”—The New Yorker “Few things are more important than the quality of our relationships—and especially the one we build with our life partners. Belinda Luscombe has written a smart and funny book to help anyone work toward a stronger and more fulfilling marriage.”—Sheryl Sandberg, COO of Facebook and founder of LeanIn and OptionB Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344562]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marriageology: The Art and Science of Staying Together Author: Belinda Luscombe Narrator: Belinda Luscombe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A smart and concise guide to staying together that draws on scientific findings, expert advice, and years in the marital trenches to explain why marriage is better for your health, your finances, your kids, and your happiness Like you, probably, Belinda Luscombe would rather have had her eyes put out than read a book about marriage; they all seemed full of advice that was obvious, useless, or bad. Plus they were boring. But after covering the relationship beat for Time magazine for ten years, she realized there was a surprisingly upbeat and little-known story to tell about the benefits of staying together for the long haul. Casting a witty, candid, and probing eye on the latest behavioral science, Luscombe has written a fresh and persuasive report on the state of our unions, how they’ve changed from the marriages of our parents’ era, and what those changes mean for the happiness of this most intimate and important of our relationships. In Marriageology Luscombe examines the six major fault lines that can fracture contemporary marriages, also known as the F-words: familiarity, fighting, finances, family, fooling around, and finding help. She presents facts, debunks myths, and provides a fascinating mix of research, anecdotes, and wisdom from a wide range of approaches—from how properly dividing up chores can result in a better sex life to the benefits of fighting with your spouse (though not in the car) to whether or not to tell your partner that you lost $70,000. (The last one is from firsthand experience.) Marriageology offers simple, actionable, maybe even borderline fun techniques and tips to try, whether the relationship in question is about to conk out or just needs a little grease and an oil change. The best news of all is that sticking together is easier than it looks. Praise for Marriageology “Drawn from what she learned covering the relationship beat for Time, Luscombe’s how-not-to-split-up manual is witty and wise.”—People “People are still getting married, and this book is here to help. . . . A warm and companionable volume . . . [Luscombe has a] wry touch, a gift for scene-setting, and an endearingly even temper.”—The New Yorker “Few things are more important than the quality of our relationships—and especially the one we build with our life partners. Belinda Luscombe has written a smart and funny book to help anyone work toward a stronger and more fulfilling marriage.”—Sheryl Sandberg, COO of Facebook and founder of LeanIn and OptionB https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344548 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee: Native America from 1890 to the Present Author: David Treuer Narrator: Tanis Parenteau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE 2019 NATIONAL BOOK AWARD LONGLISTED FOR THE 2020 ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Named a best book of 2019 by The New York Times, TIME, The Washington Post, NPR, Hudson Booksellers, The New York Public Library, The Dallas Morning News, and Library Journal. 'Chapter after chapter, it's like one shattered myth after another.' - NPR 'An informed, moving and kaleidoscopic portrait... Treuer's powerful book suggests the need for soul-searching about the meanings of American history and the stories we tell ourselves about this nation's past..' - New York Times Book Review, front page A sweeping history—and counter-narrative—of Native American life from the Wounded Knee massacre to the present. The received idea of Native American history—as promulgated by books like Dee Brown's mega-bestselling 1970 Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee—has been that American Indian history essentially ended with the 1890 massacre at Wounded Knee. Not only did one hundred fifty Sioux die at the hands of the U. S. Cavalry, the sense was, but Native civilization did as well. Growing up Ojibwe on a reservation in Minnesota, training as an anthropologist, and researching Native life past and present for his nonfiction and novels, David Treuer has uncovered a different narrative. Because they did not disappear—and not despite but rather because of their intense struggles to preserve their language, their traditions, their families, and their very existence—the story of American Indians since the end of the nineteenth century to the present is one of unprecedented resourcefulness and reinvention. In The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee, Treuer melds history with reportage and memoir. Tracing the tribes' distinctive cultures from first contact, he explores how the depredations of each era spawned new modes of survival. The devastating seizures of land gave rise to increasingly sophisticated legal and political maneuvering that put the lie to the myth that Indians don't know or care about property. The forced assimilation of their children at government-run boarding schools incubated a unifying Native identity. Conscription in the US military and the pull of urban life brought Indians into the mainstream and modern times, even as it steered the emerging shape of self-rule and spawned a new generation of resistance. The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee is the essential, intimate story of a resilient people in a transformative era. David Treuer Tue, 22 Jan 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344548 thebookvoice.com 17:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee: Native America from 1890 to the Present Author: David Treuer Narrator: Tanis Parenteau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE 2019 NATIONAL BOOK AWARD LONGLISTED FOR THE 2020 ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Named a best book of 2019 by The New York Times, TIME, The Washington Post, NPR, Hudson Booksellers, The New York Public Library, The Dallas Morning News, and Library Journal. 'Chapter after chapter, it's like one shattered myth after another.' - NPR 'An informed, moving and kaleidoscopic portrait... Treuer's powerful book suggests the need for soul-searching about the meanings of American history and the stories we tell ourselves about this nation's past..' - New York Times Book Review, front page A sweeping history—and counter-narrative—of Native American life from the Wounded Knee massacre to the present. The received idea of Native American history—as promulgated by books like Dee Brown's mega-bestselling 1970 Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee—has been that American Indian history essentially ended with the 1890 massacre at Wounded Knee. Not only did one hundred fifty Sioux die at the hands of the U. S. Cavalry, the sense was, but Native civilization did as well. Growing up Ojibwe on a reservation in Minnesota, training as an anthropologist, and researching Native life past and present for his nonfiction and novels, David Treuer has uncovered a different narrative. Because they did not disappear—and not despite but rather because of their intense struggles to preserve their language, their traditions, their families, and their very existence—the story of American Indians since the end of the nineteenth century to the present is one of unprecedented resourcefulness and reinvention. In The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee, Treuer melds history with reportage and memoir. Tracing the tribes' distinctive cultures from first contact, he explores how the depredations of each era spawned new modes of survival. The devastating seizures of land gave rise to increasingly sophisticated legal and political maneuvering that put the lie to the myth that Indians don't know or care about property. The forced assimilation of their children at government-run boarding schools incubated a unifying Native identity. Conscription in the US military and the pull of urban life brought Indians into the mainstream and modern times, even as it steered the emerging shape of self-rule and spawned a new generation of resistance. The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee is the essential, intimate story of a resilient people in a transformative era. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee: Native America from 1890 to the Present Author: David Treuer Narrator: Tanis Parenteau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE 2019 NATIONAL BOOK AWARD LONGLISTED FOR THE 2020 ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Named a best book of 2019 by The New York Times, TIME, The Washington Post, NPR, Hudson Booksellers, The New York Public Library, The Dallas Morning News, and Library Journal. 'Chapter after chapter, it's like one shattered myth after another.' - NPR 'An informed, moving and kaleidoscopic portrait... Treuer's powerful book suggests the need for soul-searching about the meanings of American history and the stories we tell ourselves about this nation's past..' - New York Times Book Review, front page A sweeping history—and counter-narrative—of Native American life from the Wounded Knee massacre to the present. The received idea of Native American history—as promulgated by books like Dee Brown's mega-bestselling 1970 Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee—has been that American Indian history essentially ended with the 1890 massacre at Wounded Knee. Not only did one hundred fifty Sioux die at the hands of the U. S. Cavalry, the sense was, but Native civilization did as well. Growing up Ojibwe on a reservation in Minnesota, training as an anthropologist, and researching Native life past and present for his nonfiction and novels, David Treuer has uncovered a different narrative. Because they did not disappear—and not despite but rather because of their intense struggles to preserve their language, their traditions, their families, and their very existence—the story of American Indians since the end of the nineteenth century to the present is one of unprecedented resourcefulness and reinvention. In The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee, Treuer melds history with reportage and memoir. Tracing the tribes' distinctive cultures from first contact, he explores how the depredations of each era spawned new modes of survival. The devastating seizures of land gave rise to increasingly sophisticated legal and political maneuvering that put the lie to the myth that Indians don't know or care about property. The forced assimilation of their children at government-run boarding schools incubated a unifying Native identity. Conscription in the US military and the pull of urban life brought Indians into the mainstream and modern times, even as it steered the emerging shape of self-rule and spawned a new generation of resistance. The Heartbeat of Wounded Knee is the essential, intimate story of a resilient people in a transformative era. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344524 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Buried: An Archaeology of the Egyptian Revolution Author: Peter Hessler Narrator: Peter Hessler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A National Book Critics Circle Award Finalist 'Extraordinary...Sensitive and perceptive, Mr. Hessler is a superb literary archaeologist, one who handles what he sees with a bit of wonder that he gets to watch the history of this grand city unfold, one day at a time.” —Wall Street Journal From the acclaimed author of River Town and Oracle Bones, an intimate excavation of life in one of the world's oldest civilizations at a time of convulsive change Drawn by a fascination with Egypt's rich history and culture, Peter Hessler moved with his wife and twin daughters to Cairo in 2011. He wanted to learn Arabic, explore Cairo's neighborhoods, and visit the legendary archaeological digs of Upper Egypt. After his years of covering China for The New Yorker, friends warned him Egypt would be a much quieter place. But not long before he arrived, the Egyptian Arab Spring had begun, and now the country was in chaos. In the midst of the revolution, Hessler often traveled to digs at Amarna and Abydos, where locals live beside the tombs of kings and courtiers, a landscape that they call simply al-Madfuna: 'the Buried.' He and his wife set out to master Arabic, striking up a friendship with their instructor, a cynical political sophisticate. They also befriended Peter's translator, a gay man struggling to find happiness in Egypt's homophobic culture. A different kind of friendship was formed with the neighborhood garbage collector, an illiterate but highly perceptive man named Sayyid, whose access to the trash of Cairo would be its own kind of archaeological excavation. Hessler also met a family of Chinese small-business owners in the lingerie trade; their view of the country proved a bracing counterpoint to the West's conventional wisdom. Through the lives of these and other ordinary people in a time of tragedy and heartache, and through connections between contemporary Egypt and its ancient past, Hessler creates an astonishing portrait of a country and its people. What emerges is a book of uncompromising intelligence and humanity--the story of a land in which a weak state has collapsed but its underlying society remains in many ways painfully the same. A worthy successor to works like Rebecca West's Black Lamb and Grey Falcon and Bruce Chatwin's The Songlines, The Buried bids fair to be recognized as one of the great books of our time. Peter Hessler Tue, 07 May 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344524 thebookvoice.com 16:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Buried: An Archaeology of the Egyptian Revolution Author: Peter Hessler Narrator: Peter Hessler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A National Book Critics Circle Award Finalist 'Extraordinary...Sensitive and perceptive, Mr. Hessler is a superb literary archaeologist, one who handles what he sees with a bit of wonder that he gets to watch the history of this grand city unfold, one day at a time.” —Wall Street Journal From the acclaimed author of River Town and Oracle Bones, an intimate excavation of life in one of the world's oldest civilizations at a time of convulsive change Drawn by a fascination with Egypt's rich history and culture, Peter Hessler moved with his wife and twin daughters to Cairo in 2011. He wanted to learn Arabic, explore Cairo's neighborhoods, and visit the legendary archaeological digs of Upper Egypt. After his years of covering China for The New Yorker, friends warned him Egypt would be a much quieter place. But not long before he arrived, the Egyptian Arab Spring had begun, and now the country was in chaos. In the midst of the revolution, Hessler often traveled to digs at Amarna and Abydos, where locals live beside the tombs of kings and courtiers, a landscape that they call simply al-Madfuna: 'the Buried.' He and his wife set out to master Arabic, striking up a friendship with their instructor, a cynical political sophisticate. They also befriended Peter's translator, a gay man struggling to find happiness in Egypt's homophobic culture. A different kind of friendship was formed with the neighborhood garbage collector, an illiterate but highly perceptive man named Sayyid, whose access to the trash of Cairo would be its own kind of archaeological excavation. Hessler also met a family of Chinese small-business owners in the lingerie trade; their view of the country proved a bracing counterpoint to the West's conventional wisdom. Through the lives of these and other ordinary people in a time of tragedy and heartache, and through connections between contemporary Egypt and its ancient past, Hessler creates an astonishing portrait of a country and its people. What emerges is a book of uncompromising intelligence and humanity--the story of a land in which a weak state has collapsed but its underlying society remains in many ways painfully the same. A worthy successor to works like Rebecca West's Black Lamb and Grey Falcon and Bruce Chatwin's The Songlines, The Buried bids fair to be recognized as one of the great books of our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Buried: An Archaeology of the Egyptian Revolution Author: Peter Hessler Narrator: Peter Hessler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A National Book Critics Circle Award Finalist 'Extraordinary...Sensitive and perceptive, Mr. Hessler is a superb literary archaeologist, one who handles what he sees with a bit of wonder that he gets to watch the history of this grand city unfold, one day at a time.” —Wall Street Journal From the acclaimed author of River Town and Oracle Bones, an intimate excavation of life in one of the world's oldest civilizations at a time of convulsive change Drawn by a fascination with Egypt's rich history and culture, Peter Hessler moved with his wife and twin daughters to Cairo in 2011. He wanted to learn Arabic, explore Cairo's neighborhoods, and visit the legendary archaeological digs of Upper Egypt. After his years of covering China for The New Yorker, friends warned him Egypt would be a much quieter place. But not long before he arrived, the Egyptian Arab Spring had begun, and now the country was in chaos. In the midst of the revolution, Hessler often traveled to digs at Amarna and Abydos, where locals live beside the tombs of kings and courtiers, a landscape that they call simply al-Madfuna: 'the Buried.' He and his wife set out to master Arabic, striking up a friendship with their instructor, a cynical political sophisticate. They also befriended Peter's translator, a gay man struggling to find happiness in Egypt's homophobic culture. A different kind of friendship was formed with the neighborhood garbage collector, an illiterate but highly perceptive man named Sayyid, whose access to the trash of Cairo would be its own kind of archaeological excavation. Hessler also met a family of Chinese small-business owners in the lingerie trade; their view of the country proved a bracing counterpoint to the West's conventional wisdom. Through the lives of these and other ordinary people in a time of tragedy and heartache, and through connections between contemporary Egypt and its ancient past, Hessler creates an astonishing portrait of a country and its people. What emerges is a book of uncompromising intelligence and humanity--the story of a land in which a weak state has collapsed but its underlying society remains in many ways painfully the same. A worthy successor to works like Rebecca West's Black Lamb and Grey Falcon and Bruce Chatwin's The Songlines, The Buried bids fair to be recognized as one of the great books of our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344165 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theft of America’s Soul: Blowing the Lid Off the Lies That Are Destroying Our Country Author: Phil Robertson Narrator: Phil Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 68 Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It's time to take back what the devil has stolen and bring God back into our culture. Phil Robertson, patriarch of A&E's Duck Dynasty and one of the most recognized voices of conservative Christianity in America, believes that little by little, generation by generation, America has allowed the lines of morality, decency, and virtue to be erased. Our values have disappeared as we began to believe lies that have only sown discord and division. But, most importantly, Phil also believes that things can change. Written with captivating storytelling and unflinching honesty, The Theft of America's Soul shows us how to make America a God-honoring nation once more by dropping the ten central lies that rule our day and replacing them with timeless, biblical truths, including: - God's people represent his voice in the world - True unity comes from a God-centered culture - God's standard for all time is the standard of virtue The Theft of America's Soul is a prophetic wake-up call for anyone who wants to see our nation thrive, challenging us to exchange lies for truths that will bring peace of mind, harmony, and prosperity back to our country--an invitation to experience the life-giving, peace-filling, wholly-transforming love of God. Praise for The Theft of America's Soul: 'The moral clarity in this book is so powerful and so refreshing I wish I could give it to everyone I know. Incidentally, the only way something could be this full of truth and wisdom is if its author is a prophet. That he is. Hear him.' --Eric Metaxas, author of Bonhoeffer 'In The Theft of America's Soul, the Duck Commander has set his sights on something higher, taking aim at the ten lies that have led our culture astray and put our faith, our families, and our freedom at risk. I am grateful for the direct, nonpolitically correct way my friend Phil Robertson lays out the truth. My prayer is that this book finds its way into the hands and hearts of many Americans.' --Tony Perkins, president of Family Research Council and president of Council for National Policy Phil Robertson Tue, 05 Feb 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344165 thebookvoice.com 5:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theft of America’s Soul: Blowing the Lid Off the Lies That Are Destroying Our Country Author: Phil Robertson Narrator: Phil Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 68 Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It's time to take back what the devil has stolen and bring God back into our culture. Phil Robertson, patriarch of A&E's Duck Dynasty and one of the most recognized voices of conservative Christianity in America, believes that little by little, generation by generation, America has allowed the lines of morality, decency, and virtue to be erased. Our values have disappeared as we began to believe lies that have only sown discord and division. But, most importantly, Phil also believes that things can change. Written with captivating storytelling and unflinching honesty, The Theft of America's Soul shows us how to make America a God-honoring nation once more by dropping the ten central lies that rule our day and replacing them with timeless, biblical truths, including: - God's people represent his voice in the world - True unity comes from a God-centered culture - God's standard for all time is the standard of virtue The Theft of America's Soul is a prophetic wake-up call for anyone who wants to see our nation thrive, challenging us to exchange lies for truths that will bring peace of mind, harmony, and prosperity back to our country--an invitation to experience the life-giving, peace-filling, wholly-transforming love of God. Praise for The Theft of America's Soul: 'The moral clarity in this book is so powerful and so refreshing I wish I could give it to everyone I know. Incidentally, the only way something could be this full of truth and wisdom is if its author is a prophet. That he is. Hear him.' --Eric Metaxas, author of Bonhoeffer 'In The Theft of America's Soul, the Duck Commander has set his sights on something higher, taking aim at the ten lies that have led our culture astray and put our faith, our families, and our freedom at risk. I am grateful for the direct, nonpolitically correct way my friend Phil Robertson lays out the truth. My prayer is that this book finds its way into the hands and hearts of many Americans.' --Tony Perkins, president of Family Research Council and president of Council for National Policy Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theft of America’s Soul: Blowing the Lid Off the Lies That Are Destroying Our Country Author: Phil Robertson Narrator: Phil Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 68 Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It's time to take back what the devil has stolen and bring God back into our culture. Phil Robertson, patriarch of A&E's Duck Dynasty and one of the most recognized voices of conservative Christianity in America, believes that little by little, generation by generation, America has allowed the lines of morality, decency, and virtue to be erased. Our values have disappeared as we began to believe lies that have only sown discord and division. But, most importantly, Phil also believes that things can change. Written with captivating storytelling and unflinching honesty, The Theft of America's Soul shows us how to make America a God-honoring nation once more by dropping the ten central lies that rule our day and replacing them with timeless, biblical truths, including: - God's people represent his voice in the world - True unity comes from a God-centered culture - God's standard for all time is the standard of virtue The Theft of America's Soul is a prophetic wake-up call for anyone who wants to see our nation thrive, challenging us to exchange lies for truths that will bring peace of mind, harmony, and prosperity back to our country--an invitation to experience the life-giving, peace-filling, wholly-transforming love of God. Praise for The Theft of America's Soul: 'The moral clarity in this book is so powerful and so refreshing I wish I could give it to everyone I know. Incidentally, the only way something could be this full of truth and wisdom is if its author is a prophet. That he is. Hear him.' --Eric Metaxas, author of Bonhoeffer 'In The Theft of America's Soul, the Duck Commander has set his sights on something higher, taking aim at the ten lies that have led our culture astray and put our faith, our families, and our freedom at risk. I am grateful for the direct, nonpolitically correct way my friend Phil Robertson lays out the truth. My prayer is that this book finds its way into the hands and hearts of many Americans.' --Tony Perkins, president of Family Research Council and president of Council for National Policy https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344097 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning Her Business: How to Transform the Customer Experience for the World’s Most Powerful Consumers Author: Bridget Brennan Narrator: Lisa Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bridget Brennan, CEO of Female Factor, shows listeners how to win sales and grow market share by creating a customer experience that appeals to the most powerful consumers: women. When people think about the world’s growth markets, they often envision countries like China and India. Yet they miss the largest one right here at home, no matter where you call home: women. With women driving 70 to 80 percent of consumer spending, it would seem an obvious strategy to learn how best to appeal to this continually expanding market. Common sense? Yes. Common practice? No.  In Winning Her Business, Bridget Brennan, advisor to some of the world’s biggest brands and businesses, provides a roadmap for selling in a world dominated by the rise of women’s economic power. Brennan introduces The Four Motivators® Framework, which shows how every company can help customers feel:  - connected to them, their brand, and their business, - inspired to buy from them specifically, - confident in their buying decisions, and - appreciated for their business. Showcasing best practices from brands as diverse as Lexus, Sephora, Allstate and the Minnesota Vikings NFL team, Winning Her Business offers invaluable insights into women as consumers and shows that almost all businesses have an opportunity to create an inclusive customer experience that inspires increased sales, referrals, and repeat business. Charts and discussion questions in the audiobook companion PDF download. Bridget Brennan Tue, 05 Mar 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344097 thebookvoice.com 4:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning Her Business: How to Transform the Customer Experience for the World’s Most Powerful Consumers Author: Bridget Brennan Narrator: Lisa Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bridget Brennan, CEO of Female Factor, shows listeners how to win sales and grow market share by creating a customer experience that appeals to the most powerful consumers: women. When people think about the world’s growth markets, they often envision countries like China and India. Yet they miss the largest one right here at home, no matter where you call home: women. With women driving 70 to 80 percent of consumer spending, it would seem an obvious strategy to learn how best to appeal to this continually expanding market. Common sense? Yes. Common practice? No.  In Winning Her Business, Bridget Brennan, advisor to some of the world’s biggest brands and businesses, provides a roadmap for selling in a world dominated by the rise of women’s economic power. Brennan introduces The Four Motivators® Framework, which shows how every company can help customers feel:  - connected to them, their brand, and their business, - inspired to buy from them specifically, - confident in their buying decisions, and - appreciated for their business. Showcasing best practices from brands as diverse as Lexus, Sephora, Allstate and the Minnesota Vikings NFL team, Winning Her Business offers invaluable insights into women as consumers and shows that almost all businesses have an opportunity to create an inclusive customer experience that inspires increased sales, referrals, and repeat business. Charts and discussion questions in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning Her Business: How to Transform the Customer Experience for the World’s Most Powerful Consumers Author: Bridget Brennan Narrator: Lisa Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bridget Brennan, CEO of Female Factor, shows listeners how to win sales and grow market share by creating a customer experience that appeals to the most powerful consumers: women. When people think about the world’s growth markets, they often envision countries like China and India. Yet they miss the largest one right here at home, no matter where you call home: women. With women driving 70 to 80 percent of consumer spending, it would seem an obvious strategy to learn how best to appeal to this continually expanding market. Common sense? Yes. Common practice? No.  In Winning Her Business, Bridget Brennan, advisor to some of the world’s biggest brands and businesses, provides a roadmap for selling in a world dominated by the rise of women’s economic power. Brennan introduces The Four Motivators® Framework, which shows how every company can help customers feel:  - connected to them, their brand, and their business, - inspired to buy from them specifically, - confident in their buying decisions, and - appreciated for their business. Showcasing best practices from brands as diverse as Lexus, Sephora, Allstate and the Minnesota Vikings NFL team, Winning Her Business offers invaluable insights into women as consumers and shows that almost all businesses have an opportunity to create an inclusive customer experience that inspires increased sales, referrals, and repeat business. Charts and discussion questions in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344071 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344071]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insider Outsider: My Journey as a Stranger in White Evangelicalism and My Hope for Us All Author: Bryan Loritts Narrator: Justin Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Pastor Bryan Loritts dives deep into what it's like to be a person of color in predominantly white evangelical spaces today and where we can go from here. God boldly proclaims throughout the book of Acts that there is no 'ethnic home team' when it comes to Christianity. But the minority experience in America today--and throughout history--too often tells a different story. As Loritts writes, 'It is impossible to do theology devoid of cultural lenses and expressions. Like an American unaware of their own accent, most whites are unaware of the ethnic theological accent they carry.' Insider Outsider bears witness to the true stories that often go untold--stories that will startle, enlighten, and herald a brighter way forward for all seeking belonging in the family of God. This seminal book on race and the church will help Christians discover: - How they can learn the art of listening to stories unlike their own - Identify the problems and pitfalls that keep Sunday morning the most segregated hour of the week - And participate in an active movement with God toward a holy vision of what Dietrich Bonhoeffer calls 'life together' Drawing on insightful snapshots through history, eye-opening personal experiences, and biblical exposition, Loritts awakens both our minds and hearts to the painful reality of racial divides as well as the hope of forgiveness. Bryan Loritts Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344071 thebookvoice.com 4:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344071]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insider Outsider: My Journey as a Stranger in White Evangelicalism and My Hope for Us All Author: Bryan Loritts Narrator: Justin Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Pastor Bryan Loritts dives deep into what it's like to be a person of color in predominantly white evangelical spaces today and where we can go from here. God boldly proclaims throughout the book of Acts that there is no 'ethnic home team' when it comes to Christianity. But the minority experience in America today--and throughout history--too often tells a different story. As Loritts writes, 'It is impossible to do theology devoid of cultural lenses and expressions. Like an American unaware of their own accent, most whites are unaware of the ethnic theological accent they carry.' Insider Outsider bears witness to the true stories that often go untold--stories that will startle, enlighten, and herald a brighter way forward for all seeking belonging in the family of God. This seminal book on race and the church will help Christians discover: - How they can learn the art of listening to stories unlike their own - Identify the problems and pitfalls that keep Sunday morning the most segregated hour of the week - And participate in an active movement with God toward a holy vision of what Dietrich Bonhoeffer calls 'life together' Drawing on insightful snapshots through history, eye-opening personal experiences, and biblical exposition, Loritts awakens both our minds and hearts to the painful reality of racial divides as well as the hope of forgiveness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344071]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insider Outsider: My Journey as a Stranger in White Evangelicalism and My Hope for Us All Author: Bryan Loritts Narrator: Justin Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Pastor Bryan Loritts dives deep into what it's like to be a person of color in predominantly white evangelical spaces today and where we can go from here. God boldly proclaims throughout the book of Acts that there is no 'ethnic home team' when it comes to Christianity. But the minority experience in America today--and throughout history--too often tells a different story. As Loritts writes, 'It is impossible to do theology devoid of cultural lenses and expressions. Like an American unaware of their own accent, most whites are unaware of the ethnic theological accent they carry.' Insider Outsider bears witness to the true stories that often go untold--stories that will startle, enlighten, and herald a brighter way forward for all seeking belonging in the family of God. This seminal book on race and the church will help Christians discover: - How they can learn the art of listening to stories unlike their own - Identify the problems and pitfalls that keep Sunday morning the most segregated hour of the week - And participate in an active movement with God toward a holy vision of what Dietrich Bonhoeffer calls 'life together' Drawing on insightful snapshots through history, eye-opening personal experiences, and biblical exposition, Loritts awakens both our minds and hearts to the painful reality of racial divides as well as the hope of forgiveness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344052 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black and the Blue: A Cop Reveals the Crimes, Racism, and Injustice in America¿s Law Enforcement Author: Ron Harris, Matthew Horace Narrator: Matthew Horace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: During his 28-year career, Matthew Horace rose through the ranks from a police officer working the beat to a federal agent working criminal cases in some of the toughest communities in America to a highly decorated federal law enforcement executive managing high-profile investigations nationwide. Yet it was not until seven years into his service- when Horace found himself face down on the ground with a gun pointed at his head by a white fellow officer-that he fully understood the racism seething within America's police departments. Through gut-wrenching reportage, on-the-ground research, and personal accounts from interviews with police and government officials around the country, Horace presents an insider's examination of archaic police tactics. He dissects some of the nation's most highly publicized police shootings and communities to explain how these systems and tactics have hurt the people they serve, revealing the mistakes that have stoked racist policing, sky-high incarceration rates, and an epidemic of violence. 'Horace's authority as an experienced officer, as well as his obvious integrity and courage, provides the book with a gravitas.' -- The Washington Post 'The Black and the Blue is an affirmation of the critical need for criminal justice reform, all the more urgent because itcomes from an insider who respects his profession yet is willing to reveal its flaws.' -- USA Today Ron Harris, Matthew Horace Tue, 07 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344052 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black and the Blue: A Cop Reveals the Crimes, Racism, and Injustice in America¿s Law Enforcement Author: Ron Harris, Matthew Horace Narrator: Matthew Horace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: During his 28-year career, Matthew Horace rose through the ranks from a police officer working the beat to a federal agent working criminal cases in some of the toughest communities in America to a highly decorated federal law enforcement executive managing high-profile investigations nationwide. Yet it was not until seven years into his service- when Horace found himself face down on the ground with a gun pointed at his head by a white fellow officer-that he fully understood the racism seething within America's police departments. Through gut-wrenching reportage, on-the-ground research, and personal accounts from interviews with police and government officials around the country, Horace presents an insider's examination of archaic police tactics. He dissects some of the nation's most highly publicized police shootings and communities to explain how these systems and tactics have hurt the people they serve, revealing the mistakes that have stoked racist policing, sky-high incarceration rates, and an epidemic of violence. 'Horace's authority as an experienced officer, as well as his obvious integrity and courage, provides the book with a gravitas.' -- The Washington Post 'The Black and the Blue is an affirmation of the critical need for criminal justice reform, all the more urgent because itcomes from an insider who respects his profession yet is willing to reveal its flaws.' -- USA Today Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black and the Blue: A Cop Reveals the Crimes, Racism, and Injustice in America¿s Law Enforcement Author: Ron Harris, Matthew Horace Narrator: Matthew Horace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: During his 28-year career, Matthew Horace rose through the ranks from a police officer working the beat to a federal agent working criminal cases in some of the toughest communities in America to a highly decorated federal law enforcement executive managing high-profile investigations nationwide. Yet it was not until seven years into his service- when Horace found himself face down on the ground with a gun pointed at his head by a white fellow officer-that he fully understood the racism seething within America's police departments. Through gut-wrenching reportage, on-the-ground research, and personal accounts from interviews with police and government officials around the country, Horace presents an insider's examination of archaic police tactics. He dissects some of the nation's most highly publicized police shootings and communities to explain how these systems and tactics have hurt the people they serve, revealing the mistakes that have stoked racist policing, sky-high incarceration rates, and an epidemic of violence. 'Horace's authority as an experienced officer, as well as his obvious integrity and courage, provides the book with a gravitas.' -- The Washington Post 'The Black and the Blue is an affirmation of the critical need for criminal justice reform, all the more urgent because itcomes from an insider who respects his profession yet is willing to reveal its flaws.' -- USA Today https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344050 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Is Life Worth?: The Unprecedented Effort to Compensate the Victims of 9/11 Author: Kenneth R. Feinberg Narrator: James Lurie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Now a major motion picture: the true story of the man put in charge of the 9/11 Victim Compensation Fund, and a testament to the enduring power of family, grief, love, fear, frustration, and courage. Just days after September 11, 2001, Kenneth Feinberg was appointed to administer the federal 9/11 Victim Compensation Fund, a unique, unprecedented fund established by Congress to compensate families who lost a loved one on 9/11 and survivors who were physically injured in the attacks. Those who participated in the Fund were required to waive their right to sue the airlines involved in the attacks, as well as other potentially responsible entities. When the program was launched, many families criticized it as a brazen, tight-fisted attempt to protect the airlines from lawsuits. The Fund was also attacked as attempting to put insulting dollar values on the lives of lost loved ones. The families were in pain. And they were angry. Over the course of the next three years, Feinberg spent almost all of his time meeting with the families, convincing them of the generosity and compassion of the program, and calculating appropriate awards for each and every claim. The Fund proved to be a dramatic success with over 97% of eligible families participating. It also provided important lessons for Feinberg, who became the filter, the arbitrator, and the target of family suffering. Feinberg learned about the enduring power of family grief, love, fear, faith, frustration, and courage. Most importantly, he learned that no check, no matter how large, could make the families and victims of 9/11 whole again. Kenneth R. Feinberg Tue, 14 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344050 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Is Life Worth?: The Unprecedented Effort to Compensate the Victims of 9/11 Author: Kenneth R. Feinberg Narrator: James Lurie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Now a major motion picture: the true story of the man put in charge of the 9/11 Victim Compensation Fund, and a testament to the enduring power of family, grief, love, fear, frustration, and courage. Just days after September 11, 2001, Kenneth Feinberg was appointed to administer the federal 9/11 Victim Compensation Fund, a unique, unprecedented fund established by Congress to compensate families who lost a loved one on 9/11 and survivors who were physically injured in the attacks. Those who participated in the Fund were required to waive their right to sue the airlines involved in the attacks, as well as other potentially responsible entities. When the program was launched, many families criticized it as a brazen, tight-fisted attempt to protect the airlines from lawsuits. The Fund was also attacked as attempting to put insulting dollar values on the lives of lost loved ones. The families were in pain. And they were angry. Over the course of the next three years, Feinberg spent almost all of his time meeting with the families, convincing them of the generosity and compassion of the program, and calculating appropriate awards for each and every claim. The Fund proved to be a dramatic success with over 97% of eligible families participating. It also provided important lessons for Feinberg, who became the filter, the arbitrator, and the target of family suffering. Feinberg learned about the enduring power of family grief, love, fear, faith, frustration, and courage. Most importantly, he learned that no check, no matter how large, could make the families and victims of 9/11 whole again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Is Life Worth?: The Unprecedented Effort to Compensate the Victims of 9/11 Author: Kenneth R. Feinberg Narrator: James Lurie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Now a major motion picture: the true story of the man put in charge of the 9/11 Victim Compensation Fund, and a testament to the enduring power of family, grief, love, fear, frustration, and courage. Just days after September 11, 2001, Kenneth Feinberg was appointed to administer the federal 9/11 Victim Compensation Fund, a unique, unprecedented fund established by Congress to compensate families who lost a loved one on 9/11 and survivors who were physically injured in the attacks. Those who participated in the Fund were required to waive their right to sue the airlines involved in the attacks, as well as other potentially responsible entities. When the program was launched, many families criticized it as a brazen, tight-fisted attempt to protect the airlines from lawsuits. The Fund was also attacked as attempting to put insulting dollar values on the lives of lost loved ones. The families were in pain. And they were angry. Over the course of the next three years, Feinberg spent almost all of his time meeting with the families, convincing them of the generosity and compassion of the program, and calculating appropriate awards for each and every claim. The Fund proved to be a dramatic success with over 97% of eligible families participating. It also provided important lessons for Feinberg, who became the filter, the arbitrator, and the target of family suffering. Feinberg learned about the enduring power of family grief, love, fear, faith, frustration, and courage. Most importantly, he learned that no check, no matter how large, could make the families and victims of 9/11 whole again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343988 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be a Happier Parent: Raising a Family, Having a Life and Loving (Almost) Every Minute Author: Kj Dell'antonia Narrator: Kj Dell'antonia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An encouraging guide to helping parents find more happiness in their day-to-day family life, from the former lead editor of the New York Times' Motherlode blog. In all the writing and reporting KJ Dell'Antonia has done on families over the years, one topic keeps coming up again and again: parents crave a greater sense of happiness in their daily lives. In this optimistic, solution-packed book, KJ asks: How can we change our family life so that it is full of the joy we'd always hoped for? Drawing from the latest research and interviews with families, KJ discovers that it's possible to do more by doing less, and make our family life a refuge and pleasure, rather than another stress point in a hectic day. She focuses on nine common problem spots that cause parents the most grief, explores why they are hard, and offers small, doable, sometimes surprising steps you can take to make them better. Whether it's getting everyone out the door on time in the morning or making sure chores and homework get done without another battle, How to Be a Happier Parent shows that having a family isn't just about raising great kids and churning them out at destination: success. It's about experiencing joy--real joy, the kind you look back on, look forward to, and live for--along the way. Kj Dell'antonia Tue, 21 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343988 thebookvoice.com 8:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be a Happier Parent: Raising a Family, Having a Life and Loving (Almost) Every Minute Author: Kj Dell'antonia Narrator: Kj Dell'antonia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An encouraging guide to helping parents find more happiness in their day-to-day family life, from the former lead editor of the New York Times' Motherlode blog. In all the writing and reporting KJ Dell'Antonia has done on families over the years, one topic keeps coming up again and again: parents crave a greater sense of happiness in their daily lives. In this optimistic, solution-packed book, KJ asks: How can we change our family life so that it is full of the joy we'd always hoped for? Drawing from the latest research and interviews with families, KJ discovers that it's possible to do more by doing less, and make our family life a refuge and pleasure, rather than another stress point in a hectic day. She focuses on nine common problem spots that cause parents the most grief, explores why they are hard, and offers small, doable, sometimes surprising steps you can take to make them better. Whether it's getting everyone out the door on time in the morning or making sure chores and homework get done without another battle, How to Be a Happier Parent shows that having a family isn't just about raising great kids and churning them out at destination: success. It's about experiencing joy--real joy, the kind you look back on, look forward to, and live for--along the way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be a Happier Parent: Raising a Family, Having a Life and Loving (Almost) Every Minute Author: Kj Dell'antonia Narrator: Kj Dell'antonia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An encouraging guide to helping parents find more happiness in their day-to-day family life, from the former lead editor of the New York Times' Motherlode blog. In all the writing and reporting KJ Dell'Antonia has done on families over the years, one topic keeps coming up again and again: parents crave a greater sense of happiness in their daily lives. In this optimistic, solution-packed book, KJ asks: How can we change our family life so that it is full of the joy we'd always hoped for? Drawing from the latest research and interviews with families, KJ discovers that it's possible to do more by doing less, and make our family life a refuge and pleasure, rather than another stress point in a hectic day. She focuses on nine common problem spots that cause parents the most grief, explores why they are hard, and offers small, doable, sometimes surprising steps you can take to make them better. Whether it's getting everyone out the door on time in the morning or making sure chores and homework get done without another battle, How to Be a Happier Parent shows that having a family isn't just about raising great kids and churning them out at destination: success. It's about experiencing joy--real joy, the kind you look back on, look forward to, and live for--along the way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343865 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything's Trash, But It's Okay Author: Phoebe Robinson Narrator: Phoebe Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.87 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: DON’T MISS PHOEBE ROBINSON’S COMEDY SERIES EVERYTHING’S TRASH—NOW ON FREEFORM! New York Times bestselling author and star of 2 Dope Queens Phoebe Robinson is back with a new, hilarious, and timely essay collection on gender, race, dating, and the dumpster fire that is our world. Wouldn't it be great if life came with instructions? Of course, but like access to Michael B. Jordan's house, none of us are getting any. Thankfully, Phoebe Robinson is ready to share everything she has experienced to prove that if you can laugh at her topsy-turvy life, you can laugh at your own. Written in her trademark unfiltered and witty style, Robinson's latest collection is a call to arms. Outfitted with on-point pop culture references, these essays tackle a wide range of topics: giving feminism a tough-love talk on intersectionality, telling society's beauty standards to kick rocks, and calling foul on our culture's obsession with work. Robinson also gets personal, exploring money problems she's hidden from her parents, how dating is mainly a warmed-over bowl of hot mess, and definitely most important, meeting Bono not once, but twice. She's struggled with being a woman with a political mind and a woman with an ever-changing jeans size. She knows about trash because she sees it every day--and because she's seen roughly one hundred thousand hours of reality TV and zero hours of Schindler's List. With the intimate voice of a new best friend, Everything's Trash, But It's Okay is a candid perspective for a generation that has had the rug pulled out from under it too many times to count. Phoebe Robinson Tue, 16 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343865 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything's Trash, But It's Okay Author: Phoebe Robinson Narrator: Phoebe Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.87 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: DON’T MISS PHOEBE ROBINSON’S COMEDY SERIES EVERYTHING’S TRASH—NOW ON FREEFORM! New York Times bestselling author and star of 2 Dope Queens Phoebe Robinson is back with a new, hilarious, and timely essay collection on gender, race, dating, and the dumpster fire that is our world. Wouldn't it be great if life came with instructions? Of course, but like access to Michael B. Jordan's house, none of us are getting any. Thankfully, Phoebe Robinson is ready to share everything she has experienced to prove that if you can laugh at her topsy-turvy life, you can laugh at your own. Written in her trademark unfiltered and witty style, Robinson's latest collection is a call to arms. Outfitted with on-point pop culture references, these essays tackle a wide range of topics: giving feminism a tough-love talk on intersectionality, telling society's beauty standards to kick rocks, and calling foul on our culture's obsession with work. Robinson also gets personal, exploring money problems she's hidden from her parents, how dating is mainly a warmed-over bowl of hot mess, and definitely most important, meeting Bono not once, but twice. She's struggled with being a woman with a political mind and a woman with an ever-changing jeans size. She knows about trash because she sees it every day--and because she's seen roughly one hundred thousand hours of reality TV and zero hours of Schindler's List. With the intimate voice of a new best friend, Everything's Trash, But It's Okay is a candid perspective for a generation that has had the rug pulled out from under it too many times to count. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything's Trash, But It's Okay Author: Phoebe Robinson Narrator: Phoebe Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.87 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: DON’T MISS PHOEBE ROBINSON’S COMEDY SERIES EVERYTHING’S TRASH—NOW ON FREEFORM! New York Times bestselling author and star of 2 Dope Queens Phoebe Robinson is back with a new, hilarious, and timely essay collection on gender, race, dating, and the dumpster fire that is our world. Wouldn't it be great if life came with instructions? Of course, but like access to Michael B. Jordan's house, none of us are getting any. Thankfully, Phoebe Robinson is ready to share everything she has experienced to prove that if you can laugh at her topsy-turvy life, you can laugh at your own. Written in her trademark unfiltered and witty style, Robinson's latest collection is a call to arms. Outfitted with on-point pop culture references, these essays tackle a wide range of topics: giving feminism a tough-love talk on intersectionality, telling society's beauty standards to kick rocks, and calling foul on our culture's obsession with work. Robinson also gets personal, exploring money problems she's hidden from her parents, how dating is mainly a warmed-over bowl of hot mess, and definitely most important, meeting Bono not once, but twice. She's struggled with being a woman with a political mind and a woman with an ever-changing jeans size. She knows about trash because she sees it every day--and because she's seen roughly one hundred thousand hours of reality TV and zero hours of Schindler's List. With the intimate voice of a new best friend, Everything's Trash, But It's Okay is a candid perspective for a generation that has had the rug pulled out from under it too many times to count. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343857 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storm Lake: A Chronicle of Change, Resilience, and Hope from a Heartland Newspaper Author: Art Cullen Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A reminder that even the smallest newspapers can hold the most powerful among us accountable.'—The New York Times Book Review Watch the documentary Storm Lake on PBS. Iowa plays an outsize role in national politics. Iowa introduced Barack Obama and voted bigly for Donald Trump. But is it a bellwether for America, a harbinger of its future? Art Cullen’s answer is complicated and honest. In truth, Iowa is losing ground. The Trump trade wars are hammering farmers and manufacturers. Health insurance premiums and drug prices are soaring. That’s what Iowans are dealing with, and the problems they face are the problems of the heartland. In this candid and timely book, Art Cullen—the Storm Lake Times newspaperman who won a Pulitzer Prize for taking on big corporate agri-industry and its poisoning of local rivers—describes how the heartland has changed dramatically over his career. In a story where politics, agri­culture, the environment, and immigration all converge, Cullen offers an unsentimental ode to rural America and to the resilient people of a vibrant community of fifteen thousand in Northwest Iowa, as much sur­vivors as their town. Art Cullen Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343857 thebookvoice.com 10:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storm Lake: A Chronicle of Change, Resilience, and Hope from a Heartland Newspaper Author: Art Cullen Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A reminder that even the smallest newspapers can hold the most powerful among us accountable.'—The New York Times Book Review Watch the documentary Storm Lake on PBS. Iowa plays an outsize role in national politics. Iowa introduced Barack Obama and voted bigly for Donald Trump. But is it a bellwether for America, a harbinger of its future? Art Cullen’s answer is complicated and honest. In truth, Iowa is losing ground. The Trump trade wars are hammering farmers and manufacturers. Health insurance premiums and drug prices are soaring. That’s what Iowans are dealing with, and the problems they face are the problems of the heartland. In this candid and timely book, Art Cullen—the Storm Lake Times newspaperman who won a Pulitzer Prize for taking on big corporate agri-industry and its poisoning of local rivers—describes how the heartland has changed dramatically over his career. In a story where politics, agri­culture, the environment, and immigration all converge, Cullen offers an unsentimental ode to rural America and to the resilient people of a vibrant community of fifteen thousand in Northwest Iowa, as much sur­vivors as their town. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storm Lake: A Chronicle of Change, Resilience, and Hope from a Heartland Newspaper Author: Art Cullen Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A reminder that even the smallest newspapers can hold the most powerful among us accountable.'—The New York Times Book Review Watch the documentary Storm Lake on PBS. Iowa plays an outsize role in national politics. Iowa introduced Barack Obama and voted bigly for Donald Trump. But is it a bellwether for America, a harbinger of its future? Art Cullen’s answer is complicated and honest. In truth, Iowa is losing ground. The Trump trade wars are hammering farmers and manufacturers. Health insurance premiums and drug prices are soaring. That’s what Iowans are dealing with, and the problems they face are the problems of the heartland. In this candid and timely book, Art Cullen—the Storm Lake Times newspaperman who won a Pulitzer Prize for taking on big corporate agri-industry and its poisoning of local rivers—describes how the heartland has changed dramatically over his career. In a story where politics, agri­culture, the environment, and immigration all converge, Cullen offers an unsentimental ode to rural America and to the resilient people of a vibrant community of fifteen thousand in Northwest Iowa, as much sur­vivors as their town. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Other Side of Freedom: The Case for Hope Author: Deray Mckesson Narrator: Deray Mckesson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'On the Other Side of Freedom reveals the mind and motivations of a young man who has risen to the fore of millennial activism through study, discipline, and conviction. His belief in a world that can be made better, one act at a time, powers his narratives and opens up a view on the costs, consequences, and rewards of leading a movement.'--Henry Louis Gates, Jr. Named one of the best books of the year by NPR and Esquire Finalist for the Lambda Literary Award From the internationally recognized civil rights activist/organizer and host of the podcast Pod Save the People, a meditation on resistance, justice, and freedom, and an intimate portrait of a movement from the front lines. In August 2014, twenty-nine-year-old activist DeRay Mckesson stood with hundreds of others on the streets of Ferguson, Missouri, to push a message of justice and accountability. These protests, and others like them in cities across the country, resulted in the birth of the Black Lives Matter movement. Now, in his first book, Mckesson lays down the intellectual, pragmatic, and political framework for a new liberation movement. Continuing a conversation about activism, resistance, and justice that embraces our nation's complex history, he dissects how deliberate oppression persists, how racial injustice strips our lives of promise, and how technology has added a new dimension to mass action and social change. He argues that our best efforts to combat injustice have been stunted by the belief that racism's wounds are history, and suggests that intellectual purity has curtailed optimistic realism. The book offers a new framework and language for understanding the nature of oppression. With it, we can begin charting a course to dismantle the obvious and subtle structures that limit freedom. Honest, courageous, and imaginative, On the Other Side of Freedom is a work brimming with hope. Drawing from his own experiences as an activist, organizer, educator, and public official, Mckesson exhorts all Americans to work to dismantle the legacy of racism and to imagine the best of what is possible. Honoring the voices of a new generation of activists, On the Other Side of Freedom is a visionary's call to take responsibility for imagining, and then building, the world we want to live in. Deray Mckesson Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854 thebookvoice.com 3:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Other Side of Freedom: The Case for Hope Author: Deray Mckesson Narrator: Deray Mckesson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'On the Other Side of Freedom reveals the mind and motivations of a young man who has risen to the fore of millennial activism through study, discipline, and conviction. His belief in a world that can be made better, one act at a time, powers his narratives and opens up a view on the costs, consequences, and rewards of leading a movement.'--Henry Louis Gates, Jr. Named one of the best books of the year by NPR and Esquire Finalist for the Lambda Literary Award From the internationally recognized civil rights activist/organizer and host of the podcast Pod Save the People, a meditation on resistance, justice, and freedom, and an intimate portrait of a movement from the front lines. In August 2014, twenty-nine-year-old activist DeRay Mckesson stood with hundreds of others on the streets of Ferguson, Missouri, to push a message of justice and accountability. These protests, and others like them in cities across the country, resulted in the birth of the Black Lives Matter movement. Now, in his first book, Mckesson lays down the intellectual, pragmatic, and political framework for a new liberation movement. Continuing a conversation about activism, resistance, and justice that embraces our nation's complex history, he dissects how deliberate oppression persists, how racial injustice strips our lives of promise, and how technology has added a new dimension to mass action and social change. He argues that our best efforts to combat injustice have been stunted by the belief that racism's wounds are history, and suggests that intellectual purity has curtailed optimistic realism. The book offers a new framework and language for understanding the nature of oppression. With it, we can begin charting a course to dismantle the obvious and subtle structures that limit freedom. Honest, courageous, and imaginative, On the Other Side of Freedom is a work brimming with hope. Drawing from his own experiences as an activist, organizer, educator, and public official, Mckesson exhorts all Americans to work to dismantle the legacy of racism and to imagine the best of what is possible. Honoring the voices of a new generation of activists, On the Other Side of Freedom is a visionary's call to take responsibility for imagining, and then building, the world we want to live in. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Other Side of Freedom: The Case for Hope Author: Deray Mckesson Narrator: Deray Mckesson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'On the Other Side of Freedom reveals the mind and motivations of a young man who has risen to the fore of millennial activism through study, discipline, and conviction. His belief in a world that can be made better, one act at a time, powers his narratives and opens up a view on the costs, consequences, and rewards of leading a movement.'--Henry Louis Gates, Jr. Named one of the best books of the year by NPR and Esquire Finalist for the Lambda Literary Award From the internationally recognized civil rights activist/organizer and host of the podcast Pod Save the People, a meditation on resistance, justice, and freedom, and an intimate portrait of a movement from the front lines. In August 2014, twenty-nine-year-old activist DeRay Mckesson stood with hundreds of others on the streets of Ferguson, Missouri, to push a message of justice and accountability. These protests, and others like them in cities across the country, resulted in the birth of the Black Lives Matter movement. Now, in his first book, Mckesson lays down the intellectual, pragmatic, and political framework for a new liberation movement. Continuing a conversation about activism, resistance, and justice that embraces our nation's complex history, he dissects how deliberate oppression persists, how racial injustice strips our lives of promise, and how technology has added a new dimension to mass action and social change. He argues that our best efforts to combat injustice have been stunted by the belief that racism's wounds are history, and suggests that intellectual purity has curtailed optimistic realism. The book offers a new framework and language for understanding the nature of oppression. With it, we can begin charting a course to dismantle the obvious and subtle structures that limit freedom. Honest, courageous, and imaginative, On the Other Side of Freedom is a work brimming with hope. Drawing from his own experiences as an activist, organizer, educator, and public official, Mckesson exhorts all Americans to work to dismantle the legacy of racism and to imagine the best of what is possible. Honoring the voices of a new generation of activists, On the Other Side of Freedom is a visionary's call to take responsibility for imagining, and then building, the world we want to live in. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343855 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Melting Pot or Civil War?: A Son of Immigrants Makes the Case Against Open Borders Author: Reihan Salam Narrator: Reihan Salam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Long before Covid-19 and the death of George Floyd rocked America, Reihan Salam predicted our current unrest--and provided a blueprint for reuniting the country. 'Tthe years to come may see a new populist revolt, driven by the resentments of working-class Americans of color.” For too long, liberals have suggested that only cruel, racist, or nativist bigots would want to restrict immigration. Anyone motivated by compassion and egalitarianism would choose open, or nearly-open, borders—or so the argument goes. Now, Reihan Salam, the son of Bangladeshi immigrants, turns this argument on its head. In this deeply researched but also deeply personal book, Salam shows why uncontrolled immigration is bad for everyone, including people like his family. Our current system has intensified the isolation of our native poor, and risks ghettoizing the children of poor immigrants. It ignores the challenges posed by the declining demand for less-skilled labor, even as it exacerbates ethnic inequality and deepens our political divides. If we continue on our current course, in which immigration policy serves wealthy insiders who profit from cheap labor, and cosmopolitan extremists attack the legitimacy of borders, the rise of a new ethnic underclass is inevitable. Even more so than now, class politics will be ethnic politics, and national unity will be impossible. Salam offers a solution, if we have the courage to break with the past and craft an immigration policy that serves our long-term national interests. Rejecting both militant multiculturalism and white identity politics, he argues that limiting total immigration and favoring skilled immigrants will combat rising inequality, balance diversity with assimilation, and foster a new nationalism that puts the interests of all Americans—native-born and foreign-born—first. Reihan Salam Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343855 thebookvoice.com 4:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Melting Pot or Civil War?: A Son of Immigrants Makes the Case Against Open Borders Author: Reihan Salam Narrator: Reihan Salam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Long before Covid-19 and the death of George Floyd rocked America, Reihan Salam predicted our current unrest--and provided a blueprint for reuniting the country. 'Tthe years to come may see a new populist revolt, driven by the resentments of working-class Americans of color.” For too long, liberals have suggested that only cruel, racist, or nativist bigots would want to restrict immigration. Anyone motivated by compassion and egalitarianism would choose open, or nearly-open, borders—or so the argument goes. Now, Reihan Salam, the son of Bangladeshi immigrants, turns this argument on its head. In this deeply researched but also deeply personal book, Salam shows why uncontrolled immigration is bad for everyone, including people like his family. Our current system has intensified the isolation of our native poor, and risks ghettoizing the children of poor immigrants. It ignores the challenges posed by the declining demand for less-skilled labor, even as it exacerbates ethnic inequality and deepens our political divides. If we continue on our current course, in which immigration policy serves wealthy insiders who profit from cheap labor, and cosmopolitan extremists attack the legitimacy of borders, the rise of a new ethnic underclass is inevitable. Even more so than now, class politics will be ethnic politics, and national unity will be impossible. Salam offers a solution, if we have the courage to break with the past and craft an immigration policy that serves our long-term national interests. Rejecting both militant multiculturalism and white identity politics, he argues that limiting total immigration and favoring skilled immigrants will combat rising inequality, balance diversity with assimilation, and foster a new nationalism that puts the interests of all Americans—native-born and foreign-born—first. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Melting Pot or Civil War?: A Son of Immigrants Makes the Case Against Open Borders Author: Reihan Salam Narrator: Reihan Salam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Long before Covid-19 and the death of George Floyd rocked America, Reihan Salam predicted our current unrest--and provided a blueprint for reuniting the country. 'Tthe years to come may see a new populist revolt, driven by the resentments of working-class Americans of color.” For too long, liberals have suggested that only cruel, racist, or nativist bigots would want to restrict immigration. Anyone motivated by compassion and egalitarianism would choose open, or nearly-open, borders—or so the argument goes. Now, Reihan Salam, the son of Bangladeshi immigrants, turns this argument on its head. In this deeply researched but also deeply personal book, Salam shows why uncontrolled immigration is bad for everyone, including people like his family. Our current system has intensified the isolation of our native poor, and risks ghettoizing the children of poor immigrants. It ignores the challenges posed by the declining demand for less-skilled labor, even as it exacerbates ethnic inequality and deepens our political divides. If we continue on our current course, in which immigration policy serves wealthy insiders who profit from cheap labor, and cosmopolitan extremists attack the legitimacy of borders, the rise of a new ethnic underclass is inevitable. Even more so than now, class politics will be ethnic politics, and national unity will be impossible. Salam offers a solution, if we have the courage to break with the past and craft an immigration policy that serves our long-term national interests. Rejecting both militant multiculturalism and white identity politics, he argues that limiting total immigration and favoring skilled immigrants will combat rising inequality, balance diversity with assimilation, and foster a new nationalism that puts the interests of all Americans—native-born and foreign-born—first. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343850 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burned: A Story of Murder and the Crime That Wasn't Author: Edward Humes Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Was a monstrous killer brought to justice or an innocent mother condemned? On an April night in 1989, Jo Ann Parks survived a house fire that claimed the lives of her three small children. Though the fire at first seemed a tragic accident, investigators soon reported finding evidence proving that Parks had sabotaged wiring, set several fires herself, and even barricade her four-year-old son inside a closet to prevent his escape. Though she insisted she did nothing wrong, Jo Ann Parks received a life sentence without parole based on the power of forensic fire science that convincingly proved her guilt. But more than a quarter century later, a revolution in the science of fire has exposed many of the incontrovertible truths of 1989 as guesswork in disguise. The California Innocence Project is challenging Parks's conviction and the so-called science behind it, claiming that false assumptions and outright bias convicted an innocent mother of a crime that never actually happened. If Parks is exonerated, she could well be the 'Patient Zero' in an epidemic of overturned guilty verdicts—but only if she wins. Can prosecutors dredge up enough evidence and roadblocks to make sure Jo Ann Parks dies in prison? No matter how her last-ditch effort for freedom turns out, the scenes of betrayal, ruin, and hope will leave readers longing for justice we can trust. Edward Humes Tue, 08 Jan 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343850 thebookvoice.com 9:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burned: A Story of Murder and the Crime That Wasn't Author: Edward Humes Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Was a monstrous killer brought to justice or an innocent mother condemned? On an April night in 1989, Jo Ann Parks survived a house fire that claimed the lives of her three small children. Though the fire at first seemed a tragic accident, investigators soon reported finding evidence proving that Parks had sabotaged wiring, set several fires herself, and even barricade her four-year-old son inside a closet to prevent his escape. Though she insisted she did nothing wrong, Jo Ann Parks received a life sentence without parole based on the power of forensic fire science that convincingly proved her guilt. But more than a quarter century later, a revolution in the science of fire has exposed many of the incontrovertible truths of 1989 as guesswork in disguise. The California Innocence Project is challenging Parks's conviction and the so-called science behind it, claiming that false assumptions and outright bias convicted an innocent mother of a crime that never actually happened. If Parks is exonerated, she could well be the 'Patient Zero' in an epidemic of overturned guilty verdicts—but only if she wins. Can prosecutors dredge up enough evidence and roadblocks to make sure Jo Ann Parks dies in prison? No matter how her last-ditch effort for freedom turns out, the scenes of betrayal, ruin, and hope will leave readers longing for justice we can trust. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343850]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burned: A Story of Murder and the Crime That Wasn't Author: Edward Humes Narrator: Rebecca Lowman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Was a monstrous killer brought to justice or an innocent mother condemned? On an April night in 1989, Jo Ann Parks survived a house fire that claimed the lives of her three small children. Though the fire at first seemed a tragic accident, investigators soon reported finding evidence proving that Parks had sabotaged wiring, set several fires herself, and even barricade her four-year-old son inside a closet to prevent his escape. Though she insisted she did nothing wrong, Jo Ann Parks received a life sentence without parole based on the power of forensic fire science that convincingly proved her guilt. But more than a quarter century later, a revolution in the science of fire has exposed many of the incontrovertible truths of 1989 as guesswork in disguise. The California Innocence Project is challenging Parks's conviction and the so-called science behind it, claiming that false assumptions and outright bias convicted an innocent mother of a crime that never actually happened. If Parks is exonerated, she could well be the 'Patient Zero' in an epidemic of overturned guilty verdicts—but only if she wins. Can prosecutors dredge up enough evidence and roadblocks to make sure Jo Ann Parks dies in prison? No matter how her last-ditch effort for freedom turns out, the scenes of betrayal, ruin, and hope will leave readers longing for justice we can trust. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343845 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next American City: The Big Promise of Our Midsize Metros Author: Mick Cornett, Jayson White Narrator: Tom Weitzel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From four-term Oklahoma City Mayor Mick Cornett, a hopeful and illuminating look at the dynamic and inventive urban centers that will lead the United States in coming years. Oklahoma City. Indianapolis. Charleston. Des Moines. What do these cities have in common? They are cities of modest size but outsized accomplishment, powered by a can-do spirit, valuing compromise over confrontation and progress over political victory. These are the cities leading America . . . and they're not waiting for Washington's help. As mayor of one of America's most improved cities, Cornett used a bold, creative, and personal approach to orchestrate his city's renaissance. Once regarded as a forgettable city in 'flyover country,' Oklahoma City has become one of our nation's most dynamic places-and it is not alone. In this book, Cornett translates his city's success-and the success of cities like his-into a vision for the future of our country. The Next American City is a story of civic engagement, inventive public policy, and smart urban design. It is a study of the changes re-shaping American urban life-and a blueprint for those to come. Mick Cornett, Jayson White Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343845 thebookvoice.com 8:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next American City: The Big Promise of Our Midsize Metros Author: Mick Cornett, Jayson White Narrator: Tom Weitzel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From four-term Oklahoma City Mayor Mick Cornett, a hopeful and illuminating look at the dynamic and inventive urban centers that will lead the United States in coming years. Oklahoma City. Indianapolis. Charleston. Des Moines. What do these cities have in common? They are cities of modest size but outsized accomplishment, powered by a can-do spirit, valuing compromise over confrontation and progress over political victory. These are the cities leading America . . . and they're not waiting for Washington's help. As mayor of one of America's most improved cities, Cornett used a bold, creative, and personal approach to orchestrate his city's renaissance. Once regarded as a forgettable city in 'flyover country,' Oklahoma City has become one of our nation's most dynamic places-and it is not alone. In this book, Cornett translates his city's success-and the success of cities like his-into a vision for the future of our country. The Next American City is a story of civic engagement, inventive public policy, and smart urban design. It is a study of the changes re-shaping American urban life-and a blueprint for those to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Next American City: The Big Promise of Our Midsize Metros Author: Mick Cornett, Jayson White Narrator: Tom Weitzel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From four-term Oklahoma City Mayor Mick Cornett, a hopeful and illuminating look at the dynamic and inventive urban centers that will lead the United States in coming years. Oklahoma City. Indianapolis. Charleston. Des Moines. What do these cities have in common? They are cities of modest size but outsized accomplishment, powered by a can-do spirit, valuing compromise over confrontation and progress over political victory. These are the cities leading America . . . and they're not waiting for Washington's help. As mayor of one of America's most improved cities, Cornett used a bold, creative, and personal approach to orchestrate his city's renaissance. Once regarded as a forgettable city in 'flyover country,' Oklahoma City has become one of our nation's most dynamic places-and it is not alone. In this book, Cornett translates his city's success-and the success of cities like his-into a vision for the future of our country. The Next American City is a story of civic engagement, inventive public policy, and smart urban design. It is a study of the changes re-shaping American urban life-and a blueprint for those to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343841 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pale Horse Rider: William Cooper, the Rise of Conspiracy, and the Fall of Trust in America Author: Mark Jacobson Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We are living in a time of unprecedented distrust in America... Faith in the government is at an all-time low, and political groups on both sides of the aisle are able to tout preposterous conspiracy theories as gospel, without much opposition. “Fake news” is the order of the day. This book is about a man to whom all of it points, the greatest conspiracist of this generation and a man you may not have heard of. A former U.S. naval intelligence worker, Milton William Cooper published his manifesto Behold a Pale Horse in 1991. Since then it has gone on to sell hundreds of thousands of copies, becoming the number-one bestseller in the American prison system. According to Behold a Pale Horse, JFK was assassinated—because he was about to reveal that extraterrestrials were about to take over the earth—by his driver, an alien himself; AIDS is a government conspiracy to decrease the population of blacks, Hispanics, and homosexuals; and the Illuminati are secretly involved with the U.S. government to manage relationships with extraterrestrials. Cooper died in a shootout with Apache County police in 2001, one month after September 11, in the year in which he had predicted catastrophe. In Pale Horse Rider, journalist Mark Jacobson not only tells the story of Cooper’s fascinating life but also provides the social and political context for American paranoia. Indeed, with the present NSA situation and countless other shadowy government dealings often in the news, aren’t we right to suspect that things may not be as they seem? Mark Jacobson Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343841 thebookvoice.com 13:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pale Horse Rider: William Cooper, the Rise of Conspiracy, and the Fall of Trust in America Author: Mark Jacobson Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We are living in a time of unprecedented distrust in America... Faith in the government is at an all-time low, and political groups on both sides of the aisle are able to tout preposterous conspiracy theories as gospel, without much opposition. “Fake news” is the order of the day. This book is about a man to whom all of it points, the greatest conspiracist of this generation and a man you may not have heard of. A former U.S. naval intelligence worker, Milton William Cooper published his manifesto Behold a Pale Horse in 1991. Since then it has gone on to sell hundreds of thousands of copies, becoming the number-one bestseller in the American prison system. According to Behold a Pale Horse, JFK was assassinated—because he was about to reveal that extraterrestrials were about to take over the earth—by his driver, an alien himself; AIDS is a government conspiracy to decrease the population of blacks, Hispanics, and homosexuals; and the Illuminati are secretly involved with the U.S. government to manage relationships with extraterrestrials. Cooper died in a shootout with Apache County police in 2001, one month after September 11, in the year in which he had predicted catastrophe. In Pale Horse Rider, journalist Mark Jacobson not only tells the story of Cooper’s fascinating life but also provides the social and political context for American paranoia. Indeed, with the present NSA situation and countless other shadowy government dealings often in the news, aren’t we right to suspect that things may not be as they seem? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pale Horse Rider: William Cooper, the Rise of Conspiracy, and the Fall of Trust in America Author: Mark Jacobson Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We are living in a time of unprecedented distrust in America... Faith in the government is at an all-time low, and political groups on both sides of the aisle are able to tout preposterous conspiracy theories as gospel, without much opposition. “Fake news” is the order of the day. This book is about a man to whom all of it points, the greatest conspiracist of this generation and a man you may not have heard of. A former U.S. naval intelligence worker, Milton William Cooper published his manifesto Behold a Pale Horse in 1991. Since then it has gone on to sell hundreds of thousands of copies, becoming the number-one bestseller in the American prison system. According to Behold a Pale Horse, JFK was assassinated—because he was about to reveal that extraterrestrials were about to take over the earth—by his driver, an alien himself; AIDS is a government conspiracy to decrease the population of blacks, Hispanics, and homosexuals; and the Illuminati are secretly involved with the U.S. government to manage relationships with extraterrestrials. Cooper died in a shootout with Apache County police in 2001, one month after September 11, in the year in which he had predicted catastrophe. In Pale Horse Rider, journalist Mark Jacobson not only tells the story of Cooper’s fascinating life but also provides the social and political context for American paranoia. Indeed, with the present NSA situation and countless other shadowy government dealings often in the news, aren’t we right to suspect that things may not be as they seem? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343820 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fifty Things That Aren't My Fault: Essays from the Grown-up Years Author: Cathy Guisewite Narrator: Anna Guisewite, Cathy Guisewite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the creator of the iconic 'Cathy' comic strip comes her first collection of funny, wise, poignant, and incredibly honest essays about being a woman in what she lovingly calls 'the panini generation.' As the creator of 'Cathy,' Cathy Guisewite found her way into the hearts of readers more than forty years ago, and has been there ever since. Her hilarious and deeply relatable look at the challenges of womanhood in a changing world became a cultural touchstone for women everywhere. Now Guisewite returns with her signature wit and warmth in this debut essay collection about another time of big transition, when everything starts changing and disappearing without permission: aging parents, aging children, aging self stuck in the middle. With her uniquely wry and funny admissions and insights, Guisewite unearths the humor and horror of everything from the mundane (trying to introduce her parents to TiVo and facing four decades' worth of unorganized photos) to the profound (finding a purpose post-retirement, helping parents downsize their lives, and declaring freedrom from all those things that hold us back). No longer confined to the limits of four comic panels, Guisewite holds out her hand in prose form and becomes a reassuring companion for those on the threshold of 'what happens next.' Heartfelt and humane and always cathartic, Fifty Things That Aren't My Fault is ideal reading for mothers, daughters, and anyone who is caught somewhere in between. Cathy Guisewite Tue, 02 Apr 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343820 thebookvoice.com 9:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fifty Things That Aren't My Fault: Essays from the Grown-up Years Author: Cathy Guisewite Narrator: Anna Guisewite, Cathy Guisewite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the creator of the iconic 'Cathy' comic strip comes her first collection of funny, wise, poignant, and incredibly honest essays about being a woman in what she lovingly calls 'the panini generation.' As the creator of 'Cathy,' Cathy Guisewite found her way into the hearts of readers more than forty years ago, and has been there ever since. Her hilarious and deeply relatable look at the challenges of womanhood in a changing world became a cultural touchstone for women everywhere. Now Guisewite returns with her signature wit and warmth in this debut essay collection about another time of big transition, when everything starts changing and disappearing without permission: aging parents, aging children, aging self stuck in the middle. With her uniquely wry and funny admissions and insights, Guisewite unearths the humor and horror of everything from the mundane (trying to introduce her parents to TiVo and facing four decades' worth of unorganized photos) to the profound (finding a purpose post-retirement, helping parents downsize their lives, and declaring freedrom from all those things that hold us back). No longer confined to the limits of four comic panels, Guisewite holds out her hand in prose form and becomes a reassuring companion for those on the threshold of 'what happens next.' Heartfelt and humane and always cathartic, Fifty Things That Aren't My Fault is ideal reading for mothers, daughters, and anyone who is caught somewhere in between. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fifty Things That Aren't My Fault: Essays from the Grown-up Years Author: Cathy Guisewite Narrator: Anna Guisewite, Cathy Guisewite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the creator of the iconic 'Cathy' comic strip comes her first collection of funny, wise, poignant, and incredibly honest essays about being a woman in what she lovingly calls 'the panini generation.' As the creator of 'Cathy,' Cathy Guisewite found her way into the hearts of readers more than forty years ago, and has been there ever since. Her hilarious and deeply relatable look at the challenges of womanhood in a changing world became a cultural touchstone for women everywhere. Now Guisewite returns with her signature wit and warmth in this debut essay collection about another time of big transition, when everything starts changing and disappearing without permission: aging parents, aging children, aging self stuck in the middle. With her uniquely wry and funny admissions and insights, Guisewite unearths the humor and horror of everything from the mundane (trying to introduce her parents to TiVo and facing four decades' worth of unorganized photos) to the profound (finding a purpose post-retirement, helping parents downsize their lives, and declaring freedrom from all those things that hold us back). No longer confined to the limits of four comic panels, Guisewite holds out her hand in prose form and becomes a reassuring companion for those on the threshold of 'what happens next.' Heartfelt and humane and always cathartic, Fifty Things That Aren't My Fault is ideal reading for mothers, daughters, and anyone who is caught somewhere in between. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343819 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343819]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because Internet: Understanding the New Rules of Language Author: Gretchen Mcculloch Narrator: Gretchen Mcculloch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER!! Named a Best Book of 2019 by TIME, Amazon, and The Washington Post A Wired Must-Read Book of Summer   “Gretchen McCulloch is the internet’s favorite linguist, and this book is essential reading. Reading her work is like suddenly being able to see the matrix.” —Jonny Sun, author of everyone's a aliebn when ur a aliebn too   Because Internet is for anyone who's ever puzzled over how to punctuate a text message or wondered where memes come from. It's the perfect book for understanding how the internet is changing the English language, why that's a good thing, and what our online interactions reveal about who we are. Language is humanity's most spectacular open-source project, and the internet is making our language change faster and in more interesting ways than ever before. Internet conversations are structured by the shape of our apps and platforms, from the grammar of status updates to the protocols of comments and @replies. Linguistically inventive online communities spread new slang and jargon with dizzying speed. What's more, social media is a vast laboratory of unedited, unfiltered words where we can watch language evolve in real time. Even the most absurd-looking slang has genuine patterns behind it. Internet linguist Gretchen McCulloch explores the deep forces that shape human language and influence the way we communicate with one another. She explains how your first social internet experience influences whether you prefer 'LOL' or 'lol,' why ~sparkly tildes~ succeeded where centuries of proposals for irony punctuation had failed, what emoji have in common with physical gestures, and how the artfully disarrayed language of animal memes like lolcats and doggo made them more likely to spread. Gretchen Mcculloch Tue, 23 Jul 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343819 thebookvoice.com 8:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343819]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because Internet: Understanding the New Rules of Language Author: Gretchen Mcculloch Narrator: Gretchen Mcculloch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER!! Named a Best Book of 2019 by TIME, Amazon, and The Washington Post A Wired Must-Read Book of Summer   “Gretchen McCulloch is the internet’s favorite linguist, and this book is essential reading. Reading her work is like suddenly being able to see the matrix.” —Jonny Sun, author of everyone's a aliebn when ur a aliebn too   Because Internet is for anyone who's ever puzzled over how to punctuate a text message or wondered where memes come from. It's the perfect book for understanding how the internet is changing the English language, why that's a good thing, and what our online interactions reveal about who we are. Language is humanity's most spectacular open-source project, and the internet is making our language change faster and in more interesting ways than ever before. Internet conversations are structured by the shape of our apps and platforms, from the grammar of status updates to the protocols of comments and @replies. Linguistically inventive online communities spread new slang and jargon with dizzying speed. What's more, social media is a vast laboratory of unedited, unfiltered words where we can watch language evolve in real time. Even the most absurd-looking slang has genuine patterns behind it. Internet linguist Gretchen McCulloch explores the deep forces that shape human language and influence the way we communicate with one another. She explains how your first social internet experience influences whether you prefer 'LOL' or 'lol,' why ~sparkly tildes~ succeeded where centuries of proposals for irony punctuation had failed, what emoji have in common with physical gestures, and how the artfully disarrayed language of animal memes like lolcats and doggo made them more likely to spread. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343819]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because Internet: Understanding the New Rules of Language Author: Gretchen Mcculloch Narrator: Gretchen Mcculloch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER!! Named a Best Book of 2019 by TIME, Amazon, and The Washington Post A Wired Must-Read Book of Summer   “Gretchen McCulloch is the internet’s favorite linguist, and this book is essential reading. Reading her work is like suddenly being able to see the matrix.” —Jonny Sun, author of everyone's a aliebn when ur a aliebn too   Because Internet is for anyone who's ever puzzled over how to punctuate a text message or wondered where memes come from. It's the perfect book for understanding how the internet is changing the English language, why that's a good thing, and what our online interactions reveal about who we are. Language is humanity's most spectacular open-source project, and the internet is making our language change faster and in more interesting ways than ever before. Internet conversations are structured by the shape of our apps and platforms, from the grammar of status updates to the protocols of comments and @replies. Linguistically inventive online communities spread new slang and jargon with dizzying speed. What's more, social media is a vast laboratory of unedited, unfiltered words where we can watch language evolve in real time. Even the most absurd-looking slang has genuine patterns behind it. Internet linguist Gretchen McCulloch explores the deep forces that shape human language and influence the way we communicate with one another. She explains how your first social internet experience influences whether you prefer 'LOL' or 'lol,' why ~sparkly tildes~ succeeded where centuries of proposals for irony punctuation had failed, what emoji have in common with physical gestures, and how the artfully disarrayed language of animal memes like lolcats and doggo made them more likely to spread. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343818 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There Will Be No Miracles Here: A Memoir Author: Casey Gerald Narrator: Casey Gerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NAMED A BEST BOOK OF 2018 BY NPR AND THE NEW YORK TIMES A PBS NEWSHOUR-NEW YORK TIMES BOOK CLUB PICK 'Somehow Casey Gerald has pulled off the most urgently political, most deeply personal, and most engagingly spiritual statement of our time by just looking outside his window and inside himself. Extraordinary.' —Marlon James 'Staccato prose and peripatetic storytelling combine the cadences of the Bible with an urgency reminiscent of James Baldwin in this powerfully emotional memoir.' —BookPage The testament of a boy and a generation who came of age as the world came apart—a generation searching for a new way to live. Casey Gerald comes to our fractured times as a uniquely visionary witness whose life has spanned seemingly unbridgeable divides. His story begins at the end of the world: Dallas, New Year's Eve 1999, when he gathers with the congregation of his grandfather's black evangelical church to see which of them will be carried off. His beautiful, fragile mother disappears frequently and mysteriously; for a brief idyll, he and his sister live like Boxcar Children on her disability checks. When Casey--following in the footsteps of his father, a gridiron legend who literally broke his back for the team--is recruited to play football at Yale, he enters a world he's never dreamed of, the anteroom to secret societies and success on Wall Street, in Washington, and beyond. But even as he attains the inner sanctums of power, Casey sees how the world crushes those who live at its margins. He sees how the elite perpetuate the salvation stories that keep others from rising. And he sees, most painfully, how his own ascension is part of the scheme.  There Will Be No Miracles Here has the arc of a classic rags-to-riches tale, but it stands the American Dream narrative on its head. If to live as we are is destroying us, it asks, what would it mean to truly live? Intense, incantatory, shot through with sly humor and quiet fury, There Will Be No Miracles Hereinspires us to question--even shatter--and reimagine our most cherished myths. Casey Gerald Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343818 thebookvoice.com 13:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There Will Be No Miracles Here: A Memoir Author: Casey Gerald Narrator: Casey Gerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NAMED A BEST BOOK OF 2018 BY NPR AND THE NEW YORK TIMES A PBS NEWSHOUR-NEW YORK TIMES BOOK CLUB PICK 'Somehow Casey Gerald has pulled off the most urgently political, most deeply personal, and most engagingly spiritual statement of our time by just looking outside his window and inside himself. Extraordinary.' —Marlon James 'Staccato prose and peripatetic storytelling combine the cadences of the Bible with an urgency reminiscent of James Baldwin in this powerfully emotional memoir.' —BookPage The testament of a boy and a generation who came of age as the world came apart—a generation searching for a new way to live. Casey Gerald comes to our fractured times as a uniquely visionary witness whose life has spanned seemingly unbridgeable divides. His story begins at the end of the world: Dallas, New Year's Eve 1999, when he gathers with the congregation of his grandfather's black evangelical church to see which of them will be carried off. His beautiful, fragile mother disappears frequently and mysteriously; for a brief idyll, he and his sister live like Boxcar Children on her disability checks. When Casey--following in the footsteps of his father, a gridiron legend who literally broke his back for the team--is recruited to play football at Yale, he enters a world he's never dreamed of, the anteroom to secret societies and success on Wall Street, in Washington, and beyond. But even as he attains the inner sanctums of power, Casey sees how the world crushes those who live at its margins. He sees how the elite perpetuate the salvation stories that keep others from rising. And he sees, most painfully, how his own ascension is part of the scheme.  There Will Be No Miracles Here has the arc of a classic rags-to-riches tale, but it stands the American Dream narrative on its head. If to live as we are is destroying us, it asks, what would it mean to truly live? Intense, incantatory, shot through with sly humor and quiet fury, There Will Be No Miracles Hereinspires us to question--even shatter--and reimagine our most cherished myths. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There Will Be No Miracles Here: A Memoir Author: Casey Gerald Narrator: Casey Gerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NAMED A BEST BOOK OF 2018 BY NPR AND THE NEW YORK TIMES A PBS NEWSHOUR-NEW YORK TIMES BOOK CLUB PICK 'Somehow Casey Gerald has pulled off the most urgently political, most deeply personal, and most engagingly spiritual statement of our time by just looking outside his window and inside himself. Extraordinary.' —Marlon James 'Staccato prose and peripatetic storytelling combine the cadences of the Bible with an urgency reminiscent of James Baldwin in this powerfully emotional memoir.' —BookPage The testament of a boy and a generation who came of age as the world came apart—a generation searching for a new way to live. Casey Gerald comes to our fractured times as a uniquely visionary witness whose life has spanned seemingly unbridgeable divides. His story begins at the end of the world: Dallas, New Year's Eve 1999, when he gathers with the congregation of his grandfather's black evangelical church to see which of them will be carried off. His beautiful, fragile mother disappears frequently and mysteriously; for a brief idyll, he and his sister live like Boxcar Children on her disability checks. When Casey--following in the footsteps of his father, a gridiron legend who literally broke his back for the team--is recruited to play football at Yale, he enters a world he's never dreamed of, the anteroom to secret societies and success on Wall Street, in Washington, and beyond. But even as he attains the inner sanctums of power, Casey sees how the world crushes those who live at its margins. He sees how the elite perpetuate the salvation stories that keep others from rising. And he sees, most painfully, how his own ascension is part of the scheme.  There Will Be No Miracles Here has the arc of a classic rags-to-riches tale, but it stands the American Dream narrative on its head. If to live as we are is destroying us, it asks, what would it mean to truly live? Intense, incantatory, shot through with sly humor and quiet fury, There Will Be No Miracles Hereinspires us to question--even shatter--and reimagine our most cherished myths. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343633 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Warrior Rising: How Four Men Helped a Boy on his Journey to Manhood Author: Maryanne Howland Narrator: Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An eye-opening look at one mother's determination to provide positive male role models for her son, and the power of great mentoring to change lives. When MaryAnne Howland's son was turning thirteen she organized a 'Black Mitzvah' rite of passage celebration for him. Max is one of the one-in-three children in America being raised without a father in the home. Among African-Americans, that number is reported to be as high as 72 percent. To help fill the father-shaped hole in Max's life as he transitioned from boyhood to manhood, MaryAnne invited four men from different corners of her life --an engineer, a philanthropist, a publisher, and a financial planner--to become Max's mentors. Max has faced many challenges. As a boy without a consistent father figure in his life, as an African-American male in a time when race relations in this country continue to be fraught, and also because Max was born premature and as a result has cerebral palsy, he has had to be a true warrior. On the brink of manhood, his mother wanted to give him the benefit of men who could answer some of the questions she felt that she, as a woman, might not be able to answer. Through his adolescence, Max's mentors have shared valuable insights with him about what it means to be a good man in the face of life's challenges. These lessons, recounted in this book, will serve as a powerful roadmap for anyone wishing to support boys as they approach manhood. Maryanne Howland Tue, 28 Jan 2020 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343633 thebookvoice.com 10:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Warrior Rising: How Four Men Helped a Boy on his Journey to Manhood Author: Maryanne Howland Narrator: Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An eye-opening look at one mother's determination to provide positive male role models for her son, and the power of great mentoring to change lives. When MaryAnne Howland's son was turning thirteen she organized a 'Black Mitzvah' rite of passage celebration for him. Max is one of the one-in-three children in America being raised without a father in the home. Among African-Americans, that number is reported to be as high as 72 percent. To help fill the father-shaped hole in Max's life as he transitioned from boyhood to manhood, MaryAnne invited four men from different corners of her life --an engineer, a philanthropist, a publisher, and a financial planner--to become Max's mentors. Max has faced many challenges. As a boy without a consistent father figure in his life, as an African-American male in a time when race relations in this country continue to be fraught, and also because Max was born premature and as a result has cerebral palsy, he has had to be a true warrior. On the brink of manhood, his mother wanted to give him the benefit of men who could answer some of the questions she felt that she, as a woman, might not be able to answer. Through his adolescence, Max's mentors have shared valuable insights with him about what it means to be a good man in the face of life's challenges. These lessons, recounted in this book, will serve as a powerful roadmap for anyone wishing to support boys as they approach manhood. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Warrior Rising: How Four Men Helped a Boy on his Journey to Manhood Author: Maryanne Howland Narrator: Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An eye-opening look at one mother's determination to provide positive male role models for her son, and the power of great mentoring to change lives. When MaryAnne Howland's son was turning thirteen she organized a 'Black Mitzvah' rite of passage celebration for him. Max is one of the one-in-three children in America being raised without a father in the home. Among African-Americans, that number is reported to be as high as 72 percent. To help fill the father-shaped hole in Max's life as he transitioned from boyhood to manhood, MaryAnne invited four men from different corners of her life --an engineer, a philanthropist, a publisher, and a financial planner--to become Max's mentors. Max has faced many challenges. As a boy without a consistent father figure in his life, as an African-American male in a time when race relations in this country continue to be fraught, and also because Max was born premature and as a result has cerebral palsy, he has had to be a true warrior. On the brink of manhood, his mother wanted to give him the benefit of men who could answer some of the questions she felt that she, as a woman, might not be able to answer. Through his adolescence, Max's mentors have shared valuable insights with him about what it means to be a good man in the face of life's challenges. These lessons, recounted in this book, will serve as a powerful roadmap for anyone wishing to support boys as they approach manhood. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343631 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be an Antiracist Author: Ibram X. Kendi Narrator: Ibram X. Kendi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 475 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 55 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the National Book Award–winning author of Stamped from the Beginning comes a “groundbreaking” (Time) approach to understanding and uprooting racism and inequality in our society and in ourselves—now updated, with a new preface. “The most courageous book to date on the problem of race in the Western mind.”—The New York Times ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR—The New York Times Book Review, Time, NPR, The Washington Post, Shelf Awareness, Library Journal, Publishers Weekly, Kirkus Reviews Antiracism is a transformative concept that reorients and reenergizes the conversation about racism—and, even more fundamentally, points us toward liberating new ways of thinking about ourselves and each other. At its core, racism is a powerful system that creates false hierarchies of human value; its warped logic extends beyond race, from the way we regard people of different ethnicities or skin colors to the way we treat people of different sexes, gender identities, and body types. Racism intersects with class and culture and geography and even changes the way we see and value ourselves. In How to Be an Antiracist, Kendi takes readers through a widening circle of antiracist ideas—from the most basic concepts to visionary possibilities—that will help readers see all forms of racism clearly, understand their poisonous consequences, and work to oppose them in our systems and in ourselves. Kendi weaves an electrifying combination of ethics, history, law, and science with his own personal story of awakening to antiracism. This is an essential work for anyone who wants to go beyond the awareness of racism to the next step: contributing to the formation of a just and equitable society. Ibram X. Kendi Tue, 13 Aug 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343631 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be an Antiracist Author: Ibram X. Kendi Narrator: Ibram X. Kendi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 475 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 55 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the National Book Award–winning author of Stamped from the Beginning comes a “groundbreaking” (Time) approach to understanding and uprooting racism and inequality in our society and in ourselves—now updated, with a new preface. “The most courageous book to date on the problem of race in the Western mind.”—The New York Times ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR—The New York Times Book Review, Time, NPR, The Washington Post, Shelf Awareness, Library Journal, Publishers Weekly, Kirkus Reviews Antiracism is a transformative concept that reorients and reenergizes the conversation about racism—and, even more fundamentally, points us toward liberating new ways of thinking about ourselves and each other. At its core, racism is a powerful system that creates false hierarchies of human value; its warped logic extends beyond race, from the way we regard people of different ethnicities or skin colors to the way we treat people of different sexes, gender identities, and body types. Racism intersects with class and culture and geography and even changes the way we see and value ourselves. In How to Be an Antiracist, Kendi takes readers through a widening circle of antiracist ideas—from the most basic concepts to visionary possibilities—that will help readers see all forms of racism clearly, understand their poisonous consequences, and work to oppose them in our systems and in ourselves. Kendi weaves an electrifying combination of ethics, history, law, and science with his own personal story of awakening to antiracism. This is an essential work for anyone who wants to go beyond the awareness of racism to the next step: contributing to the formation of a just and equitable society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be an Antiracist Author: Ibram X. Kendi Narrator: Ibram X. Kendi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 475 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 55 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the National Book Award–winning author of Stamped from the Beginning comes a “groundbreaking” (Time) approach to understanding and uprooting racism and inequality in our society and in ourselves—now updated, with a new preface. “The most courageous book to date on the problem of race in the Western mind.”—The New York Times ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR—The New York Times Book Review, Time, NPR, The Washington Post, Shelf Awareness, Library Journal, Publishers Weekly, Kirkus Reviews Antiracism is a transformative concept that reorients and reenergizes the conversation about racism—and, even more fundamentally, points us toward liberating new ways of thinking about ourselves and each other. At its core, racism is a powerful system that creates false hierarchies of human value; its warped logic extends beyond race, from the way we regard people of different ethnicities or skin colors to the way we treat people of different sexes, gender identities, and body types. Racism intersects with class and culture and geography and even changes the way we see and value ourselves. In How to Be an Antiracist, Kendi takes readers through a widening circle of antiracist ideas—from the most basic concepts to visionary possibilities—that will help readers see all forms of racism clearly, understand their poisonous consequences, and work to oppose them in our systems and in ourselves. Kendi weaves an electrifying combination of ethics, history, law, and science with his own personal story of awakening to antiracism. This is an essential work for anyone who wants to go beyond the awareness of racism to the next step: contributing to the formation of a just and equitable society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343626 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343626]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Mountain: The Quest for a Moral Life Author: David Brooks Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 56 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Everybody tells you to live for a cause larger than yourself, but how exactly do you do it? The author of The Road to Character explores what it takes to lead a meaningful life in a self-centered world. “Deeply moving, frequently eloquent and extraordinarily incisive.”—The Washington Post Every so often, you meet people who radiate joy—who seem to know why they were put on this earth, who glow with a kind of inner light. Life, for these people, has often followed what we might think of as a two-mountain shape. They get out of school, they start a career, and they begin climbing the mountain they thought they were meant to climb. Their goals on this first mountain are the ones our culture endorses: to be a success, to make your mark, to experience personal happiness. But when they get to the top of that mountain, something happens. They look around and find the view . . . unsatisfying. They realize: This wasn’t my mountain after all. There’s another, bigger mountain out there that is actually my mountain. And so they embark on a new journey. On the second mountain, life moves from self-centered to other-centered. They want the things that are truly worth wanting, not the things other people tell them to want. They embrace a life of interdependence, not independence. They surrender to a life of commitment. In The Second Mountain, David Brooks explores the four commitments that define a life of meaning and purpose: to a spouse and family, to a vocation, to a philosophy or faith, and to a community. Our personal fulfillment depends on how well we choose and execute these commitments. Brooks looks at a range of people who have lived joyous, committed lives, and who have embraced the necessity and beauty of dependence. He gathers their wisdom on how to choose a partner, how to pick a vocation, how to live out a philosophy, and how we can begin to integrate our commitments into one overriding purpose. In short, this book is meant to help us all lead more meaningful lives. But it’s also a provocative social commentary. We live in a society, Brooks argues, that celebrates freedom, that tells us to be true to ourselves, at the expense of surrendering to a cause, rooting ourselves in a neighborhood, binding ourselves to others by social solidarity and love. We have taken individualism to the extreme—and in the process we have torn the social fabric in a thousand different ways. The path to repair is through making deeper commitments. In The Second Mountain, Brooks shows what can happen when we put commitment-making at the center of our lives. David Brooks Tue, 16 Apr 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343626 thebookvoice.com 12:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343626]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Mountain: The Quest for a Moral Life Author: David Brooks Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 56 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Everybody tells you to live for a cause larger than yourself, but how exactly do you do it? The author of The Road to Character explores what it takes to lead a meaningful life in a self-centered world. “Deeply moving, frequently eloquent and extraordinarily incisive.”—The Washington Post Every so often, you meet people who radiate joy—who seem to know why they were put on this earth, who glow with a kind of inner light. Life, for these people, has often followed what we might think of as a two-mountain shape. They get out of school, they start a career, and they begin climbing the mountain they thought they were meant to climb. Their goals on this first mountain are the ones our culture endorses: to be a success, to make your mark, to experience personal happiness. But when they get to the top of that mountain, something happens. They look around and find the view . . . unsatisfying. They realize: This wasn’t my mountain after all. There’s another, bigger mountain out there that is actually my mountain. And so they embark on a new journey. On the second mountain, life moves from self-centered to other-centered. They want the things that are truly worth wanting, not the things other people tell them to want. They embrace a life of interdependence, not independence. They surrender to a life of commitment. In The Second Mountain, David Brooks explores the four commitments that define a life of meaning and purpose: to a spouse and family, to a vocation, to a philosophy or faith, and to a community. Our personal fulfillment depends on how well we choose and execute these commitments. Brooks looks at a range of people who have lived joyous, committed lives, and who have embraced the necessity and beauty of dependence. He gathers their wisdom on how to choose a partner, how to pick a vocation, how to live out a philosophy, and how we can begin to integrate our commitments into one overriding purpose. In short, this book is meant to help us all lead more meaningful lives. But it’s also a provocative social commentary. We live in a society, Brooks argues, that celebrates freedom, that tells us to be true to ourselves, at the expense of surrendering to a cause, rooting ourselves in a neighborhood, binding ourselves to others by social solidarity and love. We have taken individualism to the extreme—and in the process we have torn the social fabric in a thousand different ways. The path to repair is through making deeper commitments. In The Second Mountain, Brooks shows what can happen when we put commitment-making at the center of our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343626]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Mountain: The Quest for a Moral Life Author: David Brooks Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 56 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Everybody tells you to live for a cause larger than yourself, but how exactly do you do it? The author of The Road to Character explores what it takes to lead a meaningful life in a self-centered world. “Deeply moving, frequently eloquent and extraordinarily incisive.”—The Washington Post Every so often, you meet people who radiate joy—who seem to know why they were put on this earth, who glow with a kind of inner light. Life, for these people, has often followed what we might think of as a two-mountain shape. They get out of school, they start a career, and they begin climbing the mountain they thought they were meant to climb. Their goals on this first mountain are the ones our culture endorses: to be a success, to make your mark, to experience personal happiness. But when they get to the top of that mountain, something happens. They look around and find the view . . . unsatisfying. They realize: This wasn’t my mountain after all. There’s another, bigger mountain out there that is actually my mountain. And so they embark on a new journey. On the second mountain, life moves from self-centered to other-centered. They want the things that are truly worth wanting, not the things other people tell them to want. They embrace a life of interdependence, not independence. They surrender to a life of commitment. In The Second Mountain, David Brooks explores the four commitments that define a life of meaning and purpose: to a spouse and family, to a vocation, to a philosophy or faith, and to a community. Our personal fulfillment depends on how well we choose and execute these commitments. Brooks looks at a range of people who have lived joyous, committed lives, and who have embraced the necessity and beauty of dependence. He gathers their wisdom on how to choose a partner, how to pick a vocation, how to live out a philosophy, and how we can begin to integrate our commitments into one overriding purpose. In short, this book is meant to help us all lead more meaningful lives. But it’s also a provocative social commentary. We live in a society, Brooks argues, that celebrates freedom, that tells us to be true to ourselves, at the expense of surrendering to a cause, rooting ourselves in a neighborhood, binding ourselves to others by social solidarity and love. We have taken individualism to the extreme—and in the process we have torn the social fabric in a thousand different ways. The path to repair is through making deeper commitments. In The Second Mountain, Brooks shows what can happen when we put commitment-making at the center of our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343614 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He Said, She Said: Lessons, Stories, and Mistakes from My Transgender Journey Author: Gigi Gorgeous Narrator: Gigi Gorgeous Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Today, Gigi Gorgeous is beloved for her critically-acclaimed documentary, her outrageous sense of humor, her no-holds-barred honesty, and her glam Hollywood lifestyle. Ten years ago, she was a gawky Canadian teen named Gregory. In He Said, She Said, Gigi brings us on her personal journey from Gregory to Gigi, going deeper than ever before and exposing her vulnerability behind each struggle and triumph, with her signature humor on every page.   With stunning photography and heirloom snapshots, He Said, She Said takes us back to Gigi’s early years as an Olympic-bound diver and high school mean girl, losing her mom at a tragically young age, and her journey of opening up about her sexuality and gender identity. She walks us through her transition, baring it all about dating and heartbreak in her stories of falling in love with both men and women.   Uproarious, unconventional, and unabashedly candid, Gigi shares never-before-heard stories, inspiration, and advice about how your life can take you to incredible places once you get real with yourself. Gigi Gorgeous Tue, 02 Apr 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343614 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He Said, She Said: Lessons, Stories, and Mistakes from My Transgender Journey Author: Gigi Gorgeous Narrator: Gigi Gorgeous Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Today, Gigi Gorgeous is beloved for her critically-acclaimed documentary, her outrageous sense of humor, her no-holds-barred honesty, and her glam Hollywood lifestyle. Ten years ago, she was a gawky Canadian teen named Gregory. In He Said, She Said, Gigi brings us on her personal journey from Gregory to Gigi, going deeper than ever before and exposing her vulnerability behind each struggle and triumph, with her signature humor on every page.   With stunning photography and heirloom snapshots, He Said, She Said takes us back to Gigi’s early years as an Olympic-bound diver and high school mean girl, losing her mom at a tragically young age, and her journey of opening up about her sexuality and gender identity. She walks us through her transition, baring it all about dating and heartbreak in her stories of falling in love with both men and women.   Uproarious, unconventional, and unabashedly candid, Gigi shares never-before-heard stories, inspiration, and advice about how your life can take you to incredible places once you get real with yourself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He Said, She Said: Lessons, Stories, and Mistakes from My Transgender Journey Author: Gigi Gorgeous Narrator: Gigi Gorgeous Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Today, Gigi Gorgeous is beloved for her critically-acclaimed documentary, her outrageous sense of humor, her no-holds-barred honesty, and her glam Hollywood lifestyle. Ten years ago, she was a gawky Canadian teen named Gregory. In He Said, She Said, Gigi brings us on her personal journey from Gregory to Gigi, going deeper than ever before and exposing her vulnerability behind each struggle and triumph, with her signature humor on every page.   With stunning photography and heirloom snapshots, He Said, She Said takes us back to Gigi’s early years as an Olympic-bound diver and high school mean girl, losing her mom at a tragically young age, and her journey of opening up about her sexuality and gender identity. She walks us through her transition, baring it all about dating and heartbreak in her stories of falling in love with both men and women.   Uproarious, unconventional, and unabashedly candid, Gigi shares never-before-heard stories, inspiration, and advice about how your life can take you to incredible places once you get real with yourself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343612 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unwanted: America, Auschwitz, and a Village Caught In Between Author: Michael Dobbs Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Published in association with the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, a riveting story of Jewish families seeking to escape Nazi Germany. In 1938, on the eve of World War II, the American journalist Dorothy Thompson wrote that 'a piece of paper with a stamp on it' was 'the difference between life and death.' The Unwanted is the intimate account of a small village on the edge of the Black Forest whose Jewish families desperately pursued American visas to flee the Nazis. Battling formidable bureaucratic obstacles, some make it to the United States while others are unable to obtain the necessary documents. Some are murdered in Auschwitz, their applications for American visas still 'pending.'      Drawing on previously unpublished letters, diaries, interviews, and visa records, Michael Dobbs provides an illuminating account of America's response to the refugee crisis of the 1930s and 1940s. He describes the deportation of German Jews to France in October 1940, along with their continuing quest for American visas. And he re-creates the heated debates among U.S. officials over whether or not to admit refugees amid growing concerns about 'fifth columnists,' at a time when the American public was deeply isolationist, xenophobic, and antisemitic.      A Holocaust story that is both German and American, The Unwanted vividly captures the experiences of a small community struggling to survive amid tumultuous world events. Michael Dobbs Tue, 02 Apr 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343612 thebookvoice.com 11:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unwanted: America, Auschwitz, and a Village Caught In Between Author: Michael Dobbs Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Published in association with the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, a riveting story of Jewish families seeking to escape Nazi Germany. In 1938, on the eve of World War II, the American journalist Dorothy Thompson wrote that 'a piece of paper with a stamp on it' was 'the difference between life and death.' The Unwanted is the intimate account of a small village on the edge of the Black Forest whose Jewish families desperately pursued American visas to flee the Nazis. Battling formidable bureaucratic obstacles, some make it to the United States while others are unable to obtain the necessary documents. Some are murdered in Auschwitz, their applications for American visas still 'pending.'      Drawing on previously unpublished letters, diaries, interviews, and visa records, Michael Dobbs provides an illuminating account of America's response to the refugee crisis of the 1930s and 1940s. He describes the deportation of German Jews to France in October 1940, along with their continuing quest for American visas. And he re-creates the heated debates among U.S. officials over whether or not to admit refugees amid growing concerns about 'fifth columnists,' at a time when the American public was deeply isolationist, xenophobic, and antisemitic.      A Holocaust story that is both German and American, The Unwanted vividly captures the experiences of a small community struggling to survive amid tumultuous world events. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unwanted: America, Auschwitz, and a Village Caught In Between Author: Michael Dobbs Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Published in association with the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, a riveting story of Jewish families seeking to escape Nazi Germany. In 1938, on the eve of World War II, the American journalist Dorothy Thompson wrote that 'a piece of paper with a stamp on it' was 'the difference between life and death.' The Unwanted is the intimate account of a small village on the edge of the Black Forest whose Jewish families desperately pursued American visas to flee the Nazis. Battling formidable bureaucratic obstacles, some make it to the United States while others are unable to obtain the necessary documents. Some are murdered in Auschwitz, their applications for American visas still 'pending.'      Drawing on previously unpublished letters, diaries, interviews, and visa records, Michael Dobbs provides an illuminating account of America's response to the refugee crisis of the 1930s and 1940s. He describes the deportation of German Jews to France in October 1940, along with their continuing quest for American visas. And he re-creates the heated debates among U.S. officials over whether or not to admit refugees amid growing concerns about 'fifth columnists,' at a time when the American public was deeply isolationist, xenophobic, and antisemitic.      A Holocaust story that is both German and American, The Unwanted vividly captures the experiences of a small community struggling to survive amid tumultuous world events. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343608 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women's Work: A Reckoning with Work and Home Author: Megan K. Stack Narrator: Allyson Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2019 From National Book Award finalist Megan K. Stack, a stunning memoir of raising her children abroad with the help of Chinese and Indian women who are also working mothers When Megan Stack was living in Beijing, she left her prestigious job as a foreign correspondent to have her first child and work from home writing a book. She quickly realized that caring for a baby and keeping up with the housework while her husband went to the office each day was consuming the time she needed to write. This dilemma was resolved in the manner of many upper-class families and large corporations: she availed herself of cheap Chinese labor. The housekeeper Stack hired was a migrant from the countryside, a mother who had left her daughter in a precarious situation to earn desperately needed cash in the capital. As Stack's family grew and her husband's job took them to Dehli, a series of Chinese and Indian women cooked, cleaned, and babysat in her home. Stack grew increasingly aware of the brutal realities of their lives: domestic abuse, alcoholism, unplanned pregnancies. Hiring poor women had given her the ability to work while raising her children, but what ethical compromise had she made?      Determined to confront the truth, Stack traveled to her employees' homes, met their parents and children, and turned a journalistic eye on the tradeoffs they'd been forced to make as working mothers seeking upward mobility—and on the cost to the children who were left behind.      Women's Work is an unforgettable story of four women as well as an electrifying meditation on the evasions of marriage, motherhood, feminism, and privilege. Megan K. Stack Tue, 02 Apr 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343608 thebookvoice.com 12:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women's Work: A Reckoning with Work and Home Author: Megan K. Stack Narrator: Allyson Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2019 From National Book Award finalist Megan K. Stack, a stunning memoir of raising her children abroad with the help of Chinese and Indian women who are also working mothers When Megan Stack was living in Beijing, she left her prestigious job as a foreign correspondent to have her first child and work from home writing a book. She quickly realized that caring for a baby and keeping up with the housework while her husband went to the office each day was consuming the time she needed to write. This dilemma was resolved in the manner of many upper-class families and large corporations: she availed herself of cheap Chinese labor. The housekeeper Stack hired was a migrant from the countryside, a mother who had left her daughter in a precarious situation to earn desperately needed cash in the capital. As Stack's family grew and her husband's job took them to Dehli, a series of Chinese and Indian women cooked, cleaned, and babysat in her home. Stack grew increasingly aware of the brutal realities of their lives: domestic abuse, alcoholism, unplanned pregnancies. Hiring poor women had given her the ability to work while raising her children, but what ethical compromise had she made?      Determined to confront the truth, Stack traveled to her employees' homes, met their parents and children, and turned a journalistic eye on the tradeoffs they'd been forced to make as working mothers seeking upward mobility—and on the cost to the children who were left behind.      Women's Work is an unforgettable story of four women as well as an electrifying meditation on the evasions of marriage, motherhood, feminism, and privilege. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women's Work: A Reckoning with Work and Home Author: Megan K. Stack Narrator: Allyson Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2019 From National Book Award finalist Megan K. Stack, a stunning memoir of raising her children abroad with the help of Chinese and Indian women who are also working mothers When Megan Stack was living in Beijing, she left her prestigious job as a foreign correspondent to have her first child and work from home writing a book. She quickly realized that caring for a baby and keeping up with the housework while her husband went to the office each day was consuming the time she needed to write. This dilemma was resolved in the manner of many upper-class families and large corporations: she availed herself of cheap Chinese labor. The housekeeper Stack hired was a migrant from the countryside, a mother who had left her daughter in a precarious situation to earn desperately needed cash in the capital. As Stack's family grew and her husband's job took them to Dehli, a series of Chinese and Indian women cooked, cleaned, and babysat in her home. Stack grew increasingly aware of the brutal realities of their lives: domestic abuse, alcoholism, unplanned pregnancies. Hiring poor women had given her the ability to work while raising her children, but what ethical compromise had she made?      Determined to confront the truth, Stack traveled to her employees' homes, met their parents and children, and turned a journalistic eye on the tradeoffs they'd been forced to make as working mothers seeking upward mobility—and on the cost to the children who were left behind.      Women's Work is an unforgettable story of four women as well as an electrifying meditation on the evasions of marriage, motherhood, feminism, and privilege. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343606 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343606]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stony the Road: Reconstruction, White Supremacy, and the Rise of Jim Crow Author: Henry Louis Gates Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A profound new rendering of the struggle by African-Americans for equality after the Civil War and the violent counter-revolution that resubjugated them, as seen through the prism of the war of images and ideas that have left an enduring racist stain on the American mind. The abolition of slavery in the aftermath of the Civil War is a familiar story, as is the civil rights revolution that transformed the nation after World War II. But the century in between remains a mystery: if emancipation sparked 'a new birth of freedom' in Lincoln's America, why was it necessary to march in Martin Luther King, Jr.'s America? In this new book, Henry Louis Gates, Jr., one of our leading chroniclers of the African-American experience, seeks to answer that question in a history that moves from the Reconstruction Era to the 'nadir' of the African-American experience under Jim Crow, through to World War I and the Harlem Renaissance.  Through his close reading of the visual culture of this tragic era, Gates reveals the many faces of Jim Crow and how, together, they reinforced a stark color line between white and black Americans. Bringing a lifetime of wisdom to bear as a scholar, filmmaker, and public intellectual, Gates uncovers the roots of structural racism in our own time, while showing how African Americans after slavery combatted it by articulating a vision of a 'New Negro' to force the nation to recognize their humanity and unique contributions to America as it hurtled toward the modern age. The story Gates tells begins with great hope, with the Emancipation Proclamation, Union victory, and the liberation of nearly 4 million enslaved African-Americans. Until 1877, the federal government, goaded by the activism of Frederick Douglass and many others, tried at various turns to sustain their new rights. But the terror unleashed by white paramilitary groups in the former Confederacy, combined with deteriorating economic conditions and a loss of Northern will, restored 'home rule' to the South. The retreat from Reconstruction was followed by one of the most violent periods in our history, with thousands of black people murdered or lynched and many more afflicted by the degrading impositions of Jim Crow segregation.  An essential tour through one of America's fundamental historical tragedies, Stony the Road is also a story of heroic resistance, as figures such as W. E. B. Du Bois and Ida B. Wells fought to create a counter-narrative, and culture, inside the lion's mouth. As sobering as this tale is, it also has within it the inspiration that comes with encountering the hopes our ancestors advanced against the longest odds. *Includes a Bonus PDF of images from the book. Henry Louis Gates Tue, 02 Apr 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343606 thebookvoice.com 9:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343606]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stony the Road: Reconstruction, White Supremacy, and the Rise of Jim Crow Author: Henry Louis Gates Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A profound new rendering of the struggle by African-Americans for equality after the Civil War and the violent counter-revolution that resubjugated them, as seen through the prism of the war of images and ideas that have left an enduring racist stain on the American mind. The abolition of slavery in the aftermath of the Civil War is a familiar story, as is the civil rights revolution that transformed the nation after World War II. But the century in between remains a mystery: if emancipation sparked 'a new birth of freedom' in Lincoln's America, why was it necessary to march in Martin Luther King, Jr.'s America? In this new book, Henry Louis Gates, Jr., one of our leading chroniclers of the African-American experience, seeks to answer that question in a history that moves from the Reconstruction Era to the 'nadir' of the African-American experience under Jim Crow, through to World War I and the Harlem Renaissance.  Through his close reading of the visual culture of this tragic era, Gates reveals the many faces of Jim Crow and how, together, they reinforced a stark color line between white and black Americans. Bringing a lifetime of wisdom to bear as a scholar, filmmaker, and public intellectual, Gates uncovers the roots of structural racism in our own time, while showing how African Americans after slavery combatted it by articulating a vision of a 'New Negro' to force the nation to recognize their humanity and unique contributions to America as it hurtled toward the modern age. The story Gates tells begins with great hope, with the Emancipation Proclamation, Union victory, and the liberation of nearly 4 million enslaved African-Americans. Until 1877, the federal government, goaded by the activism of Frederick Douglass and many others, tried at various turns to sustain their new rights. But the terror unleashed by white paramilitary groups in the former Confederacy, combined with deteriorating economic conditions and a loss of Northern will, restored 'home rule' to the South. The retreat from Reconstruction was followed by one of the most violent periods in our history, with thousands of black people murdered or lynched and many more afflicted by the degrading impositions of Jim Crow segregation.  An essential tour through one of America's fundamental historical tragedies, Stony the Road is also a story of heroic resistance, as figures such as W. E. B. Du Bois and Ida B. Wells fought to create a counter-narrative, and culture, inside the lion's mouth. As sobering as this tale is, it also has within it the inspiration that comes with encountering the hopes our ancestors advanced against the longest odds. *Includes a Bonus PDF of images from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343606]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stony the Road: Reconstruction, White Supremacy, and the Rise of Jim Crow Author: Henry Louis Gates Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A profound new rendering of the struggle by African-Americans for equality after the Civil War and the violent counter-revolution that resubjugated them, as seen through the prism of the war of images and ideas that have left an enduring racist stain on the American mind. The abolition of slavery in the aftermath of the Civil War is a familiar story, as is the civil rights revolution that transformed the nation after World War II. But the century in between remains a mystery: if emancipation sparked 'a new birth of freedom' in Lincoln's America, why was it necessary to march in Martin Luther King, Jr.'s America? In this new book, Henry Louis Gates, Jr., one of our leading chroniclers of the African-American experience, seeks to answer that question in a history that moves from the Reconstruction Era to the 'nadir' of the African-American experience under Jim Crow, through to World War I and the Harlem Renaissance.  Through his close reading of the visual culture of this tragic era, Gates reveals the many faces of Jim Crow and how, together, they reinforced a stark color line between white and black Americans. Bringing a lifetime of wisdom to bear as a scholar, filmmaker, and public intellectual, Gates uncovers the roots of structural racism in our own time, while showing how African Americans after slavery combatted it by articulating a vision of a 'New Negro' to force the nation to recognize their humanity and unique contributions to America as it hurtled toward the modern age. The story Gates tells begins with great hope, with the Emancipation Proclamation, Union victory, and the liberation of nearly 4 million enslaved African-Americans. Until 1877, the federal government, goaded by the activism of Frederick Douglass and many others, tried at various turns to sustain their new rights. But the terror unleashed by white paramilitary groups in the former Confederacy, combined with deteriorating economic conditions and a loss of Northern will, restored 'home rule' to the South. The retreat from Reconstruction was followed by one of the most violent periods in our history, with thousands of black people murdered or lynched and many more afflicted by the degrading impositions of Jim Crow segregation.  An essential tour through one of America's fundamental historical tragedies, Stony the Road is also a story of heroic resistance, as figures such as W. E. B. Du Bois and Ida B. Wells fought to create a counter-narrative, and culture, inside the lion's mouth. As sobering as this tale is, it also has within it the inspiration that comes with encountering the hopes our ancestors advanced against the longest odds. *Includes a Bonus PDF of images from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343602 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Sin by Any Other Name: Reckoning with Racism and the Heritage of the South Author: Robert W. Lee Narrator: Robert W. Lee, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A descendant of Confederate General Robert E. Lee chronicles his story of growing up with the South's most honored name, and the moments that forced him to confront the privilege, racism, and subversion of human dignity that came with it. With a foreword by Rev. Dr. Bernice A. King. The Reverend Robert W. Lee was a little-known pastor at a small church in North Carolina until the Charlottesville protests, when he went public with his denunciation of white supremacy in a captivating speech at the MTV Video Music Awards. Support poured in from around the country, but so did threats of violence from people who opposed the Reverend's message. In this riveting memoir, he narrates what it was like growing up as a Lee in the South, an experience that was colored by the world of the white Christian majority. He describes the widespread nostalgia for the Lost Cause and his gradual awakening to the unspoken assumptions of white supremacy which had, almost without him knowing it, distorted his values and even his Christian faith. In particular, Lee examines how many white Christians continue to be complicit in a culture of racism and injustice, and how after leaving his pulpit, he was welcomed into a growing movement of activists all across the South who are charting a new course for the region. A Sin by Any Other Name is a love letter to the South, from the South, by a Lee—and an unforgettable call for change and renewal. Robert W. Lee Tue, 02 Apr 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343602 thebookvoice.com 4:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Sin by Any Other Name: Reckoning with Racism and the Heritage of the South Author: Robert W. Lee Narrator: Robert W. Lee, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A descendant of Confederate General Robert E. Lee chronicles his story of growing up with the South's most honored name, and the moments that forced him to confront the privilege, racism, and subversion of human dignity that came with it. With a foreword by Rev. Dr. Bernice A. King. The Reverend Robert W. Lee was a little-known pastor at a small church in North Carolina until the Charlottesville protests, when he went public with his denunciation of white supremacy in a captivating speech at the MTV Video Music Awards. Support poured in from around the country, but so did threats of violence from people who opposed the Reverend's message. In this riveting memoir, he narrates what it was like growing up as a Lee in the South, an experience that was colored by the world of the white Christian majority. He describes the widespread nostalgia for the Lost Cause and his gradual awakening to the unspoken assumptions of white supremacy which had, almost without him knowing it, distorted his values and even his Christian faith. In particular, Lee examines how many white Christians continue to be complicit in a culture of racism and injustice, and how after leaving his pulpit, he was welcomed into a growing movement of activists all across the South who are charting a new course for the region. A Sin by Any Other Name is a love letter to the South, from the South, by a Lee—and an unforgettable call for change and renewal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Sin by Any Other Name: Reckoning with Racism and the Heritage of the South Author: Robert W. Lee Narrator: Robert W. Lee, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A descendant of Confederate General Robert E. Lee chronicles his story of growing up with the South's most honored name, and the moments that forced him to confront the privilege, racism, and subversion of human dignity that came with it. With a foreword by Rev. Dr. Bernice A. King. The Reverend Robert W. Lee was a little-known pastor at a small church in North Carolina until the Charlottesville protests, when he went public with his denunciation of white supremacy in a captivating speech at the MTV Video Music Awards. Support poured in from around the country, but so did threats of violence from people who opposed the Reverend's message. In this riveting memoir, he narrates what it was like growing up as a Lee in the South, an experience that was colored by the world of the white Christian majority. He describes the widespread nostalgia for the Lost Cause and his gradual awakening to the unspoken assumptions of white supremacy which had, almost without him knowing it, distorted his values and even his Christian faith. In particular, Lee examines how many white Christians continue to be complicit in a culture of racism and injustice, and how after leaving his pulpit, he was welcomed into a growing movement of activists all across the South who are charting a new course for the region. A Sin by Any Other Name is a love letter to the South, from the South, by a Lee—and an unforgettable call for change and renewal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343600 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343600]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Higher Etiquette: A Guide to the World of Cannabis, from Dispensaries to Dinner Parties Author: Lizzie Post Narrator: Lizzie Post Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Emily Post has gone to pot. As we enter the dawn of a new 'post-prohibition' era, the stigma surrounding cannabis use is fading, and the conversation about what it means to get high is changing. When it comes to being a respectful, thoughtful, and responsible consumer of pot, there is a lot you need to know. In Higher Etiquette, Lizzie Post--great-great granddaughter of Emily Post and co-president of America's most respected etiquette brand--explores and celebrates the wide world of legalized weed. Combining cannabis culture's long-established norms with the Emily Post Institute's tried-and-true principles, this book covers the social issues surrounding pot today, such as: - How to bring it to a dinner party or give it as a gift - Why eating it is different from inhaling it - How to respectfully use it as a guest - Why different strains affect you in different ways - How to be behave at a dispensary - How to tackle pot faux pas such as 'canoed' joints and 'lawn-mowed' bowls This handy guide also provides a primer on the diverse array of cannabis products and methods of use, illuminating the many convenient and accessible options available to everyone from experienced users to newbies and the canna-curious. Informative, charming, and stylishly illustrated, this buzzworthy book will make the ultimate lit addition to your stash. Lizzie Post Tue, 26 Mar 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343600 thebookvoice.com 4:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343600]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Higher Etiquette: A Guide to the World of Cannabis, from Dispensaries to Dinner Parties Author: Lizzie Post Narrator: Lizzie Post Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Emily Post has gone to pot. As we enter the dawn of a new 'post-prohibition' era, the stigma surrounding cannabis use is fading, and the conversation about what it means to get high is changing. When it comes to being a respectful, thoughtful, and responsible consumer of pot, there is a lot you need to know. In Higher Etiquette, Lizzie Post--great-great granddaughter of Emily Post and co-president of America's most respected etiquette brand--explores and celebrates the wide world of legalized weed. Combining cannabis culture's long-established norms with the Emily Post Institute's tried-and-true principles, this book covers the social issues surrounding pot today, such as: - How to bring it to a dinner party or give it as a gift - Why eating it is different from inhaling it - How to respectfully use it as a guest - Why different strains affect you in different ways - How to be behave at a dispensary - How to tackle pot faux pas such as 'canoed' joints and 'lawn-mowed' bowls This handy guide also provides a primer on the diverse array of cannabis products and methods of use, illuminating the many convenient and accessible options available to everyone from experienced users to newbies and the canna-curious. Informative, charming, and stylishly illustrated, this buzzworthy book will make the ultimate lit addition to your stash. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343600]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Higher Etiquette: A Guide to the World of Cannabis, from Dispensaries to Dinner Parties Author: Lizzie Post Narrator: Lizzie Post Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Emily Post has gone to pot. As we enter the dawn of a new 'post-prohibition' era, the stigma surrounding cannabis use is fading, and the conversation about what it means to get high is changing. When it comes to being a respectful, thoughtful, and responsible consumer of pot, there is a lot you need to know. In Higher Etiquette, Lizzie Post--great-great granddaughter of Emily Post and co-president of America's most respected etiquette brand--explores and celebrates the wide world of legalized weed. Combining cannabis culture's long-established norms with the Emily Post Institute's tried-and-true principles, this book covers the social issues surrounding pot today, such as: - How to bring it to a dinner party or give it as a gift - Why eating it is different from inhaling it - How to respectfully use it as a guest - Why different strains affect you in different ways - How to be behave at a dispensary - How to tackle pot faux pas such as 'canoed' joints and 'lawn-mowed' bowls This handy guide also provides a primer on the diverse array of cannabis products and methods of use, illuminating the many convenient and accessible options available to everyone from experienced users to newbies and the canna-curious. Informative, charming, and stylishly illustrated, this buzzworthy book will make the ultimate lit addition to your stash. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343598 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biased: Uncovering the Hidden Prejudice That Shapes What We See, Think, and Do Author: Jennifer L. Eberhardt Narrator: Jennifer L. Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Poignant....important and illuminating.'—The New York Times Book Review 'Groundbreaking.'—Bryan Stevenson, New York Times bestselling author of Just Mercy From one of the world’s leading experts on unconscious racial bias come stories, science, and strategies to address one of the central controversies of our time How do we talk about bias? How do we address racial disparities and inequities? What role do our institutions play in creating, maintaining, and magnifying those inequities? What role do we play? With a perspective that is at once scientific, investigative, and informed by personal experience, Dr. Jennifer Eberhardt offers us the language and courage we need to face one of the biggest and most troubling issues of our time. She exposes racial bias at all levels of society—in our neighborhoods, schools, workplaces, and criminal justice system. Yet she also offers us tools to address it. Eberhardt shows us how we can be vulnerable to bias but not doomed to live under its grip. Racial bias is a problem that we all have a role to play in solving. Jennifer L. Eberhardt Tue, 26 Mar 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343598 thebookvoice.com 10:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biased: Uncovering the Hidden Prejudice That Shapes What We See, Think, and Do Author: Jennifer L. Eberhardt Narrator: Jennifer L. Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Poignant....important and illuminating.'—The New York Times Book Review 'Groundbreaking.'—Bryan Stevenson, New York Times bestselling author of Just Mercy From one of the world’s leading experts on unconscious racial bias come stories, science, and strategies to address one of the central controversies of our time How do we talk about bias? How do we address racial disparities and inequities? What role do our institutions play in creating, maintaining, and magnifying those inequities? What role do we play? With a perspective that is at once scientific, investigative, and informed by personal experience, Dr. Jennifer Eberhardt offers us the language and courage we need to face one of the biggest and most troubling issues of our time. She exposes racial bias at all levels of society—in our neighborhoods, schools, workplaces, and criminal justice system. Yet she also offers us tools to address it. Eberhardt shows us how we can be vulnerable to bias but not doomed to live under its grip. Racial bias is a problem that we all have a role to play in solving. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biased: Uncovering the Hidden Prejudice That Shapes What We See, Think, and Do Author: Jennifer L. Eberhardt Narrator: Jennifer L. Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Poignant....important and illuminating.'—The New York Times Book Review 'Groundbreaking.'—Bryan Stevenson, New York Times bestselling author of Just Mercy From one of the world’s leading experts on unconscious racial bias come stories, science, and strategies to address one of the central controversies of our time How do we talk about bias? How do we address racial disparities and inequities? What role do our institutions play in creating, maintaining, and magnifying those inequities? What role do we play? With a perspective that is at once scientific, investigative, and informed by personal experience, Dr. Jennifer Eberhardt offers us the language and courage we need to face one of the biggest and most troubling issues of our time. She exposes racial bias at all levels of society—in our neighborhoods, schools, workplaces, and criminal justice system. Yet she also offers us tools to address it. Eberhardt shows us how we can be vulnerable to bias but not doomed to live under its grip. Racial bias is a problem that we all have a role to play in solving. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343577 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burnout: The Secret to Unlocking the Stress Cycle Author: Emily Nagoski, Amelia Nagoski Narrator: Amelia Nagoski, Emily Nagoski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 63 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 18 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “This book is a gift! I’ve been practicing their strategies, and it’s a total game changer.”—Brené Brown, PhD, author of Dare to Lead “A primer on how to stop letting the world dictate how you live and what we think of ourselves, Burnout is essential reading [and] . . . excels in its intersectionality.”—Bustle   This groundbreaking book explains why women experience burnout differently than men—and provides a roadmap to minimizing stress, managing emotions, and living more joyfully.   Burnout. You, like most American women, have probably experienced it. What’s expected of women and what it’s really like to exist as a woman in today’s world are two different things—and we exhaust ourselves trying to close the gap. Sisters Emily Nagoski, PhD, and Amelia Nagoski, DMA, are here to help end the all-too-familiar cycle of feeling overwhelmed and exhausted. They compassionately explain the obstacles and societal pressures we face—and how we can fight back.    You’ll learn • what you can do to complete the biological stress cycle • how to manage the “monitor” in your brain that regulates the emotion of frustration • how the Bikini Industrial Complex makes it difficult for women to love their bodies—and how to defend yourself against it • why rest, human connection, and befriending your inner critic are keys to recovering from and preventing burnout   With the help of eye-opening science, prescriptive advice, and helpful worksheets and exercises, all women will find something transformative in Burnout—and will be empowered to create positive change. A BOOKRIOT BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Emily Nagoski, Amelia Nagoski Tue, 26 Mar 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343577 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burnout: The Secret to Unlocking the Stress Cycle Author: Emily Nagoski, Amelia Nagoski Narrator: Amelia Nagoski, Emily Nagoski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 63 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 18 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “This book is a gift! I’ve been practicing their strategies, and it’s a total game changer.”—Brené Brown, PhD, author of Dare to Lead “A primer on how to stop letting the world dictate how you live and what we think of ourselves, Burnout is essential reading [and] . . . excels in its intersectionality.”—Bustle   This groundbreaking book explains why women experience burnout differently than men—and provides a roadmap to minimizing stress, managing emotions, and living more joyfully.   Burnout. You, like most American women, have probably experienced it. What’s expected of women and what it’s really like to exist as a woman in today’s world are two different things—and we exhaust ourselves trying to close the gap. Sisters Emily Nagoski, PhD, and Amelia Nagoski, DMA, are here to help end the all-too-familiar cycle of feeling overwhelmed and exhausted. They compassionately explain the obstacles and societal pressures we face—and how we can fight back.    You’ll learn • what you can do to complete the biological stress cycle • how to manage the “monitor” in your brain that regulates the emotion of frustration • how the Bikini Industrial Complex makes it difficult for women to love their bodies—and how to defend yourself against it • why rest, human connection, and befriending your inner critic are keys to recovering from and preventing burnout   With the help of eye-opening science, prescriptive advice, and helpful worksheets and exercises, all women will find something transformative in Burnout—and will be empowered to create positive change. A BOOKRIOT BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burnout: The Secret to Unlocking the Stress Cycle Author: Emily Nagoski, Amelia Nagoski Narrator: Amelia Nagoski, Emily Nagoski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 63 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 18 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “This book is a gift! I’ve been practicing their strategies, and it’s a total game changer.”—Brené Brown, PhD, author of Dare to Lead “A primer on how to stop letting the world dictate how you live and what we think of ourselves, Burnout is essential reading [and] . . . excels in its intersectionality.”—Bustle   This groundbreaking book explains why women experience burnout differently than men—and provides a roadmap to minimizing stress, managing emotions, and living more joyfully.   Burnout. You, like most American women, have probably experienced it. What’s expected of women and what it’s really like to exist as a woman in today’s world are two different things—and we exhaust ourselves trying to close the gap. Sisters Emily Nagoski, PhD, and Amelia Nagoski, DMA, are here to help end the all-too-familiar cycle of feeling overwhelmed and exhausted. They compassionately explain the obstacles and societal pressures we face—and how we can fight back.    You’ll learn • what you can do to complete the biological stress cycle • how to manage the “monitor” in your brain that regulates the emotion of frustration • how the Bikini Industrial Complex makes it difficult for women to love their bodies—and how to defend yourself against it • why rest, human connection, and befriending your inner critic are keys to recovering from and preventing burnout   With the help of eye-opening science, prescriptive advice, and helpful worksheets and exercises, all women will find something transformative in Burnout—and will be empowered to create positive change. A BOOKRIOT BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343543 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An American Summer: Love and Death in Chicago Author: Alex Kotlowitz Narrator: Alex Kotlowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 2020 J. ANTHONY LUKAS PRIZE WINNER From the bestselling author of There Are No Children Here, a richly textured, heartrending portrait of love and death in Chicago's most turbulent neighborhoods. The numbers are staggering: over the past twenty years in Chicago, 14,033 people have been killed and another roughly 60,000 wounded by gunfire. What does that do to the spirit of individuals and community? Drawing on his decades of experience, Alex Kotlowitz set out to chronicle one summer in the city, writing about individuals who have emerged from the violence and whose stories capture the capacity--and the breaking point--of the human heart and soul. The result is a spellbinding collection of deeply intimate profiles that upend what we think we know about gun violence in America. Among others, we meet a man who as a teenager killed a rival gang member and twenty years later is still trying to come to terms with what he's done; a devoted school social worker struggling with her favorite student, who refuses to give evidence in the shooting death of his best friend; the witness to a wrongful police shooting who can't shake what he has seen; and an aging former gang leader who builds a place of refuge for himself and his friends.      Applying the close-up, empathic reporting that made There Are No Children Here a modern classic, Kotlowitz offers a piercingly honest portrait of a city in turmoil. These sketches of those left standing will get into your bones. This one summer will stay with you. Alex Kotlowitz Tue, 05 Mar 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343543 thebookvoice.com 9:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An American Summer: Love and Death in Chicago Author: Alex Kotlowitz Narrator: Alex Kotlowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 2020 J. ANTHONY LUKAS PRIZE WINNER From the bestselling author of There Are No Children Here, a richly textured, heartrending portrait of love and death in Chicago's most turbulent neighborhoods. The numbers are staggering: over the past twenty years in Chicago, 14,033 people have been killed and another roughly 60,000 wounded by gunfire. What does that do to the spirit of individuals and community? Drawing on his decades of experience, Alex Kotlowitz set out to chronicle one summer in the city, writing about individuals who have emerged from the violence and whose stories capture the capacity--and the breaking point--of the human heart and soul. The result is a spellbinding collection of deeply intimate profiles that upend what we think we know about gun violence in America. Among others, we meet a man who as a teenager killed a rival gang member and twenty years later is still trying to come to terms with what he's done; a devoted school social worker struggling with her favorite student, who refuses to give evidence in the shooting death of his best friend; the witness to a wrongful police shooting who can't shake what he has seen; and an aging former gang leader who builds a place of refuge for himself and his friends.      Applying the close-up, empathic reporting that made There Are No Children Here a modern classic, Kotlowitz offers a piercingly honest portrait of a city in turmoil. These sketches of those left standing will get into your bones. This one summer will stay with you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An American Summer: Love and Death in Chicago Author: Alex Kotlowitz Narrator: Alex Kotlowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 2020 J. ANTHONY LUKAS PRIZE WINNER From the bestselling author of There Are No Children Here, a richly textured, heartrending portrait of love and death in Chicago's most turbulent neighborhoods. The numbers are staggering: over the past twenty years in Chicago, 14,033 people have been killed and another roughly 60,000 wounded by gunfire. What does that do to the spirit of individuals and community? Drawing on his decades of experience, Alex Kotlowitz set out to chronicle one summer in the city, writing about individuals who have emerged from the violence and whose stories capture the capacity--and the breaking point--of the human heart and soul. The result is a spellbinding collection of deeply intimate profiles that upend what we think we know about gun violence in America. Among others, we meet a man who as a teenager killed a rival gang member and twenty years later is still trying to come to terms with what he's done; a devoted school social worker struggling with her favorite student, who refuses to give evidence in the shooting death of his best friend; the witness to a wrongful police shooting who can't shake what he has seen; and an aging former gang leader who builds a place of refuge for himself and his friends.      Applying the close-up, empathic reporting that made There Are No Children Here a modern classic, Kotlowitz offers a piercingly honest portrait of a city in turmoil. These sketches of those left standing will get into your bones. This one summer will stay with you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343530 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343530]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This View of Life: Completing the Darwinian Revolution Author: David Sloan Wilson Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It is widely understood that Charles Darwin’s theory of evolution completely revolutionized the study of biology. Yet, according to David Sloan Wilson, the Darwinian revolution won’t be truly complete until it is applied more broadly—to everything associated with the words “human,” “culture,” and “policy.” In a series of engaging and insightful examples—from the breeding of hens to the timing of cataract surgeries to the organization of an automobile plant—Wilson shows how an evolutionary worldview provides a practical tool kit for understanding not only genetic evolution but also the fast-paced changes that are having an impact on our world and ourselves. What emerges is an incredibly empowering argument: If we can become wise managers of evolutionary processes, we can solve the problems of our age at all scales—from the efficacy of our groups to our well-being as individuals to our stewardship of the planet Earth. David Sloan Wilson Tue, 26 Feb 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343530 thebookvoice.com 8:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343530]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This View of Life: Completing the Darwinian Revolution Author: David Sloan Wilson Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It is widely understood that Charles Darwin’s theory of evolution completely revolutionized the study of biology. Yet, according to David Sloan Wilson, the Darwinian revolution won’t be truly complete until it is applied more broadly—to everything associated with the words “human,” “culture,” and “policy.” In a series of engaging and insightful examples—from the breeding of hens to the timing of cataract surgeries to the organization of an automobile plant—Wilson shows how an evolutionary worldview provides a practical tool kit for understanding not only genetic evolution but also the fast-paced changes that are having an impact on our world and ourselves. What emerges is an incredibly empowering argument: If we can become wise managers of evolutionary processes, we can solve the problems of our age at all scales—from the efficacy of our groups to our well-being as individuals to our stewardship of the planet Earth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343530]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This View of Life: Completing the Darwinian Revolution Author: David Sloan Wilson Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It is widely understood that Charles Darwin’s theory of evolution completely revolutionized the study of biology. Yet, according to David Sloan Wilson, the Darwinian revolution won’t be truly complete until it is applied more broadly—to everything associated with the words “human,” “culture,” and “policy.” In a series of engaging and insightful examples—from the breeding of hens to the timing of cataract surgeries to the organization of an automobile plant—Wilson shows how an evolutionary worldview provides a practical tool kit for understanding not only genetic evolution but also the fast-paced changes that are having an impact on our world and ourselves. What emerges is an incredibly empowering argument: If we can become wise managers of evolutionary processes, we can solve the problems of our age at all scales—from the efficacy of our groups to our well-being as individuals to our stewardship of the planet Earth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343496 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on a Nervous Planet Author: Matt Haig Narrator: Matt Haig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Midnight Library. The world is messing with our minds. What if there was something we could do about it? Don’t miss Matt Haig’s new novel The Life Impossible, coming September 2024 Looking at sleep, news, social media, addiction, work and play, Matt Haig invites us to feel calmer, happier and to question the habits of the digital age. This book might even change the way you spend your precious time on earth. Matt Haig Tue, 29 Jan 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343496 thebookvoice.com 5:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on a Nervous Planet Author: Matt Haig Narrator: Matt Haig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Midnight Library. The world is messing with our minds. What if there was something we could do about it? Don’t miss Matt Haig’s new novel The Life Impossible, coming September 2024 Looking at sleep, news, social media, addiction, work and play, Matt Haig invites us to feel calmer, happier and to question the habits of the digital age. This book might even change the way you spend your precious time on earth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on a Nervous Planet Author: Matt Haig Narrator: Matt Haig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Midnight Library. The world is messing with our minds. What if there was something we could do about it? Don’t miss Matt Haig’s new novel The Life Impossible, coming September 2024 Looking at sleep, news, social media, addiction, work and play, Matt Haig invites us to feel calmer, happier and to question the habits of the digital age. This book might even change the way you spend your precious time on earth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343460 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343460]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Renegade Women in Film and TV Author: Elizabeth Weitzman Narrator: Mozhan Marnò Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A charming and timely tribute to the women who broke glass ceilings in film and television, debuting during an historic time of change in the entertainment industry.   Renegade Women in Film and TV blends fascinating biographical profiles and exclusive interviews with icons like Barbra Streisand, Rita Moreno, and Sigourney Weaver to celebrate the accomplishments of 50 extraordinary women throughout the history of entertainment. Each profile highlights the groundbreaking accomplishments and essential work of pioneers from the big and small screens, offering little-known facts about household names (Lucille Ball, Oprah Winfrey, Nora Ephron) and crucial introductions to overlooked pioneers (Alla Nazimova, Anna May Wong, Frances Marion). From 19th century iconoclast Alice Guy Blaché to 21st century trailblazer Ava DuVernay, Renegade Women honors the women who succeeded against all odds, changing their industry in front of the camera and behind the scenes. Elizabeth Weitzman Tue, 05 Feb 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343460 thebookvoice.com 3:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343460]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Renegade Women in Film and TV Author: Elizabeth Weitzman Narrator: Mozhan Marnò Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A charming and timely tribute to the women who broke glass ceilings in film and television, debuting during an historic time of change in the entertainment industry.   Renegade Women in Film and TV blends fascinating biographical profiles and exclusive interviews with icons like Barbra Streisand, Rita Moreno, and Sigourney Weaver to celebrate the accomplishments of 50 extraordinary women throughout the history of entertainment. Each profile highlights the groundbreaking accomplishments and essential work of pioneers from the big and small screens, offering little-known facts about household names (Lucille Ball, Oprah Winfrey, Nora Ephron) and crucial introductions to overlooked pioneers (Alla Nazimova, Anna May Wong, Frances Marion). From 19th century iconoclast Alice Guy Blaché to 21st century trailblazer Ava DuVernay, Renegade Women honors the women who succeeded against all odds, changing their industry in front of the camera and behind the scenes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343460]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Renegade Women in Film and TV Author: Elizabeth Weitzman Narrator: Mozhan Marnò Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A charming and timely tribute to the women who broke glass ceilings in film and television, debuting during an historic time of change in the entertainment industry.   Renegade Women in Film and TV blends fascinating biographical profiles and exclusive interviews with icons like Barbra Streisand, Rita Moreno, and Sigourney Weaver to celebrate the accomplishments of 50 extraordinary women throughout the history of entertainment. Each profile highlights the groundbreaking accomplishments and essential work of pioneers from the big and small screens, offering little-known facts about household names (Lucille Ball, Oprah Winfrey, Nora Ephron) and crucial introductions to overlooked pioneers (Alla Nazimova, Anna May Wong, Frances Marion). From 19th century iconoclast Alice Guy Blaché to 21st century trailblazer Ava DuVernay, Renegade Women honors the women who succeeded against all odds, changing their industry in front of the camera and behind the scenes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343454 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empty Planet: The Shock of Global Population Decline Author: Darrell Bricker, John Ibbitson Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An award-winning journalist and leading international social researcher make the provocative argument that the global population will soon begin to decline, dramatically reshaping the social, political, and economic landscape   For half a century, statisticians, pundits, and politicians have warned that a burgeoning population will soon overwhelm the earth's resources. But a growing number of experts are sounding a different alarm. Rather than continuing to increase exponentially, they argue, the global population is headed for a steep decline—and in many countries, that decline has already begun.   In Empty Planet, John Ibbitson and Darrell Bricker find that a smaller global population will bring with it many benefits: fewer workers will command higher wages; the environment will improve; the risk of famine will wane; and falling birthrates in the developing world will bring greater affluence and autonomy for women.   But enormous disruption lies ahead, too. We can already see the effects in Europe and parts of Asia, as aging populations and worker shortages weaken the economy and impose crippling demands on healthcare and social security. The United States and Canada are well-positioned to successfully navigate these coming demographic shifts--that is, unless growing isolationism leads us to close ourselves off just as openness becomes more critical to our survival than ever.   Rigorously researched and deeply compelling, Empty Planet offers a vision of a future that we can no longer prevent--but one that we can shape, if we choose. Praise for Empty Planet   “An ambitious reimagining of our demographic future.”—The New York Times Book Review   “The authors combine a mastery of social-science research with enough journalistic flair to convince fair-minded readers of a simple fact: Fertility is falling faster than most experts can readily explain, driven by persistent forces.”—The Wall Street Journal   “The beauty of this book is that it links hard-to-grasp global trends to the easy to-understand individual choices being made all over the world today . . . a gripping narrative of a world on the cusp of profound change.”—The New Statesman “John Ibbitson and Darrell Bricker have written a sparkling and enlightening guide to the contemporary world of fertility as small family sizes and plunging rates of child-bearing go global.”–The Globe and Mail Darrell Bricker, John Ibbitson Tue, 05 Feb 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343454 thebookvoice.com 8:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empty Planet: The Shock of Global Population Decline Author: Darrell Bricker, John Ibbitson Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An award-winning journalist and leading international social researcher make the provocative argument that the global population will soon begin to decline, dramatically reshaping the social, political, and economic landscape   For half a century, statisticians, pundits, and politicians have warned that a burgeoning population will soon overwhelm the earth's resources. But a growing number of experts are sounding a different alarm. Rather than continuing to increase exponentially, they argue, the global population is headed for a steep decline—and in many countries, that decline has already begun.   In Empty Planet, John Ibbitson and Darrell Bricker find that a smaller global population will bring with it many benefits: fewer workers will command higher wages; the environment will improve; the risk of famine will wane; and falling birthrates in the developing world will bring greater affluence and autonomy for women.   But enormous disruption lies ahead, too. We can already see the effects in Europe and parts of Asia, as aging populations and worker shortages weaken the economy and impose crippling demands on healthcare and social security. The United States and Canada are well-positioned to successfully navigate these coming demographic shifts--that is, unless growing isolationism leads us to close ourselves off just as openness becomes more critical to our survival than ever.   Rigorously researched and deeply compelling, Empty Planet offers a vision of a future that we can no longer prevent--but one that we can shape, if we choose. Praise for Empty Planet   “An ambitious reimagining of our demographic future.”—The New York Times Book Review   “The authors combine a mastery of social-science research with enough journalistic flair to convince fair-minded readers of a simple fact: Fertility is falling faster than most experts can readily explain, driven by persistent forces.”—The Wall Street Journal   “The beauty of this book is that it links hard-to-grasp global trends to the easy to-understand individual choices being made all over the world today . . . a gripping narrative of a world on the cusp of profound change.”—The New Statesman “John Ibbitson and Darrell Bricker have written a sparkling and enlightening guide to the contemporary world of fertility as small family sizes and plunging rates of child-bearing go global.”–The Globe and Mail Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empty Planet: The Shock of Global Population Decline Author: Darrell Bricker, John Ibbitson Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An award-winning journalist and leading international social researcher make the provocative argument that the global population will soon begin to decline, dramatically reshaping the social, political, and economic landscape   For half a century, statisticians, pundits, and politicians have warned that a burgeoning population will soon overwhelm the earth's resources. But a growing number of experts are sounding a different alarm. Rather than continuing to increase exponentially, they argue, the global population is headed for a steep decline—and in many countries, that decline has already begun.   In Empty Planet, John Ibbitson and Darrell Bricker find that a smaller global population will bring with it many benefits: fewer workers will command higher wages; the environment will improve; the risk of famine will wane; and falling birthrates in the developing world will bring greater affluence and autonomy for women.   But enormous disruption lies ahead, too. We can already see the effects in Europe and parts of Asia, as aging populations and worker shortages weaken the economy and impose crippling demands on healthcare and social security. The United States and Canada are well-positioned to successfully navigate these coming demographic shifts--that is, unless growing isolationism leads us to close ourselves off just as openness becomes more critical to our survival than ever.   Rigorously researched and deeply compelling, Empty Planet offers a vision of a future that we can no longer prevent--but one that we can shape, if we choose. Praise for Empty Planet   “An ambitious reimagining of our demographic future.”—The New York Times Book Review   “The authors combine a mastery of social-science research with enough journalistic flair to convince fair-minded readers of a simple fact: Fertility is falling faster than most experts can readily explain, driven by persistent forces.”—The Wall Street Journal   “The beauty of this book is that it links hard-to-grasp global trends to the easy to-understand individual choices being made all over the world today . . . a gripping narrative of a world on the cusp of profound change.”—The New Statesman “John Ibbitson and Darrell Bricker have written a sparkling and enlightening guide to the contemporary world of fertility as small family sizes and plunging rates of child-bearing go global.”–The Globe and Mail https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343453 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Figuring Author: Maria Popova Narrator: Natascha Mcelhone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Figuring explores the complexities of love and the human search for truth and meaning through the interconnected lives of several historical figures across four centuries—beginning with the astronomer Johannes Kepler, who discovered the laws of planetary motion, and ending with the marine biologist and author Rachel Carson, who catalyzed the environmental movement. Stretching between these figures is a cast of artists, writers, and scientists—mostly women, mostly queer—whose public contribution have risen out of their unclassifiable and often heartbreaking private relationships to change the way we understand, experience, and appreciate the universe. Among them are the astronomer Maria Mitchell, who paved the way for women in science; the sculptor Harriet Hosmer, who did the same in art; the journalist and literary critic Margaret Fuller, who sparked the feminist movement; and the poet Emily Dickinson. Emanating from these lives are larger questions about the measure of a good life and what it means to leave a lasting mark of betterment on an imperfect world: Are achievement and acclaim enough for happiness? Is genius? Is love? Weaving through the narrative is a set of peripheral figures—Ralph Waldo Emerson, Charles Darwin, Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Herman Melville, Frederick Douglass, Nathaniel Hawthorne, and Walt Whitman—and a tapestry of themes spanning music, feminism, the history of science, the rise and decline of religion, and how the intersection of astronomy, poetry, and Transcendentalist philosophy fomented the environmental movement. Maria Popova Tue, 05 Feb 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343453 thebookvoice.com 21:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Figuring Author: Maria Popova Narrator: Natascha Mcelhone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Figuring explores the complexities of love and the human search for truth and meaning through the interconnected lives of several historical figures across four centuries—beginning with the astronomer Johannes Kepler, who discovered the laws of planetary motion, and ending with the marine biologist and author Rachel Carson, who catalyzed the environmental movement. Stretching between these figures is a cast of artists, writers, and scientists—mostly women, mostly queer—whose public contribution have risen out of their unclassifiable and often heartbreaking private relationships to change the way we understand, experience, and appreciate the universe. Among them are the astronomer Maria Mitchell, who paved the way for women in science; the sculptor Harriet Hosmer, who did the same in art; the journalist and literary critic Margaret Fuller, who sparked the feminist movement; and the poet Emily Dickinson. Emanating from these lives are larger questions about the measure of a good life and what it means to leave a lasting mark of betterment on an imperfect world: Are achievement and acclaim enough for happiness? Is genius? Is love? Weaving through the narrative is a set of peripheral figures—Ralph Waldo Emerson, Charles Darwin, Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Herman Melville, Frederick Douglass, Nathaniel Hawthorne, and Walt Whitman—and a tapestry of themes spanning music, feminism, the history of science, the rise and decline of religion, and how the intersection of astronomy, poetry, and Transcendentalist philosophy fomented the environmental movement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Figuring Author: Maria Popova Narrator: Natascha Mcelhone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Figuring explores the complexities of love and the human search for truth and meaning through the interconnected lives of several historical figures across four centuries—beginning with the astronomer Johannes Kepler, who discovered the laws of planetary motion, and ending with the marine biologist and author Rachel Carson, who catalyzed the environmental movement. Stretching between these figures is a cast of artists, writers, and scientists—mostly women, mostly queer—whose public contribution have risen out of their unclassifiable and often heartbreaking private relationships to change the way we understand, experience, and appreciate the universe. Among them are the astronomer Maria Mitchell, who paved the way for women in science; the sculptor Harriet Hosmer, who did the same in art; the journalist and literary critic Margaret Fuller, who sparked the feminist movement; and the poet Emily Dickinson. Emanating from these lives are larger questions about the measure of a good life and what it means to leave a lasting mark of betterment on an imperfect world: Are achievement and acclaim enough for happiness? Is genius? Is love? Weaving through the narrative is a set of peripheral figures—Ralph Waldo Emerson, Charles Darwin, Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Herman Melville, Frederick Douglass, Nathaniel Hawthorne, and Walt Whitman—and a tapestry of themes spanning music, feminism, the history of science, the rise and decline of religion, and how the intersection of astronomy, poetry, and Transcendentalist philosophy fomented the environmental movement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343445 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Antisemitism: Here and Now Author: Deborah E. Lipstadt Narrator: Phoebe Strole, Paul Boehmer, Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ***2019 NATIONAL JEWISH BOOK AWARD WINNER—Jew­ish Edu­ca­tion and Iden­ti­ty Award*** The award-winning author of The Eichmann Trial and Denial: Holocaust History on Trial gives us a penetrating and provocative analysis of the hate that will not die, focusing on its current, virulent incarnations on both the political right and left: from white supremacist demonstrators in Charlottesville, Virginia, to mainstream enablers of antisemitism such as Donald Trump and Jeremy Corbyn, to a gay pride march in Chicago that expelled a group of women for carrying a Star of David banner. Over the last decade there has been a noticeable uptick in antisemitic rhetoric and incidents by left-wing groups targeting Jewish students and Jewish organizations on American college campuses. And the reemergence of the white nationalist movement in America, complete with Nazi slogans and imagery, has been reminiscent of the horrific fascist displays of the 1930s. Throughout Europe, Jews have been attacked by terrorists, and some have been murdered. Where is all this hatred coming from? Is there any significant difference between left-wing and right-wing antisemitism? What role has the anti-Zionist movement played? And what can be done to combat the latest manifestations of an ancient hatred? In a series of letters to an imagined college student and imagined colleague, both of whom are perplexed by this resurgence, acclaimed historian Deborah Lipstadt gives us her own superbly reasoned, brilliantly argued, and certain to be controversial responses to these troubling questions. Deborah E. Lipstadt Tue, 29 Jan 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343445 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Antisemitism: Here and Now Author: Deborah E. Lipstadt Narrator: Phoebe Strole, Paul Boehmer, Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ***2019 NATIONAL JEWISH BOOK AWARD WINNER—Jew­ish Edu­ca­tion and Iden­ti­ty Award*** The award-winning author of The Eichmann Trial and Denial: Holocaust History on Trial gives us a penetrating and provocative analysis of the hate that will not die, focusing on its current, virulent incarnations on both the political right and left: from white supremacist demonstrators in Charlottesville, Virginia, to mainstream enablers of antisemitism such as Donald Trump and Jeremy Corbyn, to a gay pride march in Chicago that expelled a group of women for carrying a Star of David banner. Over the last decade there has been a noticeable uptick in antisemitic rhetoric and incidents by left-wing groups targeting Jewish students and Jewish organizations on American college campuses. And the reemergence of the white nationalist movement in America, complete with Nazi slogans and imagery, has been reminiscent of the horrific fascist displays of the 1930s. Throughout Europe, Jews have been attacked by terrorists, and some have been murdered. Where is all this hatred coming from? Is there any significant difference between left-wing and right-wing antisemitism? What role has the anti-Zionist movement played? And what can be done to combat the latest manifestations of an ancient hatred? In a series of letters to an imagined college student and imagined colleague, both of whom are perplexed by this resurgence, acclaimed historian Deborah Lipstadt gives us her own superbly reasoned, brilliantly argued, and certain to be controversial responses to these troubling questions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Antisemitism: Here and Now Author: Deborah E. Lipstadt Narrator: Phoebe Strole, Paul Boehmer, Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ***2019 NATIONAL JEWISH BOOK AWARD WINNER—Jew­ish Edu­ca­tion and Iden­ti­ty Award*** The award-winning author of The Eichmann Trial and Denial: Holocaust History on Trial gives us a penetrating and provocative analysis of the hate that will not die, focusing on its current, virulent incarnations on both the political right and left: from white supremacist demonstrators in Charlottesville, Virginia, to mainstream enablers of antisemitism such as Donald Trump and Jeremy Corbyn, to a gay pride march in Chicago that expelled a group of women for carrying a Star of David banner. Over the last decade there has been a noticeable uptick in antisemitic rhetoric and incidents by left-wing groups targeting Jewish students and Jewish organizations on American college campuses. And the reemergence of the white nationalist movement in America, complete with Nazi slogans and imagery, has been reminiscent of the horrific fascist displays of the 1930s. Throughout Europe, Jews have been attacked by terrorists, and some have been murdered. Where is all this hatred coming from? Is there any significant difference between left-wing and right-wing antisemitism? What role has the anti-Zionist movement played? And what can be done to combat the latest manifestations of an ancient hatred? In a series of letters to an imagined college student and imagined colleague, both of whom are perplexed by this resurgence, acclaimed historian Deborah Lipstadt gives us her own superbly reasoned, brilliantly argued, and certain to be controversial responses to these troubling questions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343442 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brave, Not Perfect: Fear Less, Fail More, and Live Bolder Author: Reshma Saujani Narrator: Reshma Saujani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER • Inspired by her popular TED Talk, the founder and CEO of Girls Who Code urges women to embrace imperfection and live a bolder, more authentic life. “A timely message for women of all ages: Perfection isn’t just impossible but, worse, insidious.”—Angela Duckworth, bestselling author of Grit   Imagine if you lived without the fear of not being good enough. If you didn’t care how your life looked on Instagram. If you could let go of the guilt and stop beating yourself up for making human mistakes. Imagine if, in every decision you faced, you took the bolder path?   As women, too many of us feel crushed under the weight of our own expectations. We run ourselves ragged trying to please everyone, pass up opportunities that scare us, and avoid rejection at all costs.   There’s a reason we act this way, Saujani says. As girls, we were taught to play it safe. Well-meaning parents and teachers praised us for being quiet and polite, urged us to be careful so we didn’t get hurt, and steered us to activities at which we could shine. As a result, we grew up to be women who are afraid to fail.    It’s time to stop letting our fears drown out our dreams and narrow our world, along with our chance at happiness.   By choosing bravery over perfection, we can find the power to claim our voice, to leave behind what makes us unhappy, and to go for the things we genuinely, passionately want. Perfection may set us on a path that feels safe, but bravery leads us to the one we’re authentically meant to follow. In Brave, Not Perfect, Saujani shares powerful insights and practices to help us let go of our need for perfection and make bravery a lifelong habit. By being brave, not perfect, we can all become the authors of our best and most joyful life. Reshma Saujani Tue, 05 Feb 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343442 thebookvoice.com 5:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brave, Not Perfect: Fear Less, Fail More, and Live Bolder Author: Reshma Saujani Narrator: Reshma Saujani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER • Inspired by her popular TED Talk, the founder and CEO of Girls Who Code urges women to embrace imperfection and live a bolder, more authentic life. “A timely message for women of all ages: Perfection isn’t just impossible but, worse, insidious.”—Angela Duckworth, bestselling author of Grit   Imagine if you lived without the fear of not being good enough. If you didn’t care how your life looked on Instagram. If you could let go of the guilt and stop beating yourself up for making human mistakes. Imagine if, in every decision you faced, you took the bolder path?   As women, too many of us feel crushed under the weight of our own expectations. We run ourselves ragged trying to please everyone, pass up opportunities that scare us, and avoid rejection at all costs.   There’s a reason we act this way, Saujani says. As girls, we were taught to play it safe. Well-meaning parents and teachers praised us for being quiet and polite, urged us to be careful so we didn’t get hurt, and steered us to activities at which we could shine. As a result, we grew up to be women who are afraid to fail.    It’s time to stop letting our fears drown out our dreams and narrow our world, along with our chance at happiness.   By choosing bravery over perfection, we can find the power to claim our voice, to leave behind what makes us unhappy, and to go for the things we genuinely, passionately want. Perfection may set us on a path that feels safe, but bravery leads us to the one we’re authentically meant to follow. In Brave, Not Perfect, Saujani shares powerful insights and practices to help us let go of our need for perfection and make bravery a lifelong habit. By being brave, not perfect, we can all become the authors of our best and most joyful life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brave, Not Perfect: Fear Less, Fail More, and Live Bolder Author: Reshma Saujani Narrator: Reshma Saujani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER • Inspired by her popular TED Talk, the founder and CEO of Girls Who Code urges women to embrace imperfection and live a bolder, more authentic life. “A timely message for women of all ages: Perfection isn’t just impossible but, worse, insidious.”—Angela Duckworth, bestselling author of Grit   Imagine if you lived without the fear of not being good enough. If you didn’t care how your life looked on Instagram. If you could let go of the guilt and stop beating yourself up for making human mistakes. Imagine if, in every decision you faced, you took the bolder path?   As women, too many of us feel crushed under the weight of our own expectations. We run ourselves ragged trying to please everyone, pass up opportunities that scare us, and avoid rejection at all costs.   There’s a reason we act this way, Saujani says. As girls, we were taught to play it safe. Well-meaning parents and teachers praised us for being quiet and polite, urged us to be careful so we didn’t get hurt, and steered us to activities at which we could shine. As a result, we grew up to be women who are afraid to fail.    It’s time to stop letting our fears drown out our dreams and narrow our world, along with our chance at happiness.   By choosing bravery over perfection, we can find the power to claim our voice, to leave behind what makes us unhappy, and to go for the things we genuinely, passionately want. Perfection may set us on a path that feels safe, but bravery leads us to the one we’re authentically meant to follow. In Brave, Not Perfect, Saujani shares powerful insights and practices to help us let go of our need for perfection and make bravery a lifelong habit. By being brave, not perfect, we can all become the authors of our best and most joyful life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343435 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fraternity: An Inside Look at a Year of College Boys Becoming Men Author: Alexandra Robbins Narrator: Alexandra Robbins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: * A Real Simple Best Book of 2019: 'An essential read for parents and students.' * The New York Times bestselling author of Pledged is back with an unprecedented fly-on-the-wall look inside fraternity houses from current brothers’ perspectives—and a fresh, riveting must-read about what it’s like to be a college guy today.   Two real-life stories. One stunning twist. Meet Jake, a studious freshman weighing how far to go to find a brotherhood that will introduce him to lifelong friends and help conquer his social awkwardness; and Oliver, a hardworking chapter president trying to keep his misunderstood fraternity out of trouble despite multiple run-ins with the police.   Their year-in-the-life stories help explain why students are joining fraternities in record numbers despite scandalous headlines. To find out what it’s like to be a fraternity brother in the twenty-first century, Robbins contacted hundreds of brothers whose chapters don’t make headlines—and who suggested that many fraternities can be healthy safe spaces for men.   Fraternity is more than just a page-turning, character-driven read. It’s a vital book about the transition from boyhood to manhood; it brilliantly weaves psychology, current events, neuroscience, and interviews to explore the state of masculinity today, and what that means for students and their parents. It’s a different kind of story about college boys, a story in which they candidly discuss sex, friendship, social media, drinking, peer pressure, gender roles, and even porn. And it’s a book about boys at a vulnerable age, living on their own for perhaps the first time. Boys who, in a climate that can stigmatize them merely for being male, don’t necessarily want to navigate the complicated, coming-of-age journey to manhood alone. Alexandra Robbins Tue, 05 Feb 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343435 thebookvoice.com 9:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fraternity: An Inside Look at a Year of College Boys Becoming Men Author: Alexandra Robbins Narrator: Alexandra Robbins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: * A Real Simple Best Book of 2019: 'An essential read for parents and students.' * The New York Times bestselling author of Pledged is back with an unprecedented fly-on-the-wall look inside fraternity houses from current brothers’ perspectives—and a fresh, riveting must-read about what it’s like to be a college guy today.   Two real-life stories. One stunning twist. Meet Jake, a studious freshman weighing how far to go to find a brotherhood that will introduce him to lifelong friends and help conquer his social awkwardness; and Oliver, a hardworking chapter president trying to keep his misunderstood fraternity out of trouble despite multiple run-ins with the police.   Their year-in-the-life stories help explain why students are joining fraternities in record numbers despite scandalous headlines. To find out what it’s like to be a fraternity brother in the twenty-first century, Robbins contacted hundreds of brothers whose chapters don’t make headlines—and who suggested that many fraternities can be healthy safe spaces for men.   Fraternity is more than just a page-turning, character-driven read. It’s a vital book about the transition from boyhood to manhood; it brilliantly weaves psychology, current events, neuroscience, and interviews to explore the state of masculinity today, and what that means for students and their parents. It’s a different kind of story about college boys, a story in which they candidly discuss sex, friendship, social media, drinking, peer pressure, gender roles, and even porn. And it’s a book about boys at a vulnerable age, living on their own for perhaps the first time. Boys who, in a climate that can stigmatize them merely for being male, don’t necessarily want to navigate the complicated, coming-of-age journey to manhood alone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fraternity: An Inside Look at a Year of College Boys Becoming Men Author: Alexandra Robbins Narrator: Alexandra Robbins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: * A Real Simple Best Book of 2019: 'An essential read for parents and students.' * The New York Times bestselling author of Pledged is back with an unprecedented fly-on-the-wall look inside fraternity houses from current brothers’ perspectives—and a fresh, riveting must-read about what it’s like to be a college guy today.   Two real-life stories. One stunning twist. Meet Jake, a studious freshman weighing how far to go to find a brotherhood that will introduce him to lifelong friends and help conquer his social awkwardness; and Oliver, a hardworking chapter president trying to keep his misunderstood fraternity out of trouble despite multiple run-ins with the police.   Their year-in-the-life stories help explain why students are joining fraternities in record numbers despite scandalous headlines. To find out what it’s like to be a fraternity brother in the twenty-first century, Robbins contacted hundreds of brothers whose chapters don’t make headlines—and who suggested that many fraternities can be healthy safe spaces for men.   Fraternity is more than just a page-turning, character-driven read. It’s a vital book about the transition from boyhood to manhood; it brilliantly weaves psychology, current events, neuroscience, and interviews to explore the state of masculinity today, and what that means for students and their parents. It’s a different kind of story about college boys, a story in which they candidly discuss sex, friendship, social media, drinking, peer pressure, gender roles, and even porn. And it’s a book about boys at a vulnerable age, living on their own for perhaps the first time. Boys who, in a climate that can stigmatize them merely for being male, don’t necessarily want to navigate the complicated, coming-of-age journey to manhood alone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343427 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343427]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Shift: Working Families and the Revolution at Home Author: Arlie Hochschild, Anne Machung Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An updated edition of a standard in its field that remains relevant more than thirty years after its original publication. Over thirty years ago, sociologist and University of California, Berkeley professor Arlie Hochschild set off a tidal wave of conversation and controversy with her bestselling book, The Second Shift. Hochschild's examination of life in dual-career housholds finds that, factoring in paid work, child care, and housework, working mothers put in one month of labor more than their spouses do every year. Updated for a workforce that is now half female, this edition cites a range of updated studies and statistics, with an afterword from Hochschild that addresses how far working mothers have come since the book's first publication, and how much farther we all still must go. Arlie Hochschild, Anne Machung Tue, 22 Jan 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343427 thebookvoice.com 10:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343427]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Shift: Working Families and the Revolution at Home Author: Arlie Hochschild, Anne Machung Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An updated edition of a standard in its field that remains relevant more than thirty years after its original publication. Over thirty years ago, sociologist and University of California, Berkeley professor Arlie Hochschild set off a tidal wave of conversation and controversy with her bestselling book, The Second Shift. Hochschild's examination of life in dual-career housholds finds that, factoring in paid work, child care, and housework, working mothers put in one month of labor more than their spouses do every year. Updated for a workforce that is now half female, this edition cites a range of updated studies and statistics, with an afterword from Hochschild that addresses how far working mothers have come since the book's first publication, and how much farther we all still must go. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343427]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Shift: Working Families and the Revolution at Home Author: Arlie Hochschild, Anne Machung Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An updated edition of a standard in its field that remains relevant more than thirty years after its original publication. Over thirty years ago, sociologist and University of California, Berkeley professor Arlie Hochschild set off a tidal wave of conversation and controversy with her bestselling book, The Second Shift. Hochschild's examination of life in dual-career housholds finds that, factoring in paid work, child care, and housework, working mothers put in one month of labor more than their spouses do every year. Updated for a workforce that is now half female, this edition cites a range of updated studies and statistics, with an afterword from Hochschild that addresses how far working mothers have come since the book's first publication, and how much farther we all still must go. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-Being Author: Richard Wilkinson, Kate Pickett Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking investigation of how inequality infects our minds and gets under our skin Why are people more relaxed and at ease with each other in some countries than others? Why do we worry so much about what others think of us and often feel social life is a stressful performance? Why is mental illness three times as common in the USA as in Germany? Why is the American dream more of a reality in Denmark than the USA? What makes child well-being so much worse in some countries than others? As The Inner Level demonstrates, the answer to all these is inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the center of public debate by showing conclusively that less equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, altering how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to define and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status leads to elevated levels of stress hormones, and how rates of anxiety, depression and addictions are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are inescapably competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book draws together many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. Richard Wilkinson, Kate Pickett Tue, 22 Jan 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421 thebookvoice.com 11:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-Being Author: Richard Wilkinson, Kate Pickett Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking investigation of how inequality infects our minds and gets under our skin Why are people more relaxed and at ease with each other in some countries than others? Why do we worry so much about what others think of us and often feel social life is a stressful performance? Why is mental illness three times as common in the USA as in Germany? Why is the American dream more of a reality in Denmark than the USA? What makes child well-being so much worse in some countries than others? As The Inner Level demonstrates, the answer to all these is inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the center of public debate by showing conclusively that less equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, altering how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to define and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status leads to elevated levels of stress hormones, and how rates of anxiety, depression and addictions are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are inescapably competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book draws together many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-Being Author: Richard Wilkinson, Kate Pickett Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking investigation of how inequality infects our minds and gets under our skin Why are people more relaxed and at ease with each other in some countries than others? Why do we worry so much about what others think of us and often feel social life is a stressful performance? Why is mental illness three times as common in the USA as in Germany? Why is the American dream more of a reality in Denmark than the USA? What makes child well-being so much worse in some countries than others? As The Inner Level demonstrates, the answer to all these is inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the center of public debate by showing conclusively that less equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, altering how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to define and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status leads to elevated levels of stress hormones, and how rates of anxiety, depression and addictions are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are inescapably competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book draws together many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343396 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343396]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Swan: Second Edition: The Impact of the Highly Improbable: With a new section: 'On Robustness and Fragility' Series: #2 of Incerto Author: Nassim Nicholas Taleb Narrator: Joe Ochman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Black Swan is a standalone book in Nassim Nicholas Taleb’s landmark Incerto series, an investigation of opacity, luck, uncertainty, probability, human error, risk, and decision-making in a world we don’t understand. The other books in the series are Fooled by Randomness, Antifragile, Skin in the Game, and The Bed of Procrustes. A black swan is a highly improbable event with three principal characteristics: It is unpredictable; it carries a massive impact; and, after the fact, we concoct an explanation that makes it appear less random, and more predictable, than it was. The astonishing success of Google was a black swan; so was 9/11. For Nassim Nicholas Taleb, black swans underlie almost everything about our world, from the rise of religions to events in our own personal lives.   Why do we not acknowledge the phenomenon of black swans until after they occur? Part of the answer, according to Taleb, is that humans are hardwired to learn specifics when they should be focused on generalities. We concentrate on things we already know and time and time again fail to take into consideration what we don’t know. We are, therefore, unable to truly estimate opportunities, too vulnerable to the impulse to simplify, narrate, and categorize, and not open enough to rewarding those who can imagine the “impossible.”   For years, Taleb has studied how we fool ourselves into thinking we know more than we actually do. We restrict our thinking to the irrelevant and inconsequential, while large events continue to surprise us and shape our world. In this revelatory book, Taleb explains everything we know about what we don’t know, and this second edition features a new philosophical and empirical essay, “On Robustness and Fragility,” which offers tools to navigate and exploit a Black Swan world.   Elegant, startling, and universal in its applications, The Black Swan will change the way you look at the world. Taleb is a vastly entertaining writer, with wit, irreverence, and unusual stories to tell. He has a polymathic command of subjects ranging from cognitive science to business to probability theory. The Black Swan is a landmark book—itself a black swan.   Includes a bonus pdf of tables and figures. Praise for Nassim Nicholas Taleb   “The most prophetic voice of all.”—GQ   Praise for The Black Swan   “[A book] that altered modern thinking.”—The Times (London)   “A masterpiece.”—Chris Anderson, editor in chief of Wired, author of The Long Tail   “Idiosyncratically brilliant.”—Niall Ferguson, Los Angeles Times   “The Black Swan changed my view of how the world works.”—Daniel Kahneman, Nobel laureate   “[Taleb writes] in a style that owes as much to Stephen Colbert as it does to Michel de Montaigne. . . . We eagerly romp with him through the follies of confirmation bias [and] narrative fallacy.”—The Wall Street Journal   “Hugely enjoyable—compelling . . . easy to dip into.”—Financial Times   “Engaging . . . The Black Swan has appealing cheek and admirable ambition.”—The New York Times Book Review Nassim Nicholas Taleb Tue, 08 Jan 2019 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343396 thebookvoice.com 15:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343396]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Swan: Second Edition: The Impact of the Highly Improbable: With a new section: 'On Robustness and Fragility' Series: #2 of Incerto Author: Nassim Nicholas Taleb Narrator: Joe Ochman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Black Swan is a standalone book in Nassim Nicholas Taleb’s landmark Incerto series, an investigation of opacity, luck, uncertainty, probability, human error, risk, and decision-making in a world we don’t understand. The other books in the series are Fooled by Randomness, Antifragile, Skin in the Game, and The Bed of Procrustes. A black swan is a highly improbable event with three principal characteristics: It is unpredictable; it carries a massive impact; and, after the fact, we concoct an explanation that makes it appear less random, and more predictable, than it was. The astonishing success of Google was a black swan; so was 9/11. For Nassim Nicholas Taleb, black swans underlie almost everything about our world, from the rise of religions to events in our own personal lives.   Why do we not acknowledge the phenomenon of black swans until after they occur? Part of the answer, according to Taleb, is that humans are hardwired to learn specifics when they should be focused on generalities. We concentrate on things we already know and time and time again fail to take into consideration what we don’t know. We are, therefore, unable to truly estimate opportunities, too vulnerable to the impulse to simplify, narrate, and categorize, and not open enough to rewarding those who can imagine the “impossible.”   For years, Taleb has studied how we fool ourselves into thinking we know more than we actually do. We restrict our thinking to the irrelevant and inconsequential, while large events continue to surprise us and shape our world. In this revelatory book, Taleb explains everything we know about what we don’t know, and this second edition features a new philosophical and empirical essay, “On Robustness and Fragility,” which offers tools to navigate and exploit a Black Swan world.   Elegant, startling, and universal in its applications, The Black Swan will change the way you look at the world. Taleb is a vastly entertaining writer, with wit, irreverence, and unusual stories to tell. He has a polymathic command of subjects ranging from cognitive science to business to probability theory. The Black Swan is a landmark book—itself a black swan.   Includes a bonus pdf of tables and figures. Praise for Nassim Nicholas Taleb   “The most prophetic voice of all.”—GQ   Praise for The Black Swan   “[A book] that altered modern thinking.”—The Times (London)   “A masterpiece.”—Chris Anderson, editor in chief of Wired, author of The Long Tail   “Idiosyncratically brilliant.”—Niall Ferguson, Los Angeles Times   “The Black Swan changed my view of how the world works.”—Daniel Kahneman, Nobel laureate   “[Taleb writes] in a style that owes as much to Stephen Colbert as it does to Michel de Montaigne. . . . We eagerly romp with him through the follies of confirmation bias [and] narrative fallacy.”—The Wall Street Journal   “Hugely enjoyable—compelling . . . easy to dip into.”—Financial Times   “Engaging . . . The Black Swan has appealing cheek and admirable ambition.”—The New York Times Book Review Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343396]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Swan: Second Edition: The Impact of the Highly Improbable: With a new section: 'On Robustness and Fragility' Series: #2 of Incerto Author: Nassim Nicholas Taleb Narrator: Joe Ochman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Black Swan is a standalone book in Nassim Nicholas Taleb’s landmark Incerto series, an investigation of opacity, luck, uncertainty, probability, human error, risk, and decision-making in a world we don’t understand. The other books in the series are Fooled by Randomness, Antifragile, Skin in the Game, and The Bed of Procrustes. A black swan is a highly improbable event with three principal characteristics: It is unpredictable; it carries a massive impact; and, after the fact, we concoct an explanation that makes it appear less random, and more predictable, than it was. The astonishing success of Google was a black swan; so was 9/11. For Nassim Nicholas Taleb, black swans underlie almost everything about our world, from the rise of religions to events in our own personal lives.   Why do we not acknowledge the phenomenon of black swans until after they occur? Part of the answer, according to Taleb, is that humans are hardwired to learn specifics when they should be focused on generalities. We concentrate on things we already know and time and time again fail to take into consideration what we don’t know. We are, therefore, unable to truly estimate opportunities, too vulnerable to the impulse to simplify, narrate, and categorize, and not open enough to rewarding those who can imagine the “impossible.”   For years, Taleb has studied how we fool ourselves into thinking we know more than we actually do. We restrict our thinking to the irrelevant and inconsequential, while large events continue to surprise us and shape our world. In this revelatory book, Taleb explains everything we know about what we don’t know, and this second edition features a new philosophical and empirical essay, “On Robustness and Fragility,” which offers tools to navigate and exploit a Black Swan world.   Elegant, startling, and universal in its applications, The Black Swan will change the way you look at the world. Taleb is a vastly entertaining writer, with wit, irreverence, and unusual stories to tell. He has a polymathic command of subjects ranging from cognitive science to business to probability theory. The Black Swan is a landmark book—itself a black swan.   Includes a bonus pdf of tables and figures. Praise for Nassim Nicholas Taleb   “The most prophetic voice of all.”—GQ   Praise for The Black Swan   “[A book] that altered modern thinking.”—The Times (London)   “A masterpiece.”—Chris Anderson, editor in chief of Wired, author of The Long Tail   “Idiosyncratically brilliant.”—Niall Ferguson, Los Angeles Times   “The Black Swan changed my view of how the world works.”—Daniel Kahneman, Nobel laureate   “[Taleb writes] in a style that owes as much to Stephen Colbert as it does to Michel de Montaigne. . . . We eagerly romp with him through the follies of confirmation bias [and] narrative fallacy.”—The Wall Street Journal   “Hugely enjoyable—compelling . . . easy to dip into.”—Financial Times   “Engaging . . . The Black Swan has appealing cheek and admirable ambition.”—The New York Times Book Review https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343346 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War Before the War: Fugitive Slaves and the Struggle for America's Soul from the Revolution to the Civil War Author: Andrew Delbanco Narrator: Ari Fliakos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Excellent . . . stunning.” —Ta-Nehisi Coates The devastating story of how fugitive slaves drove the nation to Civil War A New York Times Notable Book Selection * Winner of the Mark Lynton History Prize* Winner of the Anisfield-Wolf Book Award * A New York Times Critics' Best Book  For decades after its founding, America was really two nations—one slave, one free. There were many reasons why this composite nation ultimately broke apart, but the fact that enslaved black people repeatedly risked their lives to flee their masters in the South in search of freedom in the North proved that the 'united' states was actually a lie. Fugitive slaves exposed the contradiction between the myth that slavery was a benign institution and the reality that a nation based on the principle of human equality was in fact a prison-house in which millions of Americans had no rights at all. By awakening northerners to the true nature of slavery, and by enraging southerners who demanded the return of their human 'property,' fugitive slaves forced the nation to confront the truth about itself. By 1850, with America on the verge of collapse, Congress reached what it hoped was a solution—the notorious Compromise of 1850, which required that fugitive slaves be returned to their masters. Like so many political compromises before and since, it was a deal by which white Americans tried to advance their interests at the expense of black Americans. Yet the Fugitive Slave Act, intended to preserve the Union, in fact set the nation on the path to civil war. It divided not only the American nation, but also the hearts and minds of Americans who struggled with the timeless problem of when to submit to an unjust law and when to resist. The fugitive slave story illuminates what brought us to war with ourselves and the terrible legacies of slavery that are with us still. Andrew Delbanco Tue, 06 Nov 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343346 thebookvoice.com 13:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War Before the War: Fugitive Slaves and the Struggle for America's Soul from the Revolution to the Civil War Author: Andrew Delbanco Narrator: Ari Fliakos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Excellent . . . stunning.” —Ta-Nehisi Coates The devastating story of how fugitive slaves drove the nation to Civil War A New York Times Notable Book Selection * Winner of the Mark Lynton History Prize* Winner of the Anisfield-Wolf Book Award * A New York Times Critics' Best Book  For decades after its founding, America was really two nations—one slave, one free. There were many reasons why this composite nation ultimately broke apart, but the fact that enslaved black people repeatedly risked their lives to flee their masters in the South in search of freedom in the North proved that the 'united' states was actually a lie. Fugitive slaves exposed the contradiction between the myth that slavery was a benign institution and the reality that a nation based on the principle of human equality was in fact a prison-house in which millions of Americans had no rights at all. By awakening northerners to the true nature of slavery, and by enraging southerners who demanded the return of their human 'property,' fugitive slaves forced the nation to confront the truth about itself. By 1850, with America on the verge of collapse, Congress reached what it hoped was a solution—the notorious Compromise of 1850, which required that fugitive slaves be returned to their masters. Like so many political compromises before and since, it was a deal by which white Americans tried to advance their interests at the expense of black Americans. Yet the Fugitive Slave Act, intended to preserve the Union, in fact set the nation on the path to civil war. It divided not only the American nation, but also the hearts and minds of Americans who struggled with the timeless problem of when to submit to an unjust law and when to resist. The fugitive slave story illuminates what brought us to war with ourselves and the terrible legacies of slavery that are with us still. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War Before the War: Fugitive Slaves and the Struggle for America's Soul from the Revolution to the Civil War Author: Andrew Delbanco Narrator: Ari Fliakos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Excellent . . . stunning.” —Ta-Nehisi Coates The devastating story of how fugitive slaves drove the nation to Civil War A New York Times Notable Book Selection * Winner of the Mark Lynton History Prize* Winner of the Anisfield-Wolf Book Award * A New York Times Critics' Best Book  For decades after its founding, America was really two nations—one slave, one free. There were many reasons why this composite nation ultimately broke apart, but the fact that enslaved black people repeatedly risked their lives to flee their masters in the South in search of freedom in the North proved that the 'united' states was actually a lie. Fugitive slaves exposed the contradiction between the myth that slavery was a benign institution and the reality that a nation based on the principle of human equality was in fact a prison-house in which millions of Americans had no rights at all. By awakening northerners to the true nature of slavery, and by enraging southerners who demanded the return of their human 'property,' fugitive slaves forced the nation to confront the truth about itself. By 1850, with America on the verge of collapse, Congress reached what it hoped was a solution—the notorious Compromise of 1850, which required that fugitive slaves be returned to their masters. Like so many political compromises before and since, it was a deal by which white Americans tried to advance their interests at the expense of black Americans. Yet the Fugitive Slave Act, intended to preserve the Union, in fact set the nation on the path to civil war. It divided not only the American nation, but also the hearts and minds of Americans who struggled with the timeless problem of when to submit to an unjust law and when to resist. The fugitive slave story illuminates what brought us to war with ourselves and the terrible legacies of slavery that are with us still. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343310 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modern HERstory: Stories of Women and Nonbinary People Rewriting History Author: Blair Imani Narrator: Tegan Rain Quin, Bree Wernicke, Blair Imani, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An inspiring and radical celebration of 70 women, girls, and gender nonbinary people who have changed--and are still changing--the world, from the Civil Rights Movement and Stonewall riots through Black Lives Matter and beyond. With a radical and inclusive approach to history, Modern HERstory profiles and celebrates seventy women and nonbinary champions of progressive social change in a bold audiobook for all ages. Despite making huge contributions to the liberation movements of the last century and today, all of these trailblazers come from backgrounds and communities that are traditionally overlooked and under-celebrated: not just women, but people of color, queer people, trans people, disabled people, young people, and people of faith. Authored by rising star activist Blair Imani, Modern HERstory tells the important stories of the leaders and movements that are changing the world right here and right now--and will inspire you to do the same. Blair Imani Tue, 16 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343310 thebookvoice.com 4:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modern HERstory: Stories of Women and Nonbinary People Rewriting History Author: Blair Imani Narrator: Tegan Rain Quin, Bree Wernicke, Blair Imani, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An inspiring and radical celebration of 70 women, girls, and gender nonbinary people who have changed--and are still changing--the world, from the Civil Rights Movement and Stonewall riots through Black Lives Matter and beyond. With a radical and inclusive approach to history, Modern HERstory profiles and celebrates seventy women and nonbinary champions of progressive social change in a bold audiobook for all ages. Despite making huge contributions to the liberation movements of the last century and today, all of these trailblazers come from backgrounds and communities that are traditionally overlooked and under-celebrated: not just women, but people of color, queer people, trans people, disabled people, young people, and people of faith. Authored by rising star activist Blair Imani, Modern HERstory tells the important stories of the leaders and movements that are changing the world right here and right now--and will inspire you to do the same. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Modern HERstory: Stories of Women and Nonbinary People Rewriting History Author: Blair Imani Narrator: Tegan Rain Quin, Bree Wernicke, Blair Imani, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An inspiring and radical celebration of 70 women, girls, and gender nonbinary people who have changed--and are still changing--the world, from the Civil Rights Movement and Stonewall riots through Black Lives Matter and beyond. With a radical and inclusive approach to history, Modern HERstory profiles and celebrates seventy women and nonbinary champions of progressive social change in a bold audiobook for all ages. Despite making huge contributions to the liberation movements of the last century and today, all of these trailblazers come from backgrounds and communities that are traditionally overlooked and under-celebrated: not just women, but people of color, queer people, trans people, disabled people, young people, and people of faith. Authored by rising star activist Blair Imani, Modern HERstory tells the important stories of the leaders and movements that are changing the world right here and right now--and will inspire you to do the same. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343289 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Squads : 20 Female Friendships That Changed History Author: Sam Maggs Narrator: Sam Maggs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A fun and feisty tour of famous girl BFFs from history who stuck together and changed the world. A modern girl is nothing without her squad of besties. But don't let all the hashtags fool you: the #girlsquad goes back a long, long time. In this hilarious and heartfelt audiobook, geek girl Sam Maggs takes you on a tour of some of history's most famous female BFFs, including: - Anne Bonny and Mary Read, the infamous lady pirates who sailed the seven seas and plundered with the best of the men - Jeanne Manon Roland and Sophie Grandchamp, Parisian socialites who landed front-row seats (from prison) to the French Revolution - Sharon and Shirley Firth, the First Nations twin sisters who would go on to become Olympic skiiers and break barriers in the sport - The Edinburgh Seven, the band of pals who fought to become the first women admitted to medical school in the United Kingdom - The Zohra Orchestra, the ensemble from Afghanistan who defied laws, danger, and threats to become the nation's first all-female musical group And many more! Spanning art, science, politics, activism, and even sports, these girl squads show just how essential female friendship has been throughout history and throughout the world. Sam Maggs brings her signature wit and warmth as she pays tribute to the enduring power of the girl squad. Fun, feisty, and delightful to read it's the perfect gift for your BFF. Sam Maggs Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343289 thebookvoice.com 7:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Squads : 20 Female Friendships That Changed History Author: Sam Maggs Narrator: Sam Maggs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A fun and feisty tour of famous girl BFFs from history who stuck together and changed the world. A modern girl is nothing without her squad of besties. But don't let all the hashtags fool you: the #girlsquad goes back a long, long time. In this hilarious and heartfelt audiobook, geek girl Sam Maggs takes you on a tour of some of history's most famous female BFFs, including: - Anne Bonny and Mary Read, the infamous lady pirates who sailed the seven seas and plundered with the best of the men - Jeanne Manon Roland and Sophie Grandchamp, Parisian socialites who landed front-row seats (from prison) to the French Revolution - Sharon and Shirley Firth, the First Nations twin sisters who would go on to become Olympic skiiers and break barriers in the sport - The Edinburgh Seven, the band of pals who fought to become the first women admitted to medical school in the United Kingdom - The Zohra Orchestra, the ensemble from Afghanistan who defied laws, danger, and threats to become the nation's first all-female musical group And many more! Spanning art, science, politics, activism, and even sports, these girl squads show just how essential female friendship has been throughout history and throughout the world. Sam Maggs brings her signature wit and warmth as she pays tribute to the enduring power of the girl squad. Fun, feisty, and delightful to read it's the perfect gift for your BFF. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Squads : 20 Female Friendships That Changed History Author: Sam Maggs Narrator: Sam Maggs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A fun and feisty tour of famous girl BFFs from history who stuck together and changed the world. A modern girl is nothing without her squad of besties. But don't let all the hashtags fool you: the #girlsquad goes back a long, long time. In this hilarious and heartfelt audiobook, geek girl Sam Maggs takes you on a tour of some of history's most famous female BFFs, including: - Anne Bonny and Mary Read, the infamous lady pirates who sailed the seven seas and plundered with the best of the men - Jeanne Manon Roland and Sophie Grandchamp, Parisian socialites who landed front-row seats (from prison) to the French Revolution - Sharon and Shirley Firth, the First Nations twin sisters who would go on to become Olympic skiiers and break barriers in the sport - The Edinburgh Seven, the band of pals who fought to become the first women admitted to medical school in the United Kingdom - The Zohra Orchestra, the ensemble from Afghanistan who defied laws, danger, and threats to become the nation's first all-female musical group And many more! Spanning art, science, politics, activism, and even sports, these girl squads show just how essential female friendship has been throughout history and throughout the world. Sam Maggs brings her signature wit and warmth as she pays tribute to the enduring power of the girl squad. Fun, feisty, and delightful to read it's the perfect gift for your BFF. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343285 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unladylike: A Field Guide to Smashing the Patriarchy and Claiming Your Space Author: Cristen Conger, Caroline Ervin Narrator: Caroline Ervin, Cristen Conger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A funny, fact-driven, and illustrated field guide to how to live a feminist life in today's world, from the hosts of the hit Unladylike podcast. Get ready to get unladylike with this field guide to the what's, why's, and how's of intersectional feminism and practical hell-raising. Through essential, inclusive, and illustrated explorations of what patriarchy looks like in the real world, authors and podcast hosts Cristen Conger and Caroline Ervin blend wild histories, astounding stats, social justice principles, and self-help advice to connect where the personal meets political in our bodies, brains, booty calls, bank accounts, and other confounding facets of modern woman-ing and nonbinary-ing. By laying out the uneven terrain of double-standards, head games, and handouts patriarchy has manspread across society for ages, Unladylike is here to unpack our gender baggage and map out the space that's ours to claim. Includes a PDF of infographics from the book. Cristen Conger, Caroline Ervin Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343285 thebookvoice.com 9:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unladylike: A Field Guide to Smashing the Patriarchy and Claiming Your Space Author: Cristen Conger, Caroline Ervin Narrator: Caroline Ervin, Cristen Conger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A funny, fact-driven, and illustrated field guide to how to live a feminist life in today's world, from the hosts of the hit Unladylike podcast. Get ready to get unladylike with this field guide to the what's, why's, and how's of intersectional feminism and practical hell-raising. Through essential, inclusive, and illustrated explorations of what patriarchy looks like in the real world, authors and podcast hosts Cristen Conger and Caroline Ervin blend wild histories, astounding stats, social justice principles, and self-help advice to connect where the personal meets political in our bodies, brains, booty calls, bank accounts, and other confounding facets of modern woman-ing and nonbinary-ing. By laying out the uneven terrain of double-standards, head games, and handouts patriarchy has manspread across society for ages, Unladylike is here to unpack our gender baggage and map out the space that's ours to claim. Includes a PDF of infographics from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unladylike: A Field Guide to Smashing the Patriarchy and Claiming Your Space Author: Cristen Conger, Caroline Ervin Narrator: Caroline Ervin, Cristen Conger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A funny, fact-driven, and illustrated field guide to how to live a feminist life in today's world, from the hosts of the hit Unladylike podcast. Get ready to get unladylike with this field guide to the what's, why's, and how's of intersectional feminism and practical hell-raising. Through essential, inclusive, and illustrated explorations of what patriarchy looks like in the real world, authors and podcast hosts Cristen Conger and Caroline Ervin blend wild histories, astounding stats, social justice principles, and self-help advice to connect where the personal meets political in our bodies, brains, booty calls, bank accounts, and other confounding facets of modern woman-ing and nonbinary-ing. By laying out the uneven terrain of double-standards, head games, and handouts patriarchy has manspread across society for ages, Unladylike is here to unpack our gender baggage and map out the space that's ours to claim. Includes a PDF of infographics from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343278 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirst: A Story of Redemption, Compassion, and a Mission to Bring Clean Water to the World Author: Scott Harrison Narrator: Scott Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An inspiring personal story of redemption, second chances, and the transformative power within us all, from the founder and CEO of the nonprofit charity: water. At 28 years old, Scott Harrison had it all. A top nightclub promoter in New York City, his life was an endless cycle of drugs, booze, models—repeat. But 10 years in, desperately unhappy and morally bankrupt, he asked himself, 'What would the exact opposite of my life look like?' Walking away from everything, Harrison spent the next 16 months on a hospital ship in West Africa and discovered his true calling. In 2006, with no money and less than no experience, Harrison founded charity: water. Today, his organization has raised over $750 million to bring clean drinking water to more than 17.4 million people around the globe. In Thirst, Harrison recounts the twists and turns that built charity: water into one of the most trusted and admired nonprofits in the world. Renowned for its 100% donation model, bold storytelling, imaginative branding, and radical commitment to transparency, charity: water has disrupted how social entrepreneurs work while inspiring millions of people to join its mission of bringing clean water to everyone on the planet within our lifetime. In the tradition of such bestselling books as Shoe Dog and Mountains Beyond Mountains, Thirst is a riveting account of how to build a better charity, a better business, a better life—and a gritty tale that proves it’s never too late to make a change. 100% of the author’s net proceeds from Thirst will go to fund charity: water projects around the world. Scott Harrison Tue, 02 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343278 thebookvoice.com 10:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirst: A Story of Redemption, Compassion, and a Mission to Bring Clean Water to the World Author: Scott Harrison Narrator: Scott Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An inspiring personal story of redemption, second chances, and the transformative power within us all, from the founder and CEO of the nonprofit charity: water. At 28 years old, Scott Harrison had it all. A top nightclub promoter in New York City, his life was an endless cycle of drugs, booze, models—repeat. But 10 years in, desperately unhappy and morally bankrupt, he asked himself, 'What would the exact opposite of my life look like?' Walking away from everything, Harrison spent the next 16 months on a hospital ship in West Africa and discovered his true calling. In 2006, with no money and less than no experience, Harrison founded charity: water. Today, his organization has raised over $750 million to bring clean drinking water to more than 17.4 million people around the globe. In Thirst, Harrison recounts the twists and turns that built charity: water into one of the most trusted and admired nonprofits in the world. Renowned for its 100% donation model, bold storytelling, imaginative branding, and radical commitment to transparency, charity: water has disrupted how social entrepreneurs work while inspiring millions of people to join its mission of bringing clean water to everyone on the planet within our lifetime. In the tradition of such bestselling books as Shoe Dog and Mountains Beyond Mountains, Thirst is a riveting account of how to build a better charity, a better business, a better life—and a gritty tale that proves it’s never too late to make a change. 100% of the author’s net proceeds from Thirst will go to fund charity: water projects around the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirst: A Story of Redemption, Compassion, and a Mission to Bring Clean Water to the World Author: Scott Harrison Narrator: Scott Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An inspiring personal story of redemption, second chances, and the transformative power within us all, from the founder and CEO of the nonprofit charity: water. At 28 years old, Scott Harrison had it all. A top nightclub promoter in New York City, his life was an endless cycle of drugs, booze, models—repeat. But 10 years in, desperately unhappy and morally bankrupt, he asked himself, 'What would the exact opposite of my life look like?' Walking away from everything, Harrison spent the next 16 months on a hospital ship in West Africa and discovered his true calling. In 2006, with no money and less than no experience, Harrison founded charity: water. Today, his organization has raised over $750 million to bring clean drinking water to more than 17.4 million people around the globe. In Thirst, Harrison recounts the twists and turns that built charity: water into one of the most trusted and admired nonprofits in the world. Renowned for its 100% donation model, bold storytelling, imaginative branding, and radical commitment to transparency, charity: water has disrupted how social entrepreneurs work while inspiring millions of people to join its mission of bringing clean water to everyone on the planet within our lifetime. In the tradition of such bestselling books as Shoe Dog and Mountains Beyond Mountains, Thirst is a riveting account of how to build a better charity, a better business, a better life—and a gritty tale that proves it’s never too late to make a change. 100% of the author’s net proceeds from Thirst will go to fund charity: water projects around the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343238 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quiet Girls Can Run the World: Owning Your Power When You're Not the Alpha in the Room Author: Rebecca Holman Narrator: Marisa Calin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This Lean In for introverts empowers women who may not be the loudest and most assertive people in the room to lead on their own terms. Our culture tells us that in order to succeed at work and in life, we need to be vocal, assertive leaders; but a strong team requires multiple perspectives and personality types--even, or especially, the ones that often go under the radar. In this deeply relatable book, Rebecca Holman shares research and her own hard-won experiences to empower other introvert women to harness their strengths, rather than conform to a one-size-fits-all template of success. Quiet Girls Can Run the World shows introverts how to lead in ways that come naturally--by nurturing the talents of others, taking the time to reflect before making a decision, exercising emotional intelligence, and leaving egos at the door. In highlighting the power of 'quiet' qualities, Holman also encourages us to push outside our comfort zones so we can stand our ground in expressing our views, work well with those who have different personalities, and bring our A game to each public speaking opportunity. Rebecca Holman Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343238 thebookvoice.com 6:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quiet Girls Can Run the World: Owning Your Power When You're Not the Alpha in the Room Author: Rebecca Holman Narrator: Marisa Calin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This Lean In for introverts empowers women who may not be the loudest and most assertive people in the room to lead on their own terms. Our culture tells us that in order to succeed at work and in life, we need to be vocal, assertive leaders; but a strong team requires multiple perspectives and personality types--even, or especially, the ones that often go under the radar. In this deeply relatable book, Rebecca Holman shares research and her own hard-won experiences to empower other introvert women to harness their strengths, rather than conform to a one-size-fits-all template of success. Quiet Girls Can Run the World shows introverts how to lead in ways that come naturally--by nurturing the talents of others, taking the time to reflect before making a decision, exercising emotional intelligence, and leaving egos at the door. In highlighting the power of 'quiet' qualities, Holman also encourages us to push outside our comfort zones so we can stand our ground in expressing our views, work well with those who have different personalities, and bring our A game to each public speaking opportunity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quiet Girls Can Run the World: Owning Your Power When You're Not the Alpha in the Room Author: Rebecca Holman Narrator: Marisa Calin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This Lean In for introverts empowers women who may not be the loudest and most assertive people in the room to lead on their own terms. Our culture tells us that in order to succeed at work and in life, we need to be vocal, assertive leaders; but a strong team requires multiple perspectives and personality types--even, or especially, the ones that often go under the radar. In this deeply relatable book, Rebecca Holman shares research and her own hard-won experiences to empower other introvert women to harness their strengths, rather than conform to a one-size-fits-all template of success. Quiet Girls Can Run the World shows introverts how to lead in ways that come naturally--by nurturing the talents of others, taking the time to reflect before making a decision, exercising emotional intelligence, and leaving egos at the door. In highlighting the power of 'quiet' qualities, Holman also encourages us to push outside our comfort zones so we can stand our ground in expressing our views, work well with those who have different personalities, and bring our A game to each public speaking opportunity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343235 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coddling of the American Mind: How Good Intentions and Bad Ideas Are Setting Up a Generation for Failure Author: Jonathan Haidt, Greg Lukianoff Narrator: Jonathan Haidt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 133 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 32 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Something has been going wrong on many college campuses in the last few years. Speakers are shouted down. Students and professors say they are walking on eggshells and are afraid to speak honestly. Rates of anxiety, depression, and suicide are rising—on campus as well as nationally. How did this happen? First Amendment expert Greg Lukianoff and social psychologist Jonathan Haidt show how the new problems on campus have their origins in three terrible ideas that have become increasingly woven into American childhood and education: What doesn’t kill you makes you weaker; always trust your feelings; and life is a battle between good people and evil people. These three Great Untruths contradict basic psychological principles about well-being and ancient wisdom from many cultures.  Embracing these untruths—and the resulting culture of safetyism—interferes with young people’s social, emotional, and intellectual development. It makes it harder for them to become autonomous adults who are able to navigate the bumpy road of life. Lukianoff and Haidt investigate the many social trends that have intersected to promote the spread of these untruths. They explore changes in childhood such as the rise of fearful parenting, the decline of unsupervised, child-directed play, and the new world of social media that has engulfed teenagers in the last decade. They examine changes on campus, including the corporatization of universities and the emergence of new ideas about identity and justice. They situate the conflicts on campus within the context of America’s rapidly rising political polarization and dysfunction. This is an audiobook for anyone who is confused by what is happening on college campuses today, or has children, or is concerned about the growing inability of Americans to live, work, and cooperate across party lines. Jonathan Haidt, Greg Lukianoff Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343235 thebookvoice.com 10:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coddling of the American Mind: How Good Intentions and Bad Ideas Are Setting Up a Generation for Failure Author: Jonathan Haidt, Greg Lukianoff Narrator: Jonathan Haidt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 133 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 32 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Something has been going wrong on many college campuses in the last few years. Speakers are shouted down. Students and professors say they are walking on eggshells and are afraid to speak honestly. Rates of anxiety, depression, and suicide are rising—on campus as well as nationally. How did this happen? First Amendment expert Greg Lukianoff and social psychologist Jonathan Haidt show how the new problems on campus have their origins in three terrible ideas that have become increasingly woven into American childhood and education: What doesn’t kill you makes you weaker; always trust your feelings; and life is a battle between good people and evil people. These three Great Untruths contradict basic psychological principles about well-being and ancient wisdom from many cultures.  Embracing these untruths—and the resulting culture of safetyism—interferes with young people’s social, emotional, and intellectual development. It makes it harder for them to become autonomous adults who are able to navigate the bumpy road of life. Lukianoff and Haidt investigate the many social trends that have intersected to promote the spread of these untruths. They explore changes in childhood such as the rise of fearful parenting, the decline of unsupervised, child-directed play, and the new world of social media that has engulfed teenagers in the last decade. They examine changes on campus, including the corporatization of universities and the emergence of new ideas about identity and justice. They situate the conflicts on campus within the context of America’s rapidly rising political polarization and dysfunction. This is an audiobook for anyone who is confused by what is happening on college campuses today, or has children, or is concerned about the growing inability of Americans to live, work, and cooperate across party lines. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coddling of the American Mind: How Good Intentions and Bad Ideas Are Setting Up a Generation for Failure Author: Jonathan Haidt, Greg Lukianoff Narrator: Jonathan Haidt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 133 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 32 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Something has been going wrong on many college campuses in the last few years. Speakers are shouted down. Students and professors say they are walking on eggshells and are afraid to speak honestly. Rates of anxiety, depression, and suicide are rising—on campus as well as nationally. How did this happen? First Amendment expert Greg Lukianoff and social psychologist Jonathan Haidt show how the new problems on campus have their origins in three terrible ideas that have become increasingly woven into American childhood and education: What doesn’t kill you makes you weaker; always trust your feelings; and life is a battle between good people and evil people. These three Great Untruths contradict basic psychological principles about well-being and ancient wisdom from many cultures.  Embracing these untruths—and the resulting culture of safetyism—interferes with young people’s social, emotional, and intellectual development. It makes it harder for them to become autonomous adults who are able to navigate the bumpy road of life. Lukianoff and Haidt investigate the many social trends that have intersected to promote the spread of these untruths. They explore changes in childhood such as the rise of fearful parenting, the decline of unsupervised, child-directed play, and the new world of social media that has engulfed teenagers in the last decade. They examine changes on campus, including the corporatization of universities and the emergence of new ideas about identity and justice. They situate the conflicts on campus within the context of America’s rapidly rising political polarization and dysfunction. This is an audiobook for anyone who is confused by what is happening on college campuses today, or has children, or is concerned about the growing inability of Americans to live, work, and cooperate across party lines. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343236 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Game: The NFL in Dangerous Times Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A raucous, smash-mouth, first-person takedown of the National Football League.' —Wall Street Journal The New York Times bestseller From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of This Town, an equally merciless probing of America's biggest cultural force, pro football, at a moment of peak success and high anxiety Like millions of Americans, Mark Leibovich has spent more of his life tuned into pro football than he'd care to admit. Being a lifelong New England Patriots fan meant growing up on a steady diet of lovable loserdom. That is, until the Tom Brady/Bill Belichick era made the Pats the most ruthlessly efficient and polarizing sports dynasty of the modern NFL, and its fans the most irritating in all of Pigskin America. Leibovich kept his obsession quiet, making a nice career for himself covering that other playground for rich and overgrown children, American politics. Still, every now and then Leibovich would reach out to Tom Brady to gauge his willingness to subject himself to a profile. He figured that the chances of Brady agreeing were a Hail Mary at best, but Brady returned Mark's call in summer 2014 and kept on returning his calls through epic Patriots Super Bowl victory and defeat, and a scandal involving Brady--Deflategate--whose grip on sports media was as profound as its true significance was ridiculous. So began a four-year odyssey that took Mark Leibovich deeper inside the NFL than anyone has gone before. From the owners' meeting to the draft to the sidelines of crucial games, he takes in the show at the elbow of everyone from Brady to big-name owners to the cordially despised NFL Commissioner, Roger Goodell. Ultimately, BIG GAME is a chronicle of 'peak football'--the high point of the sport's economic success and cultural dominance, but also the time when the dark side began to show. It is an era of explosive revenue growth, but also one of creeping existential fear. Players have long joked that NFL stands for 'not for long,' but as the true impact of concussions becomes inescapable background noise, it's increasingly difficult to enjoy the simple glory of football without the buzz-kill of its obvious consequences. And that was before Donald Trump. In 2016, Mark's day job caught up with him, and the NFL slammed headlong into America's culture wars. Big Game is a journey through an epic storm. Through it all, Leibovich always keeps one eye on Tom Brady and his beloved Patriots, through to the 2018 Super Bowl. Pro football, this hilarious and enthralling book proves, may not be the sport America needs, but it is most definitely the sport we deserve. Mark Leibovich Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343236 thebookvoice.com 11:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Game: The NFL in Dangerous Times Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A raucous, smash-mouth, first-person takedown of the National Football League.' —Wall Street Journal The New York Times bestseller From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of This Town, an equally merciless probing of America's biggest cultural force, pro football, at a moment of peak success and high anxiety Like millions of Americans, Mark Leibovich has spent more of his life tuned into pro football than he'd care to admit. Being a lifelong New England Patriots fan meant growing up on a steady diet of lovable loserdom. That is, until the Tom Brady/Bill Belichick era made the Pats the most ruthlessly efficient and polarizing sports dynasty of the modern NFL, and its fans the most irritating in all of Pigskin America. Leibovich kept his obsession quiet, making a nice career for himself covering that other playground for rich and overgrown children, American politics. Still, every now and then Leibovich would reach out to Tom Brady to gauge his willingness to subject himself to a profile. He figured that the chances of Brady agreeing were a Hail Mary at best, but Brady returned Mark's call in summer 2014 and kept on returning his calls through epic Patriots Super Bowl victory and defeat, and a scandal involving Brady--Deflategate--whose grip on sports media was as profound as its true significance was ridiculous. So began a four-year odyssey that took Mark Leibovich deeper inside the NFL than anyone has gone before. From the owners' meeting to the draft to the sidelines of crucial games, he takes in the show at the elbow of everyone from Brady to big-name owners to the cordially despised NFL Commissioner, Roger Goodell. Ultimately, BIG GAME is a chronicle of 'peak football'--the high point of the sport's economic success and cultural dominance, but also the time when the dark side began to show. It is an era of explosive revenue growth, but also one of creeping existential fear. Players have long joked that NFL stands for 'not for long,' but as the true impact of concussions becomes inescapable background noise, it's increasingly difficult to enjoy the simple glory of football without the buzz-kill of its obvious consequences. And that was before Donald Trump. In 2016, Mark's day job caught up with him, and the NFL slammed headlong into America's culture wars. Big Game is a journey through an epic storm. Through it all, Leibovich always keeps one eye on Tom Brady and his beloved Patriots, through to the 2018 Super Bowl. Pro football, this hilarious and enthralling book proves, may not be the sport America needs, but it is most definitely the sport we deserve. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Game: The NFL in Dangerous Times Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A raucous, smash-mouth, first-person takedown of the National Football League.' —Wall Street Journal The New York Times bestseller From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of This Town, an equally merciless probing of America's biggest cultural force, pro football, at a moment of peak success and high anxiety Like millions of Americans, Mark Leibovich has spent more of his life tuned into pro football than he'd care to admit. Being a lifelong New England Patriots fan meant growing up on a steady diet of lovable loserdom. That is, until the Tom Brady/Bill Belichick era made the Pats the most ruthlessly efficient and polarizing sports dynasty of the modern NFL, and its fans the most irritating in all of Pigskin America. Leibovich kept his obsession quiet, making a nice career for himself covering that other playground for rich and overgrown children, American politics. Still, every now and then Leibovich would reach out to Tom Brady to gauge his willingness to subject himself to a profile. He figured that the chances of Brady agreeing were a Hail Mary at best, but Brady returned Mark's call in summer 2014 and kept on returning his calls through epic Patriots Super Bowl victory and defeat, and a scandal involving Brady--Deflategate--whose grip on sports media was as profound as its true significance was ridiculous. So began a four-year odyssey that took Mark Leibovich deeper inside the NFL than anyone has gone before. From the owners' meeting to the draft to the sidelines of crucial games, he takes in the show at the elbow of everyone from Brady to big-name owners to the cordially despised NFL Commissioner, Roger Goodell. Ultimately, BIG GAME is a chronicle of 'peak football'--the high point of the sport's economic success and cultural dominance, but also the time when the dark side began to show. It is an era of explosive revenue growth, but also one of creeping existential fear. Players have long joked that NFL stands for 'not for long,' but as the true impact of concussions becomes inescapable background noise, it's increasingly difficult to enjoy the simple glory of football without the buzz-kill of its obvious consequences. And that was before Donald Trump. In 2016, Mark's day job caught up with him, and the NFL slammed headlong into America's culture wars. Big Game is a journey through an epic storm. Through it all, Leibovich always keeps one eye on Tom Brady and his beloved Patriots, through to the 2018 Super Bowl. Pro football, this hilarious and enthralling book proves, may not be the sport America needs, but it is most definitely the sport we deserve. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342824 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Dreaming Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Luis Moreno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author of The Teachings of Don Juan reveals the spiritual adventures that can be attained through dreams, describing his own journeys into new worlds by using ancient, powerful techniques. Carlos Castaneda Fri, 13 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342824 thebookvoice.com 10:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Dreaming Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Luis Moreno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author of The Teachings of Don Juan reveals the spiritual adventures that can be attained through dreams, describing his own journeys into new worlds by using ancient, powerful techniques. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Dreaming Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Luis Moreno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author of The Teachings of Don Juan reveals the spiritual adventures that can be attained through dreams, describing his own journeys into new worlds by using ancient, powerful techniques. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342741 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winners Take All: The Elite Charade of Changing the World Author: Anand Giridharadas Narrator: Anand Giridharadas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 47 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling, groundbreaking investigation of how the global elite's efforts to 'change the world' preserve the status quo and obscure their role in causing the problems they later seek to solve. An essential read for understanding some of the egregious abuses of power that dominate today’s news. Former New York Times columnist Anand Giridharadas takes us into the inner sanctums of a new gilded age, where the rich and powerful fight for equality and justice any way they can--except ways that threaten the social order and their position atop it. We see how they rebrand themselves as saviors of the poor; how they lavishly reward 'thought leaders' who redefine 'change' in winner-friendly ways; and how they constantly seek to do more good, but never less harm. We hear the limousine confessions of a celebrated foundation boss; witness an American president hem and haw about his plutocratic benefactors; and attend a cruise-ship conference where entrepreneurs celebrate their own self-interested magnanimity. Giridharadas asks hard questions: Why, for example, should our gravest problems be solved by the unelected upper crust instead of the public institutions it erodes by lobbying and dodging taxes? He also points toward an answer: Rather than rely on scraps from the winners, we must take on the grueling democratic work of building more robust, egalitarian institutions and truly changing the world. A call to action for elites and everyday citizens alike. Anand Giridharadas Tue, 28 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342741 thebookvoice.com 9:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winners Take All: The Elite Charade of Changing the World Author: Anand Giridharadas Narrator: Anand Giridharadas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 47 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling, groundbreaking investigation of how the global elite's efforts to 'change the world' preserve the status quo and obscure their role in causing the problems they later seek to solve. An essential read for understanding some of the egregious abuses of power that dominate today’s news. Former New York Times columnist Anand Giridharadas takes us into the inner sanctums of a new gilded age, where the rich and powerful fight for equality and justice any way they can--except ways that threaten the social order and their position atop it. We see how they rebrand themselves as saviors of the poor; how they lavishly reward 'thought leaders' who redefine 'change' in winner-friendly ways; and how they constantly seek to do more good, but never less harm. We hear the limousine confessions of a celebrated foundation boss; witness an American president hem and haw about his plutocratic benefactors; and attend a cruise-ship conference where entrepreneurs celebrate their own self-interested magnanimity. Giridharadas asks hard questions: Why, for example, should our gravest problems be solved by the unelected upper crust instead of the public institutions it erodes by lobbying and dodging taxes? He also points toward an answer: Rather than rely on scraps from the winners, we must take on the grueling democratic work of building more robust, egalitarian institutions and truly changing the world. A call to action for elites and everyday citizens alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winners Take All: The Elite Charade of Changing the World Author: Anand Giridharadas Narrator: Anand Giridharadas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 47 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling, groundbreaking investigation of how the global elite's efforts to 'change the world' preserve the status quo and obscure their role in causing the problems they later seek to solve. An essential read for understanding some of the egregious abuses of power that dominate today’s news. Former New York Times columnist Anand Giridharadas takes us into the inner sanctums of a new gilded age, where the rich and powerful fight for equality and justice any way they can--except ways that threaten the social order and their position atop it. We see how they rebrand themselves as saviors of the poor; how they lavishly reward 'thought leaders' who redefine 'change' in winner-friendly ways; and how they constantly seek to do more good, but never less harm. We hear the limousine confessions of a celebrated foundation boss; witness an American president hem and haw about his plutocratic benefactors; and attend a cruise-ship conference where entrepreneurs celebrate their own self-interested magnanimity. Giridharadas asks hard questions: Why, for example, should our gravest problems be solved by the unelected upper crust instead of the public institutions it erodes by lobbying and dodging taxes? He also points toward an answer: Rather than rely on scraps from the winners, we must take on the grueling democratic work of building more robust, egalitarian institutions and truly changing the world. A call to action for elites and everyday citizens alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342723 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prayers for the Battlefield: Staying MomStrong in the Fight for Your Family and Faith Author: Heidi St. John Narrator: Heidi St. John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Help, hope, and spiritual strength for the mom in the trenches. Moms today have a lot to handle! It’s easy to feel overwhelmed by the responsibility of raising a family, especially in a culture that’s spiraling away from Christianity at an alarming speed. Yet our God is the same yesterday, today, and forever. The battle belongs to him, and his strength shines bright when we bring our weaknesses to Him and simply say, “Here. I can’t, but You can.”Prayers for the Battlefield is a collection of prayers and reflections to help you stay strong through the daily challenges of motherhood. Whether you’re a new mom or a soon-to-be empty nester, Heidi St. John writes Scripture-filled and Spirit-infused prayers for every season of motherhood, helping you raise God-fearing children who will live out their love for Christ and make a difference in our world. Let God determine the outcome of the battles you’re facing today?because the ultimate victory belongs to him. Heidi St. John Tue, 18 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342723 thebookvoice.com 3:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prayers for the Battlefield: Staying MomStrong in the Fight for Your Family and Faith Author: Heidi St. John Narrator: Heidi St. John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Help, hope, and spiritual strength for the mom in the trenches. Moms today have a lot to handle! It’s easy to feel overwhelmed by the responsibility of raising a family, especially in a culture that’s spiraling away from Christianity at an alarming speed. Yet our God is the same yesterday, today, and forever. The battle belongs to him, and his strength shines bright when we bring our weaknesses to Him and simply say, “Here. I can’t, but You can.”Prayers for the Battlefield is a collection of prayers and reflections to help you stay strong through the daily challenges of motherhood. Whether you’re a new mom or a soon-to-be empty nester, Heidi St. John writes Scripture-filled and Spirit-infused prayers for every season of motherhood, helping you raise God-fearing children who will live out their love for Christ and make a difference in our world. Let God determine the outcome of the battles you’re facing today?because the ultimate victory belongs to him. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prayers for the Battlefield: Staying MomStrong in the Fight for Your Family and Faith Author: Heidi St. John Narrator: Heidi St. John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Help, hope, and spiritual strength for the mom in the trenches. Moms today have a lot to handle! It’s easy to feel overwhelmed by the responsibility of raising a family, especially in a culture that’s spiraling away from Christianity at an alarming speed. Yet our God is the same yesterday, today, and forever. The battle belongs to him, and his strength shines bright when we bring our weaknesses to Him and simply say, “Here. I can’t, but You can.”Prayers for the Battlefield is a collection of prayers and reflections to help you stay strong through the daily challenges of motherhood. Whether you’re a new mom or a soon-to-be empty nester, Heidi St. John writes Scripture-filled and Spirit-infused prayers for every season of motherhood, helping you raise God-fearing children who will live out their love for Christ and make a difference in our world. Let God determine the outcome of the battles you’re facing today?because the ultimate victory belongs to him. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342709 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342709]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reload Love: Transforming Bullets to Beauty and Battlegrounds to Playgrounds Author: Lenya Heitzig Narrator: Lisa Larsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Will we try to forget all the things we've seen? Or will we see, really see, and then let our emotions lead us into a new way of living?This is the story of one woman who refused to look away from atrocities on her television screen. Lenya Heitzig allowed her heart to break at the plight of refugees and the deaths of innocent children, and then she begged God for a job to do.In this gritty, passionate story, Lenya details the epic way God answered her prayers—how a spark came to life turning weapons of war into something beautiful. Experience the hope found in a children's playground as you journey with her through the jungles of Burma and the war-torn streets of the Middle East.Though the shape of your heart and passion may look very different, you will find hope and inspiration in ordinary people who go to incredible lengths to share God's life-giving love. Lenya Heitzig Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342709 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342709]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reload Love: Transforming Bullets to Beauty and Battlegrounds to Playgrounds Author: Lenya Heitzig Narrator: Lisa Larsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Will we try to forget all the things we've seen? Or will we see, really see, and then let our emotions lead us into a new way of living?This is the story of one woman who refused to look away from atrocities on her television screen. Lenya Heitzig allowed her heart to break at the plight of refugees and the deaths of innocent children, and then she begged God for a job to do.In this gritty, passionate story, Lenya details the epic way God answered her prayers—how a spark came to life turning weapons of war into something beautiful. Experience the hope found in a children's playground as you journey with her through the jungles of Burma and the war-torn streets of the Middle East.Though the shape of your heart and passion may look very different, you will find hope and inspiration in ordinary people who go to incredible lengths to share God's life-giving love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342709]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reload Love: Transforming Bullets to Beauty and Battlegrounds to Playgrounds Author: Lenya Heitzig Narrator: Lisa Larsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Will we try to forget all the things we've seen? Or will we see, really see, and then let our emotions lead us into a new way of living?This is the story of one woman who refused to look away from atrocities on her television screen. Lenya Heitzig allowed her heart to break at the plight of refugees and the deaths of innocent children, and then she begged God for a job to do.In this gritty, passionate story, Lenya details the epic way God answered her prayers—how a spark came to life turning weapons of war into something beautiful. Experience the hope found in a children's playground as you journey with her through the jungles of Burma and the war-torn streets of the Middle East.Though the shape of your heart and passion may look very different, you will find hope and inspiration in ordinary people who go to incredible lengths to share God's life-giving love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342638 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gross Anatomy: Dispatches from the Front (and Back) Author: Mara Altman Narrator: Mara Altman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An honest, funny, neurotic, and totally gross love child of Mindy Kaling and Mary Roach. Mara Altman's volatile and apprehensive relationship with her body has led her to wonder about a lot of stuff over the years. Like, who decided that women shouldn't have body hair? And how sweaty is too sweaty? Also, why is breast cleavage sexy but camel toe revolting? Isn't it all just cleavage? These questions and others like them have led to the comforting and sometimes smelly revelations that constitute Gross Anatomy, an essay collection about what it's like to operate the bags of meat we call our bodies. Divided into two sections, 'The Top Half' and 'The Bottom Half,' with cartoons scattered throughout, Altman's book takes the reader on a wild and relatable journey from head to toe--as she attempts to strike up a peace accord with our grody bits. With a combination of personal anecdotes and fascinating research, Gross Anatomy holds up a magnifying glass to our beliefs, practices, biases, and body parts and shows us the naked truth: that there is greatness in our grossness. Mara Altman Tue, 21 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342638 thebookvoice.com 9:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gross Anatomy: Dispatches from the Front (and Back) Author: Mara Altman Narrator: Mara Altman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An honest, funny, neurotic, and totally gross love child of Mindy Kaling and Mary Roach. Mara Altman's volatile and apprehensive relationship with her body has led her to wonder about a lot of stuff over the years. Like, who decided that women shouldn't have body hair? And how sweaty is too sweaty? Also, why is breast cleavage sexy but camel toe revolting? Isn't it all just cleavage? These questions and others like them have led to the comforting and sometimes smelly revelations that constitute Gross Anatomy, an essay collection about what it's like to operate the bags of meat we call our bodies. Divided into two sections, 'The Top Half' and 'The Bottom Half,' with cartoons scattered throughout, Altman's book takes the reader on a wild and relatable journey from head to toe--as she attempts to strike up a peace accord with our grody bits. With a combination of personal anecdotes and fascinating research, Gross Anatomy holds up a magnifying glass to our beliefs, practices, biases, and body parts and shows us the naked truth: that there is greatness in our grossness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gross Anatomy: Dispatches from the Front (and Back) Author: Mara Altman Narrator: Mara Altman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An honest, funny, neurotic, and totally gross love child of Mindy Kaling and Mary Roach. Mara Altman's volatile and apprehensive relationship with her body has led her to wonder about a lot of stuff over the years. Like, who decided that women shouldn't have body hair? And how sweaty is too sweaty? Also, why is breast cleavage sexy but camel toe revolting? Isn't it all just cleavage? These questions and others like them have led to the comforting and sometimes smelly revelations that constitute Gross Anatomy, an essay collection about what it's like to operate the bags of meat we call our bodies. Divided into two sections, 'The Top Half' and 'The Bottom Half,' with cartoons scattered throughout, Altman's book takes the reader on a wild and relatable journey from head to toe--as she attempts to strike up a peace accord with our grody bits. With a combination of personal anecdotes and fascinating research, Gross Anatomy holds up a magnifying glass to our beliefs, practices, biases, and body parts and shows us the naked truth: that there is greatness in our grossness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342564 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smile (While You Stick the Knife In) Author: M. Doucet Narrator: Dennis Logan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 10, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A brief synopsis on the convergence of new age theories, technological advancement, and political entanglement yields a case for informational transparency as the foundation of government reformation and social evolution. Smile (While You Stick the Knife In) was originally published in 2011; however the topics discussed are more prevalent in today's socio-political climate than in the time it was written. M. Doucet takes us on the journey of an average thinking man through the maze of Google searches and thought traps. Honest. Witty. Forward thinking and insightful, with an over arching hint of good humored asshole, Smile (While You Stick the Knife In) may lead you to the answers for the questions you've been asking yourself, it may lead you to ask questions you never thought to ask, and for some it may lead you nowhere at all. Either way, there is plenty here to think about, and plenty here to make the conscious choice of what not to think about. M. Doucet Sun, 10 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342564 thebookvoice.com 3:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smile (While You Stick the Knife In) Author: M. Doucet Narrator: Dennis Logan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 10, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A brief synopsis on the convergence of new age theories, technological advancement, and political entanglement yields a case for informational transparency as the foundation of government reformation and social evolution. Smile (While You Stick the Knife In) was originally published in 2011; however the topics discussed are more prevalent in today's socio-political climate than in the time it was written. M. Doucet takes us on the journey of an average thinking man through the maze of Google searches and thought traps. Honest. Witty. Forward thinking and insightful, with an over arching hint of good humored asshole, Smile (While You Stick the Knife In) may lead you to the answers for the questions you've been asking yourself, it may lead you to ask questions you never thought to ask, and for some it may lead you nowhere at all. Either way, there is plenty here to think about, and plenty here to make the conscious choice of what not to think about. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smile (While You Stick the Knife In) Author: M. Doucet Narrator: Dennis Logan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 10, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A brief synopsis on the convergence of new age theories, technological advancement, and political entanglement yields a case for informational transparency as the foundation of government reformation and social evolution. Smile (While You Stick the Knife In) was originally published in 2011; however the topics discussed are more prevalent in today's socio-political climate than in the time it was written. M. Doucet takes us on the journey of an average thinking man through the maze of Google searches and thought traps. Honest. Witty. Forward thinking and insightful, with an over arching hint of good humored asshole, Smile (While You Stick the Knife In) may lead you to the answers for the questions you've been asking yourself, it may lead you to ask questions you never thought to ask, and for some it may lead you nowhere at all. Either way, there is plenty here to think about, and plenty here to make the conscious choice of what not to think about. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342457 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sons of Cain: A History of Serial Killers from the Stone Age to the Present Author: Peter Vronsky Narrator: Mikael Naramore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the author of Serial Killers: The Method and Madness of Monsters comes an in-depth examination of sexual serial killers throughout human history, how they evolved, and why we are drawn to their horrifying crimes. Before the term was coined in 1981, there were no 'serial killers.' There were only 'monsters'--killers society first understood as werewolves, vampires, ghouls and witches or, later, Hitchcockian psychos. In Sons of Cain--a book that fills the gap between dry academic studies and sensationalized true crime--investigative historian Peter Vronsky examines our understanding of serial killing from its prehistoric anthropological evolutionary dimensions in the pre-civilization era (c. 15,000 BC) to today. Delving further back into human history and deeper into the human psyche than Serial Killers--Vronsky's 2004 book, which has been called 'the definitive history of the phenomenon of serial murder'--he focuses strictly on sexual serial killers: thrill killers who engage in murder, rape, torture, cannibalism and necrophilia, as opposed to for-profit serial killers, including hit men, or 'political' serial killers, like terrorists or genocidal murderers. These sexual serial killers differ from all other serial killers in their motives and their foundations. They are uniquely human and--as popular culture has demonstrated--uniquely fascinating. Peter Vronsky Tue, 14 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342457 thebookvoice.com 15:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sons of Cain: A History of Serial Killers from the Stone Age to the Present Author: Peter Vronsky Narrator: Mikael Naramore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the author of Serial Killers: The Method and Madness of Monsters comes an in-depth examination of sexual serial killers throughout human history, how they evolved, and why we are drawn to their horrifying crimes. Before the term was coined in 1981, there were no 'serial killers.' There were only 'monsters'--killers society first understood as werewolves, vampires, ghouls and witches or, later, Hitchcockian psychos. In Sons of Cain--a book that fills the gap between dry academic studies and sensationalized true crime--investigative historian Peter Vronsky examines our understanding of serial killing from its prehistoric anthropological evolutionary dimensions in the pre-civilization era (c. 15,000 BC) to today. Delving further back into human history and deeper into the human psyche than Serial Killers--Vronsky's 2004 book, which has been called 'the definitive history of the phenomenon of serial murder'--he focuses strictly on sexual serial killers: thrill killers who engage in murder, rape, torture, cannibalism and necrophilia, as opposed to for-profit serial killers, including hit men, or 'political' serial killers, like terrorists or genocidal murderers. These sexual serial killers differ from all other serial killers in their motives and their foundations. They are uniquely human and--as popular culture has demonstrated--uniquely fascinating. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sons of Cain: A History of Serial Killers from the Stone Age to the Present Author: Peter Vronsky Narrator: Mikael Naramore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the author of Serial Killers: The Method and Madness of Monsters comes an in-depth examination of sexual serial killers throughout human history, how they evolved, and why we are drawn to their horrifying crimes. Before the term was coined in 1981, there were no 'serial killers.' There were only 'monsters'--killers society first understood as werewolves, vampires, ghouls and witches or, later, Hitchcockian psychos. In Sons of Cain--a book that fills the gap between dry academic studies and sensationalized true crime--investigative historian Peter Vronsky examines our understanding of serial killing from its prehistoric anthropological evolutionary dimensions in the pre-civilization era (c. 15,000 BC) to today. Delving further back into human history and deeper into the human psyche than Serial Killers--Vronsky's 2004 book, which has been called 'the definitive history of the phenomenon of serial murder'--he focuses strictly on sexual serial killers: thrill killers who engage in murder, rape, torture, cannibalism and necrophilia, as opposed to for-profit serial killers, including hit men, or 'political' serial killers, like terrorists or genocidal murderers. These sexual serial killers differ from all other serial killers in their motives and their foundations. They are uniquely human and--as popular culture has demonstrated--uniquely fascinating. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342342 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Boy Girl: How I Became JT Leroy Author: Savannah Knoop Narrator: Kristen Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The JT LeRoy scandal is a story of our times. In January 2006, the New York Times unmasked Savannah Knoop as the face of the mysterious author JT LeRoy. A media frenzy ensued as JT's fans, mentors, and readers came to terms with the fact that the gay-male-ex-truck-stop-prostitute-turned literary-wunderkind was really a girl from San Francisco, whose sister-in-law wrote the books. Girl Boy Girl is the story of how Savannah Knoop led this bizarre double life for six years, trading a precarious existence as a college dropout for a life in which she was embraced by celebrities and artists-Carrie Fisher, Courtney Love, Mary Ellen Mark, Winona Ryder, Asia Argento, Sharon Olds, Gus Van Sant, Mike Pitt, Calvin Klein, and Shirley Manson, to name a few-and traveled the world. Telling her side of the story for the first time, Savannah reveals how being perceived as a boy gave her a sense of confidence and entitlement she never had before. Her love affair with Asia Argento is particularly wrenching, as they embark on an intimate relationship that causes more alienation than closeness. As Savannah and Laura struggle over control of the JT character, Savannah realizes the limits of the game - - and inadvertently finds herself through the adventure of being someone else. Savannah Knoop Wed, 01 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342342 thebookvoice.com 5:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Boy Girl: How I Became JT Leroy Author: Savannah Knoop Narrator: Kristen Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The JT LeRoy scandal is a story of our times. In January 2006, the New York Times unmasked Savannah Knoop as the face of the mysterious author JT LeRoy. A media frenzy ensued as JT's fans, mentors, and readers came to terms with the fact that the gay-male-ex-truck-stop-prostitute-turned literary-wunderkind was really a girl from San Francisco, whose sister-in-law wrote the books. Girl Boy Girl is the story of how Savannah Knoop led this bizarre double life for six years, trading a precarious existence as a college dropout for a life in which she was embraced by celebrities and artists-Carrie Fisher, Courtney Love, Mary Ellen Mark, Winona Ryder, Asia Argento, Sharon Olds, Gus Van Sant, Mike Pitt, Calvin Klein, and Shirley Manson, to name a few-and traveled the world. Telling her side of the story for the first time, Savannah reveals how being perceived as a boy gave her a sense of confidence and entitlement she never had before. Her love affair with Asia Argento is particularly wrenching, as they embark on an intimate relationship that causes more alienation than closeness. As Savannah and Laura struggle over control of the JT character, Savannah realizes the limits of the game - - and inadvertently finds herself through the adventure of being someone else. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Boy Girl: How I Became JT Leroy Author: Savannah Knoop Narrator: Kristen Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The JT LeRoy scandal is a story of our times. In January 2006, the New York Times unmasked Savannah Knoop as the face of the mysterious author JT LeRoy. A media frenzy ensued as JT's fans, mentors, and readers came to terms with the fact that the gay-male-ex-truck-stop-prostitute-turned literary-wunderkind was really a girl from San Francisco, whose sister-in-law wrote the books. Girl Boy Girl is the story of how Savannah Knoop led this bizarre double life for six years, trading a precarious existence as a college dropout for a life in which she was embraced by celebrities and artists-Carrie Fisher, Courtney Love, Mary Ellen Mark, Winona Ryder, Asia Argento, Sharon Olds, Gus Van Sant, Mike Pitt, Calvin Klein, and Shirley Manson, to name a few-and traveled the world. Telling her side of the story for the first time, Savannah reveals how being perceived as a boy gave her a sense of confidence and entitlement she never had before. Her love affair with Asia Argento is particularly wrenching, as they embark on an intimate relationship that causes more alienation than closeness. As Savannah and Laura struggle over control of the JT character, Savannah realizes the limits of the game - - and inadvertently finds herself through the adventure of being someone else. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342202 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 21 Lessons for the 21st Century Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 158 Ratings of Narrator: 4.47 of Total 36 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In Sapiens, he explored our past. In Homo Deus, he looked to our future. Now, one of the world’s most innovative thinkers explores what it means to be human in an age of bewilderment. “Fascinating . . . a crucial global conversation about how to take on the problems of the twenty-first century.”—Bill Gates, The New York Times Book Review A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR How can we protect ourselves from nuclear war or ecological catastrophe? What do we do about the epidemic of fake news or the threat of terrorism? How should we prepare our children for the future? 21 Lessons for the 21st Century is a probing and visionary investigation into today’s most urgent issues as we move into the future. As technology advances faster than our understanding of it, hacking becomes a tactic of war, and the world feels more polarized than ever, Harari addresses the challenge of navigating life in the face of constant and disorienting change and raises the important questions we need to ask ourselves in order to survive. In twenty-one accessible chapters that are both provocative and profound, Harari untangles political, technological, social, and existential issues and offers advice on how to prepare for a very different future from the world we now live in: How can we retain freedom of choice when Big Data is watching us? What will the future workforce look like, and how should we ready ourselves for it? Why is liberal democracy in crisis? Harari’s unique ability to make sense of where we have come from and where we are going has captured the imaginations of millions of readers. Here he invites us to consider values, meaning, and personal engagement in a world full of noise and uncertainty. When we are deluged with irrelevant information, clarity is power. Presenting complex contemporary challenges clearly and accessibly, 21 Lessons for the 21st Century is essential reading. Yuval Noah Harari Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342202 thebookvoice.com 11:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 21 Lessons for the 21st Century Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 158 Ratings of Narrator: 4.47 of Total 36 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In Sapiens, he explored our past. In Homo Deus, he looked to our future. Now, one of the world’s most innovative thinkers explores what it means to be human in an age of bewilderment. “Fascinating . . . a crucial global conversation about how to take on the problems of the twenty-first century.”—Bill Gates, The New York Times Book Review A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR How can we protect ourselves from nuclear war or ecological catastrophe? What do we do about the epidemic of fake news or the threat of terrorism? How should we prepare our children for the future? 21 Lessons for the 21st Century is a probing and visionary investigation into today’s most urgent issues as we move into the future. As technology advances faster than our understanding of it, hacking becomes a tactic of war, and the world feels more polarized than ever, Harari addresses the challenge of navigating life in the face of constant and disorienting change and raises the important questions we need to ask ourselves in order to survive. In twenty-one accessible chapters that are both provocative and profound, Harari untangles political, technological, social, and existential issues and offers advice on how to prepare for a very different future from the world we now live in: How can we retain freedom of choice when Big Data is watching us? What will the future workforce look like, and how should we ready ourselves for it? Why is liberal democracy in crisis? Harari’s unique ability to make sense of where we have come from and where we are going has captured the imaginations of millions of readers. Here he invites us to consider values, meaning, and personal engagement in a world full of noise and uncertainty. When we are deluged with irrelevant information, clarity is power. Presenting complex contemporary challenges clearly and accessibly, 21 Lessons for the 21st Century is essential reading. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 21 Lessons for the 21st Century Author: Yuval Noah Harari Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 158 Ratings of Narrator: 4.47 of Total 36 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In Sapiens, he explored our past. In Homo Deus, he looked to our future. Now, one of the world’s most innovative thinkers explores what it means to be human in an age of bewilderment. “Fascinating . . . a crucial global conversation about how to take on the problems of the twenty-first century.”—Bill Gates, The New York Times Book Review A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR How can we protect ourselves from nuclear war or ecological catastrophe? What do we do about the epidemic of fake news or the threat of terrorism? How should we prepare our children for the future? 21 Lessons for the 21st Century is a probing and visionary investigation into today’s most urgent issues as we move into the future. As technology advances faster than our understanding of it, hacking becomes a tactic of war, and the world feels more polarized than ever, Harari addresses the challenge of navigating life in the face of constant and disorienting change and raises the important questions we need to ask ourselves in order to survive. In twenty-one accessible chapters that are both provocative and profound, Harari untangles political, technological, social, and existential issues and offers advice on how to prepare for a very different future from the world we now live in: How can we retain freedom of choice when Big Data is watching us? What will the future workforce look like, and how should we ready ourselves for it? Why is liberal democracy in crisis? Harari’s unique ability to make sense of where we have come from and where we are going has captured the imaginations of millions of readers. Here he invites us to consider values, meaning, and personal engagement in a world full of noise and uncertainty. When we are deluged with irrelevant information, clarity is power. Presenting complex contemporary challenges clearly and accessibly, 21 Lessons for the 21st Century is essential reading. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342198 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Palaces for the People: How Social Infrastructure Can Help Fight Inequality, Polarization, and the Decline of Civic Life Author: Eric Klinenberg Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A comprehensive, entertaining, and compelling argument for how rebuilding social infrastructure can help heal divisions in our society and move us forward.”—Jon Stewart NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR • “Engaging.”—Mayor Pete Buttigieg, The New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice) We are living in a time of deep divisions. Americans are sorting themselves along racial, religious, and cultural lines, leading to a level of polarization that the country hasn’t seen since the Civil War. Pundits and politicians are calling for us to come together and find common purpose. But how, exactly, can this be done? In Palaces for the People, Eric Klinenberg suggests a way forward. He believes that the future of democratic societies rests not simply on shared values but on shared spaces: the libraries, childcare centers, churches, and parks where crucial connections are formed. Interweaving his own research with examples from around the globe, Klinenberg shows how “social infrastructure” is helping to solve some of our most pressing societal challenges. Richly reported and ultimately uplifting, Palaces for the People offers a blueprint for bridging our seemingly unbridgeable divides. LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE IN NONFICTION “Just brilliant!”—Roman Mars, 99% Invisible “The aim of this sweeping work is to popularize the notion of ‘social infrastructure'—the ‘physical places and organizations that shape the way people interact'. . . . Here, drawing on research in urban planning, behavioral economics, and environmental psychology, as well as on his own fieldwork from around the world, [Eric Klinenberg] posits that a community’s resilience correlates strongly with the robustness of its social infrastructure. The numerous case studies add up to a plea for more investment in the spaces and institutions (parks, libraries, childcare centers) that foster mutual support in civic life.”—The New Yorker “Palaces for the People—the title is taken from the Scottish-American industrialist and philanthropist Andrew Carnegie’s description of the hundreds of libraries he funded—is essentially a calm, lucid exposition of a centuries-old idea, which is really a furious call to action.”—New Statesman “Clear-eyed . . . fascinating.”—Psychology Today Eric Klinenberg Tue, 11 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342198 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Palaces for the People: How Social Infrastructure Can Help Fight Inequality, Polarization, and the Decline of Civic Life Author: Eric Klinenberg Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A comprehensive, entertaining, and compelling argument for how rebuilding social infrastructure can help heal divisions in our society and move us forward.”—Jon Stewart NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR • “Engaging.”—Mayor Pete Buttigieg, The New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice) We are living in a time of deep divisions. Americans are sorting themselves along racial, religious, and cultural lines, leading to a level of polarization that the country hasn’t seen since the Civil War. Pundits and politicians are calling for us to come together and find common purpose. But how, exactly, can this be done? In Palaces for the People, Eric Klinenberg suggests a way forward. He believes that the future of democratic societies rests not simply on shared values but on shared spaces: the libraries, childcare centers, churches, and parks where crucial connections are formed. Interweaving his own research with examples from around the globe, Klinenberg shows how “social infrastructure” is helping to solve some of our most pressing societal challenges. Richly reported and ultimately uplifting, Palaces for the People offers a blueprint for bridging our seemingly unbridgeable divides. LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE IN NONFICTION “Just brilliant!”—Roman Mars, 99% Invisible “The aim of this sweeping work is to popularize the notion of ‘social infrastructure'—the ‘physical places and organizations that shape the way people interact'. . . . Here, drawing on research in urban planning, behavioral economics, and environmental psychology, as well as on his own fieldwork from around the world, [Eric Klinenberg] posits that a community’s resilience correlates strongly with the robustness of its social infrastructure. The numerous case studies add up to a plea for more investment in the spaces and institutions (parks, libraries, childcare centers) that foster mutual support in civic life.”—The New Yorker “Palaces for the People—the title is taken from the Scottish-American industrialist and philanthropist Andrew Carnegie’s description of the hundreds of libraries he funded—is essentially a calm, lucid exposition of a centuries-old idea, which is really a furious call to action.”—New Statesman “Clear-eyed . . . fascinating.”—Psychology Today Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Palaces for the People: How Social Infrastructure Can Help Fight Inequality, Polarization, and the Decline of Civic Life Author: Eric Klinenberg Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A comprehensive, entertaining, and compelling argument for how rebuilding social infrastructure can help heal divisions in our society and move us forward.”—Jon Stewart NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR • “Engaging.”—Mayor Pete Buttigieg, The New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice) We are living in a time of deep divisions. Americans are sorting themselves along racial, religious, and cultural lines, leading to a level of polarization that the country hasn’t seen since the Civil War. Pundits and politicians are calling for us to come together and find common purpose. But how, exactly, can this be done? In Palaces for the People, Eric Klinenberg suggests a way forward. He believes that the future of democratic societies rests not simply on shared values but on shared spaces: the libraries, childcare centers, churches, and parks where crucial connections are formed. Interweaving his own research with examples from around the globe, Klinenberg shows how “social infrastructure” is helping to solve some of our most pressing societal challenges. Richly reported and ultimately uplifting, Palaces for the People offers a blueprint for bridging our seemingly unbridgeable divides. LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL FOR EXCELLENCE IN NONFICTION “Just brilliant!”—Roman Mars, 99% Invisible “The aim of this sweeping work is to popularize the notion of ‘social infrastructure'—the ‘physical places and organizations that shape the way people interact'. . . . Here, drawing on research in urban planning, behavioral economics, and environmental psychology, as well as on his own fieldwork from around the world, [Eric Klinenberg] posits that a community’s resilience correlates strongly with the robustness of its social infrastructure. The numerous case studies add up to a plea for more investment in the spaces and institutions (parks, libraries, childcare centers) that foster mutual support in civic life.”—The New Yorker “Palaces for the People—the title is taken from the Scottish-American industrialist and philanthropist Andrew Carnegie’s description of the hundreds of libraries he funded—is essentially a calm, lucid exposition of a centuries-old idea, which is really a furious call to action.”—New Statesman “Clear-eyed . . . fascinating.”—Psychology Today https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342195 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Out of Hatred: The Awakening of a Former White Nationalist Author: Eli Saslow Narrator: Eli Saslow, Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The powerful story of how a prominent white supremacist changed his heart and mind. From the Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter, this is a book to help us understand the American moment and to help us better understand one another.  “Rising Out of Hatred proclaims if the successor to the white nationalist movement can forsake his ideological upbringing, can rebirth himself in antiracism, then we can too no matter the personal cost. This book is an inspiration.” —Ibram X. Kendi, bestselling author of How to Be An Antiracist Derek Black grew up at the epicenter of white nationalism. His father founded Stormfront, the largest racist community on the Internet. His godfather, David Duke, was a KKK Grand Wizard. By the time Derek turned nineteen, he had become an elected politician with his own daily radio show—already regarded as the 'the leading light' of the burgeoning white nationalist movement. 'We can infiltrate,' Derek once told a crowd of white nationalists. 'We can take the country back.' Then he went to college. At New College of Florida, he continued to broadcast his radio show in secret each morning, living a double life until a classmate uncovered his identity and sent an email to the entire school. 'Derek Black ... white supremacist, radio host ... New College student???' The ensuing uproar overtook one of the most liberal colleges in the country. Some students protested Derek's presence on campus, forcing him to reconcile for the first time with the ugliness of his beliefs. Other students found the courage to reach out to him, including an Orthodox Jew who invited Derek to attend weekly Shabbat dinners. It was because of those dinners—and the wide-ranging relationships formed at that table—that Derek started to question the science, history, and prejudices behind his worldview. As white nationalism infiltrated the political mainstream, Derek decided to confront the damage he had done. Rising Out of Hatred tells the story of how white-supremacist ideas migrated from the far-right fringe to the White House through the intensely personal saga of one man who eventually disavowed everything he was taught to believe, at tremendous personal cost. With great empathy and narrative verve, Eli Saslow asks what Derek Black's story can tell us about America's increasingly divided nature. Eli Saslow Tue, 18 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342195 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Out of Hatred: The Awakening of a Former White Nationalist Author: Eli Saslow Narrator: Eli Saslow, Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The powerful story of how a prominent white supremacist changed his heart and mind. From the Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter, this is a book to help us understand the American moment and to help us better understand one another.  “Rising Out of Hatred proclaims if the successor to the white nationalist movement can forsake his ideological upbringing, can rebirth himself in antiracism, then we can too no matter the personal cost. This book is an inspiration.” —Ibram X. Kendi, bestselling author of How to Be An Antiracist Derek Black grew up at the epicenter of white nationalism. His father founded Stormfront, the largest racist community on the Internet. His godfather, David Duke, was a KKK Grand Wizard. By the time Derek turned nineteen, he had become an elected politician with his own daily radio show—already regarded as the 'the leading light' of the burgeoning white nationalist movement. 'We can infiltrate,' Derek once told a crowd of white nationalists. 'We can take the country back.' Then he went to college. At New College of Florida, he continued to broadcast his radio show in secret each morning, living a double life until a classmate uncovered his identity and sent an email to the entire school. 'Derek Black ... white supremacist, radio host ... New College student???' The ensuing uproar overtook one of the most liberal colleges in the country. Some students protested Derek's presence on campus, forcing him to reconcile for the first time with the ugliness of his beliefs. Other students found the courage to reach out to him, including an Orthodox Jew who invited Derek to attend weekly Shabbat dinners. It was because of those dinners—and the wide-ranging relationships formed at that table—that Derek started to question the science, history, and prejudices behind his worldview. As white nationalism infiltrated the political mainstream, Derek decided to confront the damage he had done. Rising Out of Hatred tells the story of how white-supremacist ideas migrated from the far-right fringe to the White House through the intensely personal saga of one man who eventually disavowed everything he was taught to believe, at tremendous personal cost. With great empathy and narrative verve, Eli Saslow asks what Derek Black's story can tell us about America's increasingly divided nature. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Out of Hatred: The Awakening of a Former White Nationalist Author: Eli Saslow Narrator: Eli Saslow, Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The powerful story of how a prominent white supremacist changed his heart and mind. From the Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter, this is a book to help us understand the American moment and to help us better understand one another.  “Rising Out of Hatred proclaims if the successor to the white nationalist movement can forsake his ideological upbringing, can rebirth himself in antiracism, then we can too no matter the personal cost. This book is an inspiration.” —Ibram X. Kendi, bestselling author of How to Be An Antiracist Derek Black grew up at the epicenter of white nationalism. His father founded Stormfront, the largest racist community on the Internet. His godfather, David Duke, was a KKK Grand Wizard. By the time Derek turned nineteen, he had become an elected politician with his own daily radio show—already regarded as the 'the leading light' of the burgeoning white nationalist movement. 'We can infiltrate,' Derek once told a crowd of white nationalists. 'We can take the country back.' Then he went to college. At New College of Florida, he continued to broadcast his radio show in secret each morning, living a double life until a classmate uncovered his identity and sent an email to the entire school. 'Derek Black ... white supremacist, radio host ... New College student???' The ensuing uproar overtook one of the most liberal colleges in the country. Some students protested Derek's presence on campus, forcing him to reconcile for the first time with the ugliness of his beliefs. Other students found the courage to reach out to him, including an Orthodox Jew who invited Derek to attend weekly Shabbat dinners. It was because of those dinners—and the wide-ranging relationships formed at that table—that Derek started to question the science, history, and prejudices behind his worldview. As white nationalism infiltrated the political mainstream, Derek decided to confront the damage he had done. Rising Out of Hatred tells the story of how white-supremacist ideas migrated from the far-right fringe to the White House through the intensely personal saga of one man who eventually disavowed everything he was taught to believe, at tremendous personal cost. With great empathy and narrative verve, Eli Saslow asks what Derek Black's story can tell us about America's increasingly divided nature. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342191 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God Is in the Crowd: Twenty-First-Century Judaism Author: Tal Keinan Narrator: Tal Keinan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Enthralling, searching, profound, an extraordinarily powerful work on Jewish identity in the twenty-first century.”—Rabbi Lord Jonathan Sacks A bold proposal for discovering relevance in Judaism and ensuring its survival, from a pioneering social activist, business leader, and fighter pilot in the Israeli Air Force God Is in the Crowd is an original and provocative blueprint for Judaism in the twenty-first century. Presented through the lens of Tal Keinan’s unusual personal story, it a sobering analysis of the threat to Jewish continuity. As the Jewish people has become concentrated in just two hubs—America and Israel—it has lost the subtle code of governance that endowed Judaism with dynamism and relevance in the age of Diaspora. This code, as Keinan explains, is derived from Francis Galton’s “wisdom of crowds,” in which a group’s collective intelligence, memory, and even spirituality can be dramatically different from, and often stronger than, that of any individual member’s. He argues that without this code, this ancient people—and the civilization that it spawned—will soon be extinct. Finally, Keinan puts forward a bold and original plan to rewrite the Jewish code, proposing a new model for Judaism and for community in general. Keinan was born to a secular Jewish family in Florida. His interest in Judaism was ignited by a Christian minister at his New England prep school and led him down the unlikely path to enlistment in the Israel Air Force. Using his own dramatic experiences as a backdrop, and applying lessons from his life as a business leader and social activist, Keinan takes the reader on a riveting adventure, weaving between past, present, and future, and fusing narrative with theory to demonstrate Judaism’s value to humanity and chart its path into the future. Advance praise for God Is in the Crowd “Beautifully written, brilliantly argued, this is a unique contribution to the conversation and a must read for anyone concerned with Jewish continuity.”—Yossi Klein Halevi, author of Letters to My Palestinian Neighbor “God Is in the Crowd blends social science, economics, religion, and national identity to help us see more clearly who we are as individuals, people, and a society.”—Dan Ariely, author of The Upside of Irrationality “American, Israeli, entrepreneur, fighter pilot, and investor: Keinan’s diagnosis of Israel and the Jewish Diaspora is provided through the lens of a rich and gripping life story. Keinan’s contribution is indispensable to the debate about the future of the Jewish people.”—Dan Senor, co-author of Start-up Nation Tal Keinan Tue, 25 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342191 thebookvoice.com 8:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God Is in the Crowd: Twenty-First-Century Judaism Author: Tal Keinan Narrator: Tal Keinan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Enthralling, searching, profound, an extraordinarily powerful work on Jewish identity in the twenty-first century.”—Rabbi Lord Jonathan Sacks A bold proposal for discovering relevance in Judaism and ensuring its survival, from a pioneering social activist, business leader, and fighter pilot in the Israeli Air Force God Is in the Crowd is an original and provocative blueprint for Judaism in the twenty-first century. Presented through the lens of Tal Keinan’s unusual personal story, it a sobering analysis of the threat to Jewish continuity. As the Jewish people has become concentrated in just two hubs—America and Israel—it has lost the subtle code of governance that endowed Judaism with dynamism and relevance in the age of Diaspora. This code, as Keinan explains, is derived from Francis Galton’s “wisdom of crowds,” in which a group’s collective intelligence, memory, and even spirituality can be dramatically different from, and often stronger than, that of any individual member’s. He argues that without this code, this ancient people—and the civilization that it spawned—will soon be extinct. Finally, Keinan puts forward a bold and original plan to rewrite the Jewish code, proposing a new model for Judaism and for community in general. Keinan was born to a secular Jewish family in Florida. His interest in Judaism was ignited by a Christian minister at his New England prep school and led him down the unlikely path to enlistment in the Israel Air Force. Using his own dramatic experiences as a backdrop, and applying lessons from his life as a business leader and social activist, Keinan takes the reader on a riveting adventure, weaving between past, present, and future, and fusing narrative with theory to demonstrate Judaism’s value to humanity and chart its path into the future. Advance praise for God Is in the Crowd “Beautifully written, brilliantly argued, this is a unique contribution to the conversation and a must read for anyone concerned with Jewish continuity.”—Yossi Klein Halevi, author of Letters to My Palestinian Neighbor “God Is in the Crowd blends social science, economics, religion, and national identity to help us see more clearly who we are as individuals, people, and a society.”—Dan Ariely, author of The Upside of Irrationality “American, Israeli, entrepreneur, fighter pilot, and investor: Keinan’s diagnosis of Israel and the Jewish Diaspora is provided through the lens of a rich and gripping life story. Keinan’s contribution is indispensable to the debate about the future of the Jewish people.”—Dan Senor, co-author of Start-up Nation Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God Is in the Crowd: Twenty-First-Century Judaism Author: Tal Keinan Narrator: Tal Keinan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Enthralling, searching, profound, an extraordinarily powerful work on Jewish identity in the twenty-first century.”—Rabbi Lord Jonathan Sacks A bold proposal for discovering relevance in Judaism and ensuring its survival, from a pioneering social activist, business leader, and fighter pilot in the Israeli Air Force God Is in the Crowd is an original and provocative blueprint for Judaism in the twenty-first century. Presented through the lens of Tal Keinan’s unusual personal story, it a sobering analysis of the threat to Jewish continuity. As the Jewish people has become concentrated in just two hubs—America and Israel—it has lost the subtle code of governance that endowed Judaism with dynamism and relevance in the age of Diaspora. This code, as Keinan explains, is derived from Francis Galton’s “wisdom of crowds,” in which a group’s collective intelligence, memory, and even spirituality can be dramatically different from, and often stronger than, that of any individual member’s. He argues that without this code, this ancient people—and the civilization that it spawned—will soon be extinct. Finally, Keinan puts forward a bold and original plan to rewrite the Jewish code, proposing a new model for Judaism and for community in general. Keinan was born to a secular Jewish family in Florida. His interest in Judaism was ignited by a Christian minister at his New England prep school and led him down the unlikely path to enlistment in the Israel Air Force. Using his own dramatic experiences as a backdrop, and applying lessons from his life as a business leader and social activist, Keinan takes the reader on a riveting adventure, weaving between past, present, and future, and fusing narrative with theory to demonstrate Judaism’s value to humanity and chart its path into the future. Advance praise for God Is in the Crowd “Beautifully written, brilliantly argued, this is a unique contribution to the conversation and a must read for anyone concerned with Jewish continuity.”—Yossi Klein Halevi, author of Letters to My Palestinian Neighbor “God Is in the Crowd blends social science, economics, religion, and national identity to help us see more clearly who we are as individuals, people, and a society.”—Dan Ariely, author of The Upside of Irrationality “American, Israeli, entrepreneur, fighter pilot, and investor: Keinan’s diagnosis of Israel and the Jewish Diaspora is provided through the lens of a rich and gripping life story. Keinan’s contribution is indispensable to the debate about the future of the Jewish people.”—Dan Senor, co-author of Start-up Nation https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342181 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In My Father's House: A New View of How Crime Runs in the Family Author: Fox Butterfield Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the Pulitzer Prize-winning New York Times journalist: a pathbreaking examination of our huge crime and incarceration problem that looks at the influence of the family--specifically one Oregon family with a generations-long legacy of lawlessness. The United States currently holds the distinction of housing nearly one-quarter of the world's prison population. But our reliance on mass incarceration, Fox Butterfield argues, misses the intractable reality: As few as 5 percent of families account for half of all crime, and only 10 percent account for two-thirds. In introducing us to the Bogle family, the author invites us to understand crime in this eye-opening new light. He chronicles the malignant legacy of criminality passed from parents to children, grandchildren, and even great-grandchildren. Examining the long history of the Bogles, a white family, Butterfield offers a revelatory look at criminality that forces us to disentangle race from our ideas about crime and, in doing so, strikes at the heart of our deepest stereotypes. And he makes clear how these new insights are leading to fundamentally different efforts at reform. With his empathic insight and profound knowledge of criminology, Butterfield offers us both the indelible tale of one family's transgressions and tribulations, and an entirely new way to understand crime in America. Fox Butterfield Tue, 09 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342181 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In My Father's House: A New View of How Crime Runs in the Family Author: Fox Butterfield Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the Pulitzer Prize-winning New York Times journalist: a pathbreaking examination of our huge crime and incarceration problem that looks at the influence of the family--specifically one Oregon family with a generations-long legacy of lawlessness. The United States currently holds the distinction of housing nearly one-quarter of the world's prison population. But our reliance on mass incarceration, Fox Butterfield argues, misses the intractable reality: As few as 5 percent of families account for half of all crime, and only 10 percent account for two-thirds. In introducing us to the Bogle family, the author invites us to understand crime in this eye-opening new light. He chronicles the malignant legacy of criminality passed from parents to children, grandchildren, and even great-grandchildren. Examining the long history of the Bogles, a white family, Butterfield offers a revelatory look at criminality that forces us to disentangle race from our ideas about crime and, in doing so, strikes at the heart of our deepest stereotypes. And he makes clear how these new insights are leading to fundamentally different efforts at reform. With his empathic insight and profound knowledge of criminology, Butterfield offers us both the indelible tale of one family's transgressions and tribulations, and an entirely new way to understand crime in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In My Father's House: A New View of How Crime Runs in the Family Author: Fox Butterfield Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the Pulitzer Prize-winning New York Times journalist: a pathbreaking examination of our huge crime and incarceration problem that looks at the influence of the family--specifically one Oregon family with a generations-long legacy of lawlessness. The United States currently holds the distinction of housing nearly one-quarter of the world's prison population. But our reliance on mass incarceration, Fox Butterfield argues, misses the intractable reality: As few as 5 percent of families account for half of all crime, and only 10 percent account for two-thirds. In introducing us to the Bogle family, the author invites us to understand crime in this eye-opening new light. He chronicles the malignant legacy of criminality passed from parents to children, grandchildren, and even great-grandchildren. Examining the long history of the Bogles, a white family, Butterfield offers a revelatory look at criminality that forces us to disentangle race from our ideas about crime and, in doing so, strikes at the heart of our deepest stereotypes. And he makes clear how these new insights are leading to fundamentally different efforts at reform. With his empathic insight and profound knowledge of criminology, Butterfield offers us both the indelible tale of one family's transgressions and tribulations, and an entirely new way to understand crime in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342171 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Fix: Inside the Opioid Addiction Crisis - and How to End It Author: Ryan Hampton Narrator: Ryan Hampton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nearly every American knows someone who has been affected by the opioid crisis. Addiction is a trans-partisan issue that impacts individuals from every walk of life. Millions of Americans, tired of watching their loved ones die while politicians ignore this issue. Where is the solution? Where is the hope? Where's the outrage? Ryan Hampton is a young man who has made addiction and recovery reform his life's mission. Through the wildly successful non-profit organization Facing Addiction, Hampton has been rocketed to the center of America’s rising recovery movement—quickly emerging as the de facto leader of the national conversation on addiction. He understands firsthand how easy it is to develop a dependency on opioids, and how destructive it can quickly become. Now, he is waging a permanent campaign to change our way of thinking about and addressing addiction in this country. In American Fix, Hampton describes his personal struggle with addiction, outlines the challenges that the recovery movement currently faces, and offers a concrete, comprehensive plan of action towards making America’s addiction crisis a thing of the past. Praise for American Fix: “The opioid crisis affects so many all across America — I’m proud that Ryan found help and is now helping others.” - President Bill Clinton 'As someone who has experienced the problem of addiction from both sides, both as President Obama’s drug czar and as a person in long term recovery myself, I'm able to attest to our woefully inadequate system of treatment, criminal justice and rehabilitation. Ryan Hampton’s book is a powerful and timely contribution to understanding the dimensions of this crisis--and what we can do about it.' - Michael Botticelli, White House Drug Czar, Director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy under President Obama Ryan Hampton Tue, 28 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342171 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Fix: Inside the Opioid Addiction Crisis - and How to End It Author: Ryan Hampton Narrator: Ryan Hampton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nearly every American knows someone who has been affected by the opioid crisis. Addiction is a trans-partisan issue that impacts individuals from every walk of life. Millions of Americans, tired of watching their loved ones die while politicians ignore this issue. Where is the solution? Where is the hope? Where's the outrage? Ryan Hampton is a young man who has made addiction and recovery reform his life's mission. Through the wildly successful non-profit organization Facing Addiction, Hampton has been rocketed to the center of America’s rising recovery movement—quickly emerging as the de facto leader of the national conversation on addiction. He understands firsthand how easy it is to develop a dependency on opioids, and how destructive it can quickly become. Now, he is waging a permanent campaign to change our way of thinking about and addressing addiction in this country. In American Fix, Hampton describes his personal struggle with addiction, outlines the challenges that the recovery movement currently faces, and offers a concrete, comprehensive plan of action towards making America’s addiction crisis a thing of the past. Praise for American Fix: “The opioid crisis affects so many all across America — I’m proud that Ryan found help and is now helping others.” - President Bill Clinton 'As someone who has experienced the problem of addiction from both sides, both as President Obama’s drug czar and as a person in long term recovery myself, I'm able to attest to our woefully inadequate system of treatment, criminal justice and rehabilitation. Ryan Hampton’s book is a powerful and timely contribution to understanding the dimensions of this crisis--and what we can do about it.' - Michael Botticelli, White House Drug Czar, Director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy under President Obama Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Fix: Inside the Opioid Addiction Crisis - and How to End It Author: Ryan Hampton Narrator: Ryan Hampton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nearly every American knows someone who has been affected by the opioid crisis. Addiction is a trans-partisan issue that impacts individuals from every walk of life. Millions of Americans, tired of watching their loved ones die while politicians ignore this issue. Where is the solution? Where is the hope? Where's the outrage? Ryan Hampton is a young man who has made addiction and recovery reform his life's mission. Through the wildly successful non-profit organization Facing Addiction, Hampton has been rocketed to the center of America’s rising recovery movement—quickly emerging as the de facto leader of the national conversation on addiction. He understands firsthand how easy it is to develop a dependency on opioids, and how destructive it can quickly become. Now, he is waging a permanent campaign to change our way of thinking about and addressing addiction in this country. In American Fix, Hampton describes his personal struggle with addiction, outlines the challenges that the recovery movement currently faces, and offers a concrete, comprehensive plan of action towards making America’s addiction crisis a thing of the past. Praise for American Fix: “The opioid crisis affects so many all across America — I’m proud that Ryan found help and is now helping others.” - President Bill Clinton 'As someone who has experienced the problem of addiction from both sides, both as President Obama’s drug czar and as a person in long term recovery myself, I'm able to attest to our woefully inadequate system of treatment, criminal justice and rehabilitation. Ryan Hampton’s book is a powerful and timely contribution to understanding the dimensions of this crisis--and what we can do about it.' - Michael Botticelli, White House Drug Czar, Director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy under President Obama https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342162 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A History of Judaism Author: Martin Goodman Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sweeping history of Judaism over more than three millennia Judaism is one of the oldest religions in the world, and it has preserved its distinctive identity despite the extraordinarily diverse forms and beliefs it has embodied over the course of more than three millennia. A History of Judaism provides the first truly comprehensive look in one volume at how this great religion came to be, how it has evolved from one age to the next, and how its various strains, sects, and traditions have related to each other. In this magisterial and elegantly written book, Martin Goodman takes readers from Judaism’s origins in the polytheistic world of the second and first millennia BCE to the temple cult at the time of Jesus. He tells the stories of the rabbis, mystics, and messiahs of the medieval and early modern periods and guides us through the many varieties of Judaism today. Goodman’s compelling narrative spans the globe, from the Middle East, Europe, and America to North Africa, China, and India. He explains the institutions and ideas on which all forms of Judaism are based, and masterfully weaves together the different threads of doctrinal and philosophical debate that run throughout its history. A History of Judaism is a spellbinding chronicle of a vibrant and multifaceted religious tradition that has shaped the spiritual heritage of humankind like no other. Martin Goodman Tue, 21 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342162 thebookvoice.com 24:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A History of Judaism Author: Martin Goodman Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sweeping history of Judaism over more than three millennia Judaism is one of the oldest religions in the world, and it has preserved its distinctive identity despite the extraordinarily diverse forms and beliefs it has embodied over the course of more than three millennia. A History of Judaism provides the first truly comprehensive look in one volume at how this great religion came to be, how it has evolved from one age to the next, and how its various strains, sects, and traditions have related to each other. In this magisterial and elegantly written book, Martin Goodman takes readers from Judaism’s origins in the polytheistic world of the second and first millennia BCE to the temple cult at the time of Jesus. He tells the stories of the rabbis, mystics, and messiahs of the medieval and early modern periods and guides us through the many varieties of Judaism today. Goodman’s compelling narrative spans the globe, from the Middle East, Europe, and America to North Africa, China, and India. He explains the institutions and ideas on which all forms of Judaism are based, and masterfully weaves together the different threads of doctrinal and philosophical debate that run throughout its history. A History of Judaism is a spellbinding chronicle of a vibrant and multifaceted religious tradition that has shaped the spiritual heritage of humankind like no other. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A History of Judaism Author: Martin Goodman Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sweeping history of Judaism over more than three millennia Judaism is one of the oldest religions in the world, and it has preserved its distinctive identity despite the extraordinarily diverse forms and beliefs it has embodied over the course of more than three millennia. A History of Judaism provides the first truly comprehensive look in one volume at how this great religion came to be, how it has evolved from one age to the next, and how its various strains, sects, and traditions have related to each other. In this magisterial and elegantly written book, Martin Goodman takes readers from Judaism’s origins in the polytheistic world of the second and first millennia BCE to the temple cult at the time of Jesus. He tells the stories of the rabbis, mystics, and messiahs of the medieval and early modern periods and guides us through the many varieties of Judaism today. Goodman’s compelling narrative spans the globe, from the Middle East, Europe, and America to North Africa, China, and India. He explains the institutions and ideas on which all forms of Judaism are based, and masterfully weaves together the different threads of doctrinal and philosophical debate that run throughout its history. A History of Judaism is a spellbinding chronicle of a vibrant and multifaceted religious tradition that has shaped the spiritual heritage of humankind like no other. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342135 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342135]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dopesick: Dealers, Doctors, and the Drug Company that Addicted America Author: Beth Macy Narrator: Beth Macy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 71 Ratings of Narrator: 3.93 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Hulu limited series inspired by the New York Times bestselling book by Beth Macy. Journalist Beth Macy's definitive account of America's opioid epidemic "masterfully interlaces stories of communities in crisis with dark histories of corporate greed and regulatory indifference" (New York Times) -- from the boardroom to the courtroom and into the living rooms of Americans.  In this extraordinary work, Beth Macy takes us into the epicenter of a national drama that has unfolded over two decades. From the labs and marketing departments of big pharma to local doctor's offices; wealthy suburbs to distressed small communities in Central Appalachia; from distant cities to once-idyllic farm towns; the spread of opioid addiction follows a tortuous trajectory that illustrates how this crisis has persisted for so long and become so firmly entrenched. Beginning with a single dealer who lands in a small Virginia town and sets about turning high school football stars into heroin overdose statistics, Macy sets out to answer a grieving mother's question-why her only son died-and comes away with a gripping, unputdownable story of greed and need. From the introduction of OxyContin in 1996, Macy investigates the powerful forces that led America's doctors and patients to embrace a medical culture where overtreatment with painkillers became the norm. In some of the same communities featured in her bestselling book Factory Man, the unemployed use painkillers both to numb the pain of joblessness and pay their bills, while privileged teens trade pills in cul-de-sacs, and even high school standouts fall prey to prostitution, jail, and death. Through unsparing, compelling, and unforgettably humane portraits of families and first responders determined to ameliorate this epidemic, each facet of the crisis comes into focus. In these politically fragmented times, Beth Macy shows that one thing uniting Americans across geographic, partisan, and class lines is opioid drug abuse. But even in the midst of twin crises in drug abuse and healthcare, Macy finds reason to hope and ample signs of the spirit and tenacity that are helping the countless ordinary people ensnared by addiction build a better future for themselves, their families, and their communities. "An impressive feat of journalism, monumental in scope and urgent in its implications." -- Jennifer Latson, The Boston Globe Beth Macy Tue, 07 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342135 thebookvoice.com 10:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342135]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dopesick: Dealers, Doctors, and the Drug Company that Addicted America Author: Beth Macy Narrator: Beth Macy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 71 Ratings of Narrator: 3.93 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Hulu limited series inspired by the New York Times bestselling book by Beth Macy. Journalist Beth Macy's definitive account of America's opioid epidemic "masterfully interlaces stories of communities in crisis with dark histories of corporate greed and regulatory indifference" (New York Times) -- from the boardroom to the courtroom and into the living rooms of Americans.  In this extraordinary work, Beth Macy takes us into the epicenter of a national drama that has unfolded over two decades. From the labs and marketing departments of big pharma to local doctor's offices; wealthy suburbs to distressed small communities in Central Appalachia; from distant cities to once-idyllic farm towns; the spread of opioid addiction follows a tortuous trajectory that illustrates how this crisis has persisted for so long and become so firmly entrenched. Beginning with a single dealer who lands in a small Virginia town and sets about turning high school football stars into heroin overdose statistics, Macy sets out to answer a grieving mother's question-why her only son died-and comes away with a gripping, unputdownable story of greed and need. From the introduction of OxyContin in 1996, Macy investigates the powerful forces that led America's doctors and patients to embrace a medical culture where overtreatment with painkillers became the norm. In some of the same communities featured in her bestselling book Factory Man, the unemployed use painkillers both to numb the pain of joblessness and pay their bills, while privileged teens trade pills in cul-de-sacs, and even high school standouts fall prey to prostitution, jail, and death. Through unsparing, compelling, and unforgettably humane portraits of families and first responders determined to ameliorate this epidemic, each facet of the crisis comes into focus. In these politically fragmented times, Beth Macy shows that one thing uniting Americans across geographic, partisan, and class lines is opioid drug abuse. But even in the midst of twin crises in drug abuse and healthcare, Macy finds reason to hope and ample signs of the spirit and tenacity that are helping the countless ordinary people ensnared by addiction build a better future for themselves, their families, and their communities. "An impressive feat of journalism, monumental in scope and urgent in its implications." -- Jennifer Latson, The Boston Globe Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342135]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dopesick: Dealers, Doctors, and the Drug Company that Addicted America Author: Beth Macy Narrator: Beth Macy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 71 Ratings of Narrator: 3.93 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Hulu limited series inspired by the New York Times bestselling book by Beth Macy. Journalist Beth Macy's definitive account of America's opioid epidemic "masterfully interlaces stories of communities in crisis with dark histories of corporate greed and regulatory indifference" (New York Times) -- from the boardroom to the courtroom and into the living rooms of Americans.  In this extraordinary work, Beth Macy takes us into the epicenter of a national drama that has unfolded over two decades. From the labs and marketing departments of big pharma to local doctor's offices; wealthy suburbs to distressed small communities in Central Appalachia; from distant cities to once-idyllic farm towns; the spread of opioid addiction follows a tortuous trajectory that illustrates how this crisis has persisted for so long and become so firmly entrenched. Beginning with a single dealer who lands in a small Virginia town and sets about turning high school football stars into heroin overdose statistics, Macy sets out to answer a grieving mother's question-why her only son died-and comes away with a gripping, unputdownable story of greed and need. From the introduction of OxyContin in 1996, Macy investigates the powerful forces that led America's doctors and patients to embrace a medical culture where overtreatment with painkillers became the norm. In some of the same communities featured in her bestselling book Factory Man, the unemployed use painkillers both to numb the pain of joblessness and pay their bills, while privileged teens trade pills in cul-de-sacs, and even high school standouts fall prey to prostitution, jail, and death. Through unsparing, compelling, and unforgettably humane portraits of families and first responders determined to ameliorate this epidemic, each facet of the crisis comes into focus. In these politically fragmented times, Beth Macy shows that one thing uniting Americans across geographic, partisan, and class lines is opioid drug abuse. But even in the midst of twin crises in drug abuse and healthcare, Macy finds reason to hope and ample signs of the spirit and tenacity that are helping the countless ordinary people ensnared by addiction build a better future for themselves, their families, and their communities. "An impressive feat of journalism, monumental in scope and urgent in its implications." -- Jennifer Latson, The Boston Globe https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342116 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Politically Incorrect Feminist: Creating a Movement with Bitches, Lunatics, Dykes, Prodigies, Warriors, and Wonder Women Author: Phyllis Chesler Narrator: Phyllis Chesler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. A powerful and revealing memoir about the pioneers of modern-day feminism. Phyllis Chesler was a pioneer of Second Wave Feminism. Chesler and the women who came out swinging between 1972-1975 integrated the want ads, brought class action lawsuits on behalf of economic discrimination, opened rape crisis lines and shelters for battered women, held marches and sit-ins for abortion and equal rights, famously took over offices and buildings, and pioneered high profile Speak-outs. They began the first-ever national and international public conversations about birth control and abortion, sexual harassment, violence against women, female orgasm, and a woman’s right to kill in self-defense. Now, Chesler has juicy stories to tell. The feminist movement has changed over the years, but Chesler knew some of its first pioneers, including Gloria Steinem, Kate Millett, Flo Kennedy, and Andrea Dworkin. These women were fierce forces of nature, smoldering figures of sin and soul, rock stars and action heroes in real life. Some had been viewed as whores, witches, and madwomen, but were changing the world and becoming major players in history. In A Politically Incorrect Feminist, Chesler gets chatty while introducing listeners to some of feminism's major players and world-changers. Phyllis Chesler Tue, 28 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342116 thebookvoice.com 12:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Politically Incorrect Feminist: Creating a Movement with Bitches, Lunatics, Dykes, Prodigies, Warriors, and Wonder Women Author: Phyllis Chesler Narrator: Phyllis Chesler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. A powerful and revealing memoir about the pioneers of modern-day feminism. Phyllis Chesler was a pioneer of Second Wave Feminism. Chesler and the women who came out swinging between 1972-1975 integrated the want ads, brought class action lawsuits on behalf of economic discrimination, opened rape crisis lines and shelters for battered women, held marches and sit-ins for abortion and equal rights, famously took over offices and buildings, and pioneered high profile Speak-outs. They began the first-ever national and international public conversations about birth control and abortion, sexual harassment, violence against women, female orgasm, and a woman’s right to kill in self-defense. Now, Chesler has juicy stories to tell. The feminist movement has changed over the years, but Chesler knew some of its first pioneers, including Gloria Steinem, Kate Millett, Flo Kennedy, and Andrea Dworkin. These women were fierce forces of nature, smoldering figures of sin and soul, rock stars and action heroes in real life. Some had been viewed as whores, witches, and madwomen, but were changing the world and becoming major players in history. In A Politically Incorrect Feminist, Chesler gets chatty while introducing listeners to some of feminism's major players and world-changers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Politically Incorrect Feminist: Creating a Movement with Bitches, Lunatics, Dykes, Prodigies, Warriors, and Wonder Women Author: Phyllis Chesler Narrator: Phyllis Chesler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. A powerful and revealing memoir about the pioneers of modern-day feminism. Phyllis Chesler was a pioneer of Second Wave Feminism. Chesler and the women who came out swinging between 1972-1975 integrated the want ads, brought class action lawsuits on behalf of economic discrimination, opened rape crisis lines and shelters for battered women, held marches and sit-ins for abortion and equal rights, famously took over offices and buildings, and pioneered high profile Speak-outs. They began the first-ever national and international public conversations about birth control and abortion, sexual harassment, violence against women, female orgasm, and a woman’s right to kill in self-defense. Now, Chesler has juicy stories to tell. The feminist movement has changed over the years, but Chesler knew some of its first pioneers, including Gloria Steinem, Kate Millett, Flo Kennedy, and Andrea Dworkin. These women were fierce forces of nature, smoldering figures of sin and soul, rock stars and action heroes in real life. Some had been viewed as whores, witches, and madwomen, but were changing the world and becoming major players in history. In A Politically Incorrect Feminist, Chesler gets chatty while introducing listeners to some of feminism's major players and world-changers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341986 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Boy Without Hope Author: Casey Watson Narrator: Kate Lock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A BOY WITHOUT HOPE is the heart-breaking story of a boy who didn’t know the meaning of love. A history of abuse and neglect has left Miller destined for life’s scrap heap. But in this turbulent story of conflict and struggle, Casey Watson is determined to help Miller overcome his demons, show him love and give him hope. Casey Watson is back, doing the job she does best – rolling up her sleeves and fostering the children who, on first meeting, seem like hopeless cases. But when she meets Miller and discovers the truth about his disturbing childhood, even Casey begins to doubt if this child will ever be able to accept love. Found naked and alone on a railway track, Miller was just five when he was first admitted into the care system. Emotionally tormented by his biological parents, Miller has never understood how to establish meaningful relationships, and his destructive past, and over 20 failed placements, is sealing his fate in society’s social scrap heap. After a torrent of violent behaviour and numerous failed attempts to help Miller, Casey decides to make an intervention, implementing a severe regime that strips Miller of all control. But soon the emotional demands of Miller’s case start to take their toll on Casey and Mike. Just how far is Casey willing to go to help Miller and save him from his inner demons? Casey Watson Thu, 01 Nov 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341986 thebookvoice.com 10:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Boy Without Hope Author: Casey Watson Narrator: Kate Lock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A BOY WITHOUT HOPE is the heart-breaking story of a boy who didn’t know the meaning of love. A history of abuse and neglect has left Miller destined for life’s scrap heap. But in this turbulent story of conflict and struggle, Casey Watson is determined to help Miller overcome his demons, show him love and give him hope. Casey Watson is back, doing the job she does best – rolling up her sleeves and fostering the children who, on first meeting, seem like hopeless cases. But when she meets Miller and discovers the truth about his disturbing childhood, even Casey begins to doubt if this child will ever be able to accept love. Found naked and alone on a railway track, Miller was just five when he was first admitted into the care system. Emotionally tormented by his biological parents, Miller has never understood how to establish meaningful relationships, and his destructive past, and over 20 failed placements, is sealing his fate in society’s social scrap heap. After a torrent of violent behaviour and numerous failed attempts to help Miller, Casey decides to make an intervention, implementing a severe regime that strips Miller of all control. But soon the emotional demands of Miller’s case start to take their toll on Casey and Mike. Just how far is Casey willing to go to help Miller and save him from his inner demons? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Boy Without Hope Author: Casey Watson Narrator: Kate Lock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A BOY WITHOUT HOPE is the heart-breaking story of a boy who didn’t know the meaning of love. A history of abuse and neglect has left Miller destined for life’s scrap heap. But in this turbulent story of conflict and struggle, Casey Watson is determined to help Miller overcome his demons, show him love and give him hope. Casey Watson is back, doing the job she does best – rolling up her sleeves and fostering the children who, on first meeting, seem like hopeless cases. But when she meets Miller and discovers the truth about his disturbing childhood, even Casey begins to doubt if this child will ever be able to accept love. Found naked and alone on a railway track, Miller was just five when he was first admitted into the care system. Emotionally tormented by his biological parents, Miller has never understood how to establish meaningful relationships, and his destructive past, and over 20 failed placements, is sealing his fate in society’s social scrap heap. After a torrent of violent behaviour and numerous failed attempts to help Miller, Casey decides to make an intervention, implementing a severe regime that strips Miller of all control. But soon the emotional demands of Miller’s case start to take their toll on Casey and Mike. Just how far is Casey willing to go to help Miller and save him from his inner demons? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341931 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Moment Author: Ryan T. Anderson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 13 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Can a boy be “trapped” in a girl’s body? Can modern medicine “reassign” sex? Is our sex “assigned” to us in the first place? What is the most loving response to a person experiencing a conflicted sense of gender? What should our law say on matters of “gender identity”? When Harry Became Sally provides thoughtful answers to questions arising from our transgender moment. Drawing on the best insights from biology, psychology, and philosophy, Ryan Anderson offers a nuanced view of human embodiment, a balanced approach to public policy on gender identity, and a sober assessment of the human costs of getting human nature wrong. This book exposes the contrast between the media’s sunny depiction of gender fluidity and the often sad reality of living with gender dysphoria. Everyone has something at stake in the controversies over transgender ideology, and Anderson offers a strategy for pushing back with principle and prudence, compassion and grace. Ryan T. Anderson Tue, 07 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341931 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Moment Author: Ryan T. Anderson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 13 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Can a boy be “trapped” in a girl’s body? Can modern medicine “reassign” sex? Is our sex “assigned” to us in the first place? What is the most loving response to a person experiencing a conflicted sense of gender? What should our law say on matters of “gender identity”? When Harry Became Sally provides thoughtful answers to questions arising from our transgender moment. Drawing on the best insights from biology, psychology, and philosophy, Ryan Anderson offers a nuanced view of human embodiment, a balanced approach to public policy on gender identity, and a sober assessment of the human costs of getting human nature wrong. This book exposes the contrast between the media’s sunny depiction of gender fluidity and the often sad reality of living with gender dysphoria. Everyone has something at stake in the controversies over transgender ideology, and Anderson offers a strategy for pushing back with principle and prudence, compassion and grace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Moment Author: Ryan T. Anderson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 46 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 13 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Can a boy be “trapped” in a girl’s body? Can modern medicine “reassign” sex? Is our sex “assigned” to us in the first place? What is the most loving response to a person experiencing a conflicted sense of gender? What should our law say on matters of “gender identity”? When Harry Became Sally provides thoughtful answers to questions arising from our transgender moment. Drawing on the best insights from biology, psychology, and philosophy, Ryan Anderson offers a nuanced view of human embodiment, a balanced approach to public policy on gender identity, and a sober assessment of the human costs of getting human nature wrong. This book exposes the contrast between the media’s sunny depiction of gender fluidity and the often sad reality of living with gender dysphoria. Everyone has something at stake in the controversies over transgender ideology, and Anderson offers a strategy for pushing back with principle and prudence, compassion and grace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341891 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without Saying a Word: Master the Science of Body Language and Maximize Your Success Author: Patryk Wezowski, Kasia Wezowski Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One wrong move can undercut your message. Believe it or not, our bodies speak louder than our words. Postures, gestures, and expressions convey reams of information—and often not what you’d expect. A smile, for example, is usually considered welcoming. But crook one corner of your mouth higher and you project superiority, subconsciously chasing other people away. Without Saying a Word explains how even the subtlest motions have meaning. Distilling decades of research, the book deciphers these unspoken signals: from facial expressions and fleeting micro expressions to positive and negative body language. Discover which postures and gestures indicate confidence and build rapport—and which reveal disinterest, arrogance, or even aggression. Learn to end off-putting habits, accentuate good ones, and become an authentic and effective communicator. Exhibiting body language that is open, honest, and self-assured increases your social influence and enhances your skill as a negotiator … while the ability to read the emotions and intentions of others is equally indispensable. Whether you’re making a presentation, pitching a project, or closing a deal, the right body language can be your best ally. Patryk Wezowski, Kasia Wezowski Tue, 24 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341891 thebookvoice.com 4:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without Saying a Word: Master the Science of Body Language and Maximize Your Success Author: Patryk Wezowski, Kasia Wezowski Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One wrong move can undercut your message. Believe it or not, our bodies speak louder than our words. Postures, gestures, and expressions convey reams of information—and often not what you’d expect. A smile, for example, is usually considered welcoming. But crook one corner of your mouth higher and you project superiority, subconsciously chasing other people away. Without Saying a Word explains how even the subtlest motions have meaning. Distilling decades of research, the book deciphers these unspoken signals: from facial expressions and fleeting micro expressions to positive and negative body language. Discover which postures and gestures indicate confidence and build rapport—and which reveal disinterest, arrogance, or even aggression. Learn to end off-putting habits, accentuate good ones, and become an authentic and effective communicator. Exhibiting body language that is open, honest, and self-assured increases your social influence and enhances your skill as a negotiator … while the ability to read the emotions and intentions of others is equally indispensable. Whether you’re making a presentation, pitching a project, or closing a deal, the right body language can be your best ally. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without Saying a Word: Master the Science of Body Language and Maximize Your Success Author: Patryk Wezowski, Kasia Wezowski Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One wrong move can undercut your message. Believe it or not, our bodies speak louder than our words. Postures, gestures, and expressions convey reams of information—and often not what you’d expect. A smile, for example, is usually considered welcoming. But crook one corner of your mouth higher and you project superiority, subconsciously chasing other people away. Without Saying a Word explains how even the subtlest motions have meaning. Distilling decades of research, the book deciphers these unspoken signals: from facial expressions and fleeting micro expressions to positive and negative body language. Discover which postures and gestures indicate confidence and build rapport—and which reveal disinterest, arrogance, or even aggression. Learn to end off-putting habits, accentuate good ones, and become an authentic and effective communicator. Exhibiting body language that is open, honest, and self-assured increases your social influence and enhances your skill as a negotiator … while the ability to read the emotions and intentions of others is equally indispensable. Whether you’re making a presentation, pitching a project, or closing a deal, the right body language can be your best ally. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341880 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marginalized Majority: Claiming Our Power in a Post-Truth America Author: Onnesha Roychoudhuri Narrator: Priya Ayyar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ever since the 2016 election, pundits have been saying our country has never been more divided—that if progressives want to reclaim power, we need to be “pragmatic,” reach across the aisle, and look past identity politics. But what if we’re getting the story all wrong? In The Marginalized Majority, Onnesha Roychoudhuri makes the galvanizing case that our voices are already the majority—and that our plurality of identities is not only our greatest strength but is also at the indisputable core of successful progressive change throughout history. From the civil rights movement to the Women’s March, Saturday Night Live to the mainstream media, Roychoudhuri holds the myths about our disenfranchisement up to the light, illuminating narratives from history that reveal we have far more power than we’re often led to believe. With both clear-eyed hope and electrifying power, she examines our ideas about what’s possible, and what’s necessary—opening up space for action, new realities, and, ultimately, survival. Now, Roychoudhuri urges us, is the time to fight like the majority we already are. Onnesha Roychoudhuri Tue, 10 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341880 thebookvoice.com 5:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marginalized Majority: Claiming Our Power in a Post-Truth America Author: Onnesha Roychoudhuri Narrator: Priya Ayyar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ever since the 2016 election, pundits have been saying our country has never been more divided—that if progressives want to reclaim power, we need to be “pragmatic,” reach across the aisle, and look past identity politics. But what if we’re getting the story all wrong? In The Marginalized Majority, Onnesha Roychoudhuri makes the galvanizing case that our voices are already the majority—and that our plurality of identities is not only our greatest strength but is also at the indisputable core of successful progressive change throughout history. From the civil rights movement to the Women’s March, Saturday Night Live to the mainstream media, Roychoudhuri holds the myths about our disenfranchisement up to the light, illuminating narratives from history that reveal we have far more power than we’re often led to believe. With both clear-eyed hope and electrifying power, she examines our ideas about what’s possible, and what’s necessary—opening up space for action, new realities, and, ultimately, survival. Now, Roychoudhuri urges us, is the time to fight like the majority we already are. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marginalized Majority: Claiming Our Power in a Post-Truth America Author: Onnesha Roychoudhuri Narrator: Priya Ayyar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ever since the 2016 election, pundits have been saying our country has never been more divided—that if progressives want to reclaim power, we need to be “pragmatic,” reach across the aisle, and look past identity politics. But what if we’re getting the story all wrong? In The Marginalized Majority, Onnesha Roychoudhuri makes the galvanizing case that our voices are already the majority—and that our plurality of identities is not only our greatest strength but is also at the indisputable core of successful progressive change throughout history. From the civil rights movement to the Women’s March, Saturday Night Live to the mainstream media, Roychoudhuri holds the myths about our disenfranchisement up to the light, illuminating narratives from history that reveal we have far more power than we’re often led to believe. With both clear-eyed hope and electrifying power, she examines our ideas about what’s possible, and what’s necessary—opening up space for action, new realities, and, ultimately, survival. Now, Roychoudhuri urges us, is the time to fight like the majority we already are. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341849 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation Author: Maya Angelou Narrator: Indie Gjesdal, Cecilia Noble, Pippa Bennett-Warner, Adjoa Andoh, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: July 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation of Maya Angelou's poignant, powerful autobiography, starring Adjoa Andoh, Indie Gjesdal and Pippa Bennett-Warner. Abandoned by their parents, Maya and her older brother Bailey are sent to live with their grandmother and uncle in the small Southern town of Stamps in Arkansas. Struggling with rejection, they endure the prejudice of their white neighbours and suffer several racist incidents. One day, their father unexpectedly returns and takes the children to live with their mother in St Louis, Missouri. Aged only eight, Maya is abused by her mother's boyfriend, an experience that haunts her for a lifetime. Filled with guilt and shame, she refuses to speak to anyone except Bailey – until she meets Mrs Bertha Flowers, who encourages her love of books, helping her to find her voice and regain her own strong spirit. Maya Angelou’s debut memoir is a modern American classic, beloved worldwide, which recounts a youth filled with curiosity, wonder, disappointment, frustration, tragedy, and hard-won independence. This radio dramatisation, starring Adjoa Andoh, Indie Gjesdal and Pippa Bennett-Warner, plays out her extraordinary story with dramatic verve and poetic brilliance. Cast: Narrator (Older Maya)...Adjoa Andoh Maya...Indie Gjedsal/Pippa Bennett-Warner Bailey...Roshawn Hewitt Momma...Cecilia Noble Uncle Willie/Freeman/Daddy...Richard Pepple Steward/Lawyer...John Lightbody Girl...Francesca Elise Mother...Ellen Thomas Bertha Flowers...Nikki Amuka-Bird Spanish voices... Maider Jáuregui, Rocío Mesonero, Celia Romo, Julio Villa-García, Hugo Sánchez and Francisco Oda-Ángel @ Instituto Cervantes,Manchester Receptionist...Lauren Cornelius Dramatised by Patricia Cumper Produced by Pauline Harris Maya Angelou Thu, 26 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341849 thebookvoice.com 1:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation Author: Maya Angelou Narrator: Indie Gjesdal, Cecilia Noble, Pippa Bennett-Warner, Adjoa Andoh, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: July 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation of Maya Angelou's poignant, powerful autobiography, starring Adjoa Andoh, Indie Gjesdal and Pippa Bennett-Warner. Abandoned by their parents, Maya and her older brother Bailey are sent to live with their grandmother and uncle in the small Southern town of Stamps in Arkansas. Struggling with rejection, they endure the prejudice of their white neighbours and suffer several racist incidents. One day, their father unexpectedly returns and takes the children to live with their mother in St Louis, Missouri. Aged only eight, Maya is abused by her mother's boyfriend, an experience that haunts her for a lifetime. Filled with guilt and shame, she refuses to speak to anyone except Bailey – until she meets Mrs Bertha Flowers, who encourages her love of books, helping her to find her voice and regain her own strong spirit. Maya Angelou’s debut memoir is a modern American classic, beloved worldwide, which recounts a youth filled with curiosity, wonder, disappointment, frustration, tragedy, and hard-won independence. This radio dramatisation, starring Adjoa Andoh, Indie Gjesdal and Pippa Bennett-Warner, plays out her extraordinary story with dramatic verve and poetic brilliance. Cast: Narrator (Older Maya)...Adjoa Andoh Maya...Indie Gjedsal/Pippa Bennett-Warner Bailey...Roshawn Hewitt Momma...Cecilia Noble Uncle Willie/Freeman/Daddy...Richard Pepple Steward/Lawyer...John Lightbody Girl...Francesca Elise Mother...Ellen Thomas Bertha Flowers...Nikki Amuka-Bird Spanish voices... Maider Jáuregui, Rocío Mesonero, Celia Romo, Julio Villa-García, Hugo Sánchez and Francisco Oda-Ángel @ Instituto Cervantes,Manchester Receptionist...Lauren Cornelius Dramatised by Patricia Cumper Produced by Pauline Harris Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation Author: Maya Angelou Narrator: Indie Gjesdal, Cecilia Noble, Pippa Bennett-Warner, Adjoa Andoh, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: July 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A BBC Radio 4 dramatisation of Maya Angelou's poignant, powerful autobiography, starring Adjoa Andoh, Indie Gjesdal and Pippa Bennett-Warner. Abandoned by their parents, Maya and her older brother Bailey are sent to live with their grandmother and uncle in the small Southern town of Stamps in Arkansas. Struggling with rejection, they endure the prejudice of their white neighbours and suffer several racist incidents. One day, their father unexpectedly returns and takes the children to live with their mother in St Louis, Missouri. Aged only eight, Maya is abused by her mother's boyfriend, an experience that haunts her for a lifetime. Filled with guilt and shame, she refuses to speak to anyone except Bailey – until she meets Mrs Bertha Flowers, who encourages her love of books, helping her to find her voice and regain her own strong spirit. Maya Angelou’s debut memoir is a modern American classic, beloved worldwide, which recounts a youth filled with curiosity, wonder, disappointment, frustration, tragedy, and hard-won independence. This radio dramatisation, starring Adjoa Andoh, Indie Gjesdal and Pippa Bennett-Warner, plays out her extraordinary story with dramatic verve and poetic brilliance. Cast: Narrator (Older Maya)...Adjoa Andoh Maya...Indie Gjedsal/Pippa Bennett-Warner Bailey...Roshawn Hewitt Momma...Cecilia Noble Uncle Willie/Freeman/Daddy...Richard Pepple Steward/Lawyer...John Lightbody Girl...Francesca Elise Mother...Ellen Thomas Bertha Flowers...Nikki Amuka-Bird Spanish voices... Maider Jáuregui, Rocío Mesonero, Celia Romo, Julio Villa-García, Hugo Sánchez and Francisco Oda-Ángel @ Instituto Cervantes,Manchester Receptionist...Lauren Cornelius Dramatised by Patricia Cumper Produced by Pauline Harris https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341799 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Satchmo Blows Up the World: Jazz Ambassadors Play the Cold War Author: Penny M. Von Eschen Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At the height of the ideological antagonism of the Cold War, the U.S. State Department unleashed an unexpected tool in its battle against Communism: jazz. From 1956 through the late 1970s, America dispatched its finest jazz musicians to the far corners of the earth, from Iraq to India, from the Congo to the Soviet Union, in order to win the hearts and minds of the Third World and to counter perceptions of American racism. Penny Von Eschen escorts us across the globe, backstage and onstage, as Dizzy Gillespie, Louis Armstrong, Duke Ellington, and other jazz luminaries spread their music and their ideas further than the State Department anticipated. Both in concert and after hours, through political statements and romantic liaisons, these musicians broke through the government's official narrative and gave their audiences an unprecedented vision of the black American experience. In the process, new collaborations developed between Americans and the formerly colonized peoples of Africa, Asia, and the Middle East—collaborations that fostered greater racial pride and solidarity. Though intended as a color-blind promotion of democracy, this unique Cold War strategy unintentionally demonstrated the essential role of African Americans in U.S. national culture. Through the tales of these tours, Von Eschen captures the fascinating interplay between the efforts of the State Department and the progressive agendas of the artists themselves, as all struggled to redefine a more inclusive and integrated American nation on the world stage. Penny M. Von Eschen Tue, 10 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341799 thebookvoice.com 10:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Satchmo Blows Up the World: Jazz Ambassadors Play the Cold War Author: Penny M. Von Eschen Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At the height of the ideological antagonism of the Cold War, the U.S. State Department unleashed an unexpected tool in its battle against Communism: jazz. From 1956 through the late 1970s, America dispatched its finest jazz musicians to the far corners of the earth, from Iraq to India, from the Congo to the Soviet Union, in order to win the hearts and minds of the Third World and to counter perceptions of American racism. Penny Von Eschen escorts us across the globe, backstage and onstage, as Dizzy Gillespie, Louis Armstrong, Duke Ellington, and other jazz luminaries spread their music and their ideas further than the State Department anticipated. Both in concert and after hours, through political statements and romantic liaisons, these musicians broke through the government's official narrative and gave their audiences an unprecedented vision of the black American experience. In the process, new collaborations developed between Americans and the formerly colonized peoples of Africa, Asia, and the Middle East—collaborations that fostered greater racial pride and solidarity. Though intended as a color-blind promotion of democracy, this unique Cold War strategy unintentionally demonstrated the essential role of African Americans in U.S. national culture. Through the tales of these tours, Von Eschen captures the fascinating interplay between the efforts of the State Department and the progressive agendas of the artists themselves, as all struggled to redefine a more inclusive and integrated American nation on the world stage. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Satchmo Blows Up the World: Jazz Ambassadors Play the Cold War Author: Penny M. Von Eschen Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At the height of the ideological antagonism of the Cold War, the U.S. State Department unleashed an unexpected tool in its battle against Communism: jazz. From 1956 through the late 1970s, America dispatched its finest jazz musicians to the far corners of the earth, from Iraq to India, from the Congo to the Soviet Union, in order to win the hearts and minds of the Third World and to counter perceptions of American racism. Penny Von Eschen escorts us across the globe, backstage and onstage, as Dizzy Gillespie, Louis Armstrong, Duke Ellington, and other jazz luminaries spread their music and their ideas further than the State Department anticipated. Both in concert and after hours, through political statements and romantic liaisons, these musicians broke through the government's official narrative and gave their audiences an unprecedented vision of the black American experience. In the process, new collaborations developed between Americans and the formerly colonized peoples of Africa, Asia, and the Middle East—collaborations that fostered greater racial pride and solidarity. Though intended as a color-blind promotion of democracy, this unique Cold War strategy unintentionally demonstrated the essential role of African Americans in U.S. national culture. Through the tales of these tours, Von Eschen captures the fascinating interplay between the efforts of the State Department and the progressive agendas of the artists themselves, as all struggled to redefine a more inclusive and integrated American nation on the world stage. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341667 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unapologetic: A Black, Queer, and Feminist Mandate for Radical Movements Author: Charlene Carruthers Narrator: Charlene Carruthers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A manifesto from one of America's most influential activists which disrupts political, economic, and social norms by reimagining the Black Radical Tradition. Drawing on Black intellectual and grassroots organizing traditions, including the Haitian Revolution, the US civil rights movement, and LGBTQ rights and feminist movements, Unapologetic challenges all of us engaged in the social justice struggle to make the movement for Black liberation more radical, more queer, and more feminist. This book provides a vision for how social justice movements can become sharper and more effective through principled struggle, healing justice, and leadership development. It also offers a flexible model of what deeply effective organizing can be, anchored in the Chicago model of activism, which features long-term commitment, cultural sensitivity, creative strategizing, and multiple cross-group alliances. And Unapologetic provides a clear framework for activists committed to building transformative power, encouraging young people to see themselves as visionaries and leaders. Charlene Carruthers Tue, 28 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341667 thebookvoice.com 5:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unapologetic: A Black, Queer, and Feminist Mandate for Radical Movements Author: Charlene Carruthers Narrator: Charlene Carruthers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A manifesto from one of America's most influential activists which disrupts political, economic, and social norms by reimagining the Black Radical Tradition. Drawing on Black intellectual and grassroots organizing traditions, including the Haitian Revolution, the US civil rights movement, and LGBTQ rights and feminist movements, Unapologetic challenges all of us engaged in the social justice struggle to make the movement for Black liberation more radical, more queer, and more feminist. This book provides a vision for how social justice movements can become sharper and more effective through principled struggle, healing justice, and leadership development. It also offers a flexible model of what deeply effective organizing can be, anchored in the Chicago model of activism, which features long-term commitment, cultural sensitivity, creative strategizing, and multiple cross-group alliances. And Unapologetic provides a clear framework for activists committed to building transformative power, encouraging young people to see themselves as visionaries and leaders. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unapologetic: A Black, Queer, and Feminist Mandate for Radical Movements Author: Charlene Carruthers Narrator: Charlene Carruthers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A manifesto from one of America's most influential activists which disrupts political, economic, and social norms by reimagining the Black Radical Tradition. Drawing on Black intellectual and grassroots organizing traditions, including the Haitian Revolution, the US civil rights movement, and LGBTQ rights and feminist movements, Unapologetic challenges all of us engaged in the social justice struggle to make the movement for Black liberation more radical, more queer, and more feminist. This book provides a vision for how social justice movements can become sharper and more effective through principled struggle, healing justice, and leadership development. It also offers a flexible model of what deeply effective organizing can be, anchored in the Chicago model of activism, which features long-term commitment, cultural sensitivity, creative strategizing, and multiple cross-group alliances. And Unapologetic provides a clear framework for activists committed to building transformative power, encouraging young people to see themselves as visionaries and leaders. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341637 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: TechGnosis: Myth, Magic, and Mysticism in the Age of Information Author: Erik Davis Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: TechGnosis is a cult classic of media studies that straddles the line between academic discourse and popular culture; it appeals to both those secular and spiritual, to fans of cyberpunk and hacker literature and culture as much as new-thought adherents and spiritual seekers How does our fascination with technology intersect with the religious imagination? In TechGnosis—a cult classic now updated and reissued with a new afterword—Erik Davis argues that while the realms of the digital and the spiritual may seem worlds apart, esoteric and religious impulses have in fact always permeated (and sometimes inspired) technological communication. Davis uncovers startling connections between such seemingly disparate topics as electricity and alchemy; online roleplaying games and religious and occult practices; virtual reality and gnostic mythology; programming languages and Kabbalah. The final chapters address the apocalyptic dreams that haunt technology, providing vital historical context as well as new ways to think about a future defined by the mutant intermingling of mind and machine, nightmare and fantasy. Erik Davis Tue, 10 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341637 thebookvoice.com 16:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: TechGnosis: Myth, Magic, and Mysticism in the Age of Information Author: Erik Davis Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: TechGnosis is a cult classic of media studies that straddles the line between academic discourse and popular culture; it appeals to both those secular and spiritual, to fans of cyberpunk and hacker literature and culture as much as new-thought adherents and spiritual seekers How does our fascination with technology intersect with the religious imagination? In TechGnosis—a cult classic now updated and reissued with a new afterword—Erik Davis argues that while the realms of the digital and the spiritual may seem worlds apart, esoteric and religious impulses have in fact always permeated (and sometimes inspired) technological communication. Davis uncovers startling connections between such seemingly disparate topics as electricity and alchemy; online roleplaying games and religious and occult practices; virtual reality and gnostic mythology; programming languages and Kabbalah. The final chapters address the apocalyptic dreams that haunt technology, providing vital historical context as well as new ways to think about a future defined by the mutant intermingling of mind and machine, nightmare and fantasy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: TechGnosis: Myth, Magic, and Mysticism in the Age of Information Author: Erik Davis Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: TechGnosis is a cult classic of media studies that straddles the line between academic discourse and popular culture; it appeals to both those secular and spiritual, to fans of cyberpunk and hacker literature and culture as much as new-thought adherents and spiritual seekers How does our fascination with technology intersect with the religious imagination? In TechGnosis—a cult classic now updated and reissued with a new afterword—Erik Davis argues that while the realms of the digital and the spiritual may seem worlds apart, esoteric and religious impulses have in fact always permeated (and sometimes inspired) technological communication. Davis uncovers startling connections between such seemingly disparate topics as electricity and alchemy; online roleplaying games and religious and occult practices; virtual reality and gnostic mythology; programming languages and Kabbalah. The final chapters address the apocalyptic dreams that haunt technology, providing vital historical context as well as new ways to think about a future defined by the mutant intermingling of mind and machine, nightmare and fantasy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341623 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boom Town: The Fantastical Saga of Oklahoma City, its Chaotic Founding... its Purloined Basketball Team, and the Dream of Becoming a World-class Metropolis Author: Sam Anderson Narrator: Sam Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A brilliant, kaleidoscopic narrative of Oklahoma City—a great American story of civics, basketball, and destiny, from award-winning journalist Sam Anderson NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The New York Times Book Review • NPR • Chicago Tribune • San Francisco Chronicle • The Economist • Deadspin Oklahoma City was born from chaos. It was founded in a bizarre but momentous “Land Run” in 1889, when thousands of people lined up along the borders of Oklahoma Territory and rushed in at noon to stake their claims. Since then, it has been a city torn between the wild energy that drives its outsized ambitions, and the forces of order that seek sustainable progress. Nowhere was this dynamic better realized than in the drama of the Oklahoma City Thunder basketball team’s 2012-13 season, when the Thunder’s brilliant general manager, Sam Presti, ignited a firestorm by trading future superstar James Harden just days before the first game. Presti’s all-in gamble on “the Process”—the patient, methodical management style that dictated the trade as the team’s best hope for long-term greatness—kicked off a pivotal year in the city’s history, one that would include pitched battles over urban planning, a series of cataclysmic tornadoes, and the frenzied hope that an NBA championship might finally deliver the glory of which the city had always dreamed. Boom Town announces the arrival of an exciting literary voice. Sam Anderson, former book critic for New York magazine and now a staff writer at the New York Times magazine, unfolds an idiosyncratic mix of American history, sports reporting, urban studies, gonzo memoir, and much more to tell the strange but compelling story of an American city whose unique mix of geography and history make it a fascinating microcosm of the democratic experiment. Filled with characters ranging from NBA superstars Kevin Durant and Russell Westbrook; to Flaming Lips oddball frontman Wayne Coyne; to legendary Great Plains meteorologist Gary England; to Stanley Draper, Oklahoma City's would-be Robert Moses; to civil rights activist Clara Luper; to the citizens and public servants who survived the notorious 1995 bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah federal building, Boom Town offers a remarkable look at the urban tapestry woven from control and chaos, sports and civics. Sam Anderson Tue, 21 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341623 thebookvoice.com 14:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boom Town: The Fantastical Saga of Oklahoma City, its Chaotic Founding... its Purloined Basketball Team, and the Dream of Becoming a World-class Metropolis Author: Sam Anderson Narrator: Sam Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A brilliant, kaleidoscopic narrative of Oklahoma City—a great American story of civics, basketball, and destiny, from award-winning journalist Sam Anderson NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The New York Times Book Review • NPR • Chicago Tribune • San Francisco Chronicle • The Economist • Deadspin Oklahoma City was born from chaos. It was founded in a bizarre but momentous “Land Run” in 1889, when thousands of people lined up along the borders of Oklahoma Territory and rushed in at noon to stake their claims. Since then, it has been a city torn between the wild energy that drives its outsized ambitions, and the forces of order that seek sustainable progress. Nowhere was this dynamic better realized than in the drama of the Oklahoma City Thunder basketball team’s 2012-13 season, when the Thunder’s brilliant general manager, Sam Presti, ignited a firestorm by trading future superstar James Harden just days before the first game. Presti’s all-in gamble on “the Process”—the patient, methodical management style that dictated the trade as the team’s best hope for long-term greatness—kicked off a pivotal year in the city’s history, one that would include pitched battles over urban planning, a series of cataclysmic tornadoes, and the frenzied hope that an NBA championship might finally deliver the glory of which the city had always dreamed. Boom Town announces the arrival of an exciting literary voice. Sam Anderson, former book critic for New York magazine and now a staff writer at the New York Times magazine, unfolds an idiosyncratic mix of American history, sports reporting, urban studies, gonzo memoir, and much more to tell the strange but compelling story of an American city whose unique mix of geography and history make it a fascinating microcosm of the democratic experiment. Filled with characters ranging from NBA superstars Kevin Durant and Russell Westbrook; to Flaming Lips oddball frontman Wayne Coyne; to legendary Great Plains meteorologist Gary England; to Stanley Draper, Oklahoma City's would-be Robert Moses; to civil rights activist Clara Luper; to the citizens and public servants who survived the notorious 1995 bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah federal building, Boom Town offers a remarkable look at the urban tapestry woven from control and chaos, sports and civics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boom Town: The Fantastical Saga of Oklahoma City, its Chaotic Founding... its Purloined Basketball Team, and the Dream of Becoming a World-class Metropolis Author: Sam Anderson Narrator: Sam Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A brilliant, kaleidoscopic narrative of Oklahoma City—a great American story of civics, basketball, and destiny, from award-winning journalist Sam Anderson NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The New York Times Book Review • NPR • Chicago Tribune • San Francisco Chronicle • The Economist • Deadspin Oklahoma City was born from chaos. It was founded in a bizarre but momentous “Land Run” in 1889, when thousands of people lined up along the borders of Oklahoma Territory and rushed in at noon to stake their claims. Since then, it has been a city torn between the wild energy that drives its outsized ambitions, and the forces of order that seek sustainable progress. Nowhere was this dynamic better realized than in the drama of the Oklahoma City Thunder basketball team’s 2012-13 season, when the Thunder’s brilliant general manager, Sam Presti, ignited a firestorm by trading future superstar James Harden just days before the first game. Presti’s all-in gamble on “the Process”—the patient, methodical management style that dictated the trade as the team’s best hope for long-term greatness—kicked off a pivotal year in the city’s history, one that would include pitched battles over urban planning, a series of cataclysmic tornadoes, and the frenzied hope that an NBA championship might finally deliver the glory of which the city had always dreamed. Boom Town announces the arrival of an exciting literary voice. Sam Anderson, former book critic for New York magazine and now a staff writer at the New York Times magazine, unfolds an idiosyncratic mix of American history, sports reporting, urban studies, gonzo memoir, and much more to tell the strange but compelling story of an American city whose unique mix of geography and history make it a fascinating microcosm of the democratic experiment. Filled with characters ranging from NBA superstars Kevin Durant and Russell Westbrook; to Flaming Lips oddball frontman Wayne Coyne; to legendary Great Plains meteorologist Gary England; to Stanley Draper, Oklahoma City's would-be Robert Moses; to civil rights activist Clara Luper; to the citizens and public servants who survived the notorious 1995 bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah federal building, Boom Town offers a remarkable look at the urban tapestry woven from control and chaos, sports and civics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341609 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ATTENTION: Dispatches from a Land of Distraction Author: Joshua Cohen Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A wide-ranging, rule-bending collection of nonfiction from the Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Netanyahus   “Attention reveals a fresh, vital literary voice as it covers seemingly every imaginable topic relating to modern life.”—Entertainment Weekly NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY WIRED One of Granta’s Best of Young American Novelists, Joshua Cohen arrives with his first collection of nonfiction, the culmination of two decades of writing and thought about life in the digital age. In essays, memoir, criticism, diary entries, and letters—many appearing here for the first time—Cohen covers the full depth and breadth of modern life: politics, literature, art, music, travel, the media, and psychology, and subjects as diverse as Google, Donald Trump, Bernie Sanders, fictional animals, Gustav Mahler, Aretha Franklin, John Zorn, landscape photography, fake Caravaggios, Wikipedia, Gertrude Stein, Edward Snowden, Jonathan Franzen, Olympic women’s fencing, Atlantic City casinos, the closing of the Ringling Bros. circus, and Azerbaijan.  Throughout ATTENTION, Cohen directs his sharp gaze at home and abroad, calling upon his extraordinary erudition and unrivaled ability to draw connections between seemingly unlike things to show us how to live without fear in a world overflowing with information. In each piece, he projects a quality of thought that is uniquely his, and a voice as witty, profound, and distinct as any in American letters. At this crucial juncture in history, ATTENTION is a guide for the perplexed—a handbook for anyone hoping to bring the wisdom of the past into the culture of the future. Joshua Cohen Tue, 14 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341609 thebookvoice.com 22:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ATTENTION: Dispatches from a Land of Distraction Author: Joshua Cohen Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A wide-ranging, rule-bending collection of nonfiction from the Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Netanyahus   “Attention reveals a fresh, vital literary voice as it covers seemingly every imaginable topic relating to modern life.”—Entertainment Weekly NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY WIRED One of Granta’s Best of Young American Novelists, Joshua Cohen arrives with his first collection of nonfiction, the culmination of two decades of writing and thought about life in the digital age. In essays, memoir, criticism, diary entries, and letters—many appearing here for the first time—Cohen covers the full depth and breadth of modern life: politics, literature, art, music, travel, the media, and psychology, and subjects as diverse as Google, Donald Trump, Bernie Sanders, fictional animals, Gustav Mahler, Aretha Franklin, John Zorn, landscape photography, fake Caravaggios, Wikipedia, Gertrude Stein, Edward Snowden, Jonathan Franzen, Olympic women’s fencing, Atlantic City casinos, the closing of the Ringling Bros. circus, and Azerbaijan.  Throughout ATTENTION, Cohen directs his sharp gaze at home and abroad, calling upon his extraordinary erudition and unrivaled ability to draw connections between seemingly unlike things to show us how to live without fear in a world overflowing with information. In each piece, he projects a quality of thought that is uniquely his, and a voice as witty, profound, and distinct as any in American letters. At this crucial juncture in history, ATTENTION is a guide for the perplexed—a handbook for anyone hoping to bring the wisdom of the past into the culture of the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ATTENTION: Dispatches from a Land of Distraction Author: Joshua Cohen Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A wide-ranging, rule-bending collection of nonfiction from the Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Netanyahus   “Attention reveals a fresh, vital literary voice as it covers seemingly every imaginable topic relating to modern life.”—Entertainment Weekly NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY WIRED One of Granta’s Best of Young American Novelists, Joshua Cohen arrives with his first collection of nonfiction, the culmination of two decades of writing and thought about life in the digital age. In essays, memoir, criticism, diary entries, and letters—many appearing here for the first time—Cohen covers the full depth and breadth of modern life: politics, literature, art, music, travel, the media, and psychology, and subjects as diverse as Google, Donald Trump, Bernie Sanders, fictional animals, Gustav Mahler, Aretha Franklin, John Zorn, landscape photography, fake Caravaggios, Wikipedia, Gertrude Stein, Edward Snowden, Jonathan Franzen, Olympic women’s fencing, Atlantic City casinos, the closing of the Ringling Bros. circus, and Azerbaijan.  Throughout ATTENTION, Cohen directs his sharp gaze at home and abroad, calling upon his extraordinary erudition and unrivaled ability to draw connections between seemingly unlike things to show us how to live without fear in a world overflowing with information. In each piece, he projects a quality of thought that is uniquely his, and a voice as witty, profound, and distinct as any in American letters. At this crucial juncture in history, ATTENTION is a guide for the perplexed—a handbook for anyone hoping to bring the wisdom of the past into the culture of the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341563 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Strange Case of Dr. Couney: How a Mysterious European Showman Saved Thousands of American Babies Author: Dawn Raffel Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A mosaic mystery told in vignettes, cliffhangers, curious asides, and some surreal plot twists as Raffel investigates the secrets of the man who changed infant care in America.”—NPR, 2018's Great Reads What kind of doctor puts his patients on display? This is the spellbinding tale of a mysterious Coney Island doctor who revolutionized neonatal care more than one hundred years ago and saved some seven thousand babies. Dr. Martin Couney's story is a kaleidoscopic ride through the intersection of ebullient entrepreneurship, enlightened pediatric care, and the wild culture of world's fairs at the beginning of the American Century. As Dawn Raffel recounts, Dr. Couney used incubators and careful nursing to keep previously doomed infants alive, while displaying these babies alongside sword swallowers, bearded ladies, and burlesque shows at Coney Island, Atlantic City, and venues across the nation. How this turn-of-the-twentieth-century émigré became the savior to families with premature infants—known then as “weaklings”—as he ignored the scorn of the medical establishment and fought the rising popularity of eugenics is one of the most astounding stories of modern medicine. Dr. Couney, for all his entrepreneurial gusto, is a surprisingly appealing character, someone who genuinely cared for the well-being of his tiny patients. But he had something to hide... Drawing on historical documents, original reportage, and interviews with surviving patients, Dawn Raffel tells the marvelously eccentric story of Couney's mysterious carnival career, his larger-than-life personality, and his unprecedented success as the savior of the fragile wonders that are tiny, tiny babies.   A New York Times Book Review New & Noteworthy Title A Real Simple Best Book of 2018 Christopher Award-winner Dawn Raffel Tue, 31 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341563 thebookvoice.com 6:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Strange Case of Dr. Couney: How a Mysterious European Showman Saved Thousands of American Babies Author: Dawn Raffel Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A mosaic mystery told in vignettes, cliffhangers, curious asides, and some surreal plot twists as Raffel investigates the secrets of the man who changed infant care in America.”—NPR, 2018's Great Reads What kind of doctor puts his patients on display? This is the spellbinding tale of a mysterious Coney Island doctor who revolutionized neonatal care more than one hundred years ago and saved some seven thousand babies. Dr. Martin Couney's story is a kaleidoscopic ride through the intersection of ebullient entrepreneurship, enlightened pediatric care, and the wild culture of world's fairs at the beginning of the American Century. As Dawn Raffel recounts, Dr. Couney used incubators and careful nursing to keep previously doomed infants alive, while displaying these babies alongside sword swallowers, bearded ladies, and burlesque shows at Coney Island, Atlantic City, and venues across the nation. How this turn-of-the-twentieth-century émigré became the savior to families with premature infants—known then as “weaklings”—as he ignored the scorn of the medical establishment and fought the rising popularity of eugenics is one of the most astounding stories of modern medicine. Dr. Couney, for all his entrepreneurial gusto, is a surprisingly appealing character, someone who genuinely cared for the well-being of his tiny patients. But he had something to hide... Drawing on historical documents, original reportage, and interviews with surviving patients, Dawn Raffel tells the marvelously eccentric story of Couney's mysterious carnival career, his larger-than-life personality, and his unprecedented success as the savior of the fragile wonders that are tiny, tiny babies.   A New York Times Book Review New & Noteworthy Title A Real Simple Best Book of 2018 Christopher Award-winner Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341563]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Strange Case of Dr. Couney: How a Mysterious European Showman Saved Thousands of American Babies Author: Dawn Raffel Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A mosaic mystery told in vignettes, cliffhangers, curious asides, and some surreal plot twists as Raffel investigates the secrets of the man who changed infant care in America.”—NPR, 2018's Great Reads What kind of doctor puts his patients on display? This is the spellbinding tale of a mysterious Coney Island doctor who revolutionized neonatal care more than one hundred years ago and saved some seven thousand babies. Dr. Martin Couney's story is a kaleidoscopic ride through the intersection of ebullient entrepreneurship, enlightened pediatric care, and the wild culture of world's fairs at the beginning of the American Century. As Dawn Raffel recounts, Dr. Couney used incubators and careful nursing to keep previously doomed infants alive, while displaying these babies alongside sword swallowers, bearded ladies, and burlesque shows at Coney Island, Atlantic City, and venues across the nation. How this turn-of-the-twentieth-century émigré became the savior to families with premature infants—known then as “weaklings”—as he ignored the scorn of the medical establishment and fought the rising popularity of eugenics is one of the most astounding stories of modern medicine. Dr. Couney, for all his entrepreneurial gusto, is a surprisingly appealing character, someone who genuinely cared for the well-being of his tiny patients. But he had something to hide... Drawing on historical documents, original reportage, and interviews with surviving patients, Dawn Raffel tells the marvelously eccentric story of Couney's mysterious carnival career, his larger-than-life personality, and his unprecedented success as the savior of the fragile wonders that are tiny, tiny babies.   A New York Times Book Review New & Noteworthy Title A Real Simple Best Book of 2018 Christopher Award-winner https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341554 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maeve in America: Essays by a Girl from Somewhere Else Author: Maeve Higgins Narrator: Maeve Higgins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “If Tina Fey and David Sedaris had a daughter, she would be Maeve Higgins.” —Glamour A startlingly hilarious essay collection about one woman’s messy path to finding her footing in New York City, from breakout comedy star and podcaster Maeve Higgins Maeve Higgins was a bestselling author and comedian in her native Ireland when, at the grand old age of thirty-one, she left the only home she’d ever known in search of something more and found herself in New York City. Together, the essays in Maeve in America create a smart, funny, and revealing portrait of a woman who aims for the stars but sometimes hits the ceiling and the inimitable city that helped make her who she is. Here are stories of not being able to afford a dress for the ball, of learning to live with yourself while you’re still figuring out how to love yourself, of the true significance of realizing what sort of shelter dog you would be. Self-aware and laugh-out-loud funny, this collection is also a fearless exploration of the awkward questions in life, such as: Is clapping too loudly at a gig a good enough reason to break up with somebody? Is it ever really possible to leave home? “Maeve Higgins is hilarious, poignant, conversational, and my favorite Irish import since U2. You’re in for a treat.” —Phoebe Robinson Maeve Higgins Tue, 07 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341554 thebookvoice.com 6:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maeve in America: Essays by a Girl from Somewhere Else Author: Maeve Higgins Narrator: Maeve Higgins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “If Tina Fey and David Sedaris had a daughter, she would be Maeve Higgins.” —Glamour A startlingly hilarious essay collection about one woman’s messy path to finding her footing in New York City, from breakout comedy star and podcaster Maeve Higgins Maeve Higgins was a bestselling author and comedian in her native Ireland when, at the grand old age of thirty-one, she left the only home she’d ever known in search of something more and found herself in New York City. Together, the essays in Maeve in America create a smart, funny, and revealing portrait of a woman who aims for the stars but sometimes hits the ceiling and the inimitable city that helped make her who she is. Here are stories of not being able to afford a dress for the ball, of learning to live with yourself while you’re still figuring out how to love yourself, of the true significance of realizing what sort of shelter dog you would be. Self-aware and laugh-out-loud funny, this collection is also a fearless exploration of the awkward questions in life, such as: Is clapping too loudly at a gig a good enough reason to break up with somebody? Is it ever really possible to leave home? “Maeve Higgins is hilarious, poignant, conversational, and my favorite Irish import since U2. You’re in for a treat.” —Phoebe Robinson Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maeve in America: Essays by a Girl from Somewhere Else Author: Maeve Higgins Narrator: Maeve Higgins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “If Tina Fey and David Sedaris had a daughter, she would be Maeve Higgins.” —Glamour A startlingly hilarious essay collection about one woman’s messy path to finding her footing in New York City, from breakout comedy star and podcaster Maeve Higgins Maeve Higgins was a bestselling author and comedian in her native Ireland when, at the grand old age of thirty-one, she left the only home she’d ever known in search of something more and found herself in New York City. Together, the essays in Maeve in America create a smart, funny, and revealing portrait of a woman who aims for the stars but sometimes hits the ceiling and the inimitable city that helped make her who she is. Here are stories of not being able to afford a dress for the ball, of learning to live with yourself while you’re still figuring out how to love yourself, of the true significance of realizing what sort of shelter dog you would be. Self-aware and laugh-out-loud funny, this collection is also a fearless exploration of the awkward questions in life, such as: Is clapping too loudly at a gig a good enough reason to break up with somebody? Is it ever really possible to leave home? “Maeve Higgins is hilarious, poignant, conversational, and my favorite Irish import since U2. You’re in for a treat.” —Phoebe Robinson https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341330 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Truth Author: Michiko Kakutani Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a Pulitzer Prize-winning critic comes an impassioned critique of the West’s retreat from reason. ‘The Death of Truth is destined to become the defining treatise of our age’ David Grann ‘The first great book of the Trump administration … essential reading’ Rolling Stone We live in a time when the very idea of objective truth is mocked and discounted by the US President. Discredited conspiracy theories and ideologies have resurfaced, proven science is once more up for debate, and Russian propaganda floods our screens. The wisdom of the crowd has usurped research and expertise, and we are each left clinging to the beliefs that best confirm our biases. How did truth become an endangered species? This decline began decades ago, and in The Death of Truth, former New York Times critic Michiko Kakutani takes a penetrating look at the cultural forces that contributed to this gathering storm. In social media and literature, television, academia, and political campaigns, Kakutani identifies the trends – originating on both the right and the left – that have combined to elevate subjectivity over factuality, science, and common values. And she returns us to the words of the great critics of authoritarianism, writers like George Orwell and Hannah Arendt, whose work is newly and eerily relevant. With remarkable erudition and insight, Kakutani offers a provocative diagnosis of our current condition and presents a path forward for our truth-challenged times. Michiko Kakutani Tue, 17 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341330 thebookvoice.com 3:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Truth Author: Michiko Kakutani Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a Pulitzer Prize-winning critic comes an impassioned critique of the West’s retreat from reason. ‘The Death of Truth is destined to become the defining treatise of our age’ David Grann ‘The first great book of the Trump administration … essential reading’ Rolling Stone We live in a time when the very idea of objective truth is mocked and discounted by the US President. Discredited conspiracy theories and ideologies have resurfaced, proven science is once more up for debate, and Russian propaganda floods our screens. The wisdom of the crowd has usurped research and expertise, and we are each left clinging to the beliefs that best confirm our biases. How did truth become an endangered species? This decline began decades ago, and in The Death of Truth, former New York Times critic Michiko Kakutani takes a penetrating look at the cultural forces that contributed to this gathering storm. In social media and literature, television, academia, and political campaigns, Kakutani identifies the trends – originating on both the right and the left – that have combined to elevate subjectivity over factuality, science, and common values. And she returns us to the words of the great critics of authoritarianism, writers like George Orwell and Hannah Arendt, whose work is newly and eerily relevant. With remarkable erudition and insight, Kakutani offers a provocative diagnosis of our current condition and presents a path forward for our truth-challenged times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Truth Author: Michiko Kakutani Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a Pulitzer Prize-winning critic comes an impassioned critique of the West’s retreat from reason. ‘The Death of Truth is destined to become the defining treatise of our age’ David Grann ‘The first great book of the Trump administration … essential reading’ Rolling Stone We live in a time when the very idea of objective truth is mocked and discounted by the US President. Discredited conspiracy theories and ideologies have resurfaced, proven science is once more up for debate, and Russian propaganda floods our screens. The wisdom of the crowd has usurped research and expertise, and we are each left clinging to the beliefs that best confirm our biases. How did truth become an endangered species? This decline began decades ago, and in The Death of Truth, former New York Times critic Michiko Kakutani takes a penetrating look at the cultural forces that contributed to this gathering storm. In social media and literature, television, academia, and political campaigns, Kakutani identifies the trends – originating on both the right and the left – that have combined to elevate subjectivity over factuality, science, and common values. And she returns us to the words of the great critics of authoritarianism, writers like George Orwell and Hannah Arendt, whose work is newly and eerily relevant. With remarkable erudition and insight, Kakutani offers a provocative diagnosis of our current condition and presents a path forward for our truth-challenged times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341327 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slay In Your Lane: The Black Girl Bible Author: Elizabeth Uviebinené, Yomi Adegoke Narrator: Karen Blackett, Nneka Okoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 5, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The long-awaited, inspirational guide to life for a generation of black British women inspired to make lemonade out of lemons, and find success in every area of their lives. ‘This book is a gift for anyone who wants to better understand what Black women and girls are up against – and the tremendous resources they draw upon as they make their way in the world’ Sheryl Sandberg, COO of Facebook and founder of LeanIn.Org and OptionB.Org Slay In Your Lane is a brilliant book about what it is like to be a woman, black and a Londoner in 2018. Everyone should read it’ Sadiq Khan ‘Black women today are well past making waves – we’re currently creating something of a tsunami. Women who look like us, grew up in similar places to us, talk like us, are shaping almost every sector of society.’ From education to work to dating, this inspirational, honest and provocative book recognises and celebrates the strides black women have already made, while providing practical advice for those who want to do the same and forge a better, visible future. Illustrated with stories from best friends Elizabeth Uviebinené and Yomi Adegoke’s own lives, and using interviews with dozens of the most successful black women in Britain – including BAFTA Award-winning director Amma Asante, British Vogue publisher Vanessa Kingori and Olympic gold medallist Denise Lewis – Slay In Your Lane is essential reading for a generation of black women inspired to find success in every area of their lives. Elizabeth Uviebinené, Yomi Adegoke Thu, 05 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341327 thebookvoice.com 12:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slay In Your Lane: The Black Girl Bible Author: Elizabeth Uviebinené, Yomi Adegoke Narrator: Karen Blackett, Nneka Okoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 5, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The long-awaited, inspirational guide to life for a generation of black British women inspired to make lemonade out of lemons, and find success in every area of their lives. ‘This book is a gift for anyone who wants to better understand what Black women and girls are up against – and the tremendous resources they draw upon as they make their way in the world’ Sheryl Sandberg, COO of Facebook and founder of LeanIn.Org and OptionB.Org Slay In Your Lane is a brilliant book about what it is like to be a woman, black and a Londoner in 2018. Everyone should read it’ Sadiq Khan ‘Black women today are well past making waves – we’re currently creating something of a tsunami. Women who look like us, grew up in similar places to us, talk like us, are shaping almost every sector of society.’ From education to work to dating, this inspirational, honest and provocative book recognises and celebrates the strides black women have already made, while providing practical advice for those who want to do the same and forge a better, visible future. Illustrated with stories from best friends Elizabeth Uviebinené and Yomi Adegoke’s own lives, and using interviews with dozens of the most successful black women in Britain – including BAFTA Award-winning director Amma Asante, British Vogue publisher Vanessa Kingori and Olympic gold medallist Denise Lewis – Slay In Your Lane is essential reading for a generation of black women inspired to find success in every area of their lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slay In Your Lane: The Black Girl Bible Author: Elizabeth Uviebinené, Yomi Adegoke Narrator: Karen Blackett, Nneka Okoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 5, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The long-awaited, inspirational guide to life for a generation of black British women inspired to make lemonade out of lemons, and find success in every area of their lives. ‘This book is a gift for anyone who wants to better understand what Black women and girls are up against – and the tremendous resources they draw upon as they make their way in the world’ Sheryl Sandberg, COO of Facebook and founder of LeanIn.Org and OptionB.Org Slay In Your Lane is a brilliant book about what it is like to be a woman, black and a Londoner in 2018. Everyone should read it’ Sadiq Khan ‘Black women today are well past making waves – we’re currently creating something of a tsunami. Women who look like us, grew up in similar places to us, talk like us, are shaping almost every sector of society.’ From education to work to dating, this inspirational, honest and provocative book recognises and celebrates the strides black women have already made, while providing practical advice for those who want to do the same and forge a better, visible future. Illustrated with stories from best friends Elizabeth Uviebinené and Yomi Adegoke’s own lives, and using interviews with dozens of the most successful black women in Britain – including BAFTA Award-winning director Amma Asante, British Vogue publisher Vanessa Kingori and Olympic gold medallist Denise Lewis – Slay In Your Lane is essential reading for a generation of black women inspired to find success in every area of their lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341243 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Illuminati: The Secret Society That Hijacked the World Author: Jim Marrs Narrator: Terrence Bayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Chilling initiations. Big banks and money manipulations. Possible links to the Rockefellers, Rothschilds, Adamses, and Bushes. Reviewing the evidence, documents, and connections, The Illuminati: The Secret Society That Hijacked the World by award-winning journalist and author Jim Marrs shines a light on the history, workings, continuing influence, and pernicious and hidden power of this secret order. Surveying experts—from those who dismiss the Illuminati as a short-lived group of little consequence to skeptics who dare question the government's accounts and pronouncements—Marrs cuts through the wild speculation and the attempts to silence critical thinkers to tell the true story of this secret cabal. He investigates their origin as 'The Ancient and Illuminated Seers of Bavaria,' the depiction on the United States one-dollar bill of an all-seeing eye and pyramid on the reverse of the Great Seal of the United States, the Protocols—or procedures—for usurping national governments and gaining world domination, the symbolism found in today's international corporate logos, Knights Templar, assassins, Skull and Bones, whistle blowers, the revolutions in France, Russia, and America, and much, much more. Jim Marrs Sat, 30 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341243 thebookvoice.com 19:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Illuminati: The Secret Society That Hijacked the World Author: Jim Marrs Narrator: Terrence Bayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Chilling initiations. Big banks and money manipulations. Possible links to the Rockefellers, Rothschilds, Adamses, and Bushes. Reviewing the evidence, documents, and connections, The Illuminati: The Secret Society That Hijacked the World by award-winning journalist and author Jim Marrs shines a light on the history, workings, continuing influence, and pernicious and hidden power of this secret order. Surveying experts—from those who dismiss the Illuminati as a short-lived group of little consequence to skeptics who dare question the government's accounts and pronouncements—Marrs cuts through the wild speculation and the attempts to silence critical thinkers to tell the true story of this secret cabal. He investigates their origin as 'The Ancient and Illuminated Seers of Bavaria,' the depiction on the United States one-dollar bill of an all-seeing eye and pyramid on the reverse of the Great Seal of the United States, the Protocols—or procedures—for usurping national governments and gaining world domination, the symbolism found in today's international corporate logos, Knights Templar, assassins, Skull and Bones, whistle blowers, the revolutions in France, Russia, and America, and much, much more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Illuminati: The Secret Society That Hijacked the World Author: Jim Marrs Narrator: Terrence Bayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Chilling initiations. Big banks and money manipulations. Possible links to the Rockefellers, Rothschilds, Adamses, and Bushes. Reviewing the evidence, documents, and connections, The Illuminati: The Secret Society That Hijacked the World by award-winning journalist and author Jim Marrs shines a light on the history, workings, continuing influence, and pernicious and hidden power of this secret order. Surveying experts—from those who dismiss the Illuminati as a short-lived group of little consequence to skeptics who dare question the government's accounts and pronouncements—Marrs cuts through the wild speculation and the attempts to silence critical thinkers to tell the true story of this secret cabal. He investigates their origin as 'The Ancient and Illuminated Seers of Bavaria,' the depiction on the United States one-dollar bill of an all-seeing eye and pyramid on the reverse of the Great Seal of the United States, the Protocols—or procedures—for usurping national governments and gaining world domination, the symbolism found in today's international corporate logos, Knights Templar, assassins, Skull and Bones, whistle blowers, the revolutions in France, Russia, and America, and much, much more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341162 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The City: A Global History Author: Joel Kotkin Narrator: Nelson Runger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 31, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this erudite and enjoyable Los Angeles Times best-seller, Joel Kotkin explores the history of cities around the globe. He argues that urban areas must be places where there is a shared feeling of sacredness, civic identity, and moral order. These exciting concentrations of ideas and energy have long been and should continue to be meaningful in our daily lives. '... an accessible general introduction to the history of urban life, culture and spaces.'-Publishers Weekly Joel Kotkin Wed, 31 Aug 2005 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341162 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The City: A Global History Author: Joel Kotkin Narrator: Nelson Runger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 31, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this erudite and enjoyable Los Angeles Times best-seller, Joel Kotkin explores the history of cities around the globe. He argues that urban areas must be places where there is a shared feeling of sacredness, civic identity, and moral order. These exciting concentrations of ideas and energy have long been and should continue to be meaningful in our daily lives. '... an accessible general introduction to the history of urban life, culture and spaces.'-Publishers Weekly Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The City: A Global History Author: Joel Kotkin Narrator: Nelson Runger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 31, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this erudite and enjoyable Los Angeles Times best-seller, Joel Kotkin explores the history of cities around the globe. He argues that urban areas must be places where there is a shared feeling of sacredness, civic identity, and moral order. These exciting concentrations of ideas and energy have long been and should continue to be meaningful in our daily lives. '... an accessible general introduction to the history of urban life, culture and spaces.'-Publishers Weekly https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340870 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Truth: Notes on Falsehood in the Age of Trump Author: Michiko Kakutani Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the Pulitzer Prize–winning critic comes an impassioned critique of America’s retreat from reason We live in a time when the very idea of objective truth is mocked and discounted by the occupants of the White House. Discredited conspiracy theories and ideologies have resurfaced, proven science is once more up for debate, and Russian propaganda floods our screens. The wisdom of the crowd has usurped research and expertise, and we are each left clinging to the beliefs that best confirm our biases.   How did truth become an endangered species in contemporary America? This decline began decades ago, and in The Death of Truth, former New York Times critic Michiko Kakutani takes a penetrating look at the cultural forces that contributed to this gathering storm. In social media and literature, television, academia, and politics, Kakutani identifies the trends—originating on both the right and the left—that have combined to elevate subjectivity over factuality, science, and common values. And she returns us to the words of the great critics of authoritarianism, writers like George Orwell and Hannah Arendt, whose work is newly and eerily relevant.   With remarkable erudition and insight, Kakutani offers a provocative diagnosis of our current condition and points toward a new path for our truth-challenged times. Michiko Kakutani Tue, 17 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340870 thebookvoice.com 3:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Truth: Notes on Falsehood in the Age of Trump Author: Michiko Kakutani Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the Pulitzer Prize–winning critic comes an impassioned critique of America’s retreat from reason We live in a time when the very idea of objective truth is mocked and discounted by the occupants of the White House. Discredited conspiracy theories and ideologies have resurfaced, proven science is once more up for debate, and Russian propaganda floods our screens. The wisdom of the crowd has usurped research and expertise, and we are each left clinging to the beliefs that best confirm our biases.   How did truth become an endangered species in contemporary America? This decline began decades ago, and in The Death of Truth, former New York Times critic Michiko Kakutani takes a penetrating look at the cultural forces that contributed to this gathering storm. In social media and literature, television, academia, and politics, Kakutani identifies the trends—originating on both the right and the left—that have combined to elevate subjectivity over factuality, science, and common values. And she returns us to the words of the great critics of authoritarianism, writers like George Orwell and Hannah Arendt, whose work is newly and eerily relevant.   With remarkable erudition and insight, Kakutani offers a provocative diagnosis of our current condition and points toward a new path for our truth-challenged times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Truth: Notes on Falsehood in the Age of Trump Author: Michiko Kakutani Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the Pulitzer Prize–winning critic comes an impassioned critique of America’s retreat from reason We live in a time when the very idea of objective truth is mocked and discounted by the occupants of the White House. Discredited conspiracy theories and ideologies have resurfaced, proven science is once more up for debate, and Russian propaganda floods our screens. The wisdom of the crowd has usurped research and expertise, and we are each left clinging to the beliefs that best confirm our biases.   How did truth become an endangered species in contemporary America? This decline began decades ago, and in The Death of Truth, former New York Times critic Michiko Kakutani takes a penetrating look at the cultural forces that contributed to this gathering storm. In social media and literature, television, academia, and politics, Kakutani identifies the trends—originating on both the right and the left—that have combined to elevate subjectivity over factuality, science, and common values. And she returns us to the words of the great critics of authoritarianism, writers like George Orwell and Hannah Arendt, whose work is newly and eerily relevant.   With remarkable erudition and insight, Kakutani offers a provocative diagnosis of our current condition and points toward a new path for our truth-challenged times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340581 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think No Evil: Inside the Story of the Amish Schoolhouse Shooting...and Beyond Author: Jonas Beiler, Shawn Smucker Narrator: Kelly Ryan Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 16, 2009 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Amish will be the first to tell you they're not perfect.  But they do a lot of things right.  Forgiveness is one of them.  A one-room schoolhouse sat amid the gentle, quaint Amish community in Nickel Mines, Pennsylvania.  It made such a picturesque scene with its wide, welcoming front porch and white clapboard fence, set peacefully among rolling green farm fields and filled with Amish children settling into their desks after running and playing outside. Until a gunman entered the school. He ordered the boys and adults outside. Then he bound and shot the ten remaining girls execution-style. Five girls died. Five others were left in critical condition. “I saw firsthand the effects this traumatic event had on our citizens,” writes Beiler. “As someone who grew up in an Amish household and suffered through my own share of tragedies, I found myself strangely drawn back into a culture I once chose to leave. I know these people who still travel by horse and buggy and light their homes with gas lanterns, yet as I moved among them during this tragedy, and after, I found myself asking questions: How were they able to cope so well with the loss of their children? What enables a father who lost two daughters to bear no malice toward the man who shot them? And what can I learn—what can we learn—to help us more gracefully carry our own burdens? That last question is what prompted me to share what I have learned from the families who lost so much that day.”  Insert disc 6 into your PC to access public images surrounding this tragedy. Jonas Beiler, Shawn Smucker Wed, 16 Sep 2009 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340581 thebookvoice.com 5:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think No Evil: Inside the Story of the Amish Schoolhouse Shooting...and Beyond Author: Jonas Beiler, Shawn Smucker Narrator: Kelly Ryan Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 16, 2009 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Amish will be the first to tell you they're not perfect.  But they do a lot of things right.  Forgiveness is one of them.  A one-room schoolhouse sat amid the gentle, quaint Amish community in Nickel Mines, Pennsylvania.  It made such a picturesque scene with its wide, welcoming front porch and white clapboard fence, set peacefully among rolling green farm fields and filled with Amish children settling into their desks after running and playing outside. Until a gunman entered the school. He ordered the boys and adults outside. Then he bound and shot the ten remaining girls execution-style. Five girls died. Five others were left in critical condition. “I saw firsthand the effects this traumatic event had on our citizens,” writes Beiler. “As someone who grew up in an Amish household and suffered through my own share of tragedies, I found myself strangely drawn back into a culture I once chose to leave. I know these people who still travel by horse and buggy and light their homes with gas lanterns, yet as I moved among them during this tragedy, and after, I found myself asking questions: How were they able to cope so well with the loss of their children? What enables a father who lost two daughters to bear no malice toward the man who shot them? And what can I learn—what can we learn—to help us more gracefully carry our own burdens? That last question is what prompted me to share what I have learned from the families who lost so much that day.”  Insert disc 6 into your PC to access public images surrounding this tragedy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think No Evil: Inside the Story of the Amish Schoolhouse Shooting...and Beyond Author: Jonas Beiler, Shawn Smucker Narrator: Kelly Ryan Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 16, 2009 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Amish will be the first to tell you they're not perfect.  But they do a lot of things right.  Forgiveness is one of them.  A one-room schoolhouse sat amid the gentle, quaint Amish community in Nickel Mines, Pennsylvania.  It made such a picturesque scene with its wide, welcoming front porch and white clapboard fence, set peacefully among rolling green farm fields and filled with Amish children settling into their desks after running and playing outside. Until a gunman entered the school. He ordered the boys and adults outside. Then he bound and shot the ten remaining girls execution-style. Five girls died. Five others were left in critical condition. “I saw firsthand the effects this traumatic event had on our citizens,” writes Beiler. “As someone who grew up in an Amish household and suffered through my own share of tragedies, I found myself strangely drawn back into a culture I once chose to leave. I know these people who still travel by horse and buggy and light their homes with gas lanterns, yet as I moved among them during this tragedy, and after, I found myself asking questions: How were they able to cope so well with the loss of their children? What enables a father who lost two daughters to bear no malice toward the man who shot them? And what can I learn—what can we learn—to help us more gracefully carry our own burdens? That last question is what prompted me to share what I have learned from the families who lost so much that day.”  Insert disc 6 into your PC to access public images surrounding this tragedy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340567 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Call: A Summer Job on a New York Ambulance Author: Mike Scardino Narrator: Daniel Thomas May Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An adrenaline-fueled read that will stay with you long after you turn the final page, Bad Call is a 'compulsively readable, totally unforgettable' memoir about working on a New York City ambulance in the 1960s (James Patterson). Bad Call is Mike Scardino's visceral, fast-moving, and mordantly funny account of the summers he spent working as an 'ambulance attendant' on the mean streets of late-1960s New York. Fueled by adrenaline and Sabrett's hot dogs, young Mike spends his days speeding from one chaotic emergency to another. His adventures take him into the middle of incipient race riots, to the scene of a plane crash at JFK airport and into private lives all over Queens, where New Yorkers are suffering, and dying, in unimaginable ways. Learning on the job, Mike encounters all manner of freakish accidents (the man who drank Drano, the woman attacked by rats, the man who inflated like a balloon), meets countless unforgettable New York characters, falls in love, is nearly murdered, and gets an early and indelible education in the impermanence of life and the cruelty of chance. Action-packed, poignant, and rich with details that bring Mike's world to technicolor life, Bad Call is a gritty portrait of a bygone era as well as a bracing reminder that, though 'life itself is a fatal condition,' it's worth pausing to notice the moments of beauty, hope, and everyday heroism along the way. Mike Scardino Tue, 17 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340567 thebookvoice.com 7:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Call: A Summer Job on a New York Ambulance Author: Mike Scardino Narrator: Daniel Thomas May Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An adrenaline-fueled read that will stay with you long after you turn the final page, Bad Call is a 'compulsively readable, totally unforgettable' memoir about working on a New York City ambulance in the 1960s (James Patterson). Bad Call is Mike Scardino's visceral, fast-moving, and mordantly funny account of the summers he spent working as an 'ambulance attendant' on the mean streets of late-1960s New York. Fueled by adrenaline and Sabrett's hot dogs, young Mike spends his days speeding from one chaotic emergency to another. His adventures take him into the middle of incipient race riots, to the scene of a plane crash at JFK airport and into private lives all over Queens, where New Yorkers are suffering, and dying, in unimaginable ways. Learning on the job, Mike encounters all manner of freakish accidents (the man who drank Drano, the woman attacked by rats, the man who inflated like a balloon), meets countless unforgettable New York characters, falls in love, is nearly murdered, and gets an early and indelible education in the impermanence of life and the cruelty of chance. Action-packed, poignant, and rich with details that bring Mike's world to technicolor life, Bad Call is a gritty portrait of a bygone era as well as a bracing reminder that, though 'life itself is a fatal condition,' it's worth pausing to notice the moments of beauty, hope, and everyday heroism along the way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Call: A Summer Job on a New York Ambulance Author: Mike Scardino Narrator: Daniel Thomas May Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An adrenaline-fueled read that will stay with you long after you turn the final page, Bad Call is a 'compulsively readable, totally unforgettable' memoir about working on a New York City ambulance in the 1960s (James Patterson). Bad Call is Mike Scardino's visceral, fast-moving, and mordantly funny account of the summers he spent working as an 'ambulance attendant' on the mean streets of late-1960s New York. Fueled by adrenaline and Sabrett's hot dogs, young Mike spends his days speeding from one chaotic emergency to another. His adventures take him into the middle of incipient race riots, to the scene of a plane crash at JFK airport and into private lives all over Queens, where New Yorkers are suffering, and dying, in unimaginable ways. Learning on the job, Mike encounters all manner of freakish accidents (the man who drank Drano, the woman attacked by rats, the man who inflated like a balloon), meets countless unforgettable New York characters, falls in love, is nearly murdered, and gets an early and indelible education in the impermanence of life and the cruelty of chance. Action-packed, poignant, and rich with details that bring Mike's world to technicolor life, Bad Call is a gritty portrait of a bygone era as well as a bracing reminder that, though 'life itself is a fatal condition,' it's worth pausing to notice the moments of beauty, hope, and everyday heroism along the way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340529 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Read & Riot: A Pussy Riot Guide to Activism Author: Nadya Tolokonnikova Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From artist, activist, and Pussy Riot founder Nadya Tolokonnikova, a guerilla guide to radical protest and joyful political resistance. The face of modern protest is wearing a brightly colored ski mask. Nadya Tolokonnikova, founding member of the Russian activist group Pussy Riot, is a creative activist, professional protestor, brazen feminist, shocking visual artist, and force to be reckoned with. Her spontaneous, explosive approach to political action has involved jumping over barbed wire, kissing police officers, giving guerilla performances in crowded subway cars, and going on a hunger strike to protest the abuse of prisoners. She’s been horse-whipped by police in Sochi, temporarily blinded when officers threw green paint in her eyes, and monitored by the Russian government. But what made Nadya an activist icon overnight happened on February 21, 2012, when she was arrested for performing an anti-Putin protest song in a Moscow church. She was sent to a Russian prison for 18 months and emerged as an international symbol of radical resistance, as calls to “Free Pussy Riot” resounded around the world. With her emblematic ski mask, black lipstick, and unwavering bravery, Nadya has become an emissary of hope and optimism despite overwhelming and ugly political corruption. Read & Riot is structured around Nadya’s ten rules for revolution (Be a pirate! Make your government shit its pants! Take back the joy!) and illustrated throughout with stunning examples from her extraordinary life and the philosophies of other revolutionary rebels throughout history. Rooted in action and going beyond the typical “call your senator” guidelines, Read & Riot gives us a refreshing model for civil disobedience, and encourages our right to question every status quo and make political action exciting—even joyful. Nadya Tolokonnikova Tue, 09 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340529 thebookvoice.com 6:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Read & Riot: A Pussy Riot Guide to Activism Author: Nadya Tolokonnikova Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From artist, activist, and Pussy Riot founder Nadya Tolokonnikova, a guerilla guide to radical protest and joyful political resistance. The face of modern protest is wearing a brightly colored ski mask. Nadya Tolokonnikova, founding member of the Russian activist group Pussy Riot, is a creative activist, professional protestor, brazen feminist, shocking visual artist, and force to be reckoned with. Her spontaneous, explosive approach to political action has involved jumping over barbed wire, kissing police officers, giving guerilla performances in crowded subway cars, and going on a hunger strike to protest the abuse of prisoners. She’s been horse-whipped by police in Sochi, temporarily blinded when officers threw green paint in her eyes, and monitored by the Russian government. But what made Nadya an activist icon overnight happened on February 21, 2012, when she was arrested for performing an anti-Putin protest song in a Moscow church. She was sent to a Russian prison for 18 months and emerged as an international symbol of radical resistance, as calls to “Free Pussy Riot” resounded around the world. With her emblematic ski mask, black lipstick, and unwavering bravery, Nadya has become an emissary of hope and optimism despite overwhelming and ugly political corruption. Read & Riot is structured around Nadya’s ten rules for revolution (Be a pirate! Make your government shit its pants! Take back the joy!) and illustrated throughout with stunning examples from her extraordinary life and the philosophies of other revolutionary rebels throughout history. Rooted in action and going beyond the typical “call your senator” guidelines, Read & Riot gives us a refreshing model for civil disobedience, and encourages our right to question every status quo and make political action exciting—even joyful. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Read & Riot: A Pussy Riot Guide to Activism Author: Nadya Tolokonnikova Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From artist, activist, and Pussy Riot founder Nadya Tolokonnikova, a guerilla guide to radical protest and joyful political resistance. The face of modern protest is wearing a brightly colored ski mask. Nadya Tolokonnikova, founding member of the Russian activist group Pussy Riot, is a creative activist, professional protestor, brazen feminist, shocking visual artist, and force to be reckoned with. Her spontaneous, explosive approach to political action has involved jumping over barbed wire, kissing police officers, giving guerilla performances in crowded subway cars, and going on a hunger strike to protest the abuse of prisoners. She’s been horse-whipped by police in Sochi, temporarily blinded when officers threw green paint in her eyes, and monitored by the Russian government. But what made Nadya an activist icon overnight happened on February 21, 2012, when she was arrested for performing an anti-Putin protest song in a Moscow church. She was sent to a Russian prison for 18 months and emerged as an international symbol of radical resistance, as calls to “Free Pussy Riot” resounded around the world. With her emblematic ski mask, black lipstick, and unwavering bravery, Nadya has become an emissary of hope and optimism despite overwhelming and ugly political corruption. Read & Riot is structured around Nadya’s ten rules for revolution (Be a pirate! Make your government shit its pants! Take back the joy!) and illustrated throughout with stunning examples from her extraordinary life and the philosophies of other revolutionary rebels throughout history. Rooted in action and going beyond the typical “call your senator” guidelines, Read & Riot gives us a refreshing model for civil disobedience, and encourages our right to question every status quo and make political action exciting—even joyful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340495 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Billionaire Raj: A Journey Through India's New Gilded Age Author: James Crabtree Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A colorful and revealing portrait of the rise of India’s new billionaire class in a radically unequal society India is the world’s largest democracy, with more than one billion people and an economy expanding faster than China’s. But the rewards of this growth have been far from evenly shared, and the country’s top 1% now own nearly 60% of its wealth. In megacities like Mumbai, where half the population live in slums, the extraordinary riches of India’s new dynasties echo the Vanderbilts and Rockefellers of America's Gilded Age, funneling profits from huge conglomerates into lifestyles of conspicuous consumption.   James Crabtree’s The Billionaire Raj takes readers on a personal journey to meet these reclusive billionaires, fugitive tycoons, and shadowy political power brokers. From the sky terrace of the world’s most expensive home to impoverished villages and mass political rallies, Crabtree dramatizes the battle between crony capitalists and economic reformers, revealing a tense struggle between equality and privilege playing out against a combustible backdrop of aspiration, class, and caste. The Billionaire Raj is a vivid account of a divided society on the cusp of transformation—and a struggle that will shape not just India’s future, but the world’s. James Crabtree Tue, 03 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340495 thebookvoice.com 14:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Billionaire Raj: A Journey Through India's New Gilded Age Author: James Crabtree Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A colorful and revealing portrait of the rise of India’s new billionaire class in a radically unequal society India is the world’s largest democracy, with more than one billion people and an economy expanding faster than China’s. But the rewards of this growth have been far from evenly shared, and the country’s top 1% now own nearly 60% of its wealth. In megacities like Mumbai, where half the population live in slums, the extraordinary riches of India’s new dynasties echo the Vanderbilts and Rockefellers of America's Gilded Age, funneling profits from huge conglomerates into lifestyles of conspicuous consumption.   James Crabtree’s The Billionaire Raj takes readers on a personal journey to meet these reclusive billionaires, fugitive tycoons, and shadowy political power brokers. From the sky terrace of the world’s most expensive home to impoverished villages and mass political rallies, Crabtree dramatizes the battle between crony capitalists and economic reformers, revealing a tense struggle between equality and privilege playing out against a combustible backdrop of aspiration, class, and caste. The Billionaire Raj is a vivid account of a divided society on the cusp of transformation—and a struggle that will shape not just India’s future, but the world’s. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Billionaire Raj: A Journey Through India's New Gilded Age Author: James Crabtree Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A colorful and revealing portrait of the rise of India’s new billionaire class in a radically unequal society India is the world’s largest democracy, with more than one billion people and an economy expanding faster than China’s. But the rewards of this growth have been far from evenly shared, and the country’s top 1% now own nearly 60% of its wealth. In megacities like Mumbai, where half the population live in slums, the extraordinary riches of India’s new dynasties echo the Vanderbilts and Rockefellers of America's Gilded Age, funneling profits from huge conglomerates into lifestyles of conspicuous consumption.   James Crabtree’s The Billionaire Raj takes readers on a personal journey to meet these reclusive billionaires, fugitive tycoons, and shadowy political power brokers. From the sky terrace of the world’s most expensive home to impoverished villages and mass political rallies, Crabtree dramatizes the battle between crony capitalists and economic reformers, revealing a tense struggle between equality and privilege playing out against a combustible backdrop of aspiration, class, and caste. The Billionaire Raj is a vivid account of a divided society on the cusp of transformation—and a struggle that will shape not just India’s future, but the world’s. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340482 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give People Money: How a Universal Basic Income Would End Poverty, Revolutionize Work, and Remake the World Author: Annie Lowrey Narrator: Annie Lowrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice Shortlisted for the 2018 FT & McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award A brilliantly reported, global look at universal basic income—a stipend given to every citizen—and why it might be necessary in an age of rising inequality, persistent poverty, and dazzling technology. Imagine if every month the government deposited $1,000 into your bank account, with nothing expected in return. It sounds crazy. But it has become one of the most influential and hotly debated policy ideas of our time. Futurists, radicals, libertarians, socialists, union representatives, feminists, conservatives, Bernie supporters, development economists, child-care workers, welfare recipients, and politicians from India to Finland to Canada to Mexico—all are talking about UBI.   In this sparkling and provocative book, economics writer Annie Lowrey examines the UBI movement from many angles. She travels to Kenya to see how a UBI is lifting the poorest people on earth out of destitution, India to see how inefficient government programs are failing the poor, South Korea to interrogate UBI’s intellectual pedigree, and Silicon Valley to meet the tech titans financing UBI pilots in expectation of a world with advanced artificial intelligence and little need for human labor.   Lowrey explores the potential of such a sweeping policy and the challenges the movement faces, among them contradictory aims, uncomfortable costs, and, most powerfully, the entrenched belief that no one should get something for nothing. In the end, she shows how this arcane policy has the potential to solve some of our most intractable economic problems, while offering a new vision of citizenship and a firmer foundation for our society in this age of turbulence and marvels. Annie Lowrey Tue, 10 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340482 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give People Money: How a Universal Basic Income Would End Poverty, Revolutionize Work, and Remake the World Author: Annie Lowrey Narrator: Annie Lowrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice Shortlisted for the 2018 FT & McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award A brilliantly reported, global look at universal basic income—a stipend given to every citizen—and why it might be necessary in an age of rising inequality, persistent poverty, and dazzling technology. Imagine if every month the government deposited $1,000 into your bank account, with nothing expected in return. It sounds crazy. But it has become one of the most influential and hotly debated policy ideas of our time. Futurists, radicals, libertarians, socialists, union representatives, feminists, conservatives, Bernie supporters, development economists, child-care workers, welfare recipients, and politicians from India to Finland to Canada to Mexico—all are talking about UBI.   In this sparkling and provocative book, economics writer Annie Lowrey examines the UBI movement from many angles. She travels to Kenya to see how a UBI is lifting the poorest people on earth out of destitution, India to see how inefficient government programs are failing the poor, South Korea to interrogate UBI’s intellectual pedigree, and Silicon Valley to meet the tech titans financing UBI pilots in expectation of a world with advanced artificial intelligence and little need for human labor.   Lowrey explores the potential of such a sweeping policy and the challenges the movement faces, among them contradictory aims, uncomfortable costs, and, most powerfully, the entrenched belief that no one should get something for nothing. In the end, she shows how this arcane policy has the potential to solve some of our most intractable economic problems, while offering a new vision of citizenship and a firmer foundation for our society in this age of turbulence and marvels. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give People Money: How a Universal Basic Income Would End Poverty, Revolutionize Work, and Remake the World Author: Annie Lowrey Narrator: Annie Lowrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice Shortlisted for the 2018 FT & McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award A brilliantly reported, global look at universal basic income—a stipend given to every citizen—and why it might be necessary in an age of rising inequality, persistent poverty, and dazzling technology. Imagine if every month the government deposited $1,000 into your bank account, with nothing expected in return. It sounds crazy. But it has become one of the most influential and hotly debated policy ideas of our time. Futurists, radicals, libertarians, socialists, union representatives, feminists, conservatives, Bernie supporters, development economists, child-care workers, welfare recipients, and politicians from India to Finland to Canada to Mexico—all are talking about UBI.   In this sparkling and provocative book, economics writer Annie Lowrey examines the UBI movement from many angles. She travels to Kenya to see how a UBI is lifting the poorest people on earth out of destitution, India to see how inefficient government programs are failing the poor, South Korea to interrogate UBI’s intellectual pedigree, and Silicon Valley to meet the tech titans financing UBI pilots in expectation of a world with advanced artificial intelligence and little need for human labor.   Lowrey explores the potential of such a sweeping policy and the challenges the movement faces, among them contradictory aims, uncomfortable costs, and, most powerfully, the entrenched belief that no one should get something for nothing. In the end, she shows how this arcane policy has the potential to solve some of our most intractable economic problems, while offering a new vision of citizenship and a firmer foundation for our society in this age of turbulence and marvels. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340361 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Disability History of the United States Author: Kim E. Nielsen Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first book to cover the entirety of disability history, from pre-1492 to the present Disability is not only the story of someone we love or the story of whom we may become; rather it is undoubtedly the story of our nation. Covering the entirety of US history from pre-1492 to the present, A Disability History of the United States is the first book to place the experiences of disabled people at the center of the American narrative. In many ways, it’s a familiar telling. In other ways, it is a radical repositioning of US history. By doing so, the book casts new light on familiar stories, such as slavery and immigration, while breaking ground about the ties between nativism and oralism in the late nineteenth century and the role of ableism in the development of democracy. A Disability History of the United States pulls from primary-source documents and social histories to retell US history through the eyes, words, and impressions of the people who lived it. As historian and disability scholar Nielsen argues, to understand disability history isn’t to narrowly focus on a series of individual triumphs but rather to examine mass movements and pivotal daily events through the lens of varied experiences. Throughout the book, Nielsen deftly illustrates how concepts of disability have deeply shaped the American experience—from deciding who was allowed to immigrate to establishing labor laws and justifying slavery and gender discrimination. Included are absorbing—at times horrific—narratives of blinded slaves being thrown overboard and women being involuntarily sterilized, as well as triumphant accounts of disabled miners organizing strikes and disability rights activists picketing Washington. Engrossing and profound, A Disability History of the United States fundamentally reinterprets how we view our nation’s past: from a stifling master narrative to a shared history that encompasses us all. About the Series Beacon Press’s ReVisioning History series consists of accessibly written books by notable scholars that reconstruct and reinterpret US history from diverse perspectives. Kim E. Nielsen Tue, 24 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340361 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Disability History of the United States Author: Kim E. Nielsen Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first book to cover the entirety of disability history, from pre-1492 to the present Disability is not only the story of someone we love or the story of whom we may become; rather it is undoubtedly the story of our nation. Covering the entirety of US history from pre-1492 to the present, A Disability History of the United States is the first book to place the experiences of disabled people at the center of the American narrative. In many ways, it’s a familiar telling. In other ways, it is a radical repositioning of US history. By doing so, the book casts new light on familiar stories, such as slavery and immigration, while breaking ground about the ties between nativism and oralism in the late nineteenth century and the role of ableism in the development of democracy. A Disability History of the United States pulls from primary-source documents and social histories to retell US history through the eyes, words, and impressions of the people who lived it. As historian and disability scholar Nielsen argues, to understand disability history isn’t to narrowly focus on a series of individual triumphs but rather to examine mass movements and pivotal daily events through the lens of varied experiences. Throughout the book, Nielsen deftly illustrates how concepts of disability have deeply shaped the American experience—from deciding who was allowed to immigrate to establishing labor laws and justifying slavery and gender discrimination. Included are absorbing—at times horrific—narratives of blinded slaves being thrown overboard and women being involuntarily sterilized, as well as triumphant accounts of disabled miners organizing strikes and disability rights activists picketing Washington. Engrossing and profound, A Disability History of the United States fundamentally reinterprets how we view our nation’s past: from a stifling master narrative to a shared history that encompasses us all. About the Series Beacon Press’s ReVisioning History series consists of accessibly written books by notable scholars that reconstruct and reinterpret US history from diverse perspectives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Disability History of the United States Author: Kim E. Nielsen Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first book to cover the entirety of disability history, from pre-1492 to the present Disability is not only the story of someone we love or the story of whom we may become; rather it is undoubtedly the story of our nation. Covering the entirety of US history from pre-1492 to the present, A Disability History of the United States is the first book to place the experiences of disabled people at the center of the American narrative. In many ways, it’s a familiar telling. In other ways, it is a radical repositioning of US history. By doing so, the book casts new light on familiar stories, such as slavery and immigration, while breaking ground about the ties between nativism and oralism in the late nineteenth century and the role of ableism in the development of democracy. A Disability History of the United States pulls from primary-source documents and social histories to retell US history through the eyes, words, and impressions of the people who lived it. As historian and disability scholar Nielsen argues, to understand disability history isn’t to narrowly focus on a series of individual triumphs but rather to examine mass movements and pivotal daily events through the lens of varied experiences. Throughout the book, Nielsen deftly illustrates how concepts of disability have deeply shaped the American experience—from deciding who was allowed to immigrate to establishing labor laws and justifying slavery and gender discrimination. Included are absorbing—at times horrific—narratives of blinded slaves being thrown overboard and women being involuntarily sterilized, as well as triumphant accounts of disabled miners organizing strikes and disability rights activists picketing Washington. Engrossing and profound, A Disability History of the United States fundamentally reinterprets how we view our nation’s past: from a stifling master narrative to a shared history that encompasses us all. About the Series Beacon Press’s ReVisioning History series consists of accessibly written books by notable scholars that reconstruct and reinterpret US history from diverse perspectives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340358 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crux: A Cross-Border Memoir Author: Jean Guerrero Narrator: Jean Guerrero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • A daughter’s quest to understand her charismatic and troubled father, an immigrant who crosses borders both real and illusory—between sanity and madness, science and spirituality, life and death PEN America Literary Award Winner • “The kind of memoir that seems to redefine the genre.”—Los Angeles Review of Books From renowned journalist Jean Guerrero, here is the haunting story of a daughter’s mission to save her father from his demons and to save herself from destruction. Marco Antonio was raised in Mexico, then migrated to California, where he met Jean’s mother, Jeannette, a Puerto Rican woman just out of med school. Marco is a self-taught genius at building things—including mythologies about himself and the hidden forces that drive us. When he goes on the run, Jean follows and embarks on an investigative journey between cultures and languages, the earthly and the mystical, truth and fiction.  A distinctive memoir about the search for an elusive parent, Crux is both a riveting adventure story and a profoundly original exploration of the mysteries of our world, our most intimate relationships, and ourselves. “[Guerrero] writes poetically about borders as a metaphor for the boundary of identity between father and daughter and the porous connective tissues that bind them.”—The National Book Review Jean Guerrero Tue, 17 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340358 thebookvoice.com 12:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crux: A Cross-Border Memoir Author: Jean Guerrero Narrator: Jean Guerrero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • A daughter’s quest to understand her charismatic and troubled father, an immigrant who crosses borders both real and illusory—between sanity and madness, science and spirituality, life and death PEN America Literary Award Winner • “The kind of memoir that seems to redefine the genre.”—Los Angeles Review of Books From renowned journalist Jean Guerrero, here is the haunting story of a daughter’s mission to save her father from his demons and to save herself from destruction. Marco Antonio was raised in Mexico, then migrated to California, where he met Jean’s mother, Jeannette, a Puerto Rican woman just out of med school. Marco is a self-taught genius at building things—including mythologies about himself and the hidden forces that drive us. When he goes on the run, Jean follows and embarks on an investigative journey between cultures and languages, the earthly and the mystical, truth and fiction.  A distinctive memoir about the search for an elusive parent, Crux is both a riveting adventure story and a profoundly original exploration of the mysteries of our world, our most intimate relationships, and ourselves. “[Guerrero] writes poetically about borders as a metaphor for the boundary of identity between father and daughter and the porous connective tissues that bind them.”—The National Book Review Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crux: A Cross-Border Memoir Author: Jean Guerrero Narrator: Jean Guerrero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • A daughter’s quest to understand her charismatic and troubled father, an immigrant who crosses borders both real and illusory—between sanity and madness, science and spirituality, life and death PEN America Literary Award Winner • “The kind of memoir that seems to redefine the genre.”—Los Angeles Review of Books From renowned journalist Jean Guerrero, here is the haunting story of a daughter’s mission to save her father from his demons and to save herself from destruction. Marco Antonio was raised in Mexico, then migrated to California, where he met Jean’s mother, Jeannette, a Puerto Rican woman just out of med school. Marco is a self-taught genius at building things—including mythologies about himself and the hidden forces that drive us. When he goes on the run, Jean follows and embarks on an investigative journey between cultures and languages, the earthly and the mystical, truth and fiction.  A distinctive memoir about the search for an elusive parent, Crux is both a riveting adventure story and a profoundly original exploration of the mysteries of our world, our most intimate relationships, and ourselves. “[Guerrero] writes poetically about borders as a metaphor for the boundary of identity between father and daughter and the porous connective tissues that bind them.”—The National Book Review https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340347 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340347]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High Cost of Free Parking, Updated Edition Author: Donald Shoup Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this no-holds-barred treatise, Donald Shoup argues that free parking has contributed to auto dependence, rapid urban sprawl, extravagant energy use, and a host of other problems. Planners mandate free parking to alleviate congestion but end up distorting transportation choices, debasing urban design, damaging the economy, and degrading the environment. Ubiquitous free parking helps explain why our cities sprawl on a scale fit more for cars than for people, and why American motor vehicles now consume one-eighth of the world's total oil production. But it doesn't have to be this way. Shoup proposes new ways for cities to regulate parking—namely, charge fair market prices for curb parking, use the resulting revenue to pay for services in the neighborhoods that generate it, and remove zoning requirements for off-street parking. Such measures, according to the Yale-trained economist and UCLA planning professor, will make parking easier and driving less necessary. Join the swelling ranks of Shoupistas by picking up this book today. You'll never look at a parking spot the same way again. Donald Shoup Sat, 30 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340347 thebookvoice.com 23:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340347]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High Cost of Free Parking, Updated Edition Author: Donald Shoup Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this no-holds-barred treatise, Donald Shoup argues that free parking has contributed to auto dependence, rapid urban sprawl, extravagant energy use, and a host of other problems. Planners mandate free parking to alleviate congestion but end up distorting transportation choices, debasing urban design, damaging the economy, and degrading the environment. Ubiquitous free parking helps explain why our cities sprawl on a scale fit more for cars than for people, and why American motor vehicles now consume one-eighth of the world's total oil production. But it doesn't have to be this way. Shoup proposes new ways for cities to regulate parking—namely, charge fair market prices for curb parking, use the resulting revenue to pay for services in the neighborhoods that generate it, and remove zoning requirements for off-street parking. Such measures, according to the Yale-trained economist and UCLA planning professor, will make parking easier and driving less necessary. Join the swelling ranks of Shoupistas by picking up this book today. You'll never look at a parking spot the same way again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340347]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High Cost of Free Parking, Updated Edition Author: Donald Shoup Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this no-holds-barred treatise, Donald Shoup argues that free parking has contributed to auto dependence, rapid urban sprawl, extravagant energy use, and a host of other problems. Planners mandate free parking to alleviate congestion but end up distorting transportation choices, debasing urban design, damaging the economy, and degrading the environment. Ubiquitous free parking helps explain why our cities sprawl on a scale fit more for cars than for people, and why American motor vehicles now consume one-eighth of the world's total oil production. But it doesn't have to be this way. Shoup proposes new ways for cities to regulate parking—namely, charge fair market prices for curb parking, use the resulting revenue to pay for services in the neighborhoods that generate it, and remove zoning requirements for off-street parking. Such measures, according to the Yale-trained economist and UCLA planning professor, will make parking easier and driving less necessary. Join the swelling ranks of Shoupistas by picking up this book today. You'll never look at a parking spot the same way again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340335 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Money Murder: A Story of Crack, Blood, and Betrayal Author: Jonathan Green Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Chronicling the rise and fall of Sex Money Murder, one of the most violent and notorious gangs of its era, and of the dedicated detectives and prosecutors struggling to stem the tide of violence, reporter Jonathan Green creates a visceral and devastating portrait of a New York City borough. In the late 1980s and early 1990s, the Bronx had one of the highest per capita murder rates in the country. The reason was simple: as the use of crack cocaine surged, replacing heroin as the high of choice, dealers and gangs staked claims to territory and consumers through intimidation and murder, and families found themselves fractured by crime and incarceration. Based on years of research and extraordinary access to former gang members, Green creates an epic character-driven narrative, drawing on first-person interviews, police reports, and court transcripts to offer a unique and engrossing work of gritty urban reportage. Magisterial in its scope, Sex Money Murder offers an extraordinary perspective on modern-day America. Jonathan Green Tue, 26 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340335 thebookvoice.com 14:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Money Murder: A Story of Crack, Blood, and Betrayal Author: Jonathan Green Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Chronicling the rise and fall of Sex Money Murder, one of the most violent and notorious gangs of its era, and of the dedicated detectives and prosecutors struggling to stem the tide of violence, reporter Jonathan Green creates a visceral and devastating portrait of a New York City borough. In the late 1980s and early 1990s, the Bronx had one of the highest per capita murder rates in the country. The reason was simple: as the use of crack cocaine surged, replacing heroin as the high of choice, dealers and gangs staked claims to territory and consumers through intimidation and murder, and families found themselves fractured by crime and incarceration. Based on years of research and extraordinary access to former gang members, Green creates an epic character-driven narrative, drawing on first-person interviews, police reports, and court transcripts to offer a unique and engrossing work of gritty urban reportage. Magisterial in its scope, Sex Money Murder offers an extraordinary perspective on modern-day America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Money Murder: A Story of Crack, Blood, and Betrayal Author: Jonathan Green Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Chronicling the rise and fall of Sex Money Murder, one of the most violent and notorious gangs of its era, and of the dedicated detectives and prosecutors struggling to stem the tide of violence, reporter Jonathan Green creates a visceral and devastating portrait of a New York City borough. In the late 1980s and early 1990s, the Bronx had one of the highest per capita murder rates in the country. The reason was simple: as the use of crack cocaine surged, replacing heroin as the high of choice, dealers and gangs staked claims to territory and consumers through intimidation and murder, and families found themselves fractured by crime and incarceration. Based on years of research and extraordinary access to former gang members, Green creates an epic character-driven narrative, drawing on first-person interviews, police reports, and court transcripts to offer a unique and engrossing work of gritty urban reportage. Magisterial in its scope, Sex Money Murder offers an extraordinary perspective on modern-day America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340327 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunger of Memory: The Education of Richard Rodriguez Author: Richard Rodriguez Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hunger of Memory is the story of Mexican-American Richard Rodriguez, who begins his schooling in Sacramento, California, knowing just fifty words of English, and concludes his university studies in the stately quiet of the reading room of the British Museum. Here is the poignant journey of a 'minority student' who pays the cost of his social assimilation and academic success with a painful alienation—from his past, his parents, his culture—and so describes the high price of 'making it' in middle-class America. Provocative in its positions on affirmative action and bilingual education, Hunger of Memory is a powerful political statement, a profound study of the importance of language . . . and the moving, intimate portrait of a boy struggling to become a man. Richard Rodriguez Tue, 26 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340327 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunger of Memory: The Education of Richard Rodriguez Author: Richard Rodriguez Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hunger of Memory is the story of Mexican-American Richard Rodriguez, who begins his schooling in Sacramento, California, knowing just fifty words of English, and concludes his university studies in the stately quiet of the reading room of the British Museum. Here is the poignant journey of a 'minority student' who pays the cost of his social assimilation and academic success with a painful alienation—from his past, his parents, his culture—and so describes the high price of 'making it' in middle-class America. Provocative in its positions on affirmative action and bilingual education, Hunger of Memory is a powerful political statement, a profound study of the importance of language . . . and the moving, intimate portrait of a boy struggling to become a man. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunger of Memory: The Education of Richard Rodriguez Author: Richard Rodriguez Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hunger of Memory is the story of Mexican-American Richard Rodriguez, who begins his schooling in Sacramento, California, knowing just fifty words of English, and concludes his university studies in the stately quiet of the reading room of the British Museum. Here is the poignant journey of a 'minority student' who pays the cost of his social assimilation and academic success with a painful alienation—from his past, his parents, his culture—and so describes the high price of 'making it' in middle-class America. Provocative in its positions on affirmative action and bilingual education, Hunger of Memory is a powerful political statement, a profound study of the importance of language . . . and the moving, intimate portrait of a boy struggling to become a man. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340317 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Countries: Journeys to the Edge of Nationhood Author: Joshua Keating Narrator: Joshua Keating Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What is a country? While certain basic tenets—such as the clear demarcation of a country's borders, and the acknowledgment of its sovereignty by other countries and by international governing bodies like the United Nations—seem applicable, journalist Joshua Keating's book explores exceptions to these rules, including 'breakaway,' 'semi-autonomous,' or 'self-proclaimed' countries such as Abkhazia, Kurdistan, Somaliland, a Mohawk reservation straddling the U.S.-Canada border, and an island nation whose very existence is threatened by climate change. Through stories about these countries' efforts at self-determination, as well as their respective challenges, Keating reveals that there is no universal legal authority determining what we consider a country. He argues that although our current world map appears fairly static, economic, cultural, and environmental forces in the places he describes may spark change. Keating ably bridges history with incisive and sympathetic observations drawn from his travel and personal interviews with residents, political leaders, and scholars in each of these countries. Joshua Keating Tue, 26 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340317 thebookvoice.com 7:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Countries: Journeys to the Edge of Nationhood Author: Joshua Keating Narrator: Joshua Keating Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What is a country? While certain basic tenets—such as the clear demarcation of a country's borders, and the acknowledgment of its sovereignty by other countries and by international governing bodies like the United Nations—seem applicable, journalist Joshua Keating's book explores exceptions to these rules, including 'breakaway,' 'semi-autonomous,' or 'self-proclaimed' countries such as Abkhazia, Kurdistan, Somaliland, a Mohawk reservation straddling the U.S.-Canada border, and an island nation whose very existence is threatened by climate change. Through stories about these countries' efforts at self-determination, as well as their respective challenges, Keating reveals that there is no universal legal authority determining what we consider a country. He argues that although our current world map appears fairly static, economic, cultural, and environmental forces in the places he describes may spark change. Keating ably bridges history with incisive and sympathetic observations drawn from his travel and personal interviews with residents, political leaders, and scholars in each of these countries. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invisible Countries: Journeys to the Edge of Nationhood Author: Joshua Keating Narrator: Joshua Keating Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What is a country? While certain basic tenets—such as the clear demarcation of a country's borders, and the acknowledgment of its sovereignty by other countries and by international governing bodies like the United Nations—seem applicable, journalist Joshua Keating's book explores exceptions to these rules, including 'breakaway,' 'semi-autonomous,' or 'self-proclaimed' countries such as Abkhazia, Kurdistan, Somaliland, a Mohawk reservation straddling the U.S.-Canada border, and an island nation whose very existence is threatened by climate change. Through stories about these countries' efforts at self-determination, as well as their respective challenges, Keating reveals that there is no universal legal authority determining what we consider a country. He argues that although our current world map appears fairly static, economic, cultural, and environmental forces in the places he describes may spark change. Keating ably bridges history with incisive and sympathetic observations drawn from his travel and personal interviews with residents, political leaders, and scholars in each of these countries. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340165 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saigon Kids: An American Military Brat Comes of Age in 1960s Vietnam Author: Les Arbuckle Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Looking for unusual coming-of-age books? The events leading up to the Vietnam War provide a fascinating backdrop for this coming-of-age tale with a twist. In May 1962, Naval Chief Petty Officer Bryant Arbuckle flew to Saigon to establish a new armed forces radio station. Next to follow were his wife and three boys, Leslie among them. Saigon Kids is the candid, recondite slice of fourteen-year-old military brat Les Arbuckle’s experience at the American Community School during the critical months of the Vietnam War when events would, quite literally, ignite in downtown Saigon. In 1963 Saigon was beautiful, violent, and dirty—and the most exciting place a fourteen-year-old American boy could live. Saigon offered a rich array of activities, and much to the consternation of their parents and teachers, Les and his fellow military brats explored the dangers with reckless abandon—running from machine gun fire, watching a Buddhist monk burn to death, visiting brothels late at night, trading currency on the black market. When Les first arrives in Vietnam, he is a stranger in a strange land, expecting boredom in a country he doesn’t know. But the American social scene is more vibrant than he expected. The American Community School is a mix of kids from all over the globe who arrived just as the fuse on Saigon was about to ignite. As the students continue their American lifestyle behind barbed wire, Saigon unravels in chaos and destruction. Despite this ugliness—an ever-present feature of everyday life—Les tells his story of teenage angst with humor and precocity. Les Arbuckle Tue, 03 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340165 thebookvoice.com 10:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saigon Kids: An American Military Brat Comes of Age in 1960s Vietnam Author: Les Arbuckle Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Looking for unusual coming-of-age books? The events leading up to the Vietnam War provide a fascinating backdrop for this coming-of-age tale with a twist. In May 1962, Naval Chief Petty Officer Bryant Arbuckle flew to Saigon to establish a new armed forces radio station. Next to follow were his wife and three boys, Leslie among them. Saigon Kids is the candid, recondite slice of fourteen-year-old military brat Les Arbuckle’s experience at the American Community School during the critical months of the Vietnam War when events would, quite literally, ignite in downtown Saigon. In 1963 Saigon was beautiful, violent, and dirty—and the most exciting place a fourteen-year-old American boy could live. Saigon offered a rich array of activities, and much to the consternation of their parents and teachers, Les and his fellow military brats explored the dangers with reckless abandon—running from machine gun fire, watching a Buddhist monk burn to death, visiting brothels late at night, trading currency on the black market. When Les first arrives in Vietnam, he is a stranger in a strange land, expecting boredom in a country he doesn’t know. But the American social scene is more vibrant than he expected. The American Community School is a mix of kids from all over the globe who arrived just as the fuse on Saigon was about to ignite. As the students continue their American lifestyle behind barbed wire, Saigon unravels in chaos and destruction. Despite this ugliness—an ever-present feature of everyday life—Les tells his story of teenage angst with humor and precocity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saigon Kids: An American Military Brat Comes of Age in 1960s Vietnam Author: Les Arbuckle Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Looking for unusual coming-of-age books? The events leading up to the Vietnam War provide a fascinating backdrop for this coming-of-age tale with a twist. In May 1962, Naval Chief Petty Officer Bryant Arbuckle flew to Saigon to establish a new armed forces radio station. Next to follow were his wife and three boys, Leslie among them. Saigon Kids is the candid, recondite slice of fourteen-year-old military brat Les Arbuckle’s experience at the American Community School during the critical months of the Vietnam War when events would, quite literally, ignite in downtown Saigon. In 1963 Saigon was beautiful, violent, and dirty—and the most exciting place a fourteen-year-old American boy could live. Saigon offered a rich array of activities, and much to the consternation of their parents and teachers, Les and his fellow military brats explored the dangers with reckless abandon—running from machine gun fire, watching a Buddhist monk burn to death, visiting brothels late at night, trading currency on the black market. When Les first arrives in Vietnam, he is a stranger in a strange land, expecting boredom in a country he doesn’t know. But the American social scene is more vibrant than he expected. The American Community School is a mix of kids from all over the globe who arrived just as the fuse on Saigon was about to ignite. As the students continue their American lifestyle behind barbed wire, Saigon unravels in chaos and destruction. Despite this ugliness—an ever-present feature of everyday life—Les tells his story of teenage angst with humor and precocity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340067 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Community, 2nd Edition: The Structure of Belonging Author: Peter Block Narrator: Tamberla Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The expanded and revised edition of Community tackles the hysteric rise of isolation and fear in a digitally interconnected world. In the second edition of Community, author Peter Block offers practical advice and uplifting stories as a way to reject the increasing pull towards isolation and fear of the stranger in a new world of constant connection. This book explores the benefits of community and belonging to foster social change and reconciliation. As we continue to find new ways of being in constant connection with each other through technology, our workplaces are depopulated and we face growing trends of fundamentalism and nationalism, our fear of the stranger deepens. Block challenges this mindset and proves that community and the structure of belonging has the power to bring about positive social change when supported by the frameworks of compassion, equity and respect for the other. Backed by extensive research, this updated and expanded edition illuminates successful stories of community building as a form of healing. Covering stories about political gridlocks, poverty, people of faith, to institutional life, this revolutionary book offers a compelling argument of why we need community now more than ever. Peter Block Tue, 17 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340067 thebookvoice.com 7:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Community, 2nd Edition: The Structure of Belonging Author: Peter Block Narrator: Tamberla Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The expanded and revised edition of Community tackles the hysteric rise of isolation and fear in a digitally interconnected world. In the second edition of Community, author Peter Block offers practical advice and uplifting stories as a way to reject the increasing pull towards isolation and fear of the stranger in a new world of constant connection. This book explores the benefits of community and belonging to foster social change and reconciliation. As we continue to find new ways of being in constant connection with each other through technology, our workplaces are depopulated and we face growing trends of fundamentalism and nationalism, our fear of the stranger deepens. Block challenges this mindset and proves that community and the structure of belonging has the power to bring about positive social change when supported by the frameworks of compassion, equity and respect for the other. Backed by extensive research, this updated and expanded edition illuminates successful stories of community building as a form of healing. Covering stories about political gridlocks, poverty, people of faith, to institutional life, this revolutionary book offers a compelling argument of why we need community now more than ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Community, 2nd Edition: The Structure of Belonging Author: Peter Block Narrator: Tamberla Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The expanded and revised edition of Community tackles the hysteric rise of isolation and fear in a digitally interconnected world. In the second edition of Community, author Peter Block offers practical advice and uplifting stories as a way to reject the increasing pull towards isolation and fear of the stranger in a new world of constant connection. This book explores the benefits of community and belonging to foster social change and reconciliation. As we continue to find new ways of being in constant connection with each other through technology, our workplaces are depopulated and we face growing trends of fundamentalism and nationalism, our fear of the stranger deepens. Block challenges this mindset and proves that community and the structure of belonging has the power to bring about positive social change when supported by the frameworks of compassion, equity and respect for the other. Backed by extensive research, this updated and expanded edition illuminates successful stories of community building as a form of healing. Covering stories about political gridlocks, poverty, people of faith, to institutional life, this revolutionary book offers a compelling argument of why we need community now more than ever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340063 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340063]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No One Tells You This: A Memoir Author: Glynnis Macnicol Narrator: Allyson Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “I found myself underlining sentences, and then entire passages, that resonated with me, articulating the extreme inadequacy and sense of dislocation single women of a certain age, like MacNicol—and like me —experience in moments when others are growing closer without you…an anthem to choosing the single, family-free life.”—Amanda Stern, The New York Times Book Review BuzzFeed: “Exciting Summer Books” Goop: “15 Books We’re Reading This Summer” Vogue.com: “13 Books to Thrill, Entertain, and Sustain You This Summer” Bustle: “15 Best Nonfiction Books Coming Out In July 2018” Town & Country: “Best New Books to Read This July” Elle.com: “The 40 Best Books to Read This Summer” InStyle: “11 Books to Bury Your Nose in This Summer” If the story doesn’t end with marriage or a child, what then? This question plagued Glynnis MacNicol on the eve of her 40th birthday. Despite a successful career as a writer, and an exciting life in New York City, Glynnis was constantly reminded she had neither of the things the world expected of a woman her age: a partner or a baby. She knew she was supposed to feel bad about this. After all, single women and those without children are often seen as objects of pity, relegated to the sidelines, or indulgent spoiled creatures who think only of themselves. Glynnis refused to be cast into either of those roles and yet the question remained: What now? There was no good blueprint for how to be a woman alone in the world. She concluded it was time to create one. Over the course of her fortieth year, which this memoir chronicles, Glynnis embarks on a revealing journey of self-discovery that continually contradicts everything she’d been led to expect. Through the trials of family illness and turmoil, and the thrills of far-flung travel and adventures with men, young and old (and sometimes wearing cowboy hats), she is forced to wrestle with her biggest hopes and fears about love, death, sex, friendship, and loneliness. In doing so, she discovers that holding the power to determine her own fate requires a resilience and courage that no one talks about, and is more rewarding than anyone imagines. Intimate and timely, No One Tells You This is a fearless reckoning with modern womanhood and an exhilarating adventure that will resonate with anyone determined to live by their own rules. Glynnis Macnicol Tue, 10 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340063 thebookvoice.com 9:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340063]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No One Tells You This: A Memoir Author: Glynnis Macnicol Narrator: Allyson Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “I found myself underlining sentences, and then entire passages, that resonated with me, articulating the extreme inadequacy and sense of dislocation single women of a certain age, like MacNicol—and like me —experience in moments when others are growing closer without you…an anthem to choosing the single, family-free life.”—Amanda Stern, The New York Times Book Review BuzzFeed: “Exciting Summer Books” Goop: “15 Books We’re Reading This Summer” Vogue.com: “13 Books to Thrill, Entertain, and Sustain You This Summer” Bustle: “15 Best Nonfiction Books Coming Out In July 2018” Town & Country: “Best New Books to Read This July” Elle.com: “The 40 Best Books to Read This Summer” InStyle: “11 Books to Bury Your Nose in This Summer” If the story doesn’t end with marriage or a child, what then? This question plagued Glynnis MacNicol on the eve of her 40th birthday. Despite a successful career as a writer, and an exciting life in New York City, Glynnis was constantly reminded she had neither of the things the world expected of a woman her age: a partner or a baby. She knew she was supposed to feel bad about this. After all, single women and those without children are often seen as objects of pity, relegated to the sidelines, or indulgent spoiled creatures who think only of themselves. Glynnis refused to be cast into either of those roles and yet the question remained: What now? There was no good blueprint for how to be a woman alone in the world. She concluded it was time to create one. Over the course of her fortieth year, which this memoir chronicles, Glynnis embarks on a revealing journey of self-discovery that continually contradicts everything she’d been led to expect. Through the trials of family illness and turmoil, and the thrills of far-flung travel and adventures with men, young and old (and sometimes wearing cowboy hats), she is forced to wrestle with her biggest hopes and fears about love, death, sex, friendship, and loneliness. In doing so, she discovers that holding the power to determine her own fate requires a resilience and courage that no one talks about, and is more rewarding than anyone imagines. Intimate and timely, No One Tells You This is a fearless reckoning with modern womanhood and an exhilarating adventure that will resonate with anyone determined to live by their own rules. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340063]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No One Tells You This: A Memoir Author: Glynnis Macnicol Narrator: Allyson Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “I found myself underlining sentences, and then entire passages, that resonated with me, articulating the extreme inadequacy and sense of dislocation single women of a certain age, like MacNicol—and like me —experience in moments when others are growing closer without you…an anthem to choosing the single, family-free life.”—Amanda Stern, The New York Times Book Review BuzzFeed: “Exciting Summer Books” Goop: “15 Books We’re Reading This Summer” Vogue.com: “13 Books to Thrill, Entertain, and Sustain You This Summer” Bustle: “15 Best Nonfiction Books Coming Out In July 2018” Town & Country: “Best New Books to Read This July” Elle.com: “The 40 Best Books to Read This Summer” InStyle: “11 Books to Bury Your Nose in This Summer” If the story doesn’t end with marriage or a child, what then? This question plagued Glynnis MacNicol on the eve of her 40th birthday. Despite a successful career as a writer, and an exciting life in New York City, Glynnis was constantly reminded she had neither of the things the world expected of a woman her age: a partner or a baby. She knew she was supposed to feel bad about this. After all, single women and those without children are often seen as objects of pity, relegated to the sidelines, or indulgent spoiled creatures who think only of themselves. Glynnis refused to be cast into either of those roles and yet the question remained: What now? There was no good blueprint for how to be a woman alone in the world. She concluded it was time to create one. Over the course of her fortieth year, which this memoir chronicles, Glynnis embarks on a revealing journey of self-discovery that continually contradicts everything she’d been led to expect. Through the trials of family illness and turmoil, and the thrills of far-flung travel and adventures with men, young and old (and sometimes wearing cowboy hats), she is forced to wrestle with her biggest hopes and fears about love, death, sex, friendship, and loneliness. In doing so, she discovers that holding the power to determine her own fate requires a resilience and courage that no one talks about, and is more rewarding than anyone imagines. Intimate and timely, No One Tells You This is a fearless reckoning with modern womanhood and an exhilarating adventure that will resonate with anyone determined to live by their own rules. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340032 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magical Passes: The Practical Wisdom of the Shamans of Ancient Mexico Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Luis Moreno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For us to perceive any of the worlds that exist beside our own, not only do we have to covet them but we need to have sufficient energy to seize them. In this revolutionary book, Carlos Castaneda offers readers the key to this energetic conditioning for the first time, revealing a series of body positions and physical movements that enabled various sorcerers, and their apprentices, to navigate their own sorceric journeys. By sharing this centuries-old wisdom, Carlos Castaneda makes it possible for readers to travel to some of these other realms, which are as real, unique, absolute, and engulfing as our own world. Castaneda offers both a philosophical history of magical passes and an innovative, easy-to-understand instructional format, complete with more than 450 computer-generated illustrations. Written with humor, clarity, and authority, Magical Passes further illuminates the true meaning of sorcery and magic. Carlos Castaneda Fri, 08 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340032 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magical Passes: The Practical Wisdom of the Shamans of Ancient Mexico Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Luis Moreno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For us to perceive any of the worlds that exist beside our own, not only do we have to covet them but we need to have sufficient energy to seize them. In this revolutionary book, Carlos Castaneda offers readers the key to this energetic conditioning for the first time, revealing a series of body positions and physical movements that enabled various sorcerers, and their apprentices, to navigate their own sorceric journeys. By sharing this centuries-old wisdom, Carlos Castaneda makes it possible for readers to travel to some of these other realms, which are as real, unique, absolute, and engulfing as our own world. Castaneda offers both a philosophical history of magical passes and an innovative, easy-to-understand instructional format, complete with more than 450 computer-generated illustrations. Written with humor, clarity, and authority, Magical Passes further illuminates the true meaning of sorcery and magic. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magical Passes: The Practical Wisdom of the Shamans of Ancient Mexico Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Luis Moreno Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For us to perceive any of the worlds that exist beside our own, not only do we have to covet them but we need to have sufficient energy to seize them. In this revolutionary book, Carlos Castaneda offers readers the key to this energetic conditioning for the first time, revealing a series of body positions and physical movements that enabled various sorcerers, and their apprentices, to navigate their own sorceric journeys. By sharing this centuries-old wisdom, Carlos Castaneda makes it possible for readers to travel to some of these other realms, which are as real, unique, absolute, and engulfing as our own world. Castaneda offers both a philosophical history of magical passes and an innovative, easy-to-understand instructional format, complete with more than 450 computer-generated illustrations. Written with humor, clarity, and authority, Magical Passes further illuminates the true meaning of sorcery and magic. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339976 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goddesses: Mysteries of the Feminine Divine Series: Part of The Collected Works of Joseph Campbell Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Braden Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joseph Campbell brought mythology to a mass audience. His bestselling books, including The Power of Myth and The Hero with a Thousand Faces, are the rare blockbusters that are also scholarly classics. While Campbell’s work reached wide and deep as he covered the world’s great mythological traditions, he never wrote a book on goddesses in world mythology. He did, however, have much to say on the subject. Between 1972 and 1986 he gave over twenty lectures and workshops on goddesses, exploring the figures, functions, symbols, and themes of the feminine divine, following them through their transformations across cultures and epochs. In this provocative volume, editor Safron Rossi—a goddess studies scholar, professor of mythology, and curator of collections at Opus Archives, which holds the Joseph Campbell archival manuscript collection and personal library—collects these lectures for the first time. In them, Campbell traces the evolution of the feminine divine from one Great Goddess to many, from Neolithic Old Europe to the Renaissance. He sheds new light on classical motifs and reveals how the feminine divine symbolizes the archetypal energies of transformation, initiation, and inspiration. Joseph Campbell Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339976 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goddesses: Mysteries of the Feminine Divine Series: Part of The Collected Works of Joseph Campbell Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Braden Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joseph Campbell brought mythology to a mass audience. His bestselling books, including The Power of Myth and The Hero with a Thousand Faces, are the rare blockbusters that are also scholarly classics. While Campbell’s work reached wide and deep as he covered the world’s great mythological traditions, he never wrote a book on goddesses in world mythology. He did, however, have much to say on the subject. Between 1972 and 1986 he gave over twenty lectures and workshops on goddesses, exploring the figures, functions, symbols, and themes of the feminine divine, following them through their transformations across cultures and epochs. In this provocative volume, editor Safron Rossi—a goddess studies scholar, professor of mythology, and curator of collections at Opus Archives, which holds the Joseph Campbell archival manuscript collection and personal library—collects these lectures for the first time. In them, Campbell traces the evolution of the feminine divine from one Great Goddess to many, from Neolithic Old Europe to the Renaissance. He sheds new light on classical motifs and reveals how the feminine divine symbolizes the archetypal energies of transformation, initiation, and inspiration. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goddesses: Mysteries of the Feminine Divine Series: Part of The Collected Works of Joseph Campbell Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Braden Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joseph Campbell brought mythology to a mass audience. His bestselling books, including The Power of Myth and The Hero with a Thousand Faces, are the rare blockbusters that are also scholarly classics. While Campbell’s work reached wide and deep as he covered the world’s great mythological traditions, he never wrote a book on goddesses in world mythology. He did, however, have much to say on the subject. Between 1972 and 1986 he gave over twenty lectures and workshops on goddesses, exploring the figures, functions, symbols, and themes of the feminine divine, following them through their transformations across cultures and epochs. In this provocative volume, editor Safron Rossi—a goddess studies scholar, professor of mythology, and curator of collections at Opus Archives, which holds the Joseph Campbell archival manuscript collection and personal library—collects these lectures for the first time. In them, Campbell traces the evolution of the feminine divine from one Great Goddess to many, from Neolithic Old Europe to the Renaissance. He sheds new light on classical motifs and reveals how the feminine divine symbolizes the archetypal energies of transformation, initiation, and inspiration. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339977 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monster City: Murder, Music, and Mayhem in Nashville’s Dark Age Author: Michael Arntfield Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The never-before-told true account of the serial killers who terrorized Nashville’s music scene for decades—and the cold-case Murder Squad determined to bring an end to their sadistic sprees. Nashville—a haven for aspiring musicians and a magnet for country-music fans. By the time Pat Postiglione arrived there in 1980, it was also the scene of an unsolved series of vicious sex slayings that served as a harbinger of worse to come. As Postiglione was promoted from street-beat Metro cop to detective sergeant heading Music City’s elite cold-case Murder Squad, some of America’s most bizarre, elusive, and savage serial killers were calling Nashville home. And during the next two decades, the body count climbed. From Vanderbilt University to dive bars and out-of-the-way motels, Postiglione followed the bloody tracks of these ever-escalating crimes—each enacted by a different psychopath with the same intent: to murder without motive or remorse. But of all the investigations, of all the monsters Postiglione chased, few were as chilling, or as game changing, as the Rest Stop Killer: a homicidal trucker who turned the interstates into his trolling ground. Next stop, Nashville. But Postiglione was waiting. Michael Arntfield Tue, 04 Sep 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339977 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monster City: Murder, Music, and Mayhem in Nashville’s Dark Age Author: Michael Arntfield Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The never-before-told true account of the serial killers who terrorized Nashville’s music scene for decades—and the cold-case Murder Squad determined to bring an end to their sadistic sprees. Nashville—a haven for aspiring musicians and a magnet for country-music fans. By the time Pat Postiglione arrived there in 1980, it was also the scene of an unsolved series of vicious sex slayings that served as a harbinger of worse to come. As Postiglione was promoted from street-beat Metro cop to detective sergeant heading Music City’s elite cold-case Murder Squad, some of America’s most bizarre, elusive, and savage serial killers were calling Nashville home. And during the next two decades, the body count climbed. From Vanderbilt University to dive bars and out-of-the-way motels, Postiglione followed the bloody tracks of these ever-escalating crimes—each enacted by a different psychopath with the same intent: to murder without motive or remorse. But of all the investigations, of all the monsters Postiglione chased, few were as chilling, or as game changing, as the Rest Stop Killer: a homicidal trucker who turned the interstates into his trolling ground. Next stop, Nashville. But Postiglione was waiting. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monster City: Murder, Music, and Mayhem in Nashville’s Dark Age Author: Michael Arntfield Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The never-before-told true account of the serial killers who terrorized Nashville’s music scene for decades—and the cold-case Murder Squad determined to bring an end to their sadistic sprees. Nashville—a haven for aspiring musicians and a magnet for country-music fans. By the time Pat Postiglione arrived there in 1980, it was also the scene of an unsolved series of vicious sex slayings that served as a harbinger of worse to come. As Postiglione was promoted from street-beat Metro cop to detective sergeant heading Music City’s elite cold-case Murder Squad, some of America’s most bizarre, elusive, and savage serial killers were calling Nashville home. And during the next two decades, the body count climbed. From Vanderbilt University to dive bars and out-of-the-way motels, Postiglione followed the bloody tracks of these ever-escalating crimes—each enacted by a different psychopath with the same intent: to murder without motive or remorse. But of all the investigations, of all the monsters Postiglione chased, few were as chilling, or as game changing, as the Rest Stop Killer: a homicidal trucker who turned the interstates into his trolling ground. Next stop, Nashville. But Postiglione was waiting. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339809 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Songs of Black Folks: The Joy, The Pain and The Determination of Black People Author: Raymond Sturgis Narrator: Books With Voices Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Throughout history and the present, inspiring and encouraging words from black people are like music to our souls when we become tired or distressed. The contribution and sacrifice of black people of the past and present are relevant, as we continue to fight inequality, racism and police brutality. Music or words in melodic form has always lifted black people when slave master's whip come out, or when white mobs slaughter and murder innocent black people without remorse. It is still a pleasure and honor to be a black person, for our legacy is comprised of extraordinary people who have done great things through their abilities to corroborate the struggle of their times. Therefore, African Americans should be proud despite the problems of today, for our rich ancestry is tied together, and together we are the recipients of a legacy they did not quit, tire or acquiesce when hate threaten their livelihood Raymond Sturgis Tue, 13 Feb 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339809 thebookvoice.com 0:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Songs of Black Folks: The Joy, The Pain and The Determination of Black People Author: Raymond Sturgis Narrator: Books With Voices Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Throughout history and the present, inspiring and encouraging words from black people are like music to our souls when we become tired or distressed. The contribution and sacrifice of black people of the past and present are relevant, as we continue to fight inequality, racism and police brutality. Music or words in melodic form has always lifted black people when slave master's whip come out, or when white mobs slaughter and murder innocent black people without remorse. It is still a pleasure and honor to be a black person, for our legacy is comprised of extraordinary people who have done great things through their abilities to corroborate the struggle of their times. Therefore, African Americans should be proud despite the problems of today, for our rich ancestry is tied together, and together we are the recipients of a legacy they did not quit, tire or acquiesce when hate threaten their livelihood Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Songs of Black Folks: The Joy, The Pain and The Determination of Black People Author: Raymond Sturgis Narrator: Books With Voices Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Throughout history and the present, inspiring and encouraging words from black people are like music to our souls when we become tired or distressed. The contribution and sacrifice of black people of the past and present are relevant, as we continue to fight inequality, racism and police brutality. Music or words in melodic form has always lifted black people when slave master's whip come out, or when white mobs slaughter and murder innocent black people without remorse. It is still a pleasure and honor to be a black person, for our legacy is comprised of extraordinary people who have done great things through their abilities to corroborate the struggle of their times. Therefore, African Americans should be proud despite the problems of today, for our rich ancestry is tied together, and together we are the recipients of a legacy they did not quit, tire or acquiesce when hate threaten their livelihood https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339687 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Make Me Pull Over!: An Informal History of the Family Road Trip Author: Richard Ratay Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A lighthearted, entertaining trip down Memory Lane” (Kirkus Reviews), Don’t Make Me Pull Over! offers a nostalgic look at the golden age of family road trips—before portable DVD players, smartphones, and Google Maps. The birth of America’s first interstate highways in the 1950s hit the gas pedal on the road trip phenomenon and families were soon streaming—sans seatbelts!—to a range of sometimes stirring, sometimes wacky locations. In the days before cheap air travel, families didn’t so much take vacations as survive them. Between home and destination lay thousands of miles and dozens of annoyances, and with his family Richard Ratay experienced all of them—from being crowded into the backseat with noogie-happy older brothers, to picking out a souvenir only to find that a better one might have been had at the next attraction, to dealing with a dad who didn’t believe in bathroom breaks. Now, decades later, Ratay offers “an amiable guide…fun and informative” (New York Newsday) that “goes down like a cold lemonade on a hot summer’s day” (The Wall Street Journal). In hundreds of amusing ways, he reminds us of what once made the Great American Family Road Trip so great, including twenty-foot “land yachts,” oasis-like Holiday Inn “Holidomes,” “Smokey”-spotting Fuzzbusters, twenty-eight glorious flavors of Howard Johnson’s ice cream, and the thrill of finding a “good buddy” on the CB radio. An “informative, often hilarious family narrative [that] perfectly captures the love-hate relationship many have with road trips” (Publishers Weekly), Don’t Make Me Pull Over! reveals how the family road trip came to be, how its evolution mirrored the country’s, and why those magical journeys that once brought families together—for better and worse—have largely disappeared. Richard Ratay Tue, 03 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339687 thebookvoice.com 8:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Make Me Pull Over!: An Informal History of the Family Road Trip Author: Richard Ratay Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A lighthearted, entertaining trip down Memory Lane” (Kirkus Reviews), Don’t Make Me Pull Over! offers a nostalgic look at the golden age of family road trips—before portable DVD players, smartphones, and Google Maps. The birth of America’s first interstate highways in the 1950s hit the gas pedal on the road trip phenomenon and families were soon streaming—sans seatbelts!—to a range of sometimes stirring, sometimes wacky locations. In the days before cheap air travel, families didn’t so much take vacations as survive them. Between home and destination lay thousands of miles and dozens of annoyances, and with his family Richard Ratay experienced all of them—from being crowded into the backseat with noogie-happy older brothers, to picking out a souvenir only to find that a better one might have been had at the next attraction, to dealing with a dad who didn’t believe in bathroom breaks. Now, decades later, Ratay offers “an amiable guide…fun and informative” (New York Newsday) that “goes down like a cold lemonade on a hot summer’s day” (The Wall Street Journal). In hundreds of amusing ways, he reminds us of what once made the Great American Family Road Trip so great, including twenty-foot “land yachts,” oasis-like Holiday Inn “Holidomes,” “Smokey”-spotting Fuzzbusters, twenty-eight glorious flavors of Howard Johnson’s ice cream, and the thrill of finding a “good buddy” on the CB radio. An “informative, often hilarious family narrative [that] perfectly captures the love-hate relationship many have with road trips” (Publishers Weekly), Don’t Make Me Pull Over! reveals how the family road trip came to be, how its evolution mirrored the country’s, and why those magical journeys that once brought families together—for better and worse—have largely disappeared. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Make Me Pull Over!: An Informal History of the Family Road Trip Author: Richard Ratay Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A lighthearted, entertaining trip down Memory Lane” (Kirkus Reviews), Don’t Make Me Pull Over! offers a nostalgic look at the golden age of family road trips—before portable DVD players, smartphones, and Google Maps. The birth of America’s first interstate highways in the 1950s hit the gas pedal on the road trip phenomenon and families were soon streaming—sans seatbelts!—to a range of sometimes stirring, sometimes wacky locations. In the days before cheap air travel, families didn’t so much take vacations as survive them. Between home and destination lay thousands of miles and dozens of annoyances, and with his family Richard Ratay experienced all of them—from being crowded into the backseat with noogie-happy older brothers, to picking out a souvenir only to find that a better one might have been had at the next attraction, to dealing with a dad who didn’t believe in bathroom breaks. Now, decades later, Ratay offers “an amiable guide…fun and informative” (New York Newsday) that “goes down like a cold lemonade on a hot summer’s day” (The Wall Street Journal). In hundreds of amusing ways, he reminds us of what once made the Great American Family Road Trip so great, including twenty-foot “land yachts,” oasis-like Holiday Inn “Holidomes,” “Smokey”-spotting Fuzzbusters, twenty-eight glorious flavors of Howard Johnson’s ice cream, and the thrill of finding a “good buddy” on the CB radio. An “informative, often hilarious family narrative [that] perfectly captures the love-hate relationship many have with road trips” (Publishers Weekly), Don’t Make Me Pull Over! reveals how the family road trip came to be, how its evolution mirrored the country’s, and why those magical journeys that once brought families together—for better and worse—have largely disappeared. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339666 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Supernatural Psychology: Roads Less Traveled Author: Lynn S. Zubernis, Travis Langley Narrator: Joe Hempel, Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Following the adventures of two brothers who investigate deeply strange and paranormal mysteries in their never-ending road trip, the TV show Supernatural has many fans eager to better understand the psychology behind the series' themes and characters. Featuring cast & crew interviews, this collection examines issues at the heart and soul of Supernatural's heroes and foes (fans, too): ●The role grief and trauma play in the protagonists' lives. ●The importance of music to the narrative. ●What motivates someone to hunt monsters and why we want to believe in magic. ●How angels relate to humanity and what that has to do with real intergroup conflict. ●How people can cope with tragedy, loss, addiction, and fear to become heroes who do the right thing. ●The dynamics of fandom: how fans relate to the narrative, characters, and actors, and continue to engage with series through fanfic, social media, and other practices. Lynn S. Zubernis, Travis Langley Tue, 26 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339666 thebookvoice.com 7:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Supernatural Psychology: Roads Less Traveled Author: Lynn S. Zubernis, Travis Langley Narrator: Joe Hempel, Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Following the adventures of two brothers who investigate deeply strange and paranormal mysteries in their never-ending road trip, the TV show Supernatural has many fans eager to better understand the psychology behind the series' themes and characters. Featuring cast & crew interviews, this collection examines issues at the heart and soul of Supernatural's heroes and foes (fans, too): ●The role grief and trauma play in the protagonists' lives. ●The importance of music to the narrative. ●What motivates someone to hunt monsters and why we want to believe in magic. ●How angels relate to humanity and what that has to do with real intergroup conflict. ●How people can cope with tragedy, loss, addiction, and fear to become heroes who do the right thing. ●The dynamics of fandom: how fans relate to the narrative, characters, and actors, and continue to engage with series through fanfic, social media, and other practices. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Supernatural Psychology: Roads Less Traveled Author: Lynn S. Zubernis, Travis Langley Narrator: Joe Hempel, Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Following the adventures of two brothers who investigate deeply strange and paranormal mysteries in their never-ending road trip, the TV show Supernatural has many fans eager to better understand the psychology behind the series' themes and characters. Featuring cast & crew interviews, this collection examines issues at the heart and soul of Supernatural's heroes and foes (fans, too): ●The role grief and trauma play in the protagonists' lives. ●The importance of music to the narrative. ●What motivates someone to hunt monsters and why we want to believe in magic. ●How angels relate to humanity and what that has to do with real intergroup conflict. ●How people can cope with tragedy, loss, addiction, and fear to become heroes who do the right thing. ●The dynamics of fandom: how fans relate to the narrative, characters, and actors, and continue to engage with series through fanfic, social media, and other practices. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339646 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Evil Author: Michael H. Stone MD Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking book, renowned psychiatrist Michael H. Stone explores the concept and reality of evil from a new perspective. In an in-depth discussion of the personality traits and behaviors that constitute evil across a wide spectrum, Dr. Stone takes a clarifying scientific approach to a topic that for centuries has been inadequately explained by religious doctrines. Stone has created a twenty-two-level hierarchy of evil behavior, which loosely reflects the structure of Dante's Inferno. Basing his analysis on the detailed biographies of more than 600 violent criminals, he traces two salient personality traits that run the gamut from those who commit crimes of passion to perpetrators of sadistic torture and murder. One trait is narcissism, as exhibited in people who are so self-centered that they have little or no ability to care about their victims. The other is aggression, the use of power over another person to inflict humiliation, suffering, and death. What do psychology, psychiatry, and neuroscience tell us about the minds of those whose actions could be described as evil? And what will that mean for the rest of us? Stone discusses how an increased understanding of the causes of evil will affect the justice system. He predicts a day when certain persons can safely be declared salvageable and restored to society and when early signs of violence in children may be corrected before potentially dangerous patterns become entrenched. Michael H. Stone MD Tue, 19 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339646 thebookvoice.com 16:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Evil Author: Michael H. Stone MD Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking book, renowned psychiatrist Michael H. Stone explores the concept and reality of evil from a new perspective. In an in-depth discussion of the personality traits and behaviors that constitute evil across a wide spectrum, Dr. Stone takes a clarifying scientific approach to a topic that for centuries has been inadequately explained by religious doctrines. Stone has created a twenty-two-level hierarchy of evil behavior, which loosely reflects the structure of Dante's Inferno. Basing his analysis on the detailed biographies of more than 600 violent criminals, he traces two salient personality traits that run the gamut from those who commit crimes of passion to perpetrators of sadistic torture and murder. One trait is narcissism, as exhibited in people who are so self-centered that they have little or no ability to care about their victims. The other is aggression, the use of power over another person to inflict humiliation, suffering, and death. What do psychology, psychiatry, and neuroscience tell us about the minds of those whose actions could be described as evil? And what will that mean for the rest of us? Stone discusses how an increased understanding of the causes of evil will affect the justice system. He predicts a day when certain persons can safely be declared salvageable and restored to society and when early signs of violence in children may be corrected before potentially dangerous patterns become entrenched. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Evil Author: Michael H. Stone MD Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 21 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking book, renowned psychiatrist Michael H. Stone explores the concept and reality of evil from a new perspective. In an in-depth discussion of the personality traits and behaviors that constitute evil across a wide spectrum, Dr. Stone takes a clarifying scientific approach to a topic that for centuries has been inadequately explained by religious doctrines. Stone has created a twenty-two-level hierarchy of evil behavior, which loosely reflects the structure of Dante's Inferno. Basing his analysis on the detailed biographies of more than 600 violent criminals, he traces two salient personality traits that run the gamut from those who commit crimes of passion to perpetrators of sadistic torture and murder. One trait is narcissism, as exhibited in people who are so self-centered that they have little or no ability to care about their victims. The other is aggression, the use of power over another person to inflict humiliation, suffering, and death. What do psychology, psychiatry, and neuroscience tell us about the minds of those whose actions could be described as evil? And what will that mean for the rest of us? Stone discusses how an increased understanding of the causes of evil will affect the justice system. He predicts a day when certain persons can safely be declared salvageable and restored to society and when early signs of violence in children may be corrected before potentially dangerous patterns become entrenched. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339568 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339568]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dogs that Made Australia Author: Guy Hull Narrator: Guy Hull Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hunter. Worker. Legend. The untold story of the dog's role in building a nation. The Dogs That Made Australia pays tribute to the dogs that gave their all for our prosperity: the fearless hounds that saved fledgling colonies from famine; the courageous heelers and tireless collies that powered the rise of beef and wool; the tough little home-grown terriers that protected the homestead and garden; and the extraordinary police dogs, ahead of their time, loved by the nation. The selfless exploits of our heroic dogs are writ indelibly in our nation's heritage and identity. The Dogs That Made Australia is a vivid and meticulously researched history of Australia told from the perspectives of the dingo and of the dogs that were imported and developed here, as well as the humans who loved, feared and worked them. PRAISE 'A highly readable book about Australia's dog heroes and their contribution to Australia's development. This is a book for the ages. I loved every page!' Tony Parsons, OAM, author of The Kelpie 'This should be on every school list for every primary school. It is a fantastic Australian history reference' Narelle Hammond, Secretary, Australian Cattle Dog Society of NSW Guy Hull Wed, 20 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339568 thebookvoice.com 9:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339568]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dogs that Made Australia Author: Guy Hull Narrator: Guy Hull Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hunter. Worker. Legend. The untold story of the dog's role in building a nation. The Dogs That Made Australia pays tribute to the dogs that gave their all for our prosperity: the fearless hounds that saved fledgling colonies from famine; the courageous heelers and tireless collies that powered the rise of beef and wool; the tough little home-grown terriers that protected the homestead and garden; and the extraordinary police dogs, ahead of their time, loved by the nation. The selfless exploits of our heroic dogs are writ indelibly in our nation's heritage and identity. The Dogs That Made Australia is a vivid and meticulously researched history of Australia told from the perspectives of the dingo and of the dogs that were imported and developed here, as well as the humans who loved, feared and worked them. PRAISE 'A highly readable book about Australia's dog heroes and their contribution to Australia's development. This is a book for the ages. I loved every page!' Tony Parsons, OAM, author of The Kelpie 'This should be on every school list for every primary school. It is a fantastic Australian history reference' Narelle Hammond, Secretary, Australian Cattle Dog Society of NSW Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339568]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dogs that Made Australia Author: Guy Hull Narrator: Guy Hull Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hunter. Worker. Legend. The untold story of the dog's role in building a nation. The Dogs That Made Australia pays tribute to the dogs that gave their all for our prosperity: the fearless hounds that saved fledgling colonies from famine; the courageous heelers and tireless collies that powered the rise of beef and wool; the tough little home-grown terriers that protected the homestead and garden; and the extraordinary police dogs, ahead of their time, loved by the nation. The selfless exploits of our heroic dogs are writ indelibly in our nation's heritage and identity. The Dogs That Made Australia is a vivid and meticulously researched history of Australia told from the perspectives of the dingo and of the dogs that were imported and developed here, as well as the humans who loved, feared and worked them. PRAISE 'A highly readable book about Australia's dog heroes and their contribution to Australia's development. This is a book for the ages. I loved every page!' Tony Parsons, OAM, author of The Kelpie 'This should be on every school list for every primary school. It is a fantastic Australian history reference' Narelle Hammond, Secretary, Australian Cattle Dog Society of NSW https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339548 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1968: Radical Protest and Its Enemies Author: Richard Vinen Narrator: Tim Gerard Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A major new history of one of the seminal years in the postwar world, when rebellion and disaffection broke out on an extraordinary scale. The year 1968 saw an extraordinary range of protests across much of the western world. Some of these were genuinely revolutionary—around ten million French workers went on strike and the whole state teetered on the brink of collapse. Others were more easily contained, but had profound longer-term implications—terrorist groups, feminist collectives, gay rights activists could all trace important roots to 1968. 1968 is a striking and original attempt half a century later to show how these events, which in some ways still seem so current, stemmed from histories and societies which are in practice now extraordinarily remote from our own time. 1968 pursues the story into the 1970s to show both the ever more violent forms of radicalization that stemmed from 1968 and the brutal reaction that brought the era to an end. Richard Vinen Tue, 03 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339548 thebookvoice.com 13:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1968: Radical Protest and Its Enemies Author: Richard Vinen Narrator: Tim Gerard Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A major new history of one of the seminal years in the postwar world, when rebellion and disaffection broke out on an extraordinary scale. The year 1968 saw an extraordinary range of protests across much of the western world. Some of these were genuinely revolutionary—around ten million French workers went on strike and the whole state teetered on the brink of collapse. Others were more easily contained, but had profound longer-term implications—terrorist groups, feminist collectives, gay rights activists could all trace important roots to 1968. 1968 is a striking and original attempt half a century later to show how these events, which in some ways still seem so current, stemmed from histories and societies which are in practice now extraordinarily remote from our own time. 1968 pursues the story into the 1970s to show both the ever more violent forms of radicalization that stemmed from 1968 and the brutal reaction that brought the era to an end. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1968: Radical Protest and Its Enemies Author: Richard Vinen Narrator: Tim Gerard Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A major new history of one of the seminal years in the postwar world, when rebellion and disaffection broke out on an extraordinary scale. The year 1968 saw an extraordinary range of protests across much of the western world. Some of these were genuinely revolutionary—around ten million French workers went on strike and the whole state teetered on the brink of collapse. Others were more easily contained, but had profound longer-term implications—terrorist groups, feminist collectives, gay rights activists could all trace important roots to 1968. 1968 is a striking and original attempt half a century later to show how these events, which in some ways still seem so current, stemmed from histories and societies which are in practice now extraordinarily remote from our own time. 1968 pursues the story into the 1970s to show both the ever more violent forms of radicalization that stemmed from 1968 and the brutal reaction that brought the era to an end. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337057 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Matters: How Modern Feminism Lost Touch with Science, Love, and Common Sense Author: Mona Charen Narrator: Mona Charen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Author of the New York Times bestseller Useful Idiots and popular columnist Mona Charen takes a close, reasoned look at the aggressive feminist agenda undermining the success and happiness of men and women across the country In this smart, deeply necessary critique, Mona Charen unpacks the ways feminism fails us at home, in the workplace, and in our personal relationships--by promising that we can have it all, do it all, and be it all. Here, she upends the feminist agenda and the liberal conversation surrounding women's issues by asking tough and crucial questions, such as: - Did women's full equality require the total destruction of the nuclear family? - Did it require a sexual revolution that would dismantle traditions of modesty, courtship, and fidelity that had characterized relations between the sexes for centuries? - Did it cause the broken dating culture and the rape crisis on our college campuses? - Did it require war between the sexes that would deem men the 'enemy' of women? - Have the strides of feminism made women happier in their home and work life. (The answer is No.) Sex Matters tracks the price we have paid for denying sex differences and stoking the war of the sexes--family breakdown, declining female happiness, aimlessness among men, and increasing inequality. Marshaling copious social science research as well as her own experience as a professional as well as a wife and mother, Mona Charen calls for a sexual ceasefire for the sake of women, men, and children. Mona Charen Tue, 26 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337057 thebookvoice.com 9:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Matters: How Modern Feminism Lost Touch with Science, Love, and Common Sense Author: Mona Charen Narrator: Mona Charen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Author of the New York Times bestseller Useful Idiots and popular columnist Mona Charen takes a close, reasoned look at the aggressive feminist agenda undermining the success and happiness of men and women across the country In this smart, deeply necessary critique, Mona Charen unpacks the ways feminism fails us at home, in the workplace, and in our personal relationships--by promising that we can have it all, do it all, and be it all. Here, she upends the feminist agenda and the liberal conversation surrounding women's issues by asking tough and crucial questions, such as: - Did women's full equality require the total destruction of the nuclear family? - Did it require a sexual revolution that would dismantle traditions of modesty, courtship, and fidelity that had characterized relations between the sexes for centuries? - Did it cause the broken dating culture and the rape crisis on our college campuses? - Did it require war between the sexes that would deem men the 'enemy' of women? - Have the strides of feminism made women happier in their home and work life. (The answer is No.) Sex Matters tracks the price we have paid for denying sex differences and stoking the war of the sexes--family breakdown, declining female happiness, aimlessness among men, and increasing inequality. Marshaling copious social science research as well as her own experience as a professional as well as a wife and mother, Mona Charen calls for a sexual ceasefire for the sake of women, men, and children. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/337057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Matters: How Modern Feminism Lost Touch with Science, Love, and Common Sense Author: Mona Charen Narrator: Mona Charen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Author of the New York Times bestseller Useful Idiots and popular columnist Mona Charen takes a close, reasoned look at the aggressive feminist agenda undermining the success and happiness of men and women across the country In this smart, deeply necessary critique, Mona Charen unpacks the ways feminism fails us at home, in the workplace, and in our personal relationships--by promising that we can have it all, do it all, and be it all. Here, she upends the feminist agenda and the liberal conversation surrounding women's issues by asking tough and crucial questions, such as: - Did women's full equality require the total destruction of the nuclear family? - Did it require a sexual revolution that would dismantle traditions of modesty, courtship, and fidelity that had characterized relations between the sexes for centuries? - Did it cause the broken dating culture and the rape crisis on our college campuses? - Did it require war between the sexes that would deem men the 'enemy' of women? - Have the strides of feminism made women happier in their home and work life. (The answer is No.) Sex Matters tracks the price we have paid for denying sex differences and stoking the war of the sexes--family breakdown, declining female happiness, aimlessness among men, and increasing inequality. Marshaling copious social science research as well as her own experience as a professional as well as a wife and mother, Mona Charen calls for a sexual ceasefire for the sake of women, men, and children. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Asesinato en el parque Sinaloa Author: élmer Mendoza Narrator: Eduardo Díaz De León Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una nueva entrega de la saga del Zurdo Mendieta y un relato trepidante en el que la violencia, el narcotráfico, la corrupción y el amor se entretejen en un retrato perfecto del presente de nuestro país. Edgar «el Zurdo» Mendienta ha decidido retirarse de las fuerzas policiales. Desencantado y hastiado por la violencia, parece sucumbir ante el consumo autodestructivo de whisky, cuando Abel Sánchez, viejo amigo y mentor, hace que vuelva como detective por un favor al que El Zurdo no puede negarse: hallar al asesino de su hijo, el abogado Pedro Sánchez Morán, quien fue encontrado muerto en el Parque Sinaloa. La policía de Los Mochis cerró el caso sin investigación alguna, pues dan por hecho que Pedro fue asesinado por su novia, la también abogada Larissa Carlón, cuya muerte reciente fue asumida como suicidio. Elementos de la Marina patrullan Los Mochis; el Perro Laveaga, cabecilla del cártel del Pacífico, se ha fugado de la prisión de máxima seguridad de Barranca Plana y todo parece indicar que está escondido en alguna parte de la ciudad. El poderoso narcotraficante está actuando con imprudente descuido; confía demasiado en el Grano Biz, su lugarteniente en la zona, y, además, su obsesión por una mujer lo tiene trastornado. El deseo más grande del Perro es reencontrarse con Daniela K, locutora de gran audiencia, quien ha prometido hacer una radionovela sobre la vida del capo. Asesinato en el Parque Sinaloa es un laberinto de intrigas y complicidades, de senderos que convergen en la pasión y el crimen. Élmer Mendoza nos entrega una obra maestra del género, una novela vertiginosa que nos recuerda que la pregunta fundamental de la literatura policiaca es la misma del amor: ¿quién diablos es el culpable? élmer Mendoza Thu, 14 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336827 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Asesinato en el parque Sinaloa Author: élmer Mendoza Narrator: Eduardo Díaz De León Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una nueva entrega de la saga del Zurdo Mendieta y un relato trepidante en el que la violencia, el narcotráfico, la corrupción y el amor se entretejen en un retrato perfecto del presente de nuestro país. Edgar «el Zurdo» Mendienta ha decidido retirarse de las fuerzas policiales. Desencantado y hastiado por la violencia, parece sucumbir ante el consumo autodestructivo de whisky, cuando Abel Sánchez, viejo amigo y mentor, hace que vuelva como detective por un favor al que El Zurdo no puede negarse: hallar al asesino de su hijo, el abogado Pedro Sánchez Morán, quien fue encontrado muerto en el Parque Sinaloa. La policía de Los Mochis cerró el caso sin investigación alguna, pues dan por hecho que Pedro fue asesinado por su novia, la también abogada Larissa Carlón, cuya muerte reciente fue asumida como suicidio. Elementos de la Marina patrullan Los Mochis; el Perro Laveaga, cabecilla del cártel del Pacífico, se ha fugado de la prisión de máxima seguridad de Barranca Plana y todo parece indicar que está escondido en alguna parte de la ciudad. El poderoso narcotraficante está actuando con imprudente descuido; confía demasiado en el Grano Biz, su lugarteniente en la zona, y, además, su obsesión por una mujer lo tiene trastornado. El deseo más grande del Perro es reencontrarse con Daniela K, locutora de gran audiencia, quien ha prometido hacer una radionovela sobre la vida del capo. Asesinato en el Parque Sinaloa es un laberinto de intrigas y complicidades, de senderos que convergen en la pasión y el crimen. Élmer Mendoza nos entrega una obra maestra del género, una novela vertiginosa que nos recuerda que la pregunta fundamental de la literatura policiaca es la misma del amor: ¿quién diablos es el culpable? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Asesinato en el parque Sinaloa Author: élmer Mendoza Narrator: Eduardo Díaz De León Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 14, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una nueva entrega de la saga del Zurdo Mendieta y un relato trepidante en el que la violencia, el narcotráfico, la corrupción y el amor se entretejen en un retrato perfecto del presente de nuestro país. Edgar «el Zurdo» Mendienta ha decidido retirarse de las fuerzas policiales. Desencantado y hastiado por la violencia, parece sucumbir ante el consumo autodestructivo de whisky, cuando Abel Sánchez, viejo amigo y mentor, hace que vuelva como detective por un favor al que El Zurdo no puede negarse: hallar al asesino de su hijo, el abogado Pedro Sánchez Morán, quien fue encontrado muerto en el Parque Sinaloa. La policía de Los Mochis cerró el caso sin investigación alguna, pues dan por hecho que Pedro fue asesinado por su novia, la también abogada Larissa Carlón, cuya muerte reciente fue asumida como suicidio. Elementos de la Marina patrullan Los Mochis; el Perro Laveaga, cabecilla del cártel del Pacífico, se ha fugado de la prisión de máxima seguridad de Barranca Plana y todo parece indicar que está escondido en alguna parte de la ciudad. El poderoso narcotraficante está actuando con imprudente descuido; confía demasiado en el Grano Biz, su lugarteniente en la zona, y, además, su obsesión por una mujer lo tiene trastornado. El deseo más grande del Perro es reencontrarse con Daniela K, locutora de gran audiencia, quien ha prometido hacer una radionovela sobre la vida del capo. Asesinato en el Parque Sinaloa es un laberinto de intrigas y complicidades, de senderos que convergen en la pasión y el crimen. Élmer Mendoza nos entrega una obra maestra del género, una novela vertiginosa que nos recuerda que la pregunta fundamental de la literatura policiaca es la misma del amor: ¿quién diablos es el culpable? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336788 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Myths to Live By Series: Part of The Collected Works of Joseph Campbell Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover Myth “There’s no one quite like Joseph Campbell. He knows the vast sweep of man’s panoramic past as few men have ever known it.” —The Village Voice Joseph Campbell famously compared mythology to a kangaroo pouch for the human mind and spirit: “a womb with a view.” In Myths to Live By, he examines all of the ways in which myth supports and guides us, giving our lives meaning. Love and war, science and religion, East and West, inner space and outer space—Campbell shows how the myths we live by can reconcile all of these pairs of opposites and bring a sense of the whole. This classic has been newly annotated in its first new edition since its original publication. In the tradition of The Power of Myth and Pathways to Bliss, Myths to Live By remains one of Joseph Campbell’s most enduring, popular, and accessible works. Joseph Campbell Tue, 07 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336788 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Myths to Live By Series: Part of The Collected Works of Joseph Campbell Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover Myth “There’s no one quite like Joseph Campbell. He knows the vast sweep of man’s panoramic past as few men have ever known it.” —The Village Voice Joseph Campbell famously compared mythology to a kangaroo pouch for the human mind and spirit: “a womb with a view.” In Myths to Live By, he examines all of the ways in which myth supports and guides us, giving our lives meaning. Love and war, science and religion, East and West, inner space and outer space—Campbell shows how the myths we live by can reconcile all of these pairs of opposites and bring a sense of the whole. This classic has been newly annotated in its first new edition since its original publication. In the tradition of The Power of Myth and Pathways to Bliss, Myths to Live By remains one of Joseph Campbell’s most enduring, popular, and accessible works. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Myths to Live By Series: Part of The Collected Works of Joseph Campbell Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover Myth “There’s no one quite like Joseph Campbell. He knows the vast sweep of man’s panoramic past as few men have ever known it.” —The Village Voice Joseph Campbell famously compared mythology to a kangaroo pouch for the human mind and spirit: “a womb with a view.” In Myths to Live By, he examines all of the ways in which myth supports and guides us, giving our lives meaning. Love and war, science and religion, East and West, inner space and outer space—Campbell shows how the myths we live by can reconcile all of these pairs of opposites and bring a sense of the whole. This classic has been newly annotated in its first new edition since its original publication. In the tradition of The Power of Myth and Pathways to Bliss, Myths to Live By remains one of Joseph Campbell’s most enduring, popular, and accessible works. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336771 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Oriental Mythology: The Masks of God, Volume II Series: #2 of The Masks of God Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the power of myth as it flowered in Asia In this second volume of The Masks of God—Joseph Campbell’s major work of comparative mythology—the preeminent mythologist looks at Asian mythology as it developed over the course of five thousand years into the distinctive religions of Egypt, Mesopotamia, India, China, and Japan. The Masks of God is a four-volume study of world religion and myth that stands as one of Joseph Campbell’s masterworks. On completing it, he wrote: “Its main result for me has been the confirmation of a thought I have long and faithfully entertained: of the unity of the race of man, not only in its biology, but also in its spiritual history, which has everywhere unfolded in the manner of a single symphony, with its themes announced, developed, amplified and turned about, distorted, reasserted, and today, in a grand fortissimo of all sections sounding together, irresistibly advancing to some kind of mighty climax, out of which the next great movement will emerge.” Joseph Campbell Tue, 09 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336771 thebookvoice.com 22:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Oriental Mythology: The Masks of God, Volume II Series: #2 of The Masks of God Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the power of myth as it flowered in Asia In this second volume of The Masks of God—Joseph Campbell’s major work of comparative mythology—the preeminent mythologist looks at Asian mythology as it developed over the course of five thousand years into the distinctive religions of Egypt, Mesopotamia, India, China, and Japan. The Masks of God is a four-volume study of world religion and myth that stands as one of Joseph Campbell’s masterworks. On completing it, he wrote: “Its main result for me has been the confirmation of a thought I have long and faithfully entertained: of the unity of the race of man, not only in its biology, but also in its spiritual history, which has everywhere unfolded in the manner of a single symphony, with its themes announced, developed, amplified and turned about, distorted, reasserted, and today, in a grand fortissimo of all sections sounding together, irresistibly advancing to some kind of mighty climax, out of which the next great movement will emerge.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Oriental Mythology: The Masks of God, Volume II Series: #2 of The Masks of God Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the power of myth as it flowered in Asia In this second volume of The Masks of God—Joseph Campbell’s major work of comparative mythology—the preeminent mythologist looks at Asian mythology as it developed over the course of five thousand years into the distinctive religions of Egypt, Mesopotamia, India, China, and Japan. The Masks of God is a four-volume study of world religion and myth that stands as one of Joseph Campbell’s masterworks. On completing it, he wrote: “Its main result for me has been the confirmation of a thought I have long and faithfully entertained: of the unity of the race of man, not only in its biology, but also in its spiritual history, which has everywhere unfolded in the manner of a single symphony, with its themes announced, developed, amplified and turned about, distorted, reasserted, and today, in a grand fortissimo of all sections sounding together, irresistibly advancing to some kind of mighty climax, out of which the next great movement will emerge.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336769 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Mythology: The Masks of God, Volume IV Series: #4 of The Masks of God Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the power of myth as it exploded from medieval Europe into the modern world In this fourth volume in The Masks of God series—Joseph Campbell’s major work of comparative mythology—the preeminent mythologist looks at the birth of the modern, individualistic mythology as it developed in Europe beginning in the twelfth century A.D. up through the modernist art of the twentieth century. The Masks of God is a four-volume study of world religion and myth that stands as one of Joseph Campbell’s masterworks. On completing it, he wrote: “Its main result for me has been the confirmation of a thought I have long and faithfully entertained: of the unity of the race of man, not only in its biology, but also in its spiritual history, which has everywhere unfolded in the manner of a single symphony, with its themes announced, developed, amplified and turned about, distorted, reasserted, and today, in a grand fortissimo of all sections sounding together, irresistibly advancing to some kind of mighty climax, out of which the next great movement will emerge.” Joseph Campbell Tue, 27 Nov 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336769 thebookvoice.com 29:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Mythology: The Masks of God, Volume IV Series: #4 of The Masks of God Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the power of myth as it exploded from medieval Europe into the modern world In this fourth volume in The Masks of God series—Joseph Campbell’s major work of comparative mythology—the preeminent mythologist looks at the birth of the modern, individualistic mythology as it developed in Europe beginning in the twelfth century A.D. up through the modernist art of the twentieth century. The Masks of God is a four-volume study of world religion and myth that stands as one of Joseph Campbell’s masterworks. On completing it, he wrote: “Its main result for me has been the confirmation of a thought I have long and faithfully entertained: of the unity of the race of man, not only in its biology, but also in its spiritual history, which has everywhere unfolded in the manner of a single symphony, with its themes announced, developed, amplified and turned about, distorted, reasserted, and today, in a grand fortissimo of all sections sounding together, irresistibly advancing to some kind of mighty climax, out of which the next great movement will emerge.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Mythology: The Masks of God, Volume IV Series: #4 of The Masks of God Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the power of myth as it exploded from medieval Europe into the modern world In this fourth volume in The Masks of God series—Joseph Campbell’s major work of comparative mythology—the preeminent mythologist looks at the birth of the modern, individualistic mythology as it developed in Europe beginning in the twelfth century A.D. up through the modernist art of the twentieth century. The Masks of God is a four-volume study of world religion and myth that stands as one of Joseph Campbell’s masterworks. On completing it, he wrote: “Its main result for me has been the confirmation of a thought I have long and faithfully entertained: of the unity of the race of man, not only in its biology, but also in its spiritual history, which has everywhere unfolded in the manner of a single symphony, with its themes announced, developed, amplified and turned about, distorted, reasserted, and today, in a grand fortissimo of all sections sounding together, irresistibly advancing to some kind of mighty climax, out of which the next great movement will emerge.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336770 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Occidental Mythology: The Masks of God, Volume III Series: #3 of The Masks of God Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the power of myth as it flowered in the ancient Near East and the Classical World In this third volume of The Masks of God—Joseph Campbell’s major work of comparative mythology—the preeminent mythologist looks at the pagan religions of Greece, Rome, and the Celts, as well as the Abrahamic religions—Zoroastrianism, Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. Exploring the West’s shift from female-centered to male-centered mythology, Campbell examines the distinguishing characteristics and the shared root concepts of these mythologies. The Masks of God is a four-volume study of world religion and myth that stands as one of Joseph Campbell’s masterworks. On completing it, he wrote: “Its main result for me has been the confirmation of a thought I have long and faithfully entertained: of the unity of the race of man, not only in its biology, but also in its spiritual history, which has everywhere unfolded in the manner of a single symphony, with its themes announced, developed, amplified and turned about, distorted, reasserted, and today, in a grand fortissimo of all sections sounding together, irresistibly advancing to some kind of mighty climax, out of which the next great movement will emerge.” Joseph Campbell Tue, 09 Oct 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336770 thebookvoice.com 21:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Occidental Mythology: The Masks of God, Volume III Series: #3 of The Masks of God Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the power of myth as it flowered in the ancient Near East and the Classical World In this third volume of The Masks of God—Joseph Campbell’s major work of comparative mythology—the preeminent mythologist looks at the pagan religions of Greece, Rome, and the Celts, as well as the Abrahamic religions—Zoroastrianism, Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. Exploring the West’s shift from female-centered to male-centered mythology, Campbell examines the distinguishing characteristics and the shared root concepts of these mythologies. The Masks of God is a four-volume study of world religion and myth that stands as one of Joseph Campbell’s masterworks. On completing it, he wrote: “Its main result for me has been the confirmation of a thought I have long and faithfully entertained: of the unity of the race of man, not only in its biology, but also in its spiritual history, which has everywhere unfolded in the manner of a single symphony, with its themes announced, developed, amplified and turned about, distorted, reasserted, and today, in a grand fortissimo of all sections sounding together, irresistibly advancing to some kind of mighty climax, out of which the next great movement will emerge.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Occidental Mythology: The Masks of God, Volume III Series: #3 of The Masks of God Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the power of myth as it flowered in the ancient Near East and the Classical World In this third volume of The Masks of God—Joseph Campbell’s major work of comparative mythology—the preeminent mythologist looks at the pagan religions of Greece, Rome, and the Celts, as well as the Abrahamic religions—Zoroastrianism, Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. Exploring the West’s shift from female-centered to male-centered mythology, Campbell examines the distinguishing characteristics and the shared root concepts of these mythologies. The Masks of God is a four-volume study of world religion and myth that stands as one of Joseph Campbell’s masterworks. On completing it, he wrote: “Its main result for me has been the confirmation of a thought I have long and faithfully entertained: of the unity of the race of man, not only in its biology, but also in its spiritual history, which has everywhere unfolded in the manner of a single symphony, with its themes announced, developed, amplified and turned about, distorted, reasserted, and today, in a grand fortissimo of all sections sounding together, irresistibly advancing to some kind of mighty climax, out of which the next great movement will emerge.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336664 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcoming the Stranger: Justice, Compassion & Truth in the Immigration Debate Author: Matthew Soerens, Jenny Yang Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Immigration is one of the most complicated issues of our time. Voices on all sides argue strongly for action and change. Christians find themselves torn between the desire to uphold laws and the call to minister to the vulnerable. In this book World Relief immigration experts Matthew Soerens and Jenny Yang move beyond the rhetoric to offer a Christian response to immigration. They put a human face on the issue and tell stories of immigrants' experiences in and out of the system. With careful historical understanding and thoughtful policy analysis, they debunk myths and misconceptions about immigration and show the limitations of the current immigration system. Ultimately they point toward immigration reform that is compassionate, sensible, and just as they offer concrete ways for you and your church to welcome and minister to your immigrant neighbors. This revised edition includes new material on refugees and updates in light of changes in political realities. Matthew Soerens, Jenny Yang Tue, 24 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336664 thebookvoice.com 8:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcoming the Stranger: Justice, Compassion & Truth in the Immigration Debate Author: Matthew Soerens, Jenny Yang Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Immigration is one of the most complicated issues of our time. Voices on all sides argue strongly for action and change. Christians find themselves torn between the desire to uphold laws and the call to minister to the vulnerable. In this book World Relief immigration experts Matthew Soerens and Jenny Yang move beyond the rhetoric to offer a Christian response to immigration. They put a human face on the issue and tell stories of immigrants' experiences in and out of the system. With careful historical understanding and thoughtful policy analysis, they debunk myths and misconceptions about immigration and show the limitations of the current immigration system. Ultimately they point toward immigration reform that is compassionate, sensible, and just as they offer concrete ways for you and your church to welcome and minister to your immigrant neighbors. This revised edition includes new material on refugees and updates in light of changes in political realities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Welcoming the Stranger: Justice, Compassion & Truth in the Immigration Debate Author: Matthew Soerens, Jenny Yang Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Immigration is one of the most complicated issues of our time. Voices on all sides argue strongly for action and change. Christians find themselves torn between the desire to uphold laws and the call to minister to the vulnerable. In this book World Relief immigration experts Matthew Soerens and Jenny Yang move beyond the rhetoric to offer a Christian response to immigration. They put a human face on the issue and tell stories of immigrants' experiences in and out of the system. With careful historical understanding and thoughtful policy analysis, they debunk myths and misconceptions about immigration and show the limitations of the current immigration system. Ultimately they point toward immigration reform that is compassionate, sensible, and just as they offer concrete ways for you and your church to welcome and minister to your immigrant neighbors. This revised edition includes new material on refugees and updates in light of changes in political realities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336651 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raise Your Voice: Why We Stay Silent and How to Speak Up Author: Kathy Khang Narrator: Kathy Khang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: You have a voice. And you have God's permission to use it. In some communities, certain voices are amplified and elevated while others are erased and suppressed. It can be hard to speak up, especially in the ugliness of social media. Power dynamics keep us silent and marginalized, especially when race, ethnicity, and gender are factors. What can we do about it? Activist Kathy Khang roots our voice and identity in the image of God. Because God created us in our ethnicity and gender, our voice is uniquely expressed through the totality of who we are. We are created to speak, and we can both speak up for ourselves and speak out on behalf of others. Khang offers insights from faithful heroes who raised their voices for the sake of God's justice, and she shows how we can do the same today, in person, in social media, in organizations, and in the public square. Be silent no more. If you have wondered when and how to speak, hear God's invitation to you to find and steward your authentic voice, whether in word or deed, to communicate the good news in a messed-up world. As you discern God's voice calling you to speak, you will discover how your voice sounds as you express God's heart to others. And the world will hear you loud and clear. Kathy Khang Tue, 31 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336651 thebookvoice.com 5:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raise Your Voice: Why We Stay Silent and How to Speak Up Author: Kathy Khang Narrator: Kathy Khang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: You have a voice. And you have God's permission to use it. In some communities, certain voices are amplified and elevated while others are erased and suppressed. It can be hard to speak up, especially in the ugliness of social media. Power dynamics keep us silent and marginalized, especially when race, ethnicity, and gender are factors. What can we do about it? Activist Kathy Khang roots our voice and identity in the image of God. Because God created us in our ethnicity and gender, our voice is uniquely expressed through the totality of who we are. We are created to speak, and we can both speak up for ourselves and speak out on behalf of others. Khang offers insights from faithful heroes who raised their voices for the sake of God's justice, and she shows how we can do the same today, in person, in social media, in organizations, and in the public square. Be silent no more. If you have wondered when and how to speak, hear God's invitation to you to find and steward your authentic voice, whether in word or deed, to communicate the good news in a messed-up world. As you discern God's voice calling you to speak, you will discover how your voice sounds as you express God's heart to others. And the world will hear you loud and clear. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raise Your Voice: Why We Stay Silent and How to Speak Up Author: Kathy Khang Narrator: Kathy Khang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: You have a voice. And you have God's permission to use it. In some communities, certain voices are amplified and elevated while others are erased and suppressed. It can be hard to speak up, especially in the ugliness of social media. Power dynamics keep us silent and marginalized, especially when race, ethnicity, and gender are factors. What can we do about it? Activist Kathy Khang roots our voice and identity in the image of God. Because God created us in our ethnicity and gender, our voice is uniquely expressed through the totality of who we are. We are created to speak, and we can both speak up for ourselves and speak out on behalf of others. Khang offers insights from faithful heroes who raised their voices for the sake of God's justice, and she shows how we can do the same today, in person, in social media, in organizations, and in the public square. Be silent no more. If you have wondered when and how to speak, hear God's invitation to you to find and steward your authentic voice, whether in word or deed, to communicate the good news in a messed-up world. As you discern God's voice calling you to speak, you will discover how your voice sounds as you express God's heart to others. And the world will hear you loud and clear. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336637 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disruptive Witness: Speaking Truth in a Distracted Age Author: Alan Noble Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We live in a distracted, secular age. These two trends define life in Western society today. We are increasingly addicted to habits?and devices?that distract and 'buffer' us from substantive reflection and deep engagement with the world. And we live in what Canadian philosopher Charles Taylor calls 'a secular age'?an age in which all beliefs are equally viable and real transcendence is less and less plausible. Drawing on Taylor's work, Alan Noble describes how these realities shape our thinking and affect our daily lives. Too often Christians have acquiesced to these trends, and the result has been a church that struggles to disrupt the ingrained patterns of people's lives. But the gospel of Jesus is inherently disruptive: like a plow, it breaks up the hardened surface to expose the fertile earth below. In this book Noble lays out individual, ecclesial, and cultural practices that disrupt our society's deep-rooted assumptions and point beyond them to the transcendent grace and beauty of Jesus. Disruptive Witnesscasts a new vision for the evangelical imagination, calling us away from abstraction and cliché to a more faithful embodiment of the gospel for our day. Alan Noble Tue, 17 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336637 thebookvoice.com 5:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disruptive Witness: Speaking Truth in a Distracted Age Author: Alan Noble Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We live in a distracted, secular age. These two trends define life in Western society today. We are increasingly addicted to habits?and devices?that distract and 'buffer' us from substantive reflection and deep engagement with the world. And we live in what Canadian philosopher Charles Taylor calls 'a secular age'?an age in which all beliefs are equally viable and real transcendence is less and less plausible. Drawing on Taylor's work, Alan Noble describes how these realities shape our thinking and affect our daily lives. Too often Christians have acquiesced to these trends, and the result has been a church that struggles to disrupt the ingrained patterns of people's lives. But the gospel of Jesus is inherently disruptive: like a plow, it breaks up the hardened surface to expose the fertile earth below. In this book Noble lays out individual, ecclesial, and cultural practices that disrupt our society's deep-rooted assumptions and point beyond them to the transcendent grace and beauty of Jesus. Disruptive Witnesscasts a new vision for the evangelical imagination, calling us away from abstraction and cliché to a more faithful embodiment of the gospel for our day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disruptive Witness: Speaking Truth in a Distracted Age Author: Alan Noble Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We live in a distracted, secular age. These two trends define life in Western society today. We are increasingly addicted to habits?and devices?that distract and 'buffer' us from substantive reflection and deep engagement with the world. And we live in what Canadian philosopher Charles Taylor calls 'a secular age'?an age in which all beliefs are equally viable and real transcendence is less and less plausible. Drawing on Taylor's work, Alan Noble describes how these realities shape our thinking and affect our daily lives. Too often Christians have acquiesced to these trends, and the result has been a church that struggles to disrupt the ingrained patterns of people's lives. But the gospel of Jesus is inherently disruptive: like a plow, it breaks up the hardened surface to expose the fertile earth below. In this book Noble lays out individual, ecclesial, and cultural practices that disrupt our society's deep-rooted assumptions and point beyond them to the transcendent grace and beauty of Jesus. Disruptive Witnesscasts a new vision for the evangelical imagination, calling us away from abstraction and cliché to a more faithful embodiment of the gospel for our day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336601 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train and Three American Heroes Author: Spencer Stone, Alek Skarlatos, Anthony Sadler Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near terrorist attack averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travellers, needed it most. An ISIS terrorist planned to kill more than 500 people. He would have succeeded except for three American friends who refused to give in to fear. On August 21, 2015, Ayoub El-Khazzani boarded train #9364 in Brussels, bound for Paris. There could be no doubt about his mission: he had an AK-47, a pistol, a box cutter, and enough ammunition to obliterate every passenger on board. Slipping into the bathroom in secret, he armed his weapons. Another major ISIS attack was about to begin. Khazzani wasn't expecting Anthony Sadler, Alek Skarlatos, and Spencer Stone. Stone was a martial arts enthusiast and airman first class in the US Air Force, Skarlatos was a member of the Oregon National Guard, and all three were fearless. But their decision, to charge the gunman, then overpower him even as he turned first his gun, then his knife, on Stone, depended on a lifetime of loyalty, support, and faith. Their friendship was forged as they came of age together in California: going to church, playing paintball, teaching each other to swear, and sticking together when they got in trouble at school. Years later, that friendship would give all of them the courage to stand in the path of one of the world's deadliest terrorist organizations. The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near tragedy averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travellers, needed it most. Spencer Stone, Alek Skarlatos, Anthony Sadler Thu, 28 Dec 2017 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336601 thebookvoice.com 8:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train and Three American Heroes Author: Spencer Stone, Alek Skarlatos, Anthony Sadler Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near terrorist attack averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travellers, needed it most. An ISIS terrorist planned to kill more than 500 people. He would have succeeded except for three American friends who refused to give in to fear. On August 21, 2015, Ayoub El-Khazzani boarded train #9364 in Brussels, bound for Paris. There could be no doubt about his mission: he had an AK-47, a pistol, a box cutter, and enough ammunition to obliterate every passenger on board. Slipping into the bathroom in secret, he armed his weapons. Another major ISIS attack was about to begin. Khazzani wasn't expecting Anthony Sadler, Alek Skarlatos, and Spencer Stone. Stone was a martial arts enthusiast and airman first class in the US Air Force, Skarlatos was a member of the Oregon National Guard, and all three were fearless. But their decision, to charge the gunman, then overpower him even as he turned first his gun, then his knife, on Stone, depended on a lifetime of loyalty, support, and faith. Their friendship was forged as they came of age together in California: going to church, playing paintball, teaching each other to swear, and sticking together when they got in trouble at school. Years later, that friendship would give all of them the courage to stand in the path of one of the world's deadliest terrorist organizations. The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near tragedy averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travellers, needed it most. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 15:17 to Paris: The True Story of a Terrorist, a Train and Three American Heroes Author: Spencer Stone, Alek Skarlatos, Anthony Sadler Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near terrorist attack averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travellers, needed it most. An ISIS terrorist planned to kill more than 500 people. He would have succeeded except for three American friends who refused to give in to fear. On August 21, 2015, Ayoub El-Khazzani boarded train #9364 in Brussels, bound for Paris. There could be no doubt about his mission: he had an AK-47, a pistol, a box cutter, and enough ammunition to obliterate every passenger on board. Slipping into the bathroom in secret, he armed his weapons. Another major ISIS attack was about to begin. Khazzani wasn't expecting Anthony Sadler, Alek Skarlatos, and Spencer Stone. Stone was a martial arts enthusiast and airman first class in the US Air Force, Skarlatos was a member of the Oregon National Guard, and all three were fearless. But their decision, to charge the gunman, then overpower him even as he turned first his gun, then his knife, on Stone, depended on a lifetime of loyalty, support, and faith. Their friendship was forged as they came of age together in California: going to church, playing paintball, teaching each other to swear, and sticking together when they got in trouble at school. Years later, that friendship would give all of them the courage to stand in the path of one of the world's deadliest terrorist organizations. The 15:17 to Paris is an amazing true story of friendship and bravery, of near tragedy averted by three young men who found the heroic unity and strength inside themselves at the moment when they, and 500 other innocent travellers, needed it most. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336458 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Card: How the U.S. Blew the Whistle on the World's Biggest Sports Scandal Author: Ken Bensinger Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The definitive, shocking account of the FIFA scandal—the biggest corruption case of recent years—involving dozens of countries and implicating nearly every aspect of the world’s most popular sport, soccer, including the World Cup is “an engrossing and jaw-dropping tale of international intrigue…A riveting book” (The New York Times). The FIFA case began small, boosted by an IRS agent’s review of an American soccer official’s tax returns. But that humble investigation eventually led to a huge worldwide corruption scandal that crossed continents and reached the highest levels of the soccer’s world governing body in Switzerland. “The meeting of American investigative reporting and real-life cop show” (The Financial Times), Ken Bensinger’s Red Card explores the case, and the personalities behind it, in vivid detail. There’s Chuck Blazer, a high-living soccer dad who ascended to the highest ranks of the sport while creaming millions from its coffers; Jack Warner, a Trinidadian soccer official whose lust for power was matched only by his boundless greed; and the sport’s most powerful man, FIFA president Sepp Blatter, who held on to his position at any cost even as soccer rotted from the inside out. Remarkably, this corruption existed for decades before American law enforcement officials began to secretly dig, finally revealing that nearly every aspect of the planet’s favorite sport was corrupted by bribes, kickbacks, fraud, and money laundering. Not even the World Cup, the most-watched sporting event in history, was safe from the thick web of corruption, as powerful FIFA officials extracted their bribes at every turn. “A gripping white-collar crime thriller that, in its scope and human drama, ranks with some of the best investigative business books of the past thirty years” (The Wall Street Journal), Red Card goes beyond the headlines to bring the real story to light. Ken Bensinger Tue, 12 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336458 thebookvoice.com 11:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Card: How the U.S. Blew the Whistle on the World's Biggest Sports Scandal Author: Ken Bensinger Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The definitive, shocking account of the FIFA scandal—the biggest corruption case of recent years—involving dozens of countries and implicating nearly every aspect of the world’s most popular sport, soccer, including the World Cup is “an engrossing and jaw-dropping tale of international intrigue…A riveting book” (The New York Times). The FIFA case began small, boosted by an IRS agent’s review of an American soccer official’s tax returns. But that humble investigation eventually led to a huge worldwide corruption scandal that crossed continents and reached the highest levels of the soccer’s world governing body in Switzerland. “The meeting of American investigative reporting and real-life cop show” (The Financial Times), Ken Bensinger’s Red Card explores the case, and the personalities behind it, in vivid detail. There’s Chuck Blazer, a high-living soccer dad who ascended to the highest ranks of the sport while creaming millions from its coffers; Jack Warner, a Trinidadian soccer official whose lust for power was matched only by his boundless greed; and the sport’s most powerful man, FIFA president Sepp Blatter, who held on to his position at any cost even as soccer rotted from the inside out. Remarkably, this corruption existed for decades before American law enforcement officials began to secretly dig, finally revealing that nearly every aspect of the planet’s favorite sport was corrupted by bribes, kickbacks, fraud, and money laundering. Not even the World Cup, the most-watched sporting event in history, was safe from the thick web of corruption, as powerful FIFA officials extracted their bribes at every turn. “A gripping white-collar crime thriller that, in its scope and human drama, ranks with some of the best investigative business books of the past thirty years” (The Wall Street Journal), Red Card goes beyond the headlines to bring the real story to light. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Card: How the U.S. Blew the Whistle on the World's Biggest Sports Scandal Author: Ken Bensinger Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The definitive, shocking account of the FIFA scandal—the biggest corruption case of recent years—involving dozens of countries and implicating nearly every aspect of the world’s most popular sport, soccer, including the World Cup is “an engrossing and jaw-dropping tale of international intrigue…A riveting book” (The New York Times). The FIFA case began small, boosted by an IRS agent’s review of an American soccer official’s tax returns. But that humble investigation eventually led to a huge worldwide corruption scandal that crossed continents and reached the highest levels of the soccer’s world governing body in Switzerland. “The meeting of American investigative reporting and real-life cop show” (The Financial Times), Ken Bensinger’s Red Card explores the case, and the personalities behind it, in vivid detail. There’s Chuck Blazer, a high-living soccer dad who ascended to the highest ranks of the sport while creaming millions from its coffers; Jack Warner, a Trinidadian soccer official whose lust for power was matched only by his boundless greed; and the sport’s most powerful man, FIFA president Sepp Blatter, who held on to his position at any cost even as soccer rotted from the inside out. Remarkably, this corruption existed for decades before American law enforcement officials began to secretly dig, finally revealing that nearly every aspect of the planet’s favorite sport was corrupted by bribes, kickbacks, fraud, and money laundering. Not even the World Cup, the most-watched sporting event in history, was safe from the thick web of corruption, as powerful FIFA officials extracted their bribes at every turn. “A gripping white-collar crime thriller that, in its scope and human drama, ranks with some of the best investigative business books of the past thirty years” (The Wall Street Journal), Red Card goes beyond the headlines to bring the real story to light. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336429 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flat Earth News: AN AWARD WINNING REPORTER EX Author: Nick Davies Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 1, 2009 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Finally I was forced to admit that I work in a corrupted profession.' When award-winning journalist Nick Davies decided to break Fleet Street's unwritten rule by investigating his own colleagues, he found that the business of reporting the truth had been slowly subverted by the mass production of ignorance. Working with a network of off-the-record sources, Davies uncovered the story of the prestigious 'Sunday' newspaper which allowed the CIA and MI6 to plant fiction in its columns; the newsroom which routinely rejects stories about black people; the respected paper that hired a professional fraudster to set up a front company to entrap senior political figures; the newspapers which support law and order while paying cash bribes to bent detectives. Davies names names and exposes the national stories which turn out to be pseudo events manufactured by the PR industry, and the global news stories which prove to be fiction generated by a new machinery of international propaganda. He shows the effect of this on a world where consumers believe a mass of stories which, in truth, are as false as the idea that the Earth is flat - from the millennium bug to the WMD in Iraq - tainting government policy, perverting popular belief. With the help of researchers from Cardiff University, who ran a ground-breaking analysis of our daily news, Davies found most reporters, most of the time, are not allowed to dig up stories or check their facts - a profession corrupted at the core. Nick Davies Mon, 01 Jun 2009 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336429 thebookvoice.com 17:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flat Earth News: AN AWARD WINNING REPORTER EX Author: Nick Davies Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 1, 2009 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Finally I was forced to admit that I work in a corrupted profession.' When award-winning journalist Nick Davies decided to break Fleet Street's unwritten rule by investigating his own colleagues, he found that the business of reporting the truth had been slowly subverted by the mass production of ignorance. Working with a network of off-the-record sources, Davies uncovered the story of the prestigious 'Sunday' newspaper which allowed the CIA and MI6 to plant fiction in its columns; the newsroom which routinely rejects stories about black people; the respected paper that hired a professional fraudster to set up a front company to entrap senior political figures; the newspapers which support law and order while paying cash bribes to bent detectives. Davies names names and exposes the national stories which turn out to be pseudo events manufactured by the PR industry, and the global news stories which prove to be fiction generated by a new machinery of international propaganda. He shows the effect of this on a world where consumers believe a mass of stories which, in truth, are as false as the idea that the Earth is flat - from the millennium bug to the WMD in Iraq - tainting government policy, perverting popular belief. With the help of researchers from Cardiff University, who ran a ground-breaking analysis of our daily news, Davies found most reporters, most of the time, are not allowed to dig up stories or check their facts - a profession corrupted at the core. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flat Earth News: AN AWARD WINNING REPORTER EX Author: Nick Davies Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 1, 2009 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Finally I was forced to admit that I work in a corrupted profession.' When award-winning journalist Nick Davies decided to break Fleet Street's unwritten rule by investigating his own colleagues, he found that the business of reporting the truth had been slowly subverted by the mass production of ignorance. Working with a network of off-the-record sources, Davies uncovered the story of the prestigious 'Sunday' newspaper which allowed the CIA and MI6 to plant fiction in its columns; the newsroom which routinely rejects stories about black people; the respected paper that hired a professional fraudster to set up a front company to entrap senior political figures; the newspapers which support law and order while paying cash bribes to bent detectives. Davies names names and exposes the national stories which turn out to be pseudo events manufactured by the PR industry, and the global news stories which prove to be fiction generated by a new machinery of international propaganda. He shows the effect of this on a world where consumers believe a mass of stories which, in truth, are as false as the idea that the Earth is flat - from the millennium bug to the WMD in Iraq - tainting government policy, perverting popular belief. With the help of researchers from Cardiff University, who ran a ground-breaking analysis of our daily news, Davies found most reporters, most of the time, are not allowed to dig up stories or check their facts - a profession corrupted at the core. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336392 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dog's Last Walk Author: Howard Jacobson Narrator: Howard Jacobson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hilarious, heartbreaking, provocative and affecting, Howard Jacobson's irresistible journalism reveals the Man Booker Prize-winning novelist in all his humanity. From the tiniest absurdities to the most universal joys and desolations, Jacobson writes with a thunder, passion and wit unmatched. Just as did his previous volume, Whatever It Is I Don't Like It, this glorious collection will delight, entertain, challenge and move. Howard Jacobson Fri, 31 Aug 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336392 thebookvoice.com 10:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dog's Last Walk Author: Howard Jacobson Narrator: Howard Jacobson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hilarious, heartbreaking, provocative and affecting, Howard Jacobson's irresistible journalism reveals the Man Booker Prize-winning novelist in all his humanity. From the tiniest absurdities to the most universal joys and desolations, Jacobson writes with a thunder, passion and wit unmatched. Just as did his previous volume, Whatever It Is I Don't Like It, this glorious collection will delight, entertain, challenge and move. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dog's Last Walk Author: Howard Jacobson Narrator: Howard Jacobson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hilarious, heartbreaking, provocative and affecting, Howard Jacobson's irresistible journalism reveals the Man Booker Prize-winning novelist in all his humanity. From the tiniest absurdities to the most universal joys and desolations, Jacobson writes with a thunder, passion and wit unmatched. Just as did his previous volume, Whatever It Is I Don't Like It, this glorious collection will delight, entertain, challenge and move. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335796 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335796]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: F*** You Very Much: The surprising truth about why people are so rude Author: Danny Wallace Narrator: Danny Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of F*** You Very Much, written and read by Danny Wallace. You're not imagining it. People are getting ruder. And this is a serious problem. The book that inspired the iTunes Top Ten podcast Did you know that even one rude comment in a life and death situation can decrease a surgeon’s performance by as much as 50%? That we say we don’t want rude politicians, but we vote for them anyway? Or that rude language can sway a jury in a criminal case? Bestselling writer and broadcaster Danny Wallace (Yes Man, Awkward Situations For Men), is on a mission to understand where we have gone wrong. He travels the world interviewing neuroscientists, psychologists, NASA scientists, barristers, bin men, and bellboys. He joins a Radical Honesty group in Germany, talks to drivers about road rage in LA, and confronts his own online troll in a pub. And in doing so, he uncovers the latest thinking about how we behave, how rudeness, once unleashed, can spread like a virus – and how even one flippant remark can snowball into disaster. As insightful and enthralling as it is highly entertaining, F*** You Very Much* is an eye-opening exploration into the worst side of human behaviour. *This book was originally published under the title, I Can’t Believe You Just Said That. But we decided it just wasn’t rude enough... 'A cry for human decency… deliciously hilarious. I politely encourage you to read this book. Immediately.' Adam Grant author of Originals, Give and Take, Option B Danny Wallace Thu, 31 May 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335796 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335796]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: F*** You Very Much: The surprising truth about why people are so rude Author: Danny Wallace Narrator: Danny Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of F*** You Very Much, written and read by Danny Wallace. You're not imagining it. People are getting ruder. And this is a serious problem. The book that inspired the iTunes Top Ten podcast Did you know that even one rude comment in a life and death situation can decrease a surgeon’s performance by as much as 50%? That we say we don’t want rude politicians, but we vote for them anyway? Or that rude language can sway a jury in a criminal case? Bestselling writer and broadcaster Danny Wallace (Yes Man, Awkward Situations For Men), is on a mission to understand where we have gone wrong. He travels the world interviewing neuroscientists, psychologists, NASA scientists, barristers, bin men, and bellboys. He joins a Radical Honesty group in Germany, talks to drivers about road rage in LA, and confronts his own online troll in a pub. And in doing so, he uncovers the latest thinking about how we behave, how rudeness, once unleashed, can spread like a virus – and how even one flippant remark can snowball into disaster. As insightful and enthralling as it is highly entertaining, F*** You Very Much* is an eye-opening exploration into the worst side of human behaviour. *This book was originally published under the title, I Can’t Believe You Just Said That. But we decided it just wasn’t rude enough... 'A cry for human decency… deliciously hilarious. I politely encourage you to read this book. Immediately.' Adam Grant author of Originals, Give and Take, Option B Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335796]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: F*** You Very Much: The surprising truth about why people are so rude Author: Danny Wallace Narrator: Danny Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of F*** You Very Much, written and read by Danny Wallace. You're not imagining it. People are getting ruder. And this is a serious problem. The book that inspired the iTunes Top Ten podcast Did you know that even one rude comment in a life and death situation can decrease a surgeon’s performance by as much as 50%? That we say we don’t want rude politicians, but we vote for them anyway? Or that rude language can sway a jury in a criminal case? Bestselling writer and broadcaster Danny Wallace (Yes Man, Awkward Situations For Men), is on a mission to understand where we have gone wrong. He travels the world interviewing neuroscientists, psychologists, NASA scientists, barristers, bin men, and bellboys. He joins a Radical Honesty group in Germany, talks to drivers about road rage in LA, and confronts his own online troll in a pub. And in doing so, he uncovers the latest thinking about how we behave, how rudeness, once unleashed, can spread like a virus – and how even one flippant remark can snowball into disaster. As insightful and enthralling as it is highly entertaining, F*** You Very Much* is an eye-opening exploration into the worst side of human behaviour. *This book was originally published under the title, I Can’t Believe You Just Said That. But we decided it just wasn’t rude enough... 'A cry for human decency… deliciously hilarious. I politely encourage you to read this book. Immediately.' Adam Grant author of Originals, Give and Take, Option B https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335794 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reimagining Equality: Stories of Gender, Race, and Finding Home Author: Anita Hill Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the heroic lawyer who spoke out against Clarence Thomas in the historic confirmation hearings twenty years ago   At the historic Clarence Thomas confirmation hearings, Anita Hill spoke out courageously about workplace sexual harassment. Now she turns to the topic of home. As our country reels from the subprime mortgage meltdown and the resulting devastation of so many families and communities, Hill takes us inside this “crisis of home” and exposes its deep roots in race and gender inequities, which continue to imperil every American’s ability to achieve the American Dream.  In this period of recovery and its aftermath, what is at stake is the inclusive democracy the Constitution promises. The achievement of that ideal, Hill argues, depends on each American’s ability to secure a place that provides access to every opportunity our country offers. Building on the great strides of the women’s and civil rights movements, Hill presents concrete proposals that encourage us to broaden our thinking about home and to reimagine equality for America’s future. Anita Hill Tue, 03 Jul 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335794 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reimagining Equality: Stories of Gender, Race, and Finding Home Author: Anita Hill Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the heroic lawyer who spoke out against Clarence Thomas in the historic confirmation hearings twenty years ago   At the historic Clarence Thomas confirmation hearings, Anita Hill spoke out courageously about workplace sexual harassment. Now she turns to the topic of home. As our country reels from the subprime mortgage meltdown and the resulting devastation of so many families and communities, Hill takes us inside this “crisis of home” and exposes its deep roots in race and gender inequities, which continue to imperil every American’s ability to achieve the American Dream.  In this period of recovery and its aftermath, what is at stake is the inclusive democracy the Constitution promises. The achievement of that ideal, Hill argues, depends on each American’s ability to secure a place that provides access to every opportunity our country offers. Building on the great strides of the women’s and civil rights movements, Hill presents concrete proposals that encourage us to broaden our thinking about home and to reimagine equality for America’s future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reimagining Equality: Stories of Gender, Race, and Finding Home Author: Anita Hill Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the heroic lawyer who spoke out against Clarence Thomas in the historic confirmation hearings twenty years ago   At the historic Clarence Thomas confirmation hearings, Anita Hill spoke out courageously about workplace sexual harassment. Now she turns to the topic of home. As our country reels from the subprime mortgage meltdown and the resulting devastation of so many families and communities, Hill takes us inside this “crisis of home” and exposes its deep roots in race and gender inequities, which continue to imperil every American’s ability to achieve the American Dream.  In this period of recovery and its aftermath, what is at stake is the inclusive democracy the Constitution promises. The achievement of that ideal, Hill argues, depends on each American’s ability to secure a place that provides access to every opportunity our country offers. Building on the great strides of the women’s and civil rights movements, Hill presents concrete proposals that encourage us to broaden our thinking about home and to reimagine equality for America’s future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335761 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335761]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Squeezed: Why Our Families Can't Afford America Author: Alissa Quart Narrator: Carly Robins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Brilliant—a keen, elegantly written, and scorching account of the American family today. Through vivid stories, sharp analysis and wit, Quart anatomizes the middle class’s fall while also offering solutions and hope.”  — Barbara Ehrenreich, author of Nickel and Dimed Families today are squeezed on every side—from high childcare costs and harsh employment policies to workplaces without paid family leave or even dependable and regular working hours. Many realize that attaining the standard of living their parents managed has become impossible. Alissa Quart, executive editor of the Economic Hardship Reporting Project, examines the lives of many middle-class Americans who can now barely afford to raise children. Through gripping firsthand storytelling, Quart shows how our country has failed its families. Her subjects—from professors to lawyers to caregivers to nurses—have been wrung out by a system that doesn’t support them, and enriches only a tiny elite. Interlacing her own experience with close-up reporting on families that are just getting by, Quart reveals parenthood itself to be financially overwhelming, except for the wealthiest. She offers real solutions to these problems, including outlining necessary policy shifts, as well as detailing the DIY tactics some families are already putting into motion, and argues for the cultural reevaluation of parenthood and caregiving. Written in the spirit of Barbara Ehrenreich and Jennifer Senior, Squeezed is an eye-opening audiobook. Powerfully argued, deeply reported, and ultimately hopeful, it casts a bright, clarifying light on families struggling to thrive in an economy that holds too few options. It will make listeners think differently about their lives and those of their neighbors. Alissa Quart Tue, 26 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335761 thebookvoice.com 8:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335761]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Squeezed: Why Our Families Can't Afford America Author: Alissa Quart Narrator: Carly Robins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Brilliant—a keen, elegantly written, and scorching account of the American family today. Through vivid stories, sharp analysis and wit, Quart anatomizes the middle class’s fall while also offering solutions and hope.”  — Barbara Ehrenreich, author of Nickel and Dimed Families today are squeezed on every side—from high childcare costs and harsh employment policies to workplaces without paid family leave or even dependable and regular working hours. Many realize that attaining the standard of living their parents managed has become impossible. Alissa Quart, executive editor of the Economic Hardship Reporting Project, examines the lives of many middle-class Americans who can now barely afford to raise children. Through gripping firsthand storytelling, Quart shows how our country has failed its families. Her subjects—from professors to lawyers to caregivers to nurses—have been wrung out by a system that doesn’t support them, and enriches only a tiny elite. Interlacing her own experience with close-up reporting on families that are just getting by, Quart reveals parenthood itself to be financially overwhelming, except for the wealthiest. She offers real solutions to these problems, including outlining necessary policy shifts, as well as detailing the DIY tactics some families are already putting into motion, and argues for the cultural reevaluation of parenthood and caregiving. Written in the spirit of Barbara Ehrenreich and Jennifer Senior, Squeezed is an eye-opening audiobook. Powerfully argued, deeply reported, and ultimately hopeful, it casts a bright, clarifying light on families struggling to thrive in an economy that holds too few options. It will make listeners think differently about their lives and those of their neighbors. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335761]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Squeezed: Why Our Families Can't Afford America Author: Alissa Quart Narrator: Carly Robins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Brilliant—a keen, elegantly written, and scorching account of the American family today. Through vivid stories, sharp analysis and wit, Quart anatomizes the middle class’s fall while also offering solutions and hope.”  — Barbara Ehrenreich, author of Nickel and Dimed Families today are squeezed on every side—from high childcare costs and harsh employment policies to workplaces without paid family leave or even dependable and regular working hours. Many realize that attaining the standard of living their parents managed has become impossible. Alissa Quart, executive editor of the Economic Hardship Reporting Project, examines the lives of many middle-class Americans who can now barely afford to raise children. Through gripping firsthand storytelling, Quart shows how our country has failed its families. Her subjects—from professors to lawyers to caregivers to nurses—have been wrung out by a system that doesn’t support them, and enriches only a tiny elite. Interlacing her own experience with close-up reporting on families that are just getting by, Quart reveals parenthood itself to be financially overwhelming, except for the wealthiest. She offers real solutions to these problems, including outlining necessary policy shifts, as well as detailing the DIY tactics some families are already putting into motion, and argues for the cultural reevaluation of parenthood and caregiving. Written in the spirit of Barbara Ehrenreich and Jennifer Senior, Squeezed is an eye-opening audiobook. Powerfully argued, deeply reported, and ultimately hopeful, it casts a bright, clarifying light on families struggling to thrive in an economy that holds too few options. It will make listeners think differently about their lives and those of their neighbors. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335711 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 90s Bitch: Media, Culture, and the Failed Promise of Gender Equality Author: Allison Yarrow Narrator: Allison Yarrow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Finalist for the Los Angeles Press Club Book Award, muse to a Givenchy fashion collection, and recommended by the The New York Times, The Skimm, US Weekly, The Washington Post, The Boston Globe, Refinery 29, Book Riot, Bitch Media, and more.  ''Yarrow’s biting autopsy of the decade scrutinizes the way society reduced — or “bitchified” — women at work, women at home, women in court, even women on ice skates . . . Direct quotes from politicians, journalists and comedians about the women provide the most jarring, oh-my-god-that-really-happened portions of Yarrow’s decade excavation.'' — Pittsburg Post-Gazette The nostalgic, smart, and shocking account of how the 90s set back feminism, undermined girls and women, and shaped the millennial generation from award-winning journalist, Allison Yarrow.   To understand how we got here, we have to rewind the VHS tape. 90s Bitch tells the real story of women and girls in the 1990s, exploring how they were maligned by the media, vilified by popular culture, and objectified in the marketplace.  Trailblazing women like Hillary Clinton, Anita Hill, Madeleine Albright, Janet Reno, and Marcia Clark, and were undermined. Newsmakers like Britney Spears, Monica Lewinsky, Tonya Harding and Lorena Bobbitt were shamed and misunderstood. The advent of the 24-hour news cycle reinforced society's deeply entrenched misogyny. Meanwhile, marketers hijacked feminism, sold “Girl Power,” and poisoned a generation.  Today echoes of 90s “bitchification” still exist everywhere we look. To understand why, we must revisit and interrogate the 1990s—a decade in which empowerment was twisted into objectification, exploitation, and subjugation.  Yarrow’s thoughtful, juicy, and timely examination is a must-read for anyone trying to understand 21st century sexism and end it for the next generation. Allison Yarrow Tue, 19 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335711 thebookvoice.com 11:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 90s Bitch: Media, Culture, and the Failed Promise of Gender Equality Author: Allison Yarrow Narrator: Allison Yarrow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Finalist for the Los Angeles Press Club Book Award, muse to a Givenchy fashion collection, and recommended by the The New York Times, The Skimm, US Weekly, The Washington Post, The Boston Globe, Refinery 29, Book Riot, Bitch Media, and more.  ''Yarrow’s biting autopsy of the decade scrutinizes the way society reduced — or “bitchified” — women at work, women at home, women in court, even women on ice skates . . . Direct quotes from politicians, journalists and comedians about the women provide the most jarring, oh-my-god-that-really-happened portions of Yarrow’s decade excavation.'' — Pittsburg Post-Gazette The nostalgic, smart, and shocking account of how the 90s set back feminism, undermined girls and women, and shaped the millennial generation from award-winning journalist, Allison Yarrow.   To understand how we got here, we have to rewind the VHS tape. 90s Bitch tells the real story of women and girls in the 1990s, exploring how they were maligned by the media, vilified by popular culture, and objectified in the marketplace.  Trailblazing women like Hillary Clinton, Anita Hill, Madeleine Albright, Janet Reno, and Marcia Clark, and were undermined. Newsmakers like Britney Spears, Monica Lewinsky, Tonya Harding and Lorena Bobbitt were shamed and misunderstood. The advent of the 24-hour news cycle reinforced society's deeply entrenched misogyny. Meanwhile, marketers hijacked feminism, sold “Girl Power,” and poisoned a generation.  Today echoes of 90s “bitchification” still exist everywhere we look. To understand why, we must revisit and interrogate the 1990s—a decade in which empowerment was twisted into objectification, exploitation, and subjugation.  Yarrow’s thoughtful, juicy, and timely examination is a must-read for anyone trying to understand 21st century sexism and end it for the next generation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 90s Bitch: Media, Culture, and the Failed Promise of Gender Equality Author: Allison Yarrow Narrator: Allison Yarrow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Finalist for the Los Angeles Press Club Book Award, muse to a Givenchy fashion collection, and recommended by the The New York Times, The Skimm, US Weekly, The Washington Post, The Boston Globe, Refinery 29, Book Riot, Bitch Media, and more.  ''Yarrow’s biting autopsy of the decade scrutinizes the way society reduced — or “bitchified” — women at work, women at home, women in court, even women on ice skates . . . Direct quotes from politicians, journalists and comedians about the women provide the most jarring, oh-my-god-that-really-happened portions of Yarrow’s decade excavation.'' — Pittsburg Post-Gazette The nostalgic, smart, and shocking account of how the 90s set back feminism, undermined girls and women, and shaped the millennial generation from award-winning journalist, Allison Yarrow.   To understand how we got here, we have to rewind the VHS tape. 90s Bitch tells the real story of women and girls in the 1990s, exploring how they were maligned by the media, vilified by popular culture, and objectified in the marketplace.  Trailblazing women like Hillary Clinton, Anita Hill, Madeleine Albright, Janet Reno, and Marcia Clark, and were undermined. Newsmakers like Britney Spears, Monica Lewinsky, Tonya Harding and Lorena Bobbitt were shamed and misunderstood. The advent of the 24-hour news cycle reinforced society's deeply entrenched misogyny. Meanwhile, marketers hijacked feminism, sold “Girl Power,” and poisoned a generation.  Today echoes of 90s “bitchification” still exist everywhere we look. To understand why, we must revisit and interrogate the 1990s—a decade in which empowerment was twisted into objectification, exploitation, and subjugation.  Yarrow’s thoughtful, juicy, and timely examination is a must-read for anyone trying to understand 21st century sexism and end it for the next generation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335551 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring the War Home: The White Power Movement and Paramilitary America Author: Kathleen Belew Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The white power movement in America wants a revolution. It has declared all-out war against the federal government and its agents, and has carried out—with military precision—an escalating campaign of terror against the American public. Its soldiers are not lone wolves but are highly organized cadres motivated by a coherent and deeply troubling worldview of white supremacy, anticommunism, and apocalypse. In Bring the War Home, Kathleen Belew gives us the first full history of the movement that consolidated in the 1970s and 1980s around a potent sense of betrayal in the Vietnam War and made tragic headlines in the 1995 bombing of the Oklahoma City federal building. Returning to an America ripped apart by a war that, in their view, they were not allowed to win, a small but driven group of veterans, active-duty personnel, and civilian supporters concluded that waging war on their own country was justified. They unified people from a variety of militant groups, including Klansmen, neo-Nazis, skinheads, radical tax protestors, and white separatists. The white power movement operated with discipline and clarity, undertaking assassinations, mercenary soldiering, armed robbery, counterfeiting, and weapons trafficking. Its command structure gave women a prominent place in brokering intergroup alliances and giving birth to future recruits. Belew's disturbing history reveals how war cannot be contained in time and space. In its wake, grievances intensify and violence becomes a logical course of action for some. Bring the War Home argues for awareness of the heightened potential for paramilitarism in a present defined by ongoing war. Kathleen Belew Tue, 29 May 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335551 thebookvoice.com 10:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring the War Home: The White Power Movement and Paramilitary America Author: Kathleen Belew Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The white power movement in America wants a revolution. It has declared all-out war against the federal government and its agents, and has carried out—with military precision—an escalating campaign of terror against the American public. Its soldiers are not lone wolves but are highly organized cadres motivated by a coherent and deeply troubling worldview of white supremacy, anticommunism, and apocalypse. In Bring the War Home, Kathleen Belew gives us the first full history of the movement that consolidated in the 1970s and 1980s around a potent sense of betrayal in the Vietnam War and made tragic headlines in the 1995 bombing of the Oklahoma City federal building. Returning to an America ripped apart by a war that, in their view, they were not allowed to win, a small but driven group of veterans, active-duty personnel, and civilian supporters concluded that waging war on their own country was justified. They unified people from a variety of militant groups, including Klansmen, neo-Nazis, skinheads, radical tax protestors, and white separatists. The white power movement operated with discipline and clarity, undertaking assassinations, mercenary soldiering, armed robbery, counterfeiting, and weapons trafficking. Its command structure gave women a prominent place in brokering intergroup alliances and giving birth to future recruits. Belew's disturbing history reveals how war cannot be contained in time and space. In its wake, grievances intensify and violence becomes a logical course of action for some. Bring the War Home argues for awareness of the heightened potential for paramilitarism in a present defined by ongoing war. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/335551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring the War Home: The White Power Movement and Paramilitary America Author: Kathleen Belew Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The white power movement in America wants a revolution. It has declared all-out war against the federal government and its agents, and has carried out—with military precision—an escalating campaign of terror against the American public. Its soldiers are not lone wolves but are highly organized cadres motivated by a coherent and deeply troubling worldview of white supremacy, anticommunism, and apocalypse. In Bring the War Home, Kathleen Belew gives us the first full history of the movement that consolidated in the 1970s and 1980s around a potent sense of betrayal in the Vietnam War and made tragic headlines in the 1995 bombing of the Oklahoma City federal building. Returning to an America ripped apart by a war that, in their view, they were not allowed to win, a small but driven group of veterans, active-duty personnel, and civilian supporters concluded that waging war on their own country was justified. They unified people from a variety of militant groups, including Klansmen, neo-Nazis, skinheads, radical tax protestors, and white separatists. The white power movement operated with discipline and clarity, undertaking assassinations, mercenary soldiering, armed robbery, counterfeiting, and weapons trafficking. Its command structure gave women a prominent place in brokering intergroup alliances and giving birth to future recruits. Belew's disturbing history reveals how war cannot be contained in time and space. In its wake, grievances intensify and violence becomes a logical course of action for some. Bring the War Home argues for awareness of the heightened potential for paramilitarism in a present defined by ongoing war. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334844 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thou Art That: Transforming Religious Metaphor Series: Part of The Collected Works of Joseph Campbell Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Woven from Joseph Campbell’s previously unpublished work, this volume explores Judeo-Christian symbols and metaphors—and their misinterpretations—with the famed mythologist’s characteristic conversational warmth and accessible scholarship. Campbell’s insights highlight centuries of confusion between literal and metaphorical interpretations of Western religious symbols that are, he argues, perennially relevant keys to spiritual understanding and mystical revelation. Joseph Campbell Tue, 06 Nov 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334844 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thou Art That: Transforming Religious Metaphor Series: Part of The Collected Works of Joseph Campbell Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Woven from Joseph Campbell’s previously unpublished work, this volume explores Judeo-Christian symbols and metaphors—and their misinterpretations—with the famed mythologist’s characteristic conversational warmth and accessible scholarship. Campbell’s insights highlight centuries of confusion between literal and metaphorical interpretations of Western religious symbols that are, he argues, perennially relevant keys to spiritual understanding and mystical revelation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thou Art That: Transforming Religious Metaphor Series: Part of The Collected Works of Joseph Campbell Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Woven from Joseph Campbell’s previously unpublished work, this volume explores Judeo-Christian symbols and metaphors—and their misinterpretations—with the famed mythologist’s characteristic conversational warmth and accessible scholarship. Campbell’s insights highlight centuries of confusion between literal and metaphorical interpretations of Western religious symbols that are, he argues, perennially relevant keys to spiritual understanding and mystical revelation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334778 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Citadels of Power: Castles in History and Archaeology Author: Thomas Finan Narrator: Thomas Finan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 11, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Professor Thomas J. Finan conducts an enthralling series of lectures on a subject that is an enduring part of the popular imagination: the castle. Professor Finan examines the castle from a variety of contemporary perspectives, including those of history, archaeology, geography, and landscape studies. The course also covers the morphology of medieval fortifications and castles and considers the social and landscape natures of castles, as well as the role of the castle in Europe. Thomas Finan Fri, 11 Mar 2011 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334778 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Citadels of Power: Castles in History and Archaeology Author: Thomas Finan Narrator: Thomas Finan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 11, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Professor Thomas J. Finan conducts an enthralling series of lectures on a subject that is an enduring part of the popular imagination: the castle. Professor Finan examines the castle from a variety of contemporary perspectives, including those of history, archaeology, geography, and landscape studies. The course also covers the morphology of medieval fortifications and castles and considers the social and landscape natures of castles, as well as the role of the castle in Europe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Citadels of Power: Castles in History and Archaeology Author: Thomas Finan Narrator: Thomas Finan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 11, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Professor Thomas J. Finan conducts an enthralling series of lectures on a subject that is an enduring part of the popular imagination: the castle. Professor Finan examines the castle from a variety of contemporary perspectives, including those of history, archaeology, geography, and landscape studies. The course also covers the morphology of medieval fortifications and castles and considers the social and landscape natures of castles, as well as the role of the castle in Europe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334754 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crime Scene Investigation PT.2 Author: Robert C. Shaler Narrator: Robert C. Shaler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Profesor Robert C. Shaler continues his in-depth look at all aspects of crime scene investigation in part two. Popularized in the media by highly rated police procedurals, crime scene invesigation is an often misunderstood field of eneavor. Shaler breaks down the intricacies of how investigations are conducted in the real world, examining suhc aspects as bloodstain analysis, shooting scenes, and 'forensic bugs.' Robert C. Shaler Fri, 12 Aug 2011 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334754 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crime Scene Investigation PT.2 Author: Robert C. Shaler Narrator: Robert C. Shaler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Profesor Robert C. Shaler continues his in-depth look at all aspects of crime scene investigation in part two. Popularized in the media by highly rated police procedurals, crime scene invesigation is an often misunderstood field of eneavor. Shaler breaks down the intricacies of how investigations are conducted in the real world, examining suhc aspects as bloodstain analysis, shooting scenes, and 'forensic bugs.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crime Scene Investigation PT.2 Author: Robert C. Shaler Narrator: Robert C. Shaler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Profesor Robert C. Shaler continues his in-depth look at all aspects of crime scene investigation in part two. Popularized in the media by highly rated police procedurals, crime scene invesigation is an often misunderstood field of eneavor. Shaler breaks down the intricacies of how investigations are conducted in the real world, examining suhc aspects as bloodstain analysis, shooting scenes, and 'forensic bugs.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334520 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Masiosare, nuestro extraño enemigo Series: #2 of Los mitos que nos dieron traumas Author: Juan Miguel Zunzunegui Narrator: Jaime Alberto Carrilllo, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Después del éxito rotundo de Los mitos que nos dieron traumas, llega la esperada segunda parte. México necesita una transformación. Sólo tú puedes hacerla. Juan Miguel Zunzunegui nuevamente nos quita la venda de los ojos para hacernos responsables del país y de sus circunstancias. Masiosare se esconde en el pasado, en la profundidad de nuestra mente, y detrás de muchos de nuestros mitos. Está oculto en lo profundo del inconsciente colectivo de México y el mexicano, en sus condicionamientos psicológicos y patrones de conducta, en su gandallismo y su chingonería, en su violencia disfrazada de machismo y de honor herido, en su mente racista e inquisidora, clasista e intolerante. Masiosare, nuestro extraño enemigo, es un libro que hace una serie de viajes al pasado de México y la mente de los mexicanos, para comprender los mitos y traumas que nos destruyen como país y nos dividen como pueblo. En un México que no cesa de destruirse a sí mismo, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui hace, en esta revisión histórica, el llamado a la paz y la colaboración que el país necesita para sobrevivir. Juan Miguel Zunzunegui Thu, 24 May 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334520 thebookvoice.com 5:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Masiosare, nuestro extraño enemigo Series: #2 of Los mitos que nos dieron traumas Author: Juan Miguel Zunzunegui Narrator: Jaime Alberto Carrilllo, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Después del éxito rotundo de Los mitos que nos dieron traumas, llega la esperada segunda parte. México necesita una transformación. Sólo tú puedes hacerla. Juan Miguel Zunzunegui nuevamente nos quita la venda de los ojos para hacernos responsables del país y de sus circunstancias. Masiosare se esconde en el pasado, en la profundidad de nuestra mente, y detrás de muchos de nuestros mitos. Está oculto en lo profundo del inconsciente colectivo de México y el mexicano, en sus condicionamientos psicológicos y patrones de conducta, en su gandallismo y su chingonería, en su violencia disfrazada de machismo y de honor herido, en su mente racista e inquisidora, clasista e intolerante. Masiosare, nuestro extraño enemigo, es un libro que hace una serie de viajes al pasado de México y la mente de los mexicanos, para comprender los mitos y traumas que nos destruyen como país y nos dividen como pueblo. En un México que no cesa de destruirse a sí mismo, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui hace, en esta revisión histórica, el llamado a la paz y la colaboración que el país necesita para sobrevivir. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Masiosare, nuestro extraño enemigo Series: #2 of Los mitos que nos dieron traumas Author: Juan Miguel Zunzunegui Narrator: Jaime Alberto Carrilllo, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Después del éxito rotundo de Los mitos que nos dieron traumas, llega la esperada segunda parte. México necesita una transformación. Sólo tú puedes hacerla. Juan Miguel Zunzunegui nuevamente nos quita la venda de los ojos para hacernos responsables del país y de sus circunstancias. Masiosare se esconde en el pasado, en la profundidad de nuestra mente, y detrás de muchos de nuestros mitos. Está oculto en lo profundo del inconsciente colectivo de México y el mexicano, en sus condicionamientos psicológicos y patrones de conducta, en su gandallismo y su chingonería, en su violencia disfrazada de machismo y de honor herido, en su mente racista e inquisidora, clasista e intolerante. Masiosare, nuestro extraño enemigo, es un libro que hace una serie de viajes al pasado de México y la mente de los mexicanos, para comprender los mitos y traumas que nos destruyen como país y nos dividen como pueblo. En un México que no cesa de destruirse a sí mismo, Juan Miguel Zunzunegui hace, en esta revisión histórica, el llamado a la paz y la colaboración que el país necesita para sobrevivir. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334453 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unbound: Transgender Men and the Remaking of Identity Author: Arlene Stein Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An intimate portrait of a new generation of transmasculine individuals as they undergo gender transitions Award-winning sociologist Arlene Stein takes us into the lives of four strangers who find themselves together in a sun-drenched surgeon’s office, having traveled to Florida from across the United States in order to masculinize their chests. Ben, Lucas, Parker, and Nadia wish to feel more comfortable in their bodies; three of them are also taking testosterone so that others recognize them as male. Following them over the course of a year, Stein shows how members of this young transgender generation, along with other gender dissidents, are refashioning their identities and challenging others’ conceptions of who they are. During a time of conservative resurgence, they do so despite great personal costs.  Transgender men comprise a large, growing proportion of the trans population, yet they remain largely invisible. In this powerful, timely, and eye-opening account, Stein draws from dozens of interviews with transgender people and their friends and families, as well as with activists and medical and psychological experts. Unbound documents the varied ways younger trans men see themselves and how they are changing our understanding of what it means to be male and female in America. Arlene Stein Tue, 05 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334453 thebookvoice.com 11:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unbound: Transgender Men and the Remaking of Identity Author: Arlene Stein Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An intimate portrait of a new generation of transmasculine individuals as they undergo gender transitions Award-winning sociologist Arlene Stein takes us into the lives of four strangers who find themselves together in a sun-drenched surgeon’s office, having traveled to Florida from across the United States in order to masculinize their chests. Ben, Lucas, Parker, and Nadia wish to feel more comfortable in their bodies; three of them are also taking testosterone so that others recognize them as male. Following them over the course of a year, Stein shows how members of this young transgender generation, along with other gender dissidents, are refashioning their identities and challenging others’ conceptions of who they are. During a time of conservative resurgence, they do so despite great personal costs.  Transgender men comprise a large, growing proportion of the trans population, yet they remain largely invisible. In this powerful, timely, and eye-opening account, Stein draws from dozens of interviews with transgender people and their friends and families, as well as with activists and medical and psychological experts. Unbound documents the varied ways younger trans men see themselves and how they are changing our understanding of what it means to be male and female in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unbound: Transgender Men and the Remaking of Identity Author: Arlene Stein Narrator: Suzanne Elise Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An intimate portrait of a new generation of transmasculine individuals as they undergo gender transitions Award-winning sociologist Arlene Stein takes us into the lives of four strangers who find themselves together in a sun-drenched surgeon’s office, having traveled to Florida from across the United States in order to masculinize their chests. Ben, Lucas, Parker, and Nadia wish to feel more comfortable in their bodies; three of them are also taking testosterone so that others recognize them as male. Following them over the course of a year, Stein shows how members of this young transgender generation, along with other gender dissidents, are refashioning their identities and challenging others’ conceptions of who they are. During a time of conservative resurgence, they do so despite great personal costs.  Transgender men comprise a large, growing proportion of the trans population, yet they remain largely invisible. In this powerful, timely, and eye-opening account, Stein draws from dozens of interviews with transgender people and their friends and families, as well as with activists and medical and psychological experts. Unbound documents the varied ways younger trans men see themselves and how they are changing our understanding of what it means to be male and female in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334334 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #METOO: Power to The Women Author: Raymoni Love Narrator: Books with Voices Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 7, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The sound of the #METOO MOVEMENT. A collective voice against sexual harassment, sexual assault, abuse, domestic abuse, and inequality. The message from courageous women who were humiliated, is loud and clear, that all people should be respected, protected and treated with decency. Let us all stand together and make this world safer and forgivable for those that positively change, and plant seeds of love so love will grow in every heart from children to adults. Raymoni Love Mon, 07 May 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334334 thebookvoice.com 0:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #METOO: Power to The Women Author: Raymoni Love Narrator: Books with Voices Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 7, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The sound of the #METOO MOVEMENT. A collective voice against sexual harassment, sexual assault, abuse, domestic abuse, and inequality. The message from courageous women who were humiliated, is loud and clear, that all people should be respected, protected and treated with decency. Let us all stand together and make this world safer and forgivable for those that positively change, and plant seeds of love so love will grow in every heart from children to adults. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #METOO: Power to The Women Author: Raymoni Love Narrator: Books with Voices Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 7, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The sound of the #METOO MOVEMENT. A collective voice against sexual harassment, sexual assault, abuse, domestic abuse, and inequality. The message from courageous women who were humiliated, is loud and clear, that all people should be respected, protected and treated with decency. Let us all stand together and make this world safer and forgivable for those that positively change, and plant seeds of love so love will grow in every heart from children to adults. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334317 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Somebody I Used to Know: A Memoir Author: Wendy Mitchell Narrator: Wendy Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A brave and illuminating journey inside the mind, heart, and life of a person with early-onset Alzheimer’s disease.”—Lisa Genova, author of Still Alice Wendy Mitchell had a busy job with the British National Health Service, raised her two daughters alone, and spent her weekends running and climbing mountains. Then, slowly, a mist settled deep inside the mind she once knew so well, blurring the world around her. She didn’t know it then, but dementia was starting to take hold. In 2014, at age fifty-eight, she was diagnosed with young-onset Alzheimer’s.  In this groundbreaking book, Mitchell shares the heartrending story of her cognitive decline and how she has fought to stave it off. What lay ahead of her after the diagnosis was scary and unknowable, but Mitchell was determined and resourceful, and she vowed to outwit the disease for as long as she could. As Mitchell learned to embrace her new life, she began to see her condition as a gift, a chance to experience the world with fresh eyes and to find her own way to make a difference. Even now, her sunny outlook persists: She devotes her time to educating doctors, caregivers, and other people living with dementia, helping to reduce the stigma surrounding this insidious disease. Still living independently, Mitchell now uses Post-it notes and technology to remind her of her routines and has created a “memory room” where she displays photos—with labels—of her daughters, friends, and special places. It is a room where she feels calm and happy, especially on days when the mist descends. A chronicle of one woman’s struggle to make sense of her shifting world and her mortality, Somebody I Used to Know offers a powerful rumination on memory, perception, and the simple pleasure of living in the moment. Philosophical, poetic, intensely personal, and ultimately hopeful, this moving memoir is both a tribute to the woman Wendy Mitchell used to be and a brave affirmation of the woman she has become. Praise for Somebody I Used to Know “Remarkable . . . Mitchell gives such clear-eyed insight that anyone who knows a person living with dementia should read this book.”—The Times (London) “A landmark book . . . The best reward for [Mitchell’s] courage and candour would surely be fundamental changes in the way people with dementia are treated by society.”—Financial Times Wendy Mitchell Tue, 05 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334317 thebookvoice.com 9:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Somebody I Used to Know: A Memoir Author: Wendy Mitchell Narrator: Wendy Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A brave and illuminating journey inside the mind, heart, and life of a person with early-onset Alzheimer’s disease.”—Lisa Genova, author of Still Alice Wendy Mitchell had a busy job with the British National Health Service, raised her two daughters alone, and spent her weekends running and climbing mountains. Then, slowly, a mist settled deep inside the mind she once knew so well, blurring the world around her. She didn’t know it then, but dementia was starting to take hold. In 2014, at age fifty-eight, she was diagnosed with young-onset Alzheimer’s.  In this groundbreaking book, Mitchell shares the heartrending story of her cognitive decline and how she has fought to stave it off. What lay ahead of her after the diagnosis was scary and unknowable, but Mitchell was determined and resourceful, and she vowed to outwit the disease for as long as she could. As Mitchell learned to embrace her new life, she began to see her condition as a gift, a chance to experience the world with fresh eyes and to find her own way to make a difference. Even now, her sunny outlook persists: She devotes her time to educating doctors, caregivers, and other people living with dementia, helping to reduce the stigma surrounding this insidious disease. Still living independently, Mitchell now uses Post-it notes and technology to remind her of her routines and has created a “memory room” where she displays photos—with labels—of her daughters, friends, and special places. It is a room where she feels calm and happy, especially on days when the mist descends. A chronicle of one woman’s struggle to make sense of her shifting world and her mortality, Somebody I Used to Know offers a powerful rumination on memory, perception, and the simple pleasure of living in the moment. Philosophical, poetic, intensely personal, and ultimately hopeful, this moving memoir is both a tribute to the woman Wendy Mitchell used to be and a brave affirmation of the woman she has become. Praise for Somebody I Used to Know “Remarkable . . . Mitchell gives such clear-eyed insight that anyone who knows a person living with dementia should read this book.”—The Times (London) “A landmark book . . . The best reward for [Mitchell’s] courage and candour would surely be fundamental changes in the way people with dementia are treated by society.”—Financial Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Somebody I Used to Know: A Memoir Author: Wendy Mitchell Narrator: Wendy Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A brave and illuminating journey inside the mind, heart, and life of a person with early-onset Alzheimer’s disease.”—Lisa Genova, author of Still Alice Wendy Mitchell had a busy job with the British National Health Service, raised her two daughters alone, and spent her weekends running and climbing mountains. Then, slowly, a mist settled deep inside the mind she once knew so well, blurring the world around her. She didn’t know it then, but dementia was starting to take hold. In 2014, at age fifty-eight, she was diagnosed with young-onset Alzheimer’s.  In this groundbreaking book, Mitchell shares the heartrending story of her cognitive decline and how she has fought to stave it off. What lay ahead of her after the diagnosis was scary and unknowable, but Mitchell was determined and resourceful, and she vowed to outwit the disease for as long as she could. As Mitchell learned to embrace her new life, she began to see her condition as a gift, a chance to experience the world with fresh eyes and to find her own way to make a difference. Even now, her sunny outlook persists: She devotes her time to educating doctors, caregivers, and other people living with dementia, helping to reduce the stigma surrounding this insidious disease. Still living independently, Mitchell now uses Post-it notes and technology to remind her of her routines and has created a “memory room” where she displays photos—with labels—of her daughters, friends, and special places. It is a room where she feels calm and happy, especially on days when the mist descends. A chronicle of one woman’s struggle to make sense of her shifting world and her mortality, Somebody I Used to Know offers a powerful rumination on memory, perception, and the simple pleasure of living in the moment. Philosophical, poetic, intensely personal, and ultimately hopeful, this moving memoir is both a tribute to the woman Wendy Mitchell used to be and a brave affirmation of the woman she has become. Praise for Somebody I Used to Know “Remarkable . . . Mitchell gives such clear-eyed insight that anyone who knows a person living with dementia should read this book.”—The Times (London) “A landmark book . . . The best reward for [Mitchell’s] courage and candour would surely be fundamental changes in the way people with dementia are treated by society.”—Financial Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334312 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Queer History of the United States Series: #1 of REVISIONING HISTORY Author: Michael Bronski Narrator: Vikas Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Winner of a 2012 Stonewall Book Award in nonfiction The first book to cover the entirety of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender history, from pre-1492 to the present. In the 1620s, Thomas Morton broke from Plymouth Colony and founded Merrymount, which celebrated same-sex desire, atheism, and interracial marriage. Transgender evangelist Jemima Wilkinson, in the early 1800s, changed her name to “Publick Universal Friend,” refused to use pronouns, fought for gender equality, and led her own congregation in upstate New York. In the mid-nineteenth century, internationally famous Shakespearean actor Charlotte Cushman led an openly lesbian life, including a well-publicized “female marriage.” And in the late 1920s, Augustus Granville Dill was fired by W. E. B. Du Bois from the NAACP’s magazine the Crisis after being arrested for a homosexual encounter. These are just a few moments of queer history that Michael Bronski highlights in this groundbreaking book.   Intellectually dynamic and endlessly provocative, A Queer History of the United States is more than a “who’s who” of queer history: it is a book that radically challenges how we understand American history. Drawing upon primary documents, literature, and cultural histories, noted scholar and activist Michael Bronski charts the breadth of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender history, from 1492 to the 1990s, and has written a testament to how the LGBT experience has profoundly shaped our country, culture, and history.   A Queer History of the United States abounds with startling examples of unknown or often ignored aspects of American history—the ineffectiveness of sodomy laws in the colonies, the prevalence of cross-dressing women soldiers in the Civil War, the impact of new technologies on LGBT life in the nineteenth century, and how rock music and popular culture were, in large part, responsible for the devastating backlash against gay rights in the late 1970s. Most striking, Bronski documents how, over centuries, various incarnations of social purity movements have consistently attempted to regulate all sexuality, including fantasies, masturbation, and queer sex. Resisting these efforts, same-sex desire flourished and helped make America what it is today.   At heart, A Queer History of the United States is simply about American history. It is a book that will matter both to LGBT people and heterosexuals. This engrossing and revelatory history will make readers appreciate just how queer America really is. Michael Bronski Tue, 12 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334312 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Queer History of the United States Series: #1 of REVISIONING HISTORY Author: Michael Bronski Narrator: Vikas Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Winner of a 2012 Stonewall Book Award in nonfiction The first book to cover the entirety of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender history, from pre-1492 to the present. In the 1620s, Thomas Morton broke from Plymouth Colony and founded Merrymount, which celebrated same-sex desire, atheism, and interracial marriage. Transgender evangelist Jemima Wilkinson, in the early 1800s, changed her name to “Publick Universal Friend,” refused to use pronouns, fought for gender equality, and led her own congregation in upstate New York. In the mid-nineteenth century, internationally famous Shakespearean actor Charlotte Cushman led an openly lesbian life, including a well-publicized “female marriage.” And in the late 1920s, Augustus Granville Dill was fired by W. E. B. Du Bois from the NAACP’s magazine the Crisis after being arrested for a homosexual encounter. These are just a few moments of queer history that Michael Bronski highlights in this groundbreaking book.   Intellectually dynamic and endlessly provocative, A Queer History of the United States is more than a “who’s who” of queer history: it is a book that radically challenges how we understand American history. Drawing upon primary documents, literature, and cultural histories, noted scholar and activist Michael Bronski charts the breadth of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender history, from 1492 to the 1990s, and has written a testament to how the LGBT experience has profoundly shaped our country, culture, and history.   A Queer History of the United States abounds with startling examples of unknown or often ignored aspects of American history—the ineffectiveness of sodomy laws in the colonies, the prevalence of cross-dressing women soldiers in the Civil War, the impact of new technologies on LGBT life in the nineteenth century, and how rock music and popular culture were, in large part, responsible for the devastating backlash against gay rights in the late 1970s. Most striking, Bronski documents how, over centuries, various incarnations of social purity movements have consistently attempted to regulate all sexuality, including fantasies, masturbation, and queer sex. Resisting these efforts, same-sex desire flourished and helped make America what it is today.   At heart, A Queer History of the United States is simply about American history. It is a book that will matter both to LGBT people and heterosexuals. This engrossing and revelatory history will make readers appreciate just how queer America really is. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Queer History of the United States Series: #1 of REVISIONING HISTORY Author: Michael Bronski Narrator: Vikas Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Winner of a 2012 Stonewall Book Award in nonfiction The first book to cover the entirety of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender history, from pre-1492 to the present. In the 1620s, Thomas Morton broke from Plymouth Colony and founded Merrymount, which celebrated same-sex desire, atheism, and interracial marriage. Transgender evangelist Jemima Wilkinson, in the early 1800s, changed her name to “Publick Universal Friend,” refused to use pronouns, fought for gender equality, and led her own congregation in upstate New York. In the mid-nineteenth century, internationally famous Shakespearean actor Charlotte Cushman led an openly lesbian life, including a well-publicized “female marriage.” And in the late 1920s, Augustus Granville Dill was fired by W. E. B. Du Bois from the NAACP’s magazine the Crisis after being arrested for a homosexual encounter. These are just a few moments of queer history that Michael Bronski highlights in this groundbreaking book.   Intellectually dynamic and endlessly provocative, A Queer History of the United States is more than a “who’s who” of queer history: it is a book that radically challenges how we understand American history. Drawing upon primary documents, literature, and cultural histories, noted scholar and activist Michael Bronski charts the breadth of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender history, from 1492 to the 1990s, and has written a testament to how the LGBT experience has profoundly shaped our country, culture, and history.   A Queer History of the United States abounds with startling examples of unknown or often ignored aspects of American history—the ineffectiveness of sodomy laws in the colonies, the prevalence of cross-dressing women soldiers in the Civil War, the impact of new technologies on LGBT life in the nineteenth century, and how rock music and popular culture were, in large part, responsible for the devastating backlash against gay rights in the late 1970s. Most striking, Bronski documents how, over centuries, various incarnations of social purity movements have consistently attempted to regulate all sexuality, including fantasies, masturbation, and queer sex. Resisting these efforts, same-sex desire flourished and helped make America what it is today.   At heart, A Queer History of the United States is simply about American history. It is a book that will matter both to LGBT people and heterosexuals. This engrossing and revelatory history will make readers appreciate just how queer America really is. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334311 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Fragility: Why It's So Hard for White People to Talk About Racism Author: Robin DiAngelo Narrator: Amy Landon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 575 Ratings of Narrator: 3.38 of Total 139 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times best-selling book exploring the counterproductive reactions white people have when their assumptions about race are challenged, and how these reactions maintain racial inequality. In this “vital, necessary, and beautiful book” (Michael Eric Dyson), antiracist educator Robin DiAngelo deftly illuminates the phenomenon of white fragility and “allows us to understand racism as a practice not restricted to ‘bad people’ (Claudia Rankine). Referring to the defensive moves that white people make when challenged racially, white fragility is characterized by emotions such as anger, fear, and guilt, and by behaviors including argumentation and silence. These behaviors, in turn, function to reinstate white racial equilibrium and prevent any meaningful cross-racial dialogue. In this in-depth exploration, DiAngelo examines how white fragility develops, how it protects racial inequality, and what we can do to engage more constructively. Robin DiAngelo Tue, 26 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334311 thebookvoice.com 6:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Fragility: Why It's So Hard for White People to Talk About Racism Author: Robin DiAngelo Narrator: Amy Landon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 575 Ratings of Narrator: 3.38 of Total 139 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times best-selling book exploring the counterproductive reactions white people have when their assumptions about race are challenged, and how these reactions maintain racial inequality. In this “vital, necessary, and beautiful book” (Michael Eric Dyson), antiracist educator Robin DiAngelo deftly illuminates the phenomenon of white fragility and “allows us to understand racism as a practice not restricted to ‘bad people’ (Claudia Rankine). Referring to the defensive moves that white people make when challenged racially, white fragility is characterized by emotions such as anger, fear, and guilt, and by behaviors including argumentation and silence. These behaviors, in turn, function to reinstate white racial equilibrium and prevent any meaningful cross-racial dialogue. In this in-depth exploration, DiAngelo examines how white fragility develops, how it protects racial inequality, and what we can do to engage more constructively. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Fragility: Why It's So Hard for White People to Talk About Racism Author: Robin DiAngelo Narrator: Amy Landon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 575 Ratings of Narrator: 3.38 of Total 139 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times best-selling book exploring the counterproductive reactions white people have when their assumptions about race are challenged, and how these reactions maintain racial inequality. In this “vital, necessary, and beautiful book” (Michael Eric Dyson), antiracist educator Robin DiAngelo deftly illuminates the phenomenon of white fragility and “allows us to understand racism as a practice not restricted to ‘bad people’ (Claudia Rankine). Referring to the defensive moves that white people make when challenged racially, white fragility is characterized by emotions such as anger, fear, and guilt, and by behaviors including argumentation and silence. These behaviors, in turn, function to reinstate white racial equilibrium and prevent any meaningful cross-racial dialogue. In this in-depth exploration, DiAngelo examines how white fragility develops, how it protects racial inequality, and what we can do to engage more constructively. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334218 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334218]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex and the City and Us: How Four Single Women Changed the Way We Think, Live, and Love Author: Jennifer Keishin Armstrong Narrator: Joy Osmanski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of Seinfeldia offers a fascinating retrospective of the iconic and award-winning television series, Sex and the City, in a “bubbly, yet fierce cultural dissection of the groundbreaking show” (Chicago Tribune). This is the story of how a columnist, two gay men, and a writers’ room full of women used their own poignant, hilarious, and humiliating stories to launch a cultural phenomenon. They endured shock, slut-shaming, and a slew of nasty reviews on their way to eventual—if still often begrudging—respect. The show wasn’t perfect, but it revolutionized television for women. When Candace Bushnell began writing for the New York Observer, she didn’t think anyone beyond the Upper East Side would care about her adventures among the Hamptons-hopping media elite. But her struggles with singlehood struck a chord. Beverly Hills, 90210 creator Darren Star brought her vision to an even wider audience when he adapted the column for HBO. Carrie, Miranda, Charlotte, and Samantha launched a barrage of trends, forever branded the actresses that took on the roles, redefined women’s relationship to sex and elevated the perception of singlehood. Featuring exclusive new interviews with the cast and writers, including star Sarah Jessica Parker, creator Darren Star, executive producer Michael Patrick King, and author Candace Bushnell, “Jennifer Keishin Armstrong brings readers inside the writers’ room and into the scribes’ lives…The writing is fizzy and funny, but she still manages an in-depth look at a show that’s been analyzed for decades, giving readers a retrospective as enjoyable as a $20 pink cocktail” (The Washington Post). Sex and the City and Us is both a critical and nostalgic behind-the-scenes look at a television series that changed the way women see themselves. Jennifer Keishin Armstrong Tue, 05 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334218 thebookvoice.com 8:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334218]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex and the City and Us: How Four Single Women Changed the Way We Think, Live, and Love Author: Jennifer Keishin Armstrong Narrator: Joy Osmanski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of Seinfeldia offers a fascinating retrospective of the iconic and award-winning television series, Sex and the City, in a “bubbly, yet fierce cultural dissection of the groundbreaking show” (Chicago Tribune). This is the story of how a columnist, two gay men, and a writers’ room full of women used their own poignant, hilarious, and humiliating stories to launch a cultural phenomenon. They endured shock, slut-shaming, and a slew of nasty reviews on their way to eventual—if still often begrudging—respect. The show wasn’t perfect, but it revolutionized television for women. When Candace Bushnell began writing for the New York Observer, she didn’t think anyone beyond the Upper East Side would care about her adventures among the Hamptons-hopping media elite. But her struggles with singlehood struck a chord. Beverly Hills, 90210 creator Darren Star brought her vision to an even wider audience when he adapted the column for HBO. Carrie, Miranda, Charlotte, and Samantha launched a barrage of trends, forever branded the actresses that took on the roles, redefined women’s relationship to sex and elevated the perception of singlehood. Featuring exclusive new interviews with the cast and writers, including star Sarah Jessica Parker, creator Darren Star, executive producer Michael Patrick King, and author Candace Bushnell, “Jennifer Keishin Armstrong brings readers inside the writers’ room and into the scribes’ lives…The writing is fizzy and funny, but she still manages an in-depth look at a show that’s been analyzed for decades, giving readers a retrospective as enjoyable as a $20 pink cocktail” (The Washington Post). Sex and the City and Us is both a critical and nostalgic behind-the-scenes look at a television series that changed the way women see themselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334218]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex and the City and Us: How Four Single Women Changed the Way We Think, Live, and Love Author: Jennifer Keishin Armstrong Narrator: Joy Osmanski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of Seinfeldia offers a fascinating retrospective of the iconic and award-winning television series, Sex and the City, in a “bubbly, yet fierce cultural dissection of the groundbreaking show” (Chicago Tribune). This is the story of how a columnist, two gay men, and a writers’ room full of women used their own poignant, hilarious, and humiliating stories to launch a cultural phenomenon. They endured shock, slut-shaming, and a slew of nasty reviews on their way to eventual—if still often begrudging—respect. The show wasn’t perfect, but it revolutionized television for women. When Candace Bushnell began writing for the New York Observer, she didn’t think anyone beyond the Upper East Side would care about her adventures among the Hamptons-hopping media elite. But her struggles with singlehood struck a chord. Beverly Hills, 90210 creator Darren Star brought her vision to an even wider audience when he adapted the column for HBO. Carrie, Miranda, Charlotte, and Samantha launched a barrage of trends, forever branded the actresses that took on the roles, redefined women’s relationship to sex and elevated the perception of singlehood. Featuring exclusive new interviews with the cast and writers, including star Sarah Jessica Parker, creator Darren Star, executive producer Michael Patrick King, and author Candace Bushnell, “Jennifer Keishin Armstrong brings readers inside the writers’ room and into the scribes’ lives…The writing is fizzy and funny, but she still manages an in-depth look at a show that’s been analyzed for decades, giving readers a retrospective as enjoyable as a $20 pink cocktail” (The Washington Post). Sex and the City and Us is both a critical and nostalgic behind-the-scenes look at a television series that changed the way women see themselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334197 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maps of Meaning: The Architecture of Belief Author: Jordan B. Peterson Narrator: Jordan B. Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 192 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 40 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jordan B. Peterson's Maps of Meaning is now available for the first time as an audio download! Why have people from different cultures and eras formulated myths and stories with similar structures? What does this similarity tell us about the mind, morality, and structure of the world itself? From the author of 12 Rules for Life: An Antidote to Chaos comes a provocative hypothesis that explores the connection between what modern neuropsychology tells us about the brain and what rituals, myths, and religious stories have long narrated. A cutting-edge work that brings together neuropsychology, cognitive science, and Freudian and Jungian approaches to mythology and narrative, Maps of Meaning presents a rich theory that makes the wisdom and meaning of myth accessible to the critical modern mind. Includes a PDF of Images from the Book. Jordan B. Peterson Tue, 12 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334197 thebookvoice.com 30:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maps of Meaning: The Architecture of Belief Author: Jordan B. Peterson Narrator: Jordan B. Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 192 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 40 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jordan B. Peterson's Maps of Meaning is now available for the first time as an audio download! Why have people from different cultures and eras formulated myths and stories with similar structures? What does this similarity tell us about the mind, morality, and structure of the world itself? From the author of 12 Rules for Life: An Antidote to Chaos comes a provocative hypothesis that explores the connection between what modern neuropsychology tells us about the brain and what rituals, myths, and religious stories have long narrated. A cutting-edge work that brings together neuropsychology, cognitive science, and Freudian and Jungian approaches to mythology and narrative, Maps of Meaning presents a rich theory that makes the wisdom and meaning of myth accessible to the critical modern mind. Includes a PDF of Images from the Book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maps of Meaning: The Architecture of Belief Author: Jordan B. Peterson Narrator: Jordan B. Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 192 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 40 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jordan B. Peterson's Maps of Meaning is now available for the first time as an audio download! Why have people from different cultures and eras formulated myths and stories with similar structures? What does this similarity tell us about the mind, morality, and structure of the world itself? From the author of 12 Rules for Life: An Antidote to Chaos comes a provocative hypothesis that explores the connection between what modern neuropsychology tells us about the brain and what rituals, myths, and religious stories have long narrated. A cutting-edge work that brings together neuropsychology, cognitive science, and Freudian and Jungian approaches to mythology and narrative, Maps of Meaning presents a rich theory that makes the wisdom and meaning of myth accessible to the critical modern mind. Includes a PDF of Images from the Book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334099 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Arguments For Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now Author: Jaron Lanier Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Ten Arguments For Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now by Jaron Lanier, read by Oliver Wyman. Jaron Lanier, the world-famous Silicon Valley scientist-pioneer and 'high-tech genius' (Sunday Times) who first alerted us to the dangers of social media, explains why its toxic effects are at the heart of its design, and explains in ten simple arguments why liberating yourself from its hold will transform your life and the world for the better. Social media is making us sadder, angrier, less empathetic, more fearful, more isolated and more tribal. In recent months it has become horribly clear that social media is not bringing us together – it is tearing us apart. In Ten Arguments For Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now Jaron Lanier draws on his insider's expertise to explain precisely how social media works – by deploying constant surveillance and subconscious manipulation of its users – and why its cruel and dangerous effects are at the heart of its current business model and design. As well as offering ten simple arguments for liberating yourself from its addictive hold, his witty and urgent manifesto outlines a vision for an alternative that provides all the benefits of social media without the harm. So, if you want a happier life, a more just and peaceful world, or merely the chance to think for yourself without being monitored and influenced by the richest corporations in history, then the best thing you can do, for now, is delete your social media accounts – right now. You will almost certainly become a calmer and possibly a nicer person in the process. 'A blisteringly good, urgent, essential read' ZADIE SMITH Jaron Lanier Thu, 31 May 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334099 thebookvoice.com 4:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Arguments For Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now Author: Jaron Lanier Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Ten Arguments For Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now by Jaron Lanier, read by Oliver Wyman. Jaron Lanier, the world-famous Silicon Valley scientist-pioneer and 'high-tech genius' (Sunday Times) who first alerted us to the dangers of social media, explains why its toxic effects are at the heart of its design, and explains in ten simple arguments why liberating yourself from its hold will transform your life and the world for the better. Social media is making us sadder, angrier, less empathetic, more fearful, more isolated and more tribal. In recent months it has become horribly clear that social media is not bringing us together – it is tearing us apart. In Ten Arguments For Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now Jaron Lanier draws on his insider's expertise to explain precisely how social media works – by deploying constant surveillance and subconscious manipulation of its users – and why its cruel and dangerous effects are at the heart of its current business model and design. As well as offering ten simple arguments for liberating yourself from its addictive hold, his witty and urgent manifesto outlines a vision for an alternative that provides all the benefits of social media without the harm. So, if you want a happier life, a more just and peaceful world, or merely the chance to think for yourself without being monitored and influenced by the richest corporations in history, then the best thing you can do, for now, is delete your social media accounts – right now. You will almost certainly become a calmer and possibly a nicer person in the process. 'A blisteringly good, urgent, essential read' ZADIE SMITH Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Arguments For Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now Author: Jaron Lanier Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Ten Arguments For Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now by Jaron Lanier, read by Oliver Wyman. Jaron Lanier, the world-famous Silicon Valley scientist-pioneer and 'high-tech genius' (Sunday Times) who first alerted us to the dangers of social media, explains why its toxic effects are at the heart of its design, and explains in ten simple arguments why liberating yourself from its hold will transform your life and the world for the better. Social media is making us sadder, angrier, less empathetic, more fearful, more isolated and more tribal. In recent months it has become horribly clear that social media is not bringing us together – it is tearing us apart. In Ten Arguments For Deleting Your Social Media Accounts Right Now Jaron Lanier draws on his insider's expertise to explain precisely how social media works – by deploying constant surveillance and subconscious manipulation of its users – and why its cruel and dangerous effects are at the heart of its current business model and design. As well as offering ten simple arguments for liberating yourself from its addictive hold, his witty and urgent manifesto outlines a vision for an alternative that provides all the benefits of social media without the harm. So, if you want a happier life, a more just and peaceful world, or merely the chance to think for yourself without being monitored and influenced by the richest corporations in history, then the best thing you can do, for now, is delete your social media accounts – right now. You will almost certainly become a calmer and possibly a nicer person in the process. 'A blisteringly good, urgent, essential read' ZADIE SMITH https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334093 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Like a State: How Certain Schemes to Improve the Human Condition Have Failed Author: James C. Scott Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Compulsory ujamaa villages in Tanzania, collectivization in Russia, Le Corbusier’s urban planning theory realized in Brasilia, the Great Leap Forward in China, agricultural “modernization” in the Tropics―the twentieth century has been racked by grand utopian schemes that have inadvertently brought death and disruption to millions. Why do well-intentioned plans for improving the human condition go tragically awry? In this wide-ranging and original book, James C. Scott analyzes failed cases of large-scale authoritarian plans in a variety of fields. Centrally managed social plans misfire, Scott argues, when they impose schematic visions that do violence to complex interdependencies that are not―and cannot―be fully understood. Further, the success of designs for social organization depends upon the recognition that local, practical knowledge is as important as formal, epistemic knowledge. The author builds a persuasive case against “development theory” and imperialistic state planning that disregards the values, desires, and objections of its subjects. He identifies and discusses four conditions common to all planning disasters: administrative ordering of nature and society by the state; a “high-modernist ideology” that places confidence in the ability of science to improve every aspect of human life; a willingness to use authoritarian state power to effect large- scale interventions; and a prostrate civil society that cannot effectively resist such plans. James C. Scott Tue, 22 May 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334093 thebookvoice.com 16:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Like a State: How Certain Schemes to Improve the Human Condition Have Failed Author: James C. Scott Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Compulsory ujamaa villages in Tanzania, collectivization in Russia, Le Corbusier’s urban planning theory realized in Brasilia, the Great Leap Forward in China, agricultural “modernization” in the Tropics―the twentieth century has been racked by grand utopian schemes that have inadvertently brought death and disruption to millions. Why do well-intentioned plans for improving the human condition go tragically awry? In this wide-ranging and original book, James C. Scott analyzes failed cases of large-scale authoritarian plans in a variety of fields. Centrally managed social plans misfire, Scott argues, when they impose schematic visions that do violence to complex interdependencies that are not―and cannot―be fully understood. Further, the success of designs for social organization depends upon the recognition that local, practical knowledge is as important as formal, epistemic knowledge. The author builds a persuasive case against “development theory” and imperialistic state planning that disregards the values, desires, and objections of its subjects. He identifies and discusses four conditions common to all planning disasters: administrative ordering of nature and society by the state; a “high-modernist ideology” that places confidence in the ability of science to improve every aspect of human life; a willingness to use authoritarian state power to effect large- scale interventions; and a prostrate civil society that cannot effectively resist such plans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Like a State: How Certain Schemes to Improve the Human Condition Have Failed Author: James C. Scott Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Compulsory ujamaa villages in Tanzania, collectivization in Russia, Le Corbusier’s urban planning theory realized in Brasilia, the Great Leap Forward in China, agricultural “modernization” in the Tropics―the twentieth century has been racked by grand utopian schemes that have inadvertently brought death and disruption to millions. Why do well-intentioned plans for improving the human condition go tragically awry? In this wide-ranging and original book, James C. Scott analyzes failed cases of large-scale authoritarian plans in a variety of fields. Centrally managed social plans misfire, Scott argues, when they impose schematic visions that do violence to complex interdependencies that are not―and cannot―be fully understood. Further, the success of designs for social organization depends upon the recognition that local, practical knowledge is as important as formal, epistemic knowledge. The author builds a persuasive case against “development theory” and imperialistic state planning that disregards the values, desires, and objections of its subjects. He identifies and discusses four conditions common to all planning disasters: administrative ordering of nature and society by the state; a “high-modernist ideology” that places confidence in the ability of science to improve every aspect of human life; a willingness to use authoritarian state power to effect large- scale interventions; and a prostrate civil society that cannot effectively resist such plans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334007 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Question of Freedom: A Memoir of Learning, Survival, and Coming of Age in Prison Author: Reginald Dwayne Betts Narrator: Sean Crisden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At the age of sixteen, R. Dwayne Betts—a good student from a lower-middle-class family—carjacked a man with a friend. He had never held a gun before, but within a matter of minutes he had committed six felonies. In Virginia, carjacking is a 'certifiable' offense, meaning that Betts would be treated as an adult under state law. A bright young kid, he served his nine-year sentence as part of the adult population in some of the worst prisons in the state. A Question of Freedom chronicles Betts's years in prison, reflecting back on his crime and looking ahead to how his experiences and the books he discovered while incarcerated would define him. Utterly alone, Betts confronts profound questions about violence, freedom, crime, race, and the justice system. Confined by cinder-block walls and barbed wire, he discovers the power of language through books, poetry, and his own pen. Above all, A Question of Freedom is about a quest for identity—one that guarantees Betts's survival in a hostile environment and that incorporates an understanding of how his own past led to the moment of his crime. Reginald Dwayne Betts Tue, 15 May 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334007 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Question of Freedom: A Memoir of Learning, Survival, and Coming of Age in Prison Author: Reginald Dwayne Betts Narrator: Sean Crisden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At the age of sixteen, R. Dwayne Betts—a good student from a lower-middle-class family—carjacked a man with a friend. He had never held a gun before, but within a matter of minutes he had committed six felonies. In Virginia, carjacking is a 'certifiable' offense, meaning that Betts would be treated as an adult under state law. A bright young kid, he served his nine-year sentence as part of the adult population in some of the worst prisons in the state. A Question of Freedom chronicles Betts's years in prison, reflecting back on his crime and looking ahead to how his experiences and the books he discovered while incarcerated would define him. Utterly alone, Betts confronts profound questions about violence, freedom, crime, race, and the justice system. Confined by cinder-block walls and barbed wire, he discovers the power of language through books, poetry, and his own pen. Above all, A Question of Freedom is about a quest for identity—one that guarantees Betts's survival in a hostile environment and that incorporates an understanding of how his own past led to the moment of his crime. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Question of Freedom: A Memoir of Learning, Survival, and Coming of Age in Prison Author: Reginald Dwayne Betts Narrator: Sean Crisden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At the age of sixteen, R. Dwayne Betts—a good student from a lower-middle-class family—carjacked a man with a friend. He had never held a gun before, but within a matter of minutes he had committed six felonies. In Virginia, carjacking is a 'certifiable' offense, meaning that Betts would be treated as an adult under state law. A bright young kid, he served his nine-year sentence as part of the adult population in some of the worst prisons in the state. A Question of Freedom chronicles Betts's years in prison, reflecting back on his crime and looking ahead to how his experiences and the books he discovered while incarcerated would define him. Utterly alone, Betts confronts profound questions about violence, freedom, crime, race, and the justice system. Confined by cinder-block walls and barbed wire, he discovers the power of language through books, poetry, and his own pen. Above all, A Question of Freedom is about a quest for identity—one that guarantees Betts's survival in a hostile environment and that incorporates an understanding of how his own past led to the moment of his crime. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333949 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghostbuster's Daughter: Life with My Dad, Harold Ramis Author: Violet Ramis Stiel Narrator: Seth Rogen, Violet Ramis Stiel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the daughter of comedy legend Harold Ramis (and featuring a Foreword by Seth Rogen) comes a hilarious and heartwarming account of his life, work, and legacy. Most of us know Harold Ramis as the writer, director, and actor who brought warmth and humor to the big screen in classics like Animal House, Caddyshack, Ghostbusters, National Lampoon's Vacation, and Groundhog Day. To his daughter, Violet, he was best known as an amazing father, confidant, and friend. In Ghostbuster's Daughter, Violet reflects on the life and legacy of her father, providing readers with an extraordinarily candid and insightful look into the man who helped shape modern American comedy. Funny, endearing, and vulnerable, Ghostbuster's Daughter takes readers into the private life of the American comedy icon, from his humble roots in Chicago and ascension into Hollywood stardom to his personal philosophies on life, love, and filmmaking. While the book offers a comprehensive history of her father's career, Ghostbuster's Daughter also provides a profound homage to their special father-daughter relationship. Violet weaves anecdotes about her father's unique and devoted parenting style among stories of her own unconventional upbringing, creating a vivid and dynamic portrait of the man behind the movies. A distinctly offbeat memoir as well as a charming family story for the ages, Ghostbuster's Daughter is an intimate look at one of America's preeminent comedy filmmakers. Violet Ramis Stiel Tue, 05 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333949 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghostbuster's Daughter: Life with My Dad, Harold Ramis Author: Violet Ramis Stiel Narrator: Seth Rogen, Violet Ramis Stiel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the daughter of comedy legend Harold Ramis (and featuring a Foreword by Seth Rogen) comes a hilarious and heartwarming account of his life, work, and legacy. Most of us know Harold Ramis as the writer, director, and actor who brought warmth and humor to the big screen in classics like Animal House, Caddyshack, Ghostbusters, National Lampoon's Vacation, and Groundhog Day. To his daughter, Violet, he was best known as an amazing father, confidant, and friend. In Ghostbuster's Daughter, Violet reflects on the life and legacy of her father, providing readers with an extraordinarily candid and insightful look into the man who helped shape modern American comedy. Funny, endearing, and vulnerable, Ghostbuster's Daughter takes readers into the private life of the American comedy icon, from his humble roots in Chicago and ascension into Hollywood stardom to his personal philosophies on life, love, and filmmaking. While the book offers a comprehensive history of her father's career, Ghostbuster's Daughter also provides a profound homage to their special father-daughter relationship. Violet weaves anecdotes about her father's unique and devoted parenting style among stories of her own unconventional upbringing, creating a vivid and dynamic portrait of the man behind the movies. A distinctly offbeat memoir as well as a charming family story for the ages, Ghostbuster's Daughter is an intimate look at one of America's preeminent comedy filmmakers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghostbuster's Daughter: Life with My Dad, Harold Ramis Author: Violet Ramis Stiel Narrator: Seth Rogen, Violet Ramis Stiel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the daughter of comedy legend Harold Ramis (and featuring a Foreword by Seth Rogen) comes a hilarious and heartwarming account of his life, work, and legacy. Most of us know Harold Ramis as the writer, director, and actor who brought warmth and humor to the big screen in classics like Animal House, Caddyshack, Ghostbusters, National Lampoon's Vacation, and Groundhog Day. To his daughter, Violet, he was best known as an amazing father, confidant, and friend. In Ghostbuster's Daughter, Violet reflects on the life and legacy of her father, providing readers with an extraordinarily candid and insightful look into the man who helped shape modern American comedy. Funny, endearing, and vulnerable, Ghostbuster's Daughter takes readers into the private life of the American comedy icon, from his humble roots in Chicago and ascension into Hollywood stardom to his personal philosophies on life, love, and filmmaking. While the book offers a comprehensive history of her father's career, Ghostbuster's Daughter also provides a profound homage to their special father-daughter relationship. Violet weaves anecdotes about her father's unique and devoted parenting style among stories of her own unconventional upbringing, creating a vivid and dynamic portrait of the man behind the movies. A distinctly offbeat memoir as well as a charming family story for the ages, Ghostbuster's Daughter is an intimate look at one of America's preeminent comedy filmmakers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333944 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Ashes in the Fire: Coming of Age Black and Free in America Author: Darnell L Moore Narrator: Darnell L Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a leading journalist and activist comes a brave, beautifully wrought memoir. When Darnell Moore was fourteen, three boys from his neighborhood tried to set him on fire. They cornered him while he was walking home from school, harassed him because they thought he was gay, and poured a jug of gasoline on him. He escaped, but just barely. It wasn't the last time he would face death. Three decades later, Moore is an award-winning writer, a leading Black Lives Matter activist, and an advocate for justice and liberation. In No Ashes in the Fire, he shares the journey taken by that scared, bullied teenager who not only survived, but found his calling. Moore's transcendence over the myriad forces of repression that faced him is a testament to the grace and care of the people who loved him, and to his hometown, Camden, NJ, scarred and ignored but brimming with life. Moore reminds us that liberation is possible if we commit ourselves to fighting for it, and if we dream and create futures where those who survive on society's edges can thrive. No Ashes in the Fire is a story of beauty and hope-and an honest reckoning with family, with place, and with what it means to be free. Darnell L Moore Tue, 29 May 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333944 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Ashes in the Fire: Coming of Age Black and Free in America Author: Darnell L Moore Narrator: Darnell L Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a leading journalist and activist comes a brave, beautifully wrought memoir. When Darnell Moore was fourteen, three boys from his neighborhood tried to set him on fire. They cornered him while he was walking home from school, harassed him because they thought he was gay, and poured a jug of gasoline on him. He escaped, but just barely. It wasn't the last time he would face death. Three decades later, Moore is an award-winning writer, a leading Black Lives Matter activist, and an advocate for justice and liberation. In No Ashes in the Fire, he shares the journey taken by that scared, bullied teenager who not only survived, but found his calling. Moore's transcendence over the myriad forces of repression that faced him is a testament to the grace and care of the people who loved him, and to his hometown, Camden, NJ, scarred and ignored but brimming with life. Moore reminds us that liberation is possible if we commit ourselves to fighting for it, and if we dream and create futures where those who survive on society's edges can thrive. No Ashes in the Fire is a story of beauty and hope-and an honest reckoning with family, with place, and with what it means to be free. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Ashes in the Fire: Coming of Age Black and Free in America Author: Darnell L Moore Narrator: Darnell L Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a leading journalist and activist comes a brave, beautifully wrought memoir. When Darnell Moore was fourteen, three boys from his neighborhood tried to set him on fire. They cornered him while he was walking home from school, harassed him because they thought he was gay, and poured a jug of gasoline on him. He escaped, but just barely. It wasn't the last time he would face death. Three decades later, Moore is an award-winning writer, a leading Black Lives Matter activist, and an advocate for justice and liberation. In No Ashes in the Fire, he shares the journey taken by that scared, bullied teenager who not only survived, but found his calling. Moore's transcendence over the myriad forces of repression that faced him is a testament to the grace and care of the people who loved him, and to his hometown, Camden, NJ, scarred and ignored but brimming with life. Moore reminds us that liberation is possible if we commit ourselves to fighting for it, and if we dream and create futures where those who survive on society's edges can thrive. No Ashes in the Fire is a story of beauty and hope-and an honest reckoning with family, with place, and with what it means to be free. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333941 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cunt (20th Anniversary Edition): A Declaration of Independence Author: Inga Muscio Narrator: Inga Muscio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An ancient title of respect for women, the word 'cunt' long ago veered off this noble path. Inga Muscio traces the road from honor to expletive, giving women the motivation and tools to claim 'cunt' as a positive and powerful force in their lives. In this fully revised edition, she explores, with candidness and humor, such traditional feminist issues as birth control, sexuality, jealousy between women, and prostitution with a fresh attitude for a new generation of women. Sending out a call for every woman to be the Cuntlovin' Ruler of Her Sexual Universe, Muscio stands convention on its head by embracing all things cunt-related. This edition is fully revised with updated resources, a new foreword from sexual pioneer Betty Dodson, and a new afterword by the author. 'Bright, sharp, empowering, long-lasting, useful, sexy . . . ' -- San Francisco Chronicle ' . . . Cunt provides fertile ground for psychological growth.' -- San Francisco Bay Guardian 'Cunt does for feminism what smoothies did for high-fiber diets -- it reinvents the oft-indigestible into something sweet and delicious.' -- Bust Magazine Inga Muscio Tue, 13 Mar 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333941 thebookvoice.com 8:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cunt (20th Anniversary Edition): A Declaration of Independence Author: Inga Muscio Narrator: Inga Muscio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An ancient title of respect for women, the word 'cunt' long ago veered off this noble path. Inga Muscio traces the road from honor to expletive, giving women the motivation and tools to claim 'cunt' as a positive and powerful force in their lives. In this fully revised edition, she explores, with candidness and humor, such traditional feminist issues as birth control, sexuality, jealousy between women, and prostitution with a fresh attitude for a new generation of women. Sending out a call for every woman to be the Cuntlovin' Ruler of Her Sexual Universe, Muscio stands convention on its head by embracing all things cunt-related. This edition is fully revised with updated resources, a new foreword from sexual pioneer Betty Dodson, and a new afterword by the author. 'Bright, sharp, empowering, long-lasting, useful, sexy . . . ' -- San Francisco Chronicle ' . . . Cunt provides fertile ground for psychological growth.' -- San Francisco Bay Guardian 'Cunt does for feminism what smoothies did for high-fiber diets -- it reinvents the oft-indigestible into something sweet and delicious.' -- Bust Magazine Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cunt (20th Anniversary Edition): A Declaration of Independence Author: Inga Muscio Narrator: Inga Muscio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An ancient title of respect for women, the word 'cunt' long ago veered off this noble path. Inga Muscio traces the road from honor to expletive, giving women the motivation and tools to claim 'cunt' as a positive and powerful force in their lives. In this fully revised edition, she explores, with candidness and humor, such traditional feminist issues as birth control, sexuality, jealousy between women, and prostitution with a fresh attitude for a new generation of women. Sending out a call for every woman to be the Cuntlovin' Ruler of Her Sexual Universe, Muscio stands convention on its head by embracing all things cunt-related. This edition is fully revised with updated resources, a new foreword from sexual pioneer Betty Dodson, and a new afterword by the author. 'Bright, sharp, empowering, long-lasting, useful, sexy . . . ' -- San Francisco Chronicle ' . . . Cunt provides fertile ground for psychological growth.' -- San Francisco Bay Guardian 'Cunt does for feminism what smoothies did for high-fiber diets -- it reinvents the oft-indigestible into something sweet and delicious.' -- Bust Magazine https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333825 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Little Piece of Light: A Memoir of Hope, Prison, and a Life Unbound Author: Donna Hylton Narrator: Donna Hylton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random Family meets Orange Is the New Black in A Little Piece of Light, a memoir of survival, redemption, hope, and sisterhood from a bold new voice on the front lines of the criminal justice reform movement. Like so many women before her and so many women yet to come, Donna Hylton's early life was a nightmare of abuse that left her feeling alone and convinced of her worthlessness. In 1986, she took part in a horrific act and was sentenced to 25 years to life for kidnapping and second-degree murder. It seemed that Donna had reached the end--at age 19, due to her own mistakes and bad choices, her life was over. A Little Piece of Light tells the heartfelt, often harrowing tale of Donna's journey back to life as she faced the truth about the crime that locked her away for 27 years...and celebrated the family she found inside prison that ultimately saved her. Behind the bars of Bedford Hills Correctional Facility, alongside this generation's most infamous criminals, Donna learned to fight, then thrive. For the first time in her life, she realized she was not alone in the abuse and misogyny she experienced--and she was also not alone in fighting back. Since her release in 2012, Donna has emerged as a leading advocate for criminal justice reform and women's rights who speaks to politicians, violent abusers, prison officials, victims, and students to tell her story. But it's not her story alone, she is quick to say. She also represents the stories of thousands of women who have been unable to speak for themselves, until now. Donna Hylton Tue, 05 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333825 thebookvoice.com 7:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Little Piece of Light: A Memoir of Hope, Prison, and a Life Unbound Author: Donna Hylton Narrator: Donna Hylton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random Family meets Orange Is the New Black in A Little Piece of Light, a memoir of survival, redemption, hope, and sisterhood from a bold new voice on the front lines of the criminal justice reform movement. Like so many women before her and so many women yet to come, Donna Hylton's early life was a nightmare of abuse that left her feeling alone and convinced of her worthlessness. In 1986, she took part in a horrific act and was sentenced to 25 years to life for kidnapping and second-degree murder. It seemed that Donna had reached the end--at age 19, due to her own mistakes and bad choices, her life was over. A Little Piece of Light tells the heartfelt, often harrowing tale of Donna's journey back to life as she faced the truth about the crime that locked her away for 27 years...and celebrated the family she found inside prison that ultimately saved her. Behind the bars of Bedford Hills Correctional Facility, alongside this generation's most infamous criminals, Donna learned to fight, then thrive. For the first time in her life, she realized she was not alone in the abuse and misogyny she experienced--and she was also not alone in fighting back. Since her release in 2012, Donna has emerged as a leading advocate for criminal justice reform and women's rights who speaks to politicians, violent abusers, prison officials, victims, and students to tell her story. But it's not her story alone, she is quick to say. She also represents the stories of thousands of women who have been unable to speak for themselves, until now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Little Piece of Light: A Memoir of Hope, Prison, and a Life Unbound Author: Donna Hylton Narrator: Donna Hylton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Random Family meets Orange Is the New Black in A Little Piece of Light, a memoir of survival, redemption, hope, and sisterhood from a bold new voice on the front lines of the criminal justice reform movement. Like so many women before her and so many women yet to come, Donna Hylton's early life was a nightmare of abuse that left her feeling alone and convinced of her worthlessness. In 1986, she took part in a horrific act and was sentenced to 25 years to life for kidnapping and second-degree murder. It seemed that Donna had reached the end--at age 19, due to her own mistakes and bad choices, her life was over. A Little Piece of Light tells the heartfelt, often harrowing tale of Donna's journey back to life as she faced the truth about the crime that locked her away for 27 years...and celebrated the family she found inside prison that ultimately saved her. Behind the bars of Bedford Hills Correctional Facility, alongside this generation's most infamous criminals, Donna learned to fight, then thrive. For the first time in her life, she realized she was not alone in the abuse and misogyny she experienced--and she was also not alone in fighting back. Since her release in 2012, Donna has emerged as a leading advocate for criminal justice reform and women's rights who speaks to politicians, violent abusers, prison officials, victims, and students to tell her story. But it's not her story alone, she is quick to say. She also represents the stories of thousands of women who have been unable to speak for themselves, until now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333817 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upon Further Review: The Greatest What-Ifs in Sports History Author: Mike Pesca Narrator: Claude Johnson, Liam Boylan-Pett, Will Leitch, Neil Pain, Nate Dimeo, Jonathan Hock, Shira Springer, Steve Kornacki, Mike Pesca, Ben Lindbergh, Louisa Thomas, Mary Pilon, Peter Thomas Fornatale, Julian E. Zelizer, Jeremy Schaap, Jesse Eisenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Mike Pesca, host of the popular Slate podcast The Gist, comes the greatest sports minds imagining how the world would change if a play, trade, injury, or referee's call had just gone the other way. 'Intriguing...thought provoking...delightful.' --The Washington Post No announcer ever proclaimed: 'Up Rises Frazier!' 'Havlicek commits the foul, trying to steal the ball!' or 'The Giants Lose the Pennant, The Giants Lose The Pennant!' Such moments are indelibly etched upon the mind of every sports fan. Or rather, they would be, had they happened. Sports are notoriously games of inches, and when we conjure the thought of certain athletes - like Bill Buckner or Scott Norwood - we can't help but apply a mental tape measure to the highlight reels of our minds. Players, coaches, and of course fans, obsess on the play when they ask, 'What if?' Upon Further Review is the first book to answer that question. Upon Further Review is a book of counterfactual sporting scenarios. In its pages the reader will find expertly reported histories, where one small event is flipped on its head, and the resulting ripples are carefully documented, the likes of... What if the U.S. Boycotted Hitler's Olympics? What if Bobby Riggs beat Billie Jean King? What if Bucky Dent popped out at the foot of the Green Monster? What if Drew Bledsoe never got hurt? Upon Further Review takes classic arguments conducted over pints in a pub and places them in the hands of dozens of writers, athletes, and historians. From turning points that every sports fan rues or celebrates, to the forgotten would-be inflection points that defined sports, Upon Further Review answers age old questions, and settles the score, even if the score bounced off the crossbar. Mike Pesca Tue, 15 May 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333817 thebookvoice.com 9:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upon Further Review: The Greatest What-Ifs in Sports History Author: Mike Pesca Narrator: Claude Johnson, Liam Boylan-Pett, Will Leitch, Neil Pain, Nate Dimeo, Jonathan Hock, Shira Springer, Steve Kornacki, Mike Pesca, Ben Lindbergh, Louisa Thomas, Mary Pilon, Peter Thomas Fornatale, Julian E. Zelizer, Jeremy Schaap, Jesse Eisenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Mike Pesca, host of the popular Slate podcast The Gist, comes the greatest sports minds imagining how the world would change if a play, trade, injury, or referee's call had just gone the other way. 'Intriguing...thought provoking...delightful.' --The Washington Post No announcer ever proclaimed: 'Up Rises Frazier!' 'Havlicek commits the foul, trying to steal the ball!' or 'The Giants Lose the Pennant, The Giants Lose The Pennant!' Such moments are indelibly etched upon the mind of every sports fan. Or rather, they would be, had they happened. Sports are notoriously games of inches, and when we conjure the thought of certain athletes - like Bill Buckner or Scott Norwood - we can't help but apply a mental tape measure to the highlight reels of our minds. Players, coaches, and of course fans, obsess on the play when they ask, 'What if?' Upon Further Review is the first book to answer that question. Upon Further Review is a book of counterfactual sporting scenarios. In its pages the reader will find expertly reported histories, where one small event is flipped on its head, and the resulting ripples are carefully documented, the likes of... What if the U.S. Boycotted Hitler's Olympics? What if Bobby Riggs beat Billie Jean King? What if Bucky Dent popped out at the foot of the Green Monster? What if Drew Bledsoe never got hurt? Upon Further Review takes classic arguments conducted over pints in a pub and places them in the hands of dozens of writers, athletes, and historians. From turning points that every sports fan rues or celebrates, to the forgotten would-be inflection points that defined sports, Upon Further Review answers age old questions, and settles the score, even if the score bounced off the crossbar. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upon Further Review: The Greatest What-Ifs in Sports History Author: Mike Pesca Narrator: Claude Johnson, Liam Boylan-Pett, Will Leitch, Neil Pain, Nate Dimeo, Jonathan Hock, Shira Springer, Steve Kornacki, Mike Pesca, Ben Lindbergh, Louisa Thomas, Mary Pilon, Peter Thomas Fornatale, Julian E. Zelizer, Jeremy Schaap, Jesse Eisenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Mike Pesca, host of the popular Slate podcast The Gist, comes the greatest sports minds imagining how the world would change if a play, trade, injury, or referee's call had just gone the other way. 'Intriguing...thought provoking...delightful.' --The Washington Post No announcer ever proclaimed: 'Up Rises Frazier!' 'Havlicek commits the foul, trying to steal the ball!' or 'The Giants Lose the Pennant, The Giants Lose The Pennant!' Such moments are indelibly etched upon the mind of every sports fan. Or rather, they would be, had they happened. Sports are notoriously games of inches, and when we conjure the thought of certain athletes - like Bill Buckner or Scott Norwood - we can't help but apply a mental tape measure to the highlight reels of our minds. Players, coaches, and of course fans, obsess on the play when they ask, 'What if?' Upon Further Review is the first book to answer that question. Upon Further Review is a book of counterfactual sporting scenarios. In its pages the reader will find expertly reported histories, where one small event is flipped on its head, and the resulting ripples are carefully documented, the likes of... What if the U.S. Boycotted Hitler's Olympics? What if Bobby Riggs beat Billie Jean King? What if Bucky Dent popped out at the foot of the Green Monster? What if Drew Bledsoe never got hurt? Upon Further Review takes classic arguments conducted over pints in a pub and places them in the hands of dozens of writers, athletes, and historians. From turning points that every sports fan rues or celebrates, to the forgotten would-be inflection points that defined sports, Upon Further Review answers age old questions, and settles the score, even if the score bounced off the crossbar. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333781 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Call Me American: A Memoir Author: Abdi Nor Iftin Narrator: Abdi Nor Iftin, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Abdi Nor Iftin first fell in love with America from afar. As a child, he learned English by listening to American pop and watching action films starring Arnold Schwarzenegger. When U.S. marines landed in Mogadishu to take on the warlords, Abdi cheered the arrival of these Americans, who seemed as heroic as those of the movies. Sporting American clothes and dance moves, he became known around Mogadishu as Abdi American, but when the radical Islamist group al-Shabaab rose to power in 2006, it became dangerous to celebrate Western culture. Desperate to make a living, Abdi used his language skills to post secret dispatches, which found an audience of worldwide listeners. Eventually, though, Abdi was forced to flee to Kenya. In an amazing stroke of luck, Abdi won entrance to the U.S. in the annual visa lottery, though his route to America did not come easily. Parts of his story were first heard on the BBC World Service and This American Life. Now a proud resident of Maine, on the path to citizenship, Abdi Nor Iftin's dramatic, deeply stirring memoir is truly a story for our time: a vivid reminder of why America still beckons to those looking to make a better life. Abdi Nor Iftin Tue, 19 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333781 thebookvoice.com 10:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Call Me American: A Memoir Author: Abdi Nor Iftin Narrator: Abdi Nor Iftin, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Abdi Nor Iftin first fell in love with America from afar. As a child, he learned English by listening to American pop and watching action films starring Arnold Schwarzenegger. When U.S. marines landed in Mogadishu to take on the warlords, Abdi cheered the arrival of these Americans, who seemed as heroic as those of the movies. Sporting American clothes and dance moves, he became known around Mogadishu as Abdi American, but when the radical Islamist group al-Shabaab rose to power in 2006, it became dangerous to celebrate Western culture. Desperate to make a living, Abdi used his language skills to post secret dispatches, which found an audience of worldwide listeners. Eventually, though, Abdi was forced to flee to Kenya. In an amazing stroke of luck, Abdi won entrance to the U.S. in the annual visa lottery, though his route to America did not come easily. Parts of his story were first heard on the BBC World Service and This American Life. Now a proud resident of Maine, on the path to citizenship, Abdi Nor Iftin's dramatic, deeply stirring memoir is truly a story for our time: a vivid reminder of why America still beckons to those looking to make a better life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Call Me American: A Memoir Author: Abdi Nor Iftin Narrator: Abdi Nor Iftin, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Abdi Nor Iftin first fell in love with America from afar. As a child, he learned English by listening to American pop and watching action films starring Arnold Schwarzenegger. When U.S. marines landed in Mogadishu to take on the warlords, Abdi cheered the arrival of these Americans, who seemed as heroic as those of the movies. Sporting American clothes and dance moves, he became known around Mogadishu as Abdi American, but when the radical Islamist group al-Shabaab rose to power in 2006, it became dangerous to celebrate Western culture. Desperate to make a living, Abdi used his language skills to post secret dispatches, which found an audience of worldwide listeners. Eventually, though, Abdi was forced to flee to Kenya. In an amazing stroke of luck, Abdi won entrance to the U.S. in the annual visa lottery, though his route to America did not come easily. Parts of his story were first heard on the BBC World Service and This American Life. Now a proud resident of Maine, on the path to citizenship, Abdi Nor Iftin's dramatic, deeply stirring memoir is truly a story for our time: a vivid reminder of why America still beckons to those looking to make a better life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333778 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What the Eyes Don't See: A Story of Crisis, Resistance, and Hope in an American City Author: Mona Hanna-Attisha Narrator: Mona Hanna-Attisha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.41 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK • The dramatic story of the Flint water crisis, by a relentless physician who stood up to power. “Stirring . . . [a] blueprint for all those who believe . . . that ‘the world . . . should be full of people raising their voices.’”—The New York Times “Revealing, with the gripping intrigue of a Grisham thriller.” —O: The Oprah Magazine Here is the inspiring story of how Dr. Mona Hanna-Attisha, alongside a team of researchers, parents, friends, and community leaders, discovered that the children of Flint, Michigan, were being exposed to lead in their tap water—and then battled her own government and a brutal backlash to expose that truth to the world. Paced like a scientific thriller, What the Eyes Don’t See reveals how misguided austerity policies, broken democracy, and callous bureaucratic indifference placed an entire city at risk. And at the center of the story is Dr. Mona herself—an immigrant, doctor, scientist, and mother whose family’s activist roots inspired her pursuit of justice. What the Eyes Don’t See is a riveting account of a shameful disaster that became a tale of hope, the story of a city on the ropes that came together to fight for justice, self-determination, and the right to build a better world for their—and all of our—children. Praise for What the Eyes Don’t See “It is one thing to point out a problem. It is another thing altogether to step up and work to fix it. Mona Hanna-Attisha is a true American hero.”—Erin Brockovich  “A clarion call to live a life of purpose.”—The Washington Post “Gripping . . . entertaining . . . Her book has power precisely because she takes the events she recounts so personally. . . . Moral outrage present on every page.”—The New York Times Book Review “Personal and emotional. . . She vividly describes the effects of lead poisoning on her young patients. . . . She is at her best when recounting the detective work she undertook after a tip-off about lead levels from a friend. . . . ‛Flint will not be defined by this crisis,’ vows Ms. Hanna-Attisha.”—The Economist “Flint is a public health disaster. But it was Dr. Mona, this caring, tough pediatrican turned detective, who cracked the case.”—Rachel Maddow Mona Hanna-Attisha Tue, 19 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333778 thebookvoice.com 11:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What the Eyes Don't See: A Story of Crisis, Resistance, and Hope in an American City Author: Mona Hanna-Attisha Narrator: Mona Hanna-Attisha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.41 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK • The dramatic story of the Flint water crisis, by a relentless physician who stood up to power. “Stirring . . . [a] blueprint for all those who believe . . . that ‘the world . . . should be full of people raising their voices.’”—The New York Times “Revealing, with the gripping intrigue of a Grisham thriller.” —O: The Oprah Magazine Here is the inspiring story of how Dr. Mona Hanna-Attisha, alongside a team of researchers, parents, friends, and community leaders, discovered that the children of Flint, Michigan, were being exposed to lead in their tap water—and then battled her own government and a brutal backlash to expose that truth to the world. Paced like a scientific thriller, What the Eyes Don’t See reveals how misguided austerity policies, broken democracy, and callous bureaucratic indifference placed an entire city at risk. And at the center of the story is Dr. Mona herself—an immigrant, doctor, scientist, and mother whose family’s activist roots inspired her pursuit of justice. What the Eyes Don’t See is a riveting account of a shameful disaster that became a tale of hope, the story of a city on the ropes that came together to fight for justice, self-determination, and the right to build a better world for their—and all of our—children. Praise for What the Eyes Don’t See “It is one thing to point out a problem. It is another thing altogether to step up and work to fix it. Mona Hanna-Attisha is a true American hero.”—Erin Brockovich  “A clarion call to live a life of purpose.”—The Washington Post “Gripping . . . entertaining . . . Her book has power precisely because she takes the events she recounts so personally. . . . Moral outrage present on every page.”—The New York Times Book Review “Personal and emotional. . . She vividly describes the effects of lead poisoning on her young patients. . . . She is at her best when recounting the detective work she undertook after a tip-off about lead levels from a friend. . . . ‛Flint will not be defined by this crisis,’ vows Ms. Hanna-Attisha.”—The Economist “Flint is a public health disaster. But it was Dr. Mona, this caring, tough pediatrican turned detective, who cracked the case.”—Rachel Maddow Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What the Eyes Don't See: A Story of Crisis, Resistance, and Hope in an American City Author: Mona Hanna-Attisha Narrator: Mona Hanna-Attisha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.41 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK • The dramatic story of the Flint water crisis, by a relentless physician who stood up to power. “Stirring . . . [a] blueprint for all those who believe . . . that ‘the world . . . should be full of people raising their voices.’”—The New York Times “Revealing, with the gripping intrigue of a Grisham thriller.” —O: The Oprah Magazine Here is the inspiring story of how Dr. Mona Hanna-Attisha, alongside a team of researchers, parents, friends, and community leaders, discovered that the children of Flint, Michigan, were being exposed to lead in their tap water—and then battled her own government and a brutal backlash to expose that truth to the world. Paced like a scientific thriller, What the Eyes Don’t See reveals how misguided austerity policies, broken democracy, and callous bureaucratic indifference placed an entire city at risk. And at the center of the story is Dr. Mona herself—an immigrant, doctor, scientist, and mother whose family’s activist roots inspired her pursuit of justice. What the Eyes Don’t See is a riveting account of a shameful disaster that became a tale of hope, the story of a city on the ropes that came together to fight for justice, self-determination, and the right to build a better world for their—and all of our—children. Praise for What the Eyes Don’t See “It is one thing to point out a problem. It is another thing altogether to step up and work to fix it. Mona Hanna-Attisha is a true American hero.”—Erin Brockovich  “A clarion call to live a life of purpose.”—The Washington Post “Gripping . . . entertaining . . . Her book has power precisely because she takes the events she recounts so personally. . . . Moral outrage present on every page.”—The New York Times Book Review “Personal and emotional. . . She vividly describes the effects of lead poisoning on her young patients. . . . She is at her best when recounting the detective work she undertook after a tip-off about lead levels from a friend. . . . ‛Flint will not be defined by this crisis,’ vows Ms. Hanna-Attisha.”—The Economist “Flint is a public health disaster. But it was Dr. Mona, this caring, tough pediatrican turned detective, who cracked the case.”—Rachel Maddow https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333777 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frenemies: The Epic Disruption of the Ad Business (and Everything Else) Author: Ken Auletta Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An intimate and profound reckoning with the changes buffeting the $2 trillion global advertising and marketing business from the perspective of its most powerful players, by the bestselling author of Googled Advertising and marketing touches on every corner of our lives, and is the invisible fuel powering almost all media. Complain about it though we might, without it the world would be a darker place. And of all the industries wracked by change in the digital age, few have been turned on its head as dramatically as this one has. We are a long way from the days of Don Draper; as Mad Men is turned into Math Men (and women--though too few), as an instinctual art is transformed into a science, the old lions and their kingdoms are feeling real fear, however bravely they might roar. Frenemies is Ken Auletta's reckoning with an industry under existential assault. He enters the rooms of the ad world's most important players, some of them business partners, some adversaries, many 'frenemies,' a term whose ubiquitous use in this industry reveals the level of anxiety, as former allies become competitors, and accusations of kickbacks and corruption swirl. We meet the old guard, including Sir Martin Sorrell, the legendary former head of WPP, the world's largest ad agency holding company; while others play nice with Facebook and Google, he rants, some say Lear-like, out on the heath. There is Irwin Gotlieb, maestro of the media agency GroupM, the most powerful media agency, but like all media agencies it is staring into the headlights as ad buying is more and more done by machine in the age of Oracle and IBM. We see the world from the vantage of its new powers, like Carolyn Everson, Facebook's head of Sales, and other brash and scrappy creatives who are driving change, as millennials and others who disdain ads as an interruption employ technology to zap them. We also peer into the future, looking at what is replacing traditional advertising. And throughout we follow the industry's peerless matchmaker, Michael Kassan, whose company, MediaLink, connects all these players together, serving as the industry's foremost power broker, a position which feasts on times of fear and change. Frenemies is essential reading, not simply because of what it says about this world, but because of the potential consequences: the survival of media as we know it depends on the money generated by advertising and marketing--revenue that is in peril in the face of technological changes and the fraying trust between the industry's key players. Ken Auletta Tue, 05 Jun 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333777 thebookvoice.com 12:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frenemies: The Epic Disruption of the Ad Business (and Everything Else) Author: Ken Auletta Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An intimate and profound reckoning with the changes buffeting the $2 trillion global advertising and marketing business from the perspective of its most powerful players, by the bestselling author of Googled Advertising and marketing touches on every corner of our lives, and is the invisible fuel powering almost all media. Complain about it though we might, without it the world would be a darker place. And of all the industries wracked by change in the digital age, few have been turned on its head as dramatically as this one has. We are a long way from the days of Don Draper; as Mad Men is turned into Math Men (and women--though too few), as an instinctual art is transformed into a science, the old lions and their kingdoms are feeling real fear, however bravely they might roar. Frenemies is Ken Auletta's reckoning with an industry under existential assault. He enters the rooms of the ad world's most important players, some of them business partners, some adversaries, many 'frenemies,' a term whose ubiquitous use in this industry reveals the level of anxiety, as former allies become competitors, and accusations of kickbacks and corruption swirl. We meet the old guard, including Sir Martin Sorrell, the legendary former head of WPP, the world's largest ad agency holding company; while others play nice with Facebook and Google, he rants, some say Lear-like, out on the heath. There is Irwin Gotlieb, maestro of the media agency GroupM, the most powerful media agency, but like all media agencies it is staring into the headlights as ad buying is more and more done by machine in the age of Oracle and IBM. We see the world from the vantage of its new powers, like Carolyn Everson, Facebook's head of Sales, and other brash and scrappy creatives who are driving change, as millennials and others who disdain ads as an interruption employ technology to zap them. We also peer into the future, looking at what is replacing traditional advertising. And throughout we follow the industry's peerless matchmaker, Michael Kassan, whose company, MediaLink, connects all these players together, serving as the industry's foremost power broker, a position which feasts on times of fear and change. Frenemies is essential reading, not simply because of what it says about this world, but because of the potential consequences: the survival of media as we know it depends on the money generated by advertising and marketing--revenue that is in peril in the face of technological changes and the fraying trust between the industry's key players. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frenemies: The Epic Disruption of the Ad Business (and Everything Else) Author: Ken Auletta Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An intimate and profound reckoning with the changes buffeting the $2 trillion global advertising and marketing business from the perspective of its most powerful players, by the bestselling author of Googled Advertising and marketing touches on every corner of our lives, and is the invisible fuel powering almost all media. Complain about it though we might, without it the world would be a darker place. And of all the industries wracked by change in the digital age, few have been turned on its head as dramatically as this one has. We are a long way from the days of Don Draper; as Mad Men is turned into Math Men (and women--though too few), as an instinctual art is transformed into a science, the old lions and their kingdoms are feeling real fear, however bravely they might roar. Frenemies is Ken Auletta's reckoning with an industry under existential assault. He enters the rooms of the ad world's most important players, some of them business partners, some adversaries, many 'frenemies,' a term whose ubiquitous use in this industry reveals the level of anxiety, as former allies become competitors, and accusations of kickbacks and corruption swirl. We meet the old guard, including Sir Martin Sorrell, the legendary former head of WPP, the world's largest ad agency holding company; while others play nice with Facebook and Google, he rants, some say Lear-like, out on the heath. There is Irwin Gotlieb, maestro of the media agency GroupM, the most powerful media agency, but like all media agencies it is staring into the headlights as ad buying is more and more done by machine in the age of Oracle and IBM. We see the world from the vantage of its new powers, like Carolyn Everson, Facebook's head of Sales, and other brash and scrappy creatives who are driving change, as millennials and others who disdain ads as an interruption employ technology to zap them. We also peer into the future, looking at what is replacing traditional advertising. And throughout we follow the industry's peerless matchmaker, Michael Kassan, whose company, MediaLink, connects all these players together, serving as the industry's foremost power broker, a position which feasts on times of fear and change. Frenemies is essential reading, not simply because of what it says about this world, but because of the potential consequences: the survival of media as we know it depends on the money generated by advertising and marketing--revenue that is in peril in the face of technological changes and the fraying trust between the industry's key players. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333585 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 'They Take Our Jobs!': And 20 Other Myths about Immigration Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Revised and expanded edition of the groundbreaking book which demystifies twenty-one of the most widespread myths and beliefs about immigrants and immigrations. Aviva Chomsky dismantles twenty-one of the most widespread and pernicious myths and beliefs about immigrants and immigration in this incisive book. 'They Take Our Jobs!' challenges the underlying assumptions that fuel misinformed claims about immigrants, radically altering our notions of citizenship, discrimination, and US history. With fresh material including a new introduction, revised timeline, and updated terminology section, this expanded edition is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand how these myths are used to promote aggressive anti-immigrant policies. Aviva Chomsky Tue, 24 Apr 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333585 thebookvoice.com 6:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 'They Take Our Jobs!': And 20 Other Myths about Immigration Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Revised and expanded edition of the groundbreaking book which demystifies twenty-one of the most widespread myths and beliefs about immigrants and immigrations. Aviva Chomsky dismantles twenty-one of the most widespread and pernicious myths and beliefs about immigrants and immigration in this incisive book. 'They Take Our Jobs!' challenges the underlying assumptions that fuel misinformed claims about immigrants, radically altering our notions of citizenship, discrimination, and US history. With fresh material including a new introduction, revised timeline, and updated terminology section, this expanded edition is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand how these myths are used to promote aggressive anti-immigrant policies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 'They Take Our Jobs!': And 20 Other Myths about Immigration Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Revised and expanded edition of the groundbreaking book which demystifies twenty-one of the most widespread myths and beliefs about immigrants and immigrations. Aviva Chomsky dismantles twenty-one of the most widespread and pernicious myths and beliefs about immigrants and immigration in this incisive book. 'They Take Our Jobs!' challenges the underlying assumptions that fuel misinformed claims about immigrants, radically altering our notions of citizenship, discrimination, and US history. With fresh material including a new introduction, revised timeline, and updated terminology section, this expanded edition is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand how these myths are used to promote aggressive anti-immigrant policies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333569 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333569]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World of Lore: Wicked Mortals Series: #2 of The World of Lore Author: Aaron Mahnke Narrator: Aaron Mahnke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A chilling, lavishly illustrated who’s who of the most despicable people ever to walk the earth, featuring stories from the Lore podcast—now a streaming television series—including “Black Stockings,” “Half-Hanged,” and “The Castle,” as well as rare material. Some monsters are figments of our imagination. Others are as real as flesh and blood: humans who may look like us, who may walk among us, often unnoticed, occasionally even admired—but whose evil deeds and secret lives, once revealed, mark them as something utterly wicked.   In this illustrated volume from the host of the hit podcast Lore, you’ll find tales of infamous characters whose veins ran with ice water and whose crimes remind us that truth can be more terrifying than fiction. Aaron Mahnke introduces us to William Brodie, a renowned Scottish cabinetmaker who used his professional expertise to prey on the citizens of Edinburgh and whose rampant criminality behind a veneer of social respectability inspired Robert Louis Stevenson’s classic novella Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde. Then there’s H. H. Holmes, a relentless and elusive con artist who became best known as the terror of Chicago’s 1893 World’s Fair when unwitting guests were welcomed into his “hotel” of horrors . . . never to be seen again. And no rogues’ gallery could leave out Bela Kiss, the Hungarian tinsmith with a taste for the occult and a collection of gasoline drums with women’s bodies inside.   Brimming with accounts of history’s most heinous real-life fiends, this riveting best-of-the-worst roundup will haunt your thoughts, chill your bones, and leave you wondering if there are mortal monsters lurking even closer than you think. The World of Lore series includes: MONSTROUS CREATURES • WICKED MORTALS • DREADFUL PLACES Aaron Mahnke Tue, 29 May 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333569 thebookvoice.com 10:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333569]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World of Lore: Wicked Mortals Series: #2 of The World of Lore Author: Aaron Mahnke Narrator: Aaron Mahnke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A chilling, lavishly illustrated who’s who of the most despicable people ever to walk the earth, featuring stories from the Lore podcast—now a streaming television series—including “Black Stockings,” “Half-Hanged,” and “The Castle,” as well as rare material. Some monsters are figments of our imagination. Others are as real as flesh and blood: humans who may look like us, who may walk among us, often unnoticed, occasionally even admired—but whose evil deeds and secret lives, once revealed, mark them as something utterly wicked.   In this illustrated volume from the host of the hit podcast Lore, you’ll find tales of infamous characters whose veins ran with ice water and whose crimes remind us that truth can be more terrifying than fiction. Aaron Mahnke introduces us to William Brodie, a renowned Scottish cabinetmaker who used his professional expertise to prey on the citizens of Edinburgh and whose rampant criminality behind a veneer of social respectability inspired Robert Louis Stevenson’s classic novella Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde. Then there’s H. H. Holmes, a relentless and elusive con artist who became best known as the terror of Chicago’s 1893 World’s Fair when unwitting guests were welcomed into his “hotel” of horrors . . . never to be seen again. And no rogues’ gallery could leave out Bela Kiss, the Hungarian tinsmith with a taste for the occult and a collection of gasoline drums with women’s bodies inside.   Brimming with accounts of history’s most heinous real-life fiends, this riveting best-of-the-worst roundup will haunt your thoughts, chill your bones, and leave you wondering if there are mortal monsters lurking even closer than you think. The World of Lore series includes: MONSTROUS CREATURES • WICKED MORTALS • DREADFUL PLACES Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333569]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World of Lore: Wicked Mortals Series: #2 of The World of Lore Author: Aaron Mahnke Narrator: Aaron Mahnke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A chilling, lavishly illustrated who’s who of the most despicable people ever to walk the earth, featuring stories from the Lore podcast—now a streaming television series—including “Black Stockings,” “Half-Hanged,” and “The Castle,” as well as rare material. Some monsters are figments of our imagination. Others are as real as flesh and blood: humans who may look like us, who may walk among us, often unnoticed, occasionally even admired—but whose evil deeds and secret lives, once revealed, mark them as something utterly wicked.   In this illustrated volume from the host of the hit podcast Lore, you’ll find tales of infamous characters whose veins ran with ice water and whose crimes remind us that truth can be more terrifying than fiction. Aaron Mahnke introduces us to William Brodie, a renowned Scottish cabinetmaker who used his professional expertise to prey on the citizens of Edinburgh and whose rampant criminality behind a veneer of social respectability inspired Robert Louis Stevenson’s classic novella Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde. Then there’s H. H. Holmes, a relentless and elusive con artist who became best known as the terror of Chicago’s 1893 World’s Fair when unwitting guests were welcomed into his “hotel” of horrors . . . never to be seen again. And no rogues’ gallery could leave out Bela Kiss, the Hungarian tinsmith with a taste for the occult and a collection of gasoline drums with women’s bodies inside.   Brimming with accounts of history’s most heinous real-life fiends, this riveting best-of-the-worst roundup will haunt your thoughts, chill your bones, and leave you wondering if there are mortal monsters lurking even closer than you think. The World of Lore series includes: MONSTROUS CREATURES • WICKED MORTALS • DREADFUL PLACES https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333568 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333568]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sh*tshow!: The Country's Collapsing . . . and the Ratings Are Great Author: Charlie LeDuff Narrator: Charlie LeDuff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A daring, firsthand, and utterly-unscripted account of crisis in America, from Ferguson to Flint to Cliven Bundy's ranch to Donald Trump's unstoppable campaign for President--at every turn, Pulitzer-prize winner and bestselling author of Detroit: An American Autopsy, Charlie LeDuff was there In the Fall of 2013, long before any sane person had seriously considered the possibility of a Trump presidency, Charlie LeDuff sat in the office of then-Fox News CEO Roger Ailes, and made a simple but prophetic claim: The whole country is bankrupt and on high boil. It’s a shitshow out there. No one in the bubbles of Washington, DC., New York, or Los Angles was talking about it--least of all the media. LeDuff wanted to go to the heart of the country to report what was really going on. Ailes baulked. Could the hard-living and straight-shooting LeDuff be controlled? But, then, perhaps on a whim, he agreed. And so LeDuff set out to record a TV series called, 'The Americans,' and, along the way, ended up bearing witness to the ever-quickening unraveling of The American Dream. For three years, LeDuff travelled the width and breadth of the country with his team of production irregulars, ending up on the Mexican border crossing the Rio Grande on a yellow rubber kayak alongside undocumented immigrants; in the middle of Ferguson as the city burned; and watching the children of Flint get sick from undrinkable water. Racial, political, social, and economic tensions were escalating by the day. The inexorable effects of technological change and globalization were being felt more and more acutely, at the same time as wages stagnated and the price of housing, education, and healthcare went through the roof. The American people felt defeated and abandoned by their politicians, and those politicians seemed incapable of rising to the occasion. The old way of life was slipping away, replaced only by social media, part-time work, and opioid addiction. Sh*tshow! is that true, tragic, and distinctively American story, told from the parts of the country hurting the most. A soul-baring, irreverent, and iconoclastic writer, LeDuff speaks the language of everyday Americans, and is unafraid of getting his hands dirty. He scrambles the tired-old political, social, and racial categories, taking no sides--or prisoners. Old-school, gonzo-style reporting, this is both a necessary confrontation with the darkest parts of the American psyche and a desperately-needed reminder of the country's best instincts. Charlie LeDuff Tue, 22 May 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333568 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333568]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sh*tshow!: The Country's Collapsing . . . and the Ratings Are Great Author: Charlie LeDuff Narrator: Charlie LeDuff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A daring, firsthand, and utterly-unscripted account of crisis in America, from Ferguson to Flint to Cliven Bundy's ranch to Donald Trump's unstoppable campaign for President--at every turn, Pulitzer-prize winner and bestselling author of Detroit: An American Autopsy, Charlie LeDuff was there In the Fall of 2013, long before any sane person had seriously considered the possibility of a Trump presidency, Charlie LeDuff sat in the office of then-Fox News CEO Roger Ailes, and made a simple but prophetic claim: The whole country is bankrupt and on high boil. It’s a shitshow out there. No one in the bubbles of Washington, DC., New York, or Los Angles was talking about it--least of all the media. LeDuff wanted to go to the heart of the country to report what was really going on. Ailes baulked. Could the hard-living and straight-shooting LeDuff be controlled? But, then, perhaps on a whim, he agreed. And so LeDuff set out to record a TV series called, 'The Americans,' and, along the way, ended up bearing witness to the ever-quickening unraveling of The American Dream. For three years, LeDuff travelled the width and breadth of the country with his team of production irregulars, ending up on the Mexican border crossing the Rio Grande on a yellow rubber kayak alongside undocumented immigrants; in the middle of Ferguson as the city burned; and watching the children of Flint get sick from undrinkable water. Racial, political, social, and economic tensions were escalating by the day. The inexorable effects of technological change and globalization were being felt more and more acutely, at the same time as wages stagnated and the price of housing, education, and healthcare went through the roof. The American people felt defeated and abandoned by their politicians, and those politicians seemed incapable of rising to the occasion. The old way of life was slipping away, replaced only by social media, part-time work, and opioid addiction. Sh*tshow! is that true, tragic, and distinctively American story, told from the parts of the country hurting the most. A soul-baring, irreverent, and iconoclastic writer, LeDuff speaks the language of everyday Americans, and is unafraid of getting his hands dirty. He scrambles the tired-old political, social, and racial categories, taking no sides--or prisoners. Old-school, gonzo-style reporting, this is both a necessary confrontation with the darkest parts of the American psyche and a desperately-needed reminder of the country's best instincts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333568]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sh*tshow!: The Country's Collapsing . . . and the Ratings Are Great Author: Charlie LeDuff Narrator: Charlie LeDuff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A daring, firsthand, and utterly-unscripted account of crisis in America, from Ferguson to Flint to Cliven Bundy's ranch to Donald Trump's unstoppable campaign for President--at every turn, Pulitzer-prize winner and bestselling author of Detroit: An American Autopsy, Charlie LeDuff was there In the Fall of 2013, long before any sane person had seriously considered the possibility of a Trump presidency, Charlie LeDuff sat in the office of then-Fox News CEO Roger Ailes, and made a simple but prophetic claim: The whole country is bankrupt and on high boil. It’s a shitshow out there. No one in the bubbles of Washington, DC., New York, or Los Angles was talking about it--least of all the media. LeDuff wanted to go to the heart of the country to report what was really going on. Ailes baulked. Could the hard-living and straight-shooting LeDuff be controlled? But, then, perhaps on a whim, he agreed. And so LeDuff set out to record a TV series called, 'The Americans,' and, along the way, ended up bearing witness to the ever-quickening unraveling of The American Dream. For three years, LeDuff travelled the width and breadth of the country with his team of production irregulars, ending up on the Mexican border crossing the Rio Grande on a yellow rubber kayak alongside undocumented immigrants; in the middle of Ferguson as the city burned; and watching the children of Flint get sick from undrinkable water. Racial, political, social, and economic tensions were escalating by the day. The inexorable effects of technological change and globalization were being felt more and more acutely, at the same time as wages stagnated and the price of housing, education, and healthcare went through the roof. The American people felt defeated and abandoned by their politicians, and those politicians seemed incapable of rising to the occasion. The old way of life was slipping away, replaced only by social media, part-time work, and opioid addiction. Sh*tshow! is that true, tragic, and distinctively American story, told from the parts of the country hurting the most. A soul-baring, irreverent, and iconoclastic writer, LeDuff speaks the language of everyday Americans, and is unafraid of getting his hands dirty. He scrambles the tired-old political, social, and racial categories, taking no sides--or prisoners. Old-school, gonzo-style reporting, this is both a necessary confrontation with the darkest parts of the American psyche and a desperately-needed reminder of the country's best instincts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333523 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yestermorrow Author: Ray Bradbury Narrator: Jim Frangione Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 27, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Essays discuss Bernard Berenson, Walt Disney, Federico Fellini, the cities of Paris and London, art, literature, history, science fiction, and the design of public places Ray Bradbury Fri, 27 Apr 2018 07:31:14 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333523 thebookvoice.com 5:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yestermorrow Author: Ray Bradbury Narrator: Jim Frangione Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 27, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Essays discuss Bernard Berenson, Walt Disney, Federico Fellini, the cities of Paris and London, art, literature, history, science fiction, and the design of public places Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yestermorrow Author: Ray Bradbury Narrator: Jim Frangione Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 27, 2018 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Essays discuss Bernard Berenson, Walt Disney, Federico Fellini, the cities of Paris and London, art, literature, history, science fiction, and the design of public places